0% found this document useful (0 votes)
49 views502 pages

Technical Data CHDX07263 32060028

The document provides technical data for the 2-Way ECO-i Multi System, detailing outdoor and indoor unit specifications, refrigerant usage, and safety guidelines for installation. It outlines system features, design considerations, and the necessary precautions for refrigerant density limits to prevent suffocation risks. Additionally, it includes a comprehensive table of unit combinations, capacities, and installation instructions.

Uploaded by

mauro.greff1
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
49 views502 pages

Technical Data CHDX07263 32060028

The document provides technical data for the 2-Way ECO-i Multi System, detailing outdoor and indoor unit specifications, refrigerant usage, and safety guidelines for installation. It outlines system features, design considerations, and the necessary precautions for refrigerant density limits to prevent suffocation risks. Additionally, it includes a comprehensive table of unit combinations, capacities, and installation instructions.

Uploaded by

mauro.greff1
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 502

TECHNICAL DATA

2-WAY ECO-i
MULTI SYSTEM
Section

CHDX07263 1
CHDXR07263 *
CHDX09663 2
CHDXR09663 *

Outdoor Units
3
Class 72 96
C ECO-i W-2WAY CHDX07263 CHDX09663
CHDXR07263 * CHDXR09663 *
Refrigerant R410A is used in the outdoor units.
* Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications. 4
Indoor Units
Class 7 9 12 15 18 19 24 36 48 54
4-Way Air Discharge
X
Semi-Concealed
XHX1252 XHX1852 XHX2452 XHX3652
5
4-Way Air Discharge
XM XMHX1252 XMHX1852
Mini Semi-Concealed
1-Way Air Discharge
A AHX0752 AHX0952 AHX1252
Semi-Concealed
U Concealed Duct Type UHX0762 UHX0962 UHX1262 UHX1562 UHX1862 UHX2462 UHX3662 UHX4862 UHX5462 6
Slim Concealed
UM UMHX0762 UMHX0962 UMHX1262 UMHX1562 UMHX1862
Duct Type
Concealed-Duct High
D DHX3652 DHX4852
Static Pressure
T Ceiling-Mounted THX1252 THX1852 THX2452 7
K Wall-Mounted Type KHX0752 KHX0952 KHX1252 KHX1862 KHX1962 ** KHX2452

F Floor-Standing Type FHX0762 FHX0962 FHX1262 FHX1562 FHX1862 FHX2462

FM
Concealed-Floor
Standing Type
FMHX0762 FMHX0962 FMHX1262 FMHX1562 FMHX1862 FMHX2462 8
** Necessary to install the External Electronic Expansion Valve Kit (Optional:ATK-SVRK56BA).

85464869248000 REFERENCE NO. TD831148-00


i
Check of Density Limit
The room in which the air conditioner is to be
installed requires a design that in the event of
refrigerant gas leaking out, its density will not exceed
a set limit.
The refrigerant (R410A), which is used in the air
conditioner, is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of
ammonia, and is not restricted by laws imposed to protect
the ozone layer. However, since it contains more than air,
it poses the risk of suffocation if its density should rise
excessively. Suffocation from leakage of
refrigerant is almost non-existent.
With the recent increase in the number of high density
buildings, however, the installation of multi air conditioner
systems is on the increase because of the need for
effective use of floor space, individual control, energy
conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power, etc.
Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able
to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared to
conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of
the multi air conditioner system is to be installed in a small
room, select a suitable model and installation procedure
so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its density
does not reach the limit (and in the event of an emergency,
measures can be made before injury can occur).

ASHRAE and the International Mechanical Code of


the ICC as well as CSA provide guidance and define
safeguards related to the use of refrigerants, all of which
define a Refrigerant Concentration Level (RCL) of 25
pounds per 1,000 cubic feet for R410A refrigerant.
For additional guidance and precautions related to
refrigerant safety, please refer to the following documents:

International Mechanical Code 2009 (IMC-2009)


(or more recently revised)
ASHRAE 15
ASHRAE 34

ii
Contents
Section 1: OUTLINE OF W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM ................................................................1-1
1. Line-up .............................................................................................................1-2
2. Features of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM .............................................................1-4
3. Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications .......................................................1-7
Section 2: DESIGN OF W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM .................................................................2-1
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator ........................................................2-2
2. System Design ...............................................................................................2-17
3. Electrical Wiring .............................................................................................2-23
4. Installation Instructions ..................................................................................2-31
Section 3: Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM .....................................................................3-1
1. Main Operating Functions ................................................................................3-4
2. Wireless Remote Controller .............................................................................3-6
3. Timer Remote Controller................................................................................3-26
4. Simplified Remote Controller .........................................................................3-45
5. System Controller ..........................................................................................3-53
6. Schedule Timer ..............................................................................................3-71
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)............................................................3-96
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB) ................................................3-151
9. Remote Sensor ............................................................................................3-159
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB) ..........................................................3-162
Section 4: W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM UNIT SPECIFICATIONS ..............................................4-1
1. Outdoor Unit ....................................................................................................4-3
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types)..................4-17
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) .....................................4-38
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) ...................................................4-47
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type).....................................4-85
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) ......................................................................4-92
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) ........................................................................4-102
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) .......................................................................4-121
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) ..................................................4-136
10. Intaking Fresh Air of Semi-Concealed Type and Concealed Duct Type .......4-152
Section 5: TEST RUN ..............................................................................................................5-1
1. Preparing for Test Run .....................................................................................5-2
2. Test Run Procedure .........................................................................................5-3
3. Main Outdoor Unit PCB Setting .......................................................................5-4
4. Auto Address Setting .......................................................................................5-6
5. Remote Controller Test Run Settings .............................................................5-12
6. Caution for Pump Down .................................................................................5-13
7. Meaning of Alarm Messages .........................................................................5-14
Section 6: ELECTRICAL DATA ...............................................................................................6-1
1. Outdoor Unit ....................................................................................................6-2
2. Indoor Unit .......................................................................................................6-6
Section 7: PCB AND FUNCTIONS .........................................................................................7-1
1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB................................................................................7-2
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions ...........................................7-7
Section 8: CAPACITY TABLE .................................................................................................8-1
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit ........................................................................8-2
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit .....................................................................8-10

iii
Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Contents

1. OUTLINE OF W-2Way ECO-i MULTI SYSTEM


1. Line-up .................................................................................................................................1-2
2. Features of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM.................................................................................1-4
3. Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications .......................................................................1-7

1-1
Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Line-up

Indoor units
Type 7 9 12 15 18 19 24 36 48 54
4-Way Air
Discharge Semi-
Concealed Type
(X Type) XHX1252 XHX1852 XHX2452 XHX3652

4-Way Air
Discharge Mini
Semi-Concealed
Type (XM Type) XMHX1252 XMHX1852

1-Way Air
Discharge Semi-
Concealed Type
(A Type) AHX0752 AHX0952 AHX1252

Concealed Duct
Type
(U Type)
UHX0762 UHX0962 UHX1262 UHX1562 UHX1862 UHX2462 UHX3662 UHX4862 UHX5462

1 Slim Concealed
Duct Type
(UM Type)
UMHX0762 UMHX0962 UMHX1262 UMHX1562 UMHX1862

Concealed Duct
High-Static
2 Pressure Type
(D Type) DHX3652 DHX4852

Ceiling-Mounted
Type
3 (T Type)
THX1252 THX1852 THX2452

Wall-Mounted
Type
(K Type)
KHX1962* KHX2452
4 KHX0752 KHX0952 KHX1252 KHX1862

Floor-Standing
Type
(F Type)
FHX0762 FHX0962 FHX1262 FHX1562 FHX1862 FHX2462

5 Concealed-Floor
Standing Type
(FM Type)
FMHX0762 FMHX0962 FMHX1262 FMHX1562 FMHX1862 FMHX2462

* Necessary to install the External Electronic Expansion Valve Kit (Optional:ATK-SVRK56BA).


6

1-2
Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Line-up

Outdoor units
Type 72
Capacity: BTU/h (kW) 72,000 (21.1)
Cooling / Heating / 81,000 (23.8)

CHDX07263 Air intake

(Maximum dimensions)
CHDXR07263 *

intake
Air

37-1/2
Air
intake

Air
35 intake
Outdoor Unit (Ceiling panel dimensions)
Air discharge

82-9/16
1
unit : in.

2
Type 96
Capacity: BTU/h (kW) 96,000 (28.1)
Cooling / Heating / 108,000 (31.8)
3
CHDX09663 Air intake
(Maximum dimensions)
CHDXR09663 *
intake
Air

37-1/2

Air
intake
4
Air
35 intake
(Ceiling panel dimensions)
Air discharge
Outdoor Unit
5
82-9/16

unit : in.

* Outdoor unit model name beginning with letters "CHDXR" 7


Refer to the Section 1 "3. Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications".

1-3
Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Features of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

2-1. Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM


System example

Since all pipings are


CONCENTRATION concentrated into
one pipe shaft, you
can minimize piping
space and construc-
tion labor.
CONNECTION * The capacity after the setting
must not exceed 24-Ton.

1
If indoor/outdoor units need servicing, a ball
valve (optional) cuts off non-operational

2 units to let other units stay running.

ADDITION
System limitations
3 Maximum number of combined outdoor units
Maximum Tonnage of combined outdoor units
3
24-Ton
If your indoor capacity load changes in the future,
it's easy to add on both indoor and outdoor units
Maximum number of connectable indoor units 40 using the same pipings.
Indoor/outdoor unit capacity ratio 50~130%
Maximum actual piping length 492 ft
4 Maximum level difference (when outdoor unit is lower) 164(131) ft
*If the additional installment of outdoor and indoor units are
expected, the size of refrigerant piping should be decided
Maximum total piping length 984 ft according to the total capacity after the addition.

Combination of outdoor units


5 The DC inverter unit can be used independently or in combination.

R407C models and R22 models must not be used in combination with each other.

6 Total Tonnage
6 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Model
CHDX07263, CHDXR07263 1 2 1 3 2 1
7 CHDX09663, CHDXR09663 1 1 2 1 2 3

1-4
Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Features of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

Dimensions

6, 8 Ton

Air
intake

(Ceiling panel dimensions)


6-Ton CHDX07263, CHDXR07263*

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)
8-Ton CHDX09663, CHDXR09663*

37-1/2
36-1/4
35
Air Air
intake intake

Air
intake
31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch)
4
35
(Ceiling panel dimensions)
Top view Unit: in.

Dimensions of unit combinations 1


12, 14, 16 Ton

74 (Ceiling panel dimensions)


35 4 35
(Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
2

(Ceiling panel dimensions)

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)
36-1/4

37-1/2
35
3
31-1/8 7-7/8 31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch)
70-1/8
(Installation hole pitch)

Top view Unit: in. 4

18, 20, 22, 24 Ton

113 (Ceiling panel dimensions)


5
35 4 35 4 35
(Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
(Ceiling panel dimensions)

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)

6
36-1/4

37-1/2
35

31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch)
7-7/8 31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch)
7-7/8 31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch)
7
109-1/16 (Installation hole pitch)

Top view Unit: in.

* Outdoor unit model name beginning with letters "CHDXR"


Refer to the Section 1 "3. Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications". 8

1-5
Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Features of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

Capacity control
The compressor combination (DC inverter compressor + constant-speed compressor) allows smooth capacity control from
0.6-Ton to 24-Ton.

Realization of smooth capacity control


In case of 24-Ton system
from 0.6-Ton to 24-Ton Capacity
(Ton)
Capacity control is possible smoothly with a DC 24
inverter compressor. The right graph shows the
20 DC1
image of the operating combination of compres-
16 DC1 DC2
sors in case of 24-Ton system. In actual operation,
the combination will be changed by operationg 12 DC1 DC2 DC3

condition, operating time amount, priority of com- 8 DC1 DC2 DC3 AC1
pressor and so on. DC2 DC3 AC1 AC2
4 DC1
DC2 DC3 AC1 AC2 AC3
Comp. HP Unit1(main) Unit2(sub1) Unit3(sub2)
Example of 3 unit connection LOAD --->
DC comp. 4.0 4.0 4.0
AC comp. 5.0 5.0 5.0

1 *24-Ton = CHDX09663 (CHDXR09663) Type x 3

Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3

2
DC1

DC2

DC3
AC1

AC2

AC3

1-6
Outline of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications

Specifications
Salt-Air Damage
Relevant Parts Material Standard Specifications Resistant Specifications

Outdoor unit model name


beginning with letters "CHDXR"

Outer box/side plate/ Hot-dip zinc-coated Polyester powder double coating Polyester powder double coating
drain pan steel sheet (both sides) ( 40 m) (both sides) ( 120 m)
between the stud
Hot-dip aluminum-zinc Polyester powder double coating
Base frame No treatment (both sides) ( 120 m)
coated steel sheet

Fan guard Resin (Polypropylene) No treatment No treatment


Fin Aluminum No treatment Zinc rich treatment
Exchanger

Tube Copper No treatment Zinc rich treatment (whole)


Heat

Hot-dip zinc-coated
Tube plate No treatment Zinc rich treatment (whole)
steel sheet
Resin No treatment No treatment

Propeller fan
Aluminum No treatment Urethane coating ( 30 m)
1
Hot-dip zinc-coated
No treatment Urethane coating ( 30 m)
steel sheet
Fan

Motor maker's spec. for salt-air


Motor -- Motor maker's standard spec.
damage resistant (urethane coating)

Hot-dip zinc-coated Polyester powder double coating Polyester powder double coating
2
Installation frame
steel sheet (both sides) ( 120 m) (both sides) ( 120 m)

Hot-dip zinc-coated
Electrical component box No treatment Polyester powder coating ( 120 m)
steel sheet

Hexavalent chromium-free Hexavalent chromium-free coating +


3
Tapping screws SUS410 coating urethane coating

Stud supplementary Hot-dip zinc-coated Polyester powder double coating


bracket steel sheet No treatment ( 120 m)

PC board -- No treatment Dessicant coating ( 30 m) 4


Accumulator Zinc rich double coating + urethane
Steel Epoxy coating + alkyd coating
Receiver tank coating ( 70 m)
Refrigeration

Welded portion Copper tube No treatment Urethane coating


5
cycle tube

Outer surface Copper tube No treatment Urethane coating

Hot-dip zinc-coated Polyester powder double coating


Fixing bracket
steel sheet
No treatment
(both sides) ( 80 m) 6
Notes: 1 Consult us before introducing a salt-air damage resistant model as it requires a special treatment.
2 The specifications are subject to change without notice for development.
3 Contact us for the delivery schedule.
7

1-7
– MEMO –

1-8
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Contents Unit Specifications

2. DESIGN OF W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM


1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator ........................................................................2-2
1-1. Operating Range ..........................................................................................................2-2
1-2. Procedure for Selecting Models and Calculating Capacity...........................................2-3
1-3. Tubing Length ...............................................................................................................2-4
1-4. Tubing Size ...................................................................................................................2-6
1-5. Check of limits Density .................................................................................................2-9
1-6. Calculating of Actual Capacity of Indoor Unit .............................................................2-10
1-7. Capacity Correction Graph According to Temperature Condition ...............................2-14
1-8. Capacity Correction Graph According to Tubing Length and Elevation Difference .....2-15
2. System Design ..................................................................................................................2-17
2-1. System Example ........................................................................................................2-17
2-2. Example of Tubing Size Selection for Extension and Additional Charge Amount ......2-19
3. Electrical Wiring ................................................................................................................2-23
3-1. General Precautions on Wiring...................................................................................2-23
3-2. Recommended Wire Length and Wire Diameter for Power Supply System ........................2-23
3-3. Wiring System Diagrams ............................................................................................2-24
1
3-4. Important Note When Wiring for Common Type .........................................................2-27
3-5. Important Note When Wiring for XM Type ..................................................................2-30
4. Installation Instructions ...................................................................................................2-31
4-1. Indoor Unit ..................................................................................................................2-31 2
4-2. Outdoor Unit ...............................................................................................................2-32
4-3. Shield for Horizontal Exhaust Discharge ....................................................................2-33
4-4. Installing the Outdoor Unit in Heavy Snow Areas.......................................................2-33
4-5. Precautions When Installing in Heavy Snow Areas ....................................................2-33 3
4-6. Dimensions of Wind Ducting
Reference diagram for air-discharge chamber (field supply) ......................................2-34
4-7. Dimensions of Wind Ducting
Reference diagram for snow-proof ducting (field supply) ...........................................2-35 4
4-8. Optional Distribution Joint Kits ...................................................................................2-36
4-9. Transporting the Outdoor Unit ....................................................................................2-38
4-10. Installing the Outdoor Unit ........................................................................................2-38
4-11. Routing the Tubing ....................................................................................................2-39 5
4-12. Prepare the Tubing ...................................................................................................2-40
4-13. Connect the Tubing ...................................................................................................2-40

2-1
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

1-1. Operating Range

Cooling Heating
113 77

104 68

95 59

Outdoor air intake temp. °F (WB)


86 50
Outdoor air intake temp. °F (DB)

77 41

Operating
68 Operating 32 range
range

59 23

50 14

1 41 5

-4
32
50 59 68 77 86 95

Indoor air intake temp. °F (DB)


2 23

14
57
50 59 68 77 86
Indoor air intake temp. °F (WB)

2-2
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

1-2. Procedure for Selecting Models and Calculating Capacity


Model Selection Procedure
Select the model and calculate the capacity for each refrigerant system according to the procedure shown below.
Calculation of the indoor air-conditioning load
● Calculate the maximum air-conditioning load for each room or zone.
Selection of an air conditioning system
● Select the ideal air conditioning system for air conditioning of each room or zone.
Design of the control system
● Design a suitable control system for the selected air conditioning system.
Preliminary selection of indoor and outdoor units
● Make preliminary selections that are within the allowable range for the system. .......... 2-4 ~ 2-9
Check of the tubing length and elevation difference
● Check that the length of refrigerant tubing and the elevation difference are within the allowable
ranges....................................................................................................................................... 2-4
Calculation of the corrected outdoor unit capacity
● Capacity correction coefficient for model ................................................................................ 2-10
● Capacity correction coefficient for outdoor temperature conditions ........................... 2-10, 12, 14
● Capacity correction coefficient for tubing length and elevation difference ........................ 2-10, 13
● Heating capacity correction coefficient for frosting/defrosting .......................................... 2-10, 14 1
Calculation of the corrected capacity for each indoor unit
● Capacity correction coefficient for indoor temperature conditions .................................... 2-10, 13
● Capacity distribution ratio based on the tubing length and elevation difference .............. 2-10, 13
Calculation of the actual capacity for each indoor unit
● Calculate the corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratio, based on the corrected outdoor unit
2
capacity and the total corrected capacity of all indoor units in the same system. Use the result to
calculate the capacity correction coefficient for the indoor units. ................................ 2-10 ~ 2-14
● Multiply the corrected capacity of each indoor unit by the capacity correction coefficient to calcu-
late the actual capacity for each indoor unit. .......................................................................... 2-11 3
Recheck of the actual capacity for each indoor unit
● If the capacity is inadequate, reexamine the unit combinations.
Example 1: Increasing the outdoor unit capacity .................................................................... 2-17
Example 2: Increasing the indoor unit capacity ...................................................................... 2-18
● Increasing the tubing size ...................................................................................................... 2-19 4
Design of tubing
● Create a tubing design which minimizes the amount of additional refrigerant charge as much as
possible. .......................................................................................................................... 2-4 ~ 2-6
● If tubing extension for additional unit is expected in the future, create the tubing design with
adequate consideration for this extension.
5
● Select the tubing size for the main tube (LA) up to the No. 1 distribution joint based on the rated
cooling capacity of the outdoor unit. Select tubing sizes after the distribution point based on the
total rated cooling capacity of the connected indoor units.
● Increasing the tubing size of the wide tubes can reduce the loss of capacity caused by longer 6
tubing lengths. (Only the main wide tube with the largest tube diameter (main tube LA and main
tubes after the distribution point that are the same size as LA) can be changed.) In this case, it is
necessary to recalculate the actual indoor unit capacities. .................................................... 2-19
Calculation of additional refrigerant charge amount
● Calculate the additional refrigerant charge from the diameters and lengths of the refrigerant tub- 7
ing. Even if the wide tubing diameter was increased, determine the additional refrigerant charge
based only on the narrow tubing size. .................................................................................... 2-20
● Check the minimum indoor capacity (limit density) with respect to the amount of refrigerant. If the
limit density is exceeded, be sure to install ventilation equipment or take other corrective steps. 2-21
Design of electrical wiring capacity
8
● Select a wiring capacity according to the method of power supply. ...................................... 2-23

2-3
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

1-3. Tubing Length


Select the installation location so that the length and size of refrigerant tubing are within the allowable range shown in the figure below.
1. Main tubing length LM = LA + LB … 262 ft
2. Main distribution tubes LC – LH are selected according to the capacity after the distribution joint.
3. The outdoor connection main tubing (LO portion) is determined by the total capacity of the outdoor units that are
connected to the tube ends.
4. Sizes of indoor unit connection tubing 1 – 40 are determined by the connection tubing sizes on the indoor units.

L5
L1
H3
C L2
R410A distribution joint
APR-CHP680BA (for outdoor unit)
LM
APR-CHP1350BA (for outdoor unit)
B A
Balance tubing APR-P160BA (for indoor unit)
(ø1/4") LO LB LC LD L3 APR-P680BA (for indoor unit)
LA APR-P1350BA (for indoor unit)
H1
Explanation of symbols 40
4 5 38 39
For
LF extension
Distribution joint
Max.1.3 ft
(APR: purchased separately)
For
extension
Ball valve (field supply) H2
LH
1 T-joint (field supply)
Max.1.3 ft

3
LG 1 2
Solidly welded shut
(pinch weld) L4

NOTE Do not use commercially availableT-jointsfor the liquid tubing and parts.
2 * Be sure to use special R410A distribution joints (APR: purchased separately) for outdoor unit connections and tubing branches.
Table 2-1 Ranges that Apply to Refrigerant Tubing Lengths and to Differences in Installation Heights
Item Mark Contents Length(ft.)
Actual length 492
L1 Max. tubing length
3 Difference between max. length and min.
Equivalent length 574

L (L2 – L4) 131


length from the No.1 distribution joint
Allowable tubing
LM Max. length of main tubing (at max. diameter) 262*³
length
1, 2~ 40 Max. length of each distribution tube 98

4 L1 + 1 + 2~ 39 + A
+ B + LF + LG + LH
Total max. tubing length including length of each distribution
tube (only liquid tubing)
984

L5 Distance between outdoor units 32


When outdoor unit is installed higher than indoor unit 164
H1
Allowable elevation When outdoor unit is installed lower than indoor unit 131
5 difference H2 Max. difference between indoor units 49
H3 Max. difference between outdoor units 13
Allowable length of T-joint tubing (field-supply); Max. tubing length between the
L3 6.6
joint tubing first T-joint and solidly welded-shut end point

6 L = Length, H = Height
NOTE
1: The outdoor connection main tubing (LO portion) is determined by the total capacity of the outdoor units that are connected
to the tube ends.
2: If the longest tubing length (L1) exceeds 295 ft. (equivalent length), increase the sizes of the main tubes (LM) by 1 rank for
gas tubes and liquid tubes. (Use a field supply reducer.) (Select the tube size from the table of main tube sizes (Table 2-6)
7 on the following page (LA table), and from the table of refrigerant tubing sizes (Table 2-11) on the second following page.)
3: If the longest main tube length (LM) exceeds 164 ft., increase the main tube size at the portion before 164 ft. by 1 rank for
the gas tubes. (Use a field supply reducer.)
(For the portion that exceeds 164 ft., set based on the main tube sizes (LA) listed in the table on the following page.)
4: If the size of the existing tubing is already larger than the standard tubing size, it is not necessary to further increase the size.
8 * If the existing tubing is used, and the amount of on-site additional refrigerant charge exceeds the value listed below, then
change the size of the tubing to reduce the amount of refrigerant.
Max. additional charge for 1 outdoor unit: 62 lbs
Max. additional charge for 2 outdoor units: 111lbs

2-4
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

Table 2-2 Refrigerant Charge Amount at Shipment (for outdoor unit)


CHDX07263 CHDX09663
DC CHDXR07263 CHDXR09663
(oz) 416 416

Additional refrigerant charge amount is calculated from the liquid tubing total length as follows.

Table 2-3 Amount of Refrigerant Charge Per ft, According to Liquid Tubing Size
Liquid tubing size Amount of refrigerant Required amount of additional refrigerant charge = [(Amount of
(in. (mm)) charge (oz/ft.) additional refrigerant charge per ft. of each size of liquid tube ×
ø1/4" (ø6.35) 0.279 its tube length) + (...) + (...)] + [Necessary amount of additional
ø3/8" (ø9.52) 0.602 refrigerant charge per outdoor unit + (...) + (...)]
ø1/2" (ø12.7) 1.38
* Always charge accurately using a scale for weighing.
ø5/8" (ø15.88) 1.99
* If the existing tubing is used, and the amount of on-site additional
ø3/4" (ø19.05) 2.78
refrigerant charge exceeds the value listed below, then change the
ø7/8" (ø22.22) 3.93
size of the tubing to reduce the amount of refrigerant.
Max. additional charge for 1 outdoor unit : 62 lbs
Max. additional charge for 2 outdoor units : 111 lbs 1
Table 2-4 Necessary Amount of Refrigerant Charge Per Outdoor Unit
CHDX07263 CHDX09663
CHDXR07263
42 oz/unit
CHDXR09663
42 oz/unit
2
Table 2-5 System Limitations
Max. No. allowable connected outdoor units
Max. capacity allowable connected outdoor units
3 *1
288,000 BTU/h (24-Ton, 84 kW)
3
Max. connectable indoor units 40
Max. allowable indoor/outdoor capacity ratio 50 – 130 %

*1: Up to 3 units can be connected if the system has been extended. 4

2-5
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

1-4 Tubing Size


Table 2-6 Main Tubing Size (LA) Unit: in. (mm)
BTU/h 72,000 96,000 144,000 168,000 192,000 216,000 240,000 264,000 288,000
(kW) (21.1) (28.1) (42.2) (49.2) (56.3) (63.3) (70.3) (77.4) (84.4)
Total system tonnage 6 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)09663 CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)09663 CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)09663 CHDX(R)09663 CHDX(R)09663


Combined outdoor models CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)09663 CHDX(R)09663 CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)09663 CHDX(R)09663
CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)07263 CHDX(R)09663
ø3/4" ø7/8" ø1-1/8" ø1-3/8"
Gas tubing (ø19.05) (ø22.22) (ø28.58) (ø34.92)
ø3/8" ø1/2" ø5/8" ø3/4"
Liquid tubing (ø9.52) (ø12.7) (ø15.88) (ø19.05)

*1: If future extension is planned, select the tubing diameter based on the total tonnage after extension.
However extension is not possible if the resulting tubing size is two ranks higher.
*2: The balance tube (outdoor unit tube) diameter is ø1/4".
*3: Type 1 tubing should be used for the refrigerant tubes.
*4: If the length of the longest tube (L1) exceeds 295 ft. (equivalent length), increase the main tube (LM) size by 1 rank for the gas
and liquid tubes. (Use field-supply reducers.) (Select from Table 2-6 and Table 2-11.)
*5: If the longest main tube length (LM) exceeds 164 ft., increase the main tube size at the portion before 164 ft. by 1 rank for the
gas tubes.
1 (For the portion that exceeds 164 ft., set based on the main tube sizes (LA) listed in the table above.)

Size of tubing (lB) between outdoor units


Select the size of tubing between outdoor units based on the main tubing size (LA) as given in the table above.
2 Table 2-7 Main Tubing Size After Distribution (LB, LC...) Unit: in. (mm)

Below BTU/h 24,200 54,600 76,800 102,400 143,300 178,800 238,900 334,400 –
Total capacity
after distribution
Over BTU/h – 24,200 54,600 76,800 102,400 143,300 178,800 238,900 334,400

3 Gas tubing ø1/2"


(ø12.7)
ø5/8"
(ø15.88)
ø3/4"
(ø19.05)
ø7/8"
(ø22.22)
ø1-1/8"
(ø28.58)
ø1-1/8"
(ø28.58)
ø1-1/8"
(ø28.58)
ø1-3/8"
(ø34.92)
ø1-3/8"
(ø34.92)
Tubing size
Liquid tubing ø3/8" ø3/8" ø3/8" ø3/8" ø1/2" ø1/2" ø5/8" ø3/4" ø3/4"
(ø9.52) (ø9.52) (ø9.52) (ø9.52) (ø12.7) (ø12.7) (ø15.88) (ø19.05) (ø19.05)

4 Note: In case the total capacity of connected indoor units exceeds the total capacity of the outdoor units, select the main tubing
size for the total capacity of the outdoor units. (Especially the main tubing segments of LA, LB and LF.)

2-6
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

Table 2-8 Amount of Refrigerant Charge


Liquid tubing size Amount of refrigerant
(in. (mm)) charge (oz/ft.)
ø1/4" (ø6.35) 0.279
ø3/8" (ø9.52) 0.602
ø1/2" (ø12.7) 1.38
ø5/8" (ø15.88) 1.99
ø3/4" (ø19.05) 2.78
ø7/8" (ø22.22) 3.93

Table 2-9 Outdoor Unit Tubing Connection Size ( A– C)

BTU/h 72,000 96,000


(kW) (21.1) (28.1)
ø3/4" *1 ø7/8" *2
Gas tubing (ø19.05) *1 (ø22.22)*2
Brazing connection
ø3/8" (ø9.52) ø3/8" (ø9.52)
Liquid tubing
Flare connection
1
Balance tube
ø1/4" (ø6.35)
Balance tubing Gas tube
Flare connection Liquid tube
*1 If the size of tubing (LA) is less than 16.4 feet, it is recommended Unit: in. (mm)
that the tubing diameter be larger than ø7/8" (ø22.22).
*2 If the size of tubing (LA) is less than 16.4 feet, it is recommended 2
that the tubing diameter be larger than ø1-1/8" (ø28.58).

Table 2-10 Indoor Unit Tubing Connection Size Unit: in. (mm)
Indoor unit type 7 9 12 15 18 19 24 36 48 54
Gas tubing ø1/2" (ø12.7) ø5/8" (ø15.88)
3
Liquid tubing ø1/4" (ø6.35) ø3/8" (ø9.52)
Note: Use C1220T-1/2H material for tubing over ø3/4" (ø22.22).

Table 2-11 Refrigerant tubing (Existing tubing can be used.) 4


Tubing size (in. (mm)) * When bending the tubes, use a bending
Material O Material 1/2H • H radius that is at least 4 times the outer
ø1/4" (ø6.35) t1/32" (0.8) ø7/8" (ø22.22) t5/128" (1.0) diameter of the tubes.

ø3/8" (ø9.52) t1/32" (0.8) ø1" (ø25.40) t5/128" (1.0)


In addition, take sufficient care to avoid
crushing or damaging the tubes when
5
ø1/2" (ø12.7) t1/32" (0.8) ø1-1/8" (ø28.58) t5/128" (1.0)
bending them.
ø5/8" (ø15.88) t5/128" (1.0) ø1-1/4" (ø31.75) t3/64" (1.1)
ø3/4" (ø19.05) over t5/128" (1.0) ø1-3/8" (ø34.92) over t3/64" (1.15)
6

2-7
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

Straight equivalent length of joints


Design the tubing system by referring to the following table for the straight equivalent length of joints.

Table 2-12 Straight Equivalent Length of Joints Unit: ft.


1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
Gas tubing size (in. (mm)) (12.7) (15.88) (19.05) (22.22) (25.4) (28.58) (34.92)

90° elbow 1 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.5

45° elbow 0.8 0.9 1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.8

U-shape tube bent (R2-3/8" – 4" (60 – 100)) 3 3.4 4.1 4.7 5.1 5.6 7.4

Trap bend 7.5 9.2 10.5 12.5 14.1 15.4 19.2

Y-branch distribution joint Equivalent length conversion not needed.

Ball valve for service Equivalent length conversion not needed.

2-8
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

Additional refrigerant charge amount


Additional refrigerant charge amount is calculated from the liquid tubing total length as follows.

Table 2-13 Amount of Refrigerant Charge Per ft, According to Liquid Tubing Size
Liquid tubing size Amount of refrigerant Required amount of additional refrigerant charge = [(Amount of
(in. (mm)) charge (oz/ft.) additional refrigerant charge per ft. of each size of liquid tube ×
ø1/4" (ø6.35) 0.279 its tube length) + (...) + (...)] + [Necessary amount of additional
ø3/8" (ø9.52) 0.602 refrigerant charge per outdoor unit + (...) + (...)]
ø1/2" (ø12.7) 1.38
* Always charge accurately using a scale for weighing.
ø5/8" (ø15.88) 1.99
ø3/4" (ø19.05) 2.78
ø7/8" (ø22.22) 3.93

Check of limit density

Always check the gas density


1
WARNING limit for the room in which the
unit is installed.
1-5. Check of Limit Density
When installing an air conditioner in a room, it is necessary to
2
ensure that even if the refrigerant gas accidentally leaks out, its
density does not exceed the limit level for that room.

3
Pay special attention to any location,
CAUTION such as a basement, etc., where leaking
refrigerant can accumulate, since
refrigerant gas is heavier than air.
4

2-9
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

1-6. Calculation of Actual Capacity of Indoor Unit


Calculating the actual capacity of each indoor unit
Because the capacity of a multi air-conditioner changes according to the temperature conditions, tubing length, elevation dif-
ference and other factors, select the correct model after taking into account the various correction values. When selecting the
model, calculate the corrected capacities of the outdoor unit and each indoor unit. Use the corrected outdoor unit capacity and
the total corrected capacity of all the indoor units to calculate the actual final capacity of each indoor unit.
1. Outdoor unit capacity correction coefficient
Find the outdoor unit capacity correction coefficient for the following items.
(1) Capacity correction for the outdoor unit model
The capacity correction coefficient is 1.00.
(2) Capacity correction for the outdoor unit temperature conditions
Cooling: From the graph of capacity characteristics on page 2-12 ( Graph of Outdoor Unit Capacity Characteristics),
use the outdoor temperature to find the capacity correction coefficient.
Heating: From the graph of capacity characteristics on page 2-14, use the outdoor temperature to find the capacity
correction coefficient.
* Indoor air intake temperature should be set to 68 °FDB.
(3) Capacity correction for the outdoor unit tubing length and elevation difference
From the graph of capacity change characteristics on page 2-13, use the tubing length and elevation difference to find the
capacity correction coefficient.
1 The outdoor unit correction coefficient is the value which corresponds to the most demanding indoor unit.
(4) Capacity correction for outdoor unit frosting/defrosting during heating
From the table on page 2-12, find the capacity correction coefficient.

2. Indoor unit capacity correction coefficients


2 Find the indoor unit capacity correction coefficient for the following items.
(2) Capacity correction for the indoor unit temperature conditions
From the graph of capacity characteristics on page 2-13 ( Graph of Indoor Unit Capacity Characteristics), use the indoor
temperature to find the capacity correction coefficient.
(3) Capacity distribution ratio based on the indoor unit tubing length and elevation difference
3 First, in the same way as for the outdoor unit, use the tubing length and elevation difference for each indoor unit to find the
correction coefficient from the graph of capacity change characteristics on page 2-13. Then divide the result by the outdoor
unit correction coefficient to find the capacity distribution ratio for each indoor unit.
Capacity distribution ratio for each indoor unit (3) = Correction coefficient for that indoor unit / Correction coefficient for the outdoor unit

4 3. Calculating the corrected capacities for the outdoor unit and each indoor unit
The corrected capacities for the outdoor unit and each indoor unit are calculated form the formula below.
<Cooling>
Outdoor unit corrected cooling capacity (5) = Outdoor unit rated cooling capacity × Correction coefficient for model ((1)
5 Page 2-10) × Correction coefficient for outdoor temperature conditions ((2)
Page 2-12) × Correction coefficient for tubing length and elevation difference
((3) Page 2-13)
* However, if the outdoor unit corrected cooling capacity [5] is greater than 100%, then the outdoor unit corrected cooling
capacity [5] is considered to be 100%.

6 Corrected cooling capacity of each indoor unit (5) = Rated cooling capacity for that indoor unit × Correction coefficient for
indoor temperature conditions at that indoor unit ((2) Page 2-13) × Distribution ratio based on tubing length and elevation dif-
ference at that indoor unit ((3) Page 2-13)
However, the corrected cooling capacity of each indoor unit is found as shown below.
If (2) < 100% and (2) ×(3) > 100%: Corrected cooling capacity for that indoor unit [5] = Rated cooling capacity for that indoor unit
7 If (2) >100%: Corrected cooling capacity for that indoor unit (5) = Rated cooling capacity for that indoor unit × (2)

2 - 10
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

<Heating>
Outdoor unit corrected heating capacity (5) = Outdoor unit rated heating capacity × Correction coefficient for model ((1)
Page 2-10) × Correction coefficient for outdoor temperature conditions ((2)
Page 2-14) × Correction coefficient for tubing length and elevation difference
((3) Page 2-13) × Correction coefficient for frosting/defrosting ((4) Page 2-12)
* However, if the outdoor unit corrected heating capacity [5] is greater than 100%, then the outdoor unit corrected heating
capacity is considered to be 100%.
Corrected heating capacity of each indoor unit (5) = Rated heating capacity for that indoor unit × Correction coefficient for
indoor temperature conditions at that indoor unit ((2) Page 2-13) × Distribution ratio based on tubing length and elevation
difference at that indoor unit.

However, the corrected heating capacity of each indoor unit is found as shown below.
If (2) < 100% and (2) × (3) > 100%: Corrected heating capacity for that indoor unit (5) = Rated heating capacity for that indoor unit
If (2) ≥ 100%: Corrected heating capacity for that indoor unit (5) = Rated heating capacity for that indoor unit × (2)

* Characteristic graphs are shown on the pages listed above next to each correction item. Find each correction coefficient
from the appropriate conditions.

4. Calculating the actual indoor unit capacity based on the indoor/outdoor corrected capacity ratio
Calculate the actual capacity of each indoor unit from the values (found in (3)) for the corrected outdoor unit capacity and the
corrected capacity of each indoor unit. 1
<Cooling capacity>
Corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratio during cooling (Ruc) = Total corrected cooling capacity of all indoor units in that system /
Corrected outdoor unit cooling capacity
If the corrected outdoor unit cooling capacity is greater than or equal to the total corrected unit cooling capacity of all indoor units 2
in that system (Ruc 1), then:
Actual cooling capacity of each indoor unit (7) = Corrected cooling capacity of each indoor unit (5) (In other words, the cor-
rection coefficient (6), based on the corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratios for each indoor unit, is 1.)
If the corrected outdoor unit cooling capacity is less than the total corrected unit cooling capacity of all indoor units in that sys-
tem (Ruc > 1), then: 3
(Actual cooling capacity of each indoor unit (7)) = (Corrected cooling capacity of each indoor unit (5)) × (0.25 × Ruc + 0.75)
/ Ruc
(In other words, the correction coefficient (6), based on the corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratios for each indoor unit, is
the underlined part in the formula above.)
<Heating capacity> 4
Corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratio during heating (Ruh) = Total corrected heating capacity of all indoor units in that system
/ Corrected outdoor unit heating capacity
If the corrected outdoor unit heating capacity is greater than or equal to the total corrected unit heating capacity of all indoor
units in that system (Ruh 1), then:
Actual heating capacity of each indoor unit (7) = Corrected heating capacity of each indoor unit (5) 5
(In other words, the correction coefficient (6), based on the corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratios for each indoor unit, is 1.)
If the corrected outdoor unit heating capacity is less than the total corrected unit heating capacity of all indoor units in that sys-
tem (Ruh > 1), then:
(Actual heating capacity of each indoor unit (7)) = (Corrected heating capacity of each indoor unit (5)) × (0.1 × Ruh + 0.9) /
Ruh 6
(In other words, the correction coefficient (6), based on the corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratios for each indoor unit, is
the underlined part in the formula above.)

2 - 11
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

Refer to the graph below for the correction coefficients for Ruc and Ruh.

Indoor unit capacity correction coefficient for Ruc (cooling)


Indoor unit capacity correction coefficient for Ruh (heating)
Indoor unit capacity correction coefficient
1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0
Corrected indoor/outdoor capacity ratio (Ruc or Ruh)

NOTE
When Ruc or Ruh is less than or equal to 1.0, the indoor unit capacity correction coefficient for both Ruc and Ruh is 1.0.
1 5. Graph of capacity correction coefficients

Graph of outdoor unit capacity characteristics (1 – (2))


Outdoor unit cooling capacity characteristics Outdoor unit heating capacity characteristics
2
Rate of cooling capacity change (%)

Rate of heating capacity change (%)

120 120
110
110 100
90
3 100 80
70
90 60
50

4 80
23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113
40
-4 5 14 23 32 41 50 59
Outdoor air intake temp. (°F DB) Outdoor air intake temp. (°F WB)

Outdoor unit heating capacity correction coefficient during frosting/defrosting (1 – (4))


5 Outdoor intake air
–4 5 14 17 21 23 24 28 30 32 33 35 37 39 41 42
temp. (°FWB RH85%)
Correction coefficient 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.94 0.91 0.89 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.95 1.0

* To calculate the heating capacity with consideration for frosting/defrosting operation, multiply the heating capacity found
6 from the capacity graph by the correction coefficient from the table above.

2 - 12
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

Graph of indoor unit capacity characteristics (2 – (2))


Indoor unit cooling capacity characteristics Indoor unit heating capacity characteristics

Rate of heating capacity change (%)


Rate of cooling capacity change (%) indicates the rating point. indicates the rating point.
120 110

110 105

100 100

90 95

80 90
57 59 60 62 64 66 68 69 71 73 75 77 59 60 62 64 66 68 69 71 73 75 77 78 80
Indoor air intake temp. ( °F WB) Indoor air intake temp. ( °F DB)

Graph of capacity change characteristics resulting from tubing length and elevation difference (1 / 2 – (3))

<Cooling> <Heating>
Base capacity Base capacity
164
change rate 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 164
change rate
1
131 94 131
Elevation difference (ft)

Elevation difference (ft)


98 96 98

66 98 66
*1
33 100
%
33
2
0 0

-33 -33

-66 -66

-131
-98 -98

-131
3
0 33 66 98 131 164 197 230 262 295 328 361 394 427 459 492 0 33 66 98 131 164 197 230 262 295 328 361 394 427 459 492

Equivalent length (ft) Equivalent length (ft)

The positive side for the elevation difference indicates that the outdoor unit is installed at a higher position than the indoor units.
The negative side indicates the opposite. 4
The capacity loss that is caused by the tubing length can be reduced by increasing the sizes of the discharge tubes and suc-
tion tubes. Refer to Table 2-14 and make the appropriate changes. However be sure that the total length does not exceed the
maximum.
* The only sizes which can be increased are the LM (main tube with the largest diameter) gas tubes, and the changes are
limited to those shown in Table 2-14. 5
In addition, note that the additional refrigerant charge is determined only by the narrow-tube size.

Table 2-14 Correction coefficient for equivalent length when the size of the gas tube (LM) is increased
Standard tubing diameter
(gas tube, in.(mm))
ø1/2"
(ø12.7)
ø5/8"
(ø15.88)
ø3/4"
(ø19.05)
ø7/8"
(ø22.22)
ø1-1/8"
(ø28.58)
6
Tubing diameter after change ø5/8" ø3/4" ø7/8" ø1-1/8" ø1-3/8"
(gas tube,in.(mm)) (ø15.88) (ø19.05) (ø22.22) (ø28.58) (ø34.92)
Equivalent length correction
coefficient
0.4 0.5 0.6
7
* If the size of the discharge tubes and suction tubes (LM) have been increased, apply the correction coefficient from Table
2-14 and calculate the equivalent length of the LM section.
Equivalent length of tubing after size increase
= Standard tubing equivalent length × Equivalent length correction coefficient 8

2 - 13
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

1-7. Capacity Correction Graph According to Temperature Condition

Capacity characteristics
(The corrected capacity for specific temperature conditions can be found from the graphs below.)

<Cooling> <Heating>
6-Ton 8-Ton
Capacity ratio (%)

130
Indoor
Indoor air
air intake
intake temp.
temp. (WB)
(WB) == 71 F
72°F
120 130 Indoor air intake temp. (°F DB) 130 Indoor air intake temp. (°F DB)
110 120 120
WB = 67°F 61 61

Capacity ratio (%)


100

Capacity ratio (%)


110 110
90 100 70 100 70
WB = 61°F
80 90 90
79 79
80 80
120 70 70
110 60 60
2°F 50 50
100 ) =7
.(WB 40 40
90
te mp
ke
80 nta
ir i
ra 130 130
Input ratio (%)

oo

Input ratio (%)


Input ratio (%)

70 Ind 120 120


60 °F
= 67 110 110
1 50 WB

40 WB = 61°F
100
90
61 100
90
61

30 80 70 80
70
20 70 70
10 60 79 60
50 50 79

2 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113
Outdoor air intake temp. (°F DB)
-4 5 14 23 32
Outdoor air intake temp. (°F WB)
41 50 59 -4 5 14 23 32
Outdoor air intake temp. (°F WB)
41 50 59

Heating capacity correction coefficients for frost/defrost operation


3 Outdoor intake air
temp. –4 5 14 17 21 23 24 28 30 32 33 35 37 39 41 42
(°F WB RH85%)
Correction coefficient 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.94 0.91 0.89 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.95 1.0

4 * The heating capacity when frost/defrost operation is considered is calculated by multiplying the heating capacity found
from the capacity graph by the correction coefficient from the table above.

2 - 14
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

Rated performance values

Item Cooling Heating


Equivatent Cooling capacity Power input Heating capacity Power input
tonnage BTU/h(kW) (kW) BTU/h(kW) (kW)
6-Ton 72,000(21.1) 5.30 81,000(23.7) 5.79
8-Ton 96,000(28.1) 7.75 108,000(31.6) 8.60

1-8. Capacity Correction Graph According to Tubing Length and Elevation Difference
Capacity change characteristics

<Cooling>
Base capacity
change rate 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76
164
131 94
1
98 96
Elevation difference (ft)

66 98

33 100
%
0
–33
2
–66
–98
–131
0 33 66 98 131 164 197 230 262 295 328 361 394 427 459 492 3
Equivalent length (ft)

<Heating>

164
Base capacity
change rate 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
*1 Sample calculations
(System: 16-Ton, 164ft equivalent length, 49ft elevation
4
difference
131 98
The cooling capacity and heating capacity for this system are
98 found as shown below.)
Elevation difference (ft)

99
● Cooling operation
66
33 100
From the table, the correction coefficient for that tonnage 5
% level is found to be 1.00.
0 From the graph, the base capacity change rate is found to be
–33 92.0%.
92.0% × 1.00 = 92.0%
–66
–98
192,000 BTU/h × 92.0% 176,600 BTU/h
(56.2kW × 92.0% = 51.7kW) Capacity change rate is 92.0%. 6
–131 Cooling capacity is
0 33 66 98 131 164 197 230 262 295 328 361 394 427 459 492 176,600 BTU/h (51.7 kW)
Equivalent length (ft) ● Heating operation
NOTE From the table, the correction coefficient for that tonnage

The positive side for the elevation difference indicates that


level is found to be 1.00.
From the graph, the base capacity change rate is found to be
7
the outdoor unit is installed at a higher position than the 97.2%.
indoor units. The negative side indicates the opposite. 97.2% × 1.00 = 97.2%
Because the calculation result exceeds 97.2%, the capacity
change rate is 97.2%.
216,000 BTU/h × 97.2% 210,000 BTU/h 8
(63.6kW × 97.2% = 61.8kW) Heating capacity is
210,000 BTU/h (61.8 kW)

2 - 15
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Model Selecting and Capacity Calculator Unit Specifications

If the maximum tubing length (L1) exceeds 295 ft (equivalent length), increase the tubing size of the main liquid, gas tubes (LM)
by one rank.
However, the upper limit for the gas tube size is ø1-3/8".
Increasing the tubing size of the gas tubes can reduce the loss of capacity caused by longer tubing lengths.
Refer to Table 2-14 to increase the tubing size. However, the maximum allowable tubing length must not be exceeded.
* The amount of additional refrigerant charge is determined from the liquid tube size only.

Table 2-14 Correction coefficient for equivalent length when the size of the gas tube (LM) is increased
Standard tube diameter ø1/2" ø5/8" ø3/4" ø7/8" ø1-1/8"
(gas tube, in.(mm)) (ø12.7) (ø15.88) (ø19.05) (ø22.22) (ø28.58)
Tube diameter after change ø5/8" ø3/4" ø7/8" ø1-1/8" ø1-3/8"
(gas tube, in.(mm)) (ø15.88) (ø19.05) (ø22.22) (ø28.58) (ø34.92)
Equivalent length correction
0.4 0.5 0.6
coefficient

* If the size of the discharge tubes and suction tubes (LM) have been increased, apply the correction coefficient from Table
2-14 and calculate the equivalent length of the LM section.
Tubing equivalent length after size increase
= Standard tubing equivalent length × Equivalent length correction coefficient
1

2 - 16
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. System Design Unit Specifications

2-1. System Example


(1) Below are the tables created using the “Sanyo PAC Design Support Software.” Details of the calculations are shown in (2).
As the maximum tubing length (equivalent length) is over 295ft. in the following selection sample, the item (3) is applied due
to the main tube size up.
Outdoor Outdoor
unit 1 unit 2

164 ft
33 ft 33 ft 66 ft
Elevation
difference: 33 ft
33 ft 33 ft 33 ft

Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor


unit 1 unit 2 unit 3 unit 4

Selection conditions
Room 1 Room 2 Room 3 Room 4
Outdoor unit
(indoor unit 1) (indoor unit 2) (indoor unit 3) (indoor unit 4)
Air condition (DB/WB) 91.0 / 72.0 78.0 / 64.0 78.0 / 64.0 78.0 / 64.0 78.0 / 64.0
Cooling
Max. load (BTU/h) 50,000 30,000 30,000 18,500
Air condition (DB/WB) 37.0 / 35.0 69.0 / 55.0 69.0 / 55.0 69.0 / 55.0 69.0 / 55.0
Heating
Max. load (BTU/h) 55,000 35,000 35,000 20,000
1
Actual tubing length 296 ft 197 ft 230 ft 263 ft 296 ft
Equivalent length (with consideration for curves, etc.) 355.2 ft 236.4 ft 276.0 ft 315.6 ft 355.2 ft
[* Equivalent length after size-up correction] [276.5 ft] [157.7 ft] [197.3 ft] [236.9 ft] [276.5 ft]
* Equivalent length after size-up correction is used for the calculation of actual capacity.
2
Preliminary selection
Room 1 Room 2 Room 3 Room 4
Outdoor unit
(indoor unit 1) (indoor unit 2) (indoor unit 3) (indoor unit 4)
Type
Selected model
09663+07263
Type 5462 Type 3662 Type 3662 Type 1862
3
50,000 / 30,000 / 30,000 / 18,500 /
Load (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
55,000 35,000 35,000 20,000
168,000 / 54,600 / 36,000 / 36,000 / 19,000 /
Rated capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
189,000 61,400 39,000 39,000 21,000

(5) Corrected capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)


147,532.93 / 54,600.00 / 35,781.01 / 34,941.99 / 18,000.59 / 4
146,812.33 61,768.40 39,234.00 39,234.00 21,126.00
54,600.00 / 35,781.01 / 34,941.99 / 18,000.59 /
(7) Actual capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
56,752.81 36,048.20 36,048.20 19,410.57
Total corrected capacity of indoor units (cooling/heating) = 143,323.59/161,362.40
Ruc = 143,323.59/147,532.93 = 0.971 < 1 Ruh = 161,362.40/146,812.33 = 1.099 > 1 5
Outdoor unit changes
The corrected outdoor unit capacity is less than the total corrected capacity of all indoor units in the system. As a result, the actual capacity of
each indoor unit is less than the maximum load. Therefore the outdoor unit is increased by one rank.

Outdoor unit
Room 1 Room 2 Room 3 Room 4
(indoor unit 1) (indoor unit 2) (indoor unit 3) (indoor unit 4)
6
Type
Selected model Type 5462 Type 3662 Type 3662 Type 1862
09663+09663
50,000 / 30,000 / 30,000 / 18,500 /
Load (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
55,000 35,000 35,000 20,000

Rated capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)


192,000 / 54,600 / 36,000 / 36,000 / 19,000 /
7
216,000 61,400 39,000 39,000 21,000
168,609.06 / 54,600.00 / 35,781.01 / 34,941.99 / 18,000.59 /
(5) Corrected capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
173,189.02 61,768.40 39,234.00 39,234.00 21,126.00

(7) Actual capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)


54,600.00 /
61,400.00
35,781.01 /
39,000.00
34,941.99 /
39,000.00
18,000.59 /
21,000.00 8
Total corrected capacity of indoor units (cooling/heating) = 143,323.59/161,362.40
Ruc = 143,323.59/168,609.06 = 0.850 < 1 Ruh = 161,362.40/173,189.02 = 0.932 < 1

2 - 17
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. System Design Unit Specifications

Indoor unit changes


The indoor unit in room 4, where the corrected indoor unit capacity is less than the maximum load, is increased by one rank.
Room 1 Room 2 Room 3 Room 4
Outdoor unit
(indoor unit 1) (indoor unit 2) (indoor unit 3) (indoor unit 4)
Type
Selected model Type 5462 Type 3662 Type 3662 Type 2462
09663+09663
50,000 / 30,000 / 30,000 / 18,500 /
Load (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
55,000 35,000 35,000 20,000
192,000 / 54,600 / 36,000 / 36,000 / 25,000 /
Rated capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
216,000 61,400 39,000 39,000 27,000
168,609.06 / 54,600.00 / 35,781.01 / 34,941.99 / 23,684.99 /
(5) Corrected capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
173,189.02 61,768.40 39,234.00 39,234.00 27,162.00
54,600.00 / 35,781.01 / 34,941.99 / 23,684.99 /
(7) Actual capacity (cooling/heating) (BTU/h)
61,400.00 39,000.00 39,000.00 27,000.00

Total corrected capacity of indoor units (cooling/heating) = 149,008.00/167,398.40


Ruc = 149,008.00/168,609.06 = 0.884 < 1 Ruh = 167,398.40/173,189.02 = 0.967 < 1
For both cooling and heating in all rooms, actual capacity is now greater than or equal to the maximum load. Selection is completed.

1 (2) Calculate the final selection results according to the capacity calculation procedure.

[From calculation of the correction coefficient to calculation of actual capacity] (Cooling/heating)


Room 1 Room 2 Room 3 Room 4
Outdoor unit
(indoor unit 1) (indoor unit 2) (indoor unit 3) (indoor unit 4)

2 Rated capacity (BTU/h)


192,000 /
216,000
54,600 /
61,400
36,000 /
39,000
36,000 /
39,000
25,000 /
27,000
1.0000 /
(1) Model
1.0000
Correction coefficient

1.0203 / 0.9474 / 0.9474 / 0.9474 / 0.9474 /


(2) Temp. condition
1.0000 1.0060 1.0060 1.0060 1.0060
3 (3) Tubing length, elevation difference
0.8607 / 0.9240 / 0.9030 / 0.8818 / 0.8607 /
0.9009 0.9461 0.9311 0.9159 0.9009
1.0491 / 1.0245 / 1.0000 /
Distribution ratio
1.0335 1.0167 1.0000

4 (4) Frosting/defrosting 0.8900

1.0171 / 0.9939 / 0.9706 / 0.9474 /


Result of (2) × (3)
1.0565 1.0397 1.0228 1.0060
1.0000 / 0.9939 / 0.9706 / 0.9474 /
Correction coefficient applied to indoor unit *1
1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
5 (5) Corrected capacity (BTU/h) *2
168,609.06 /
173,189.02
54,600.00 /
61,768.40
35,781.01 /
39,234.00
34,941.99 /
39,234.00
23,684.99 /
27,162.00
1.0000 / 1.0000 / 1.0000 / 1.0000 /
(6) Correction coefficient for corrected capacity ratio
1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
54,600.00 / 35,781.01 / 34,941.99 / 23,684.99 /
(7) Actual capacity (BTU/h)
6 61,400.00 39,000.00 39,000.00 27,000.00

*1: This varies depending on the values of (2) and (2) × (Distribution ratio in (3)).
*2: Corrected outdoor unit capacity = Rated outdoor unit capacity × (1) × (2) × (3) × (4)

The actual capacity is calculated as shown below.

7 Cooling: Ruc = (54,600.00 + 35,781.01 + 34,941.99 + 23,684.99) / 168,609.06 = 0884 < 1


Therefore,
Actual cooling capacity of each indoor unit = Corrected cooling capacity of each indoor unit
(In other words, the correction coefficient (6) for the corrected capacity ratio is 1.)
Heating: Ruh = (61,768.40 + 39,234.00 + 39,234.00 + 27,162.00) / 173,189.02 = 0.967 < 1
Therefore,
8 Actual heating capacity of each indoor unit = Corrected heating capacity of each indoor unit
(In other words, the correction coefficient (6) for the corrected capacity ratio is 1.)

2 - 18
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. System Design Unit Specifications

(3) Increasing the size of the refrigerant tubing


Increasing the tubing size of the gas tubes can reduce the loss of capacity caused by longer tubing lengths.
Refer to Table 2-14 to increase the tubing size. However, the maximum allowable tubing length must not be exceeded.
* The amount of additional refrigerant charge is determined from the liquid tube size only.
Table 2-14 Correction coefficient for equivalent length when the size of the gas tube (LM) is increased
Standard tube diameter ø1/2" ø5/8" ø3/4" ø7/8" ø1-1/8"
(gas tube, in.(mm)) (ø12.7) (ø15.88) (ø19.05) (ø22.22) (ø28.58)
Tube diameter after change ø5/8" ø3/4" ø7/8" ø1-1/8" ø1-3/8"
(gas tube, in.(mm)) (ø15.88) (ø19.05) (ø22.22) (ø28.58) (ø34.92)
Equivalent length correction
0.4 0.5 0.6
coefficient

* If the size of the discharge tubes and suction tubes (LM) have been increased, apply the correction coefficient from Table
2-14 and calculate the equivalent length of the LM section.
Tubing equivalent length after size increase
= Standard tubing equivalent length × Equivalent length correction coefficient

2-2. Example of Tubing Size Selection for Extension and Additional Charge Amount
Sample calculation for the system below
1
Type 09663
Extension indoor units
Type 09663
Lb La
2
LA LB LC LD LE1 LE2 LF
Elevation difference
H=16.4 ft.

L4 L5 L6
3
L1 L2 L3
Elevation difference
H=16.4 ft. Type 3662 Type 1862 Type 0962 Type 3662 Type 3662 Type 1862
LH

LG
L7 L8 L9
4
Type 4862 Type 1862 Type 1862

2 - 19
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. System Design Unit Specifications

Additional refrigerant charge before extension


Liquid tube Tubing length (ft) Additional refrigerant charge
(A) × (B) oz
diameter (A) per 1 ft (oz/ft) (B)
La ø3/8 6.6 0.602 3.973
Lb ø3/8 65.6 0.602 39.501
LA ø3/4 26.2 2.78 72.966
LB ø1/2 19.7 1.38 27.165
LC ø1/2 19.7 1.38 27.165
LD ø1/2 19.7 1.38 27.165
LE1 ø3/8 16.4 0.602 9.875
LG ø5/8 26.2 1.99 52.231
LH ø3/8 13.1 0.602 7.900
L1 ø3/8 9.8 0.602 5.925
L2 ø1/4 9.8 0.279 2.746
L3 ø1/4 9.8 0.279 2.746
L7 ø3/8 9.8 0.602 5.925
L8 ø1/4 9.8 0.279 2.746
L9 ø1/4 13.1 0.279 3.661
Total (oz) 291.690 292 oz

Additional refrigerant charge after extension


1 Liquid tube
diameter
Tubing length (ft)
(A)
Additional refrigerant charge
per 1 ft (oz/ft) (B)
(A) × (B) oz

LE2 ø3/8 13.1 0.602 7.900


LF ø3/8 16.4 0.602 9.875
L4 ø3/8 13.1 0.602 7.900
2 L5 ø3/8 19.7 0.602 11.850
L6 ø1/4 23.0 0.279 6.407
Total (oz) 43.934 44 oz

3 Calculation of additional refrigerant charge for the entire 2-WAY ECO-i system
(Additional refrigerant charge for entire 2-WAY ECO-i system)
= (Refrigerant charge at outdoor unit) + (Additional refrigerant charge)
= (416 + 416 = 832) + (292 + 44 = 336) + (42 + 42 = 84) = 1252 oz (after extension)
[Before extension: 416 + 292 + 42 = 750 oz]

4 Remark:
When planning an extension model, be sure to include the values of the Table 2-4 (Page 2-5) Necessary Amount of
Refrigerant Charge per Outdoor Unit.

2 - 20
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. System Design Unit Specifications

Always check the gas


WARNING density limit for the room in
which the unit is installed.

Checking of limit density

When installing an air conditioner in a room, it is necessary to


ensure that even if the refrigerant gas accidentally leaks out, its
density does not exceed the limit level for that room.

2 - 21
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. System Design Unit Specifications

Installing distribution joint


Tube branching methods (horizontal use)
(1) Refer to “HOW TO ATTACH DISTRIBUTION JOINT”
enclosed with the optional distribution joint kit (APR-
CHP680BA, CHP1350BA, P160BA, P680BA,
P1350BA).
(2) In order to prevent accumulation of refrigerant oil in A
stopped units, if the main tubing is horizontal then B
Arrow view D
each branch tubing length should be at an angle that
is greater than horizontal. If the main tubing is vertical, Arrow view C

°
30
15

to
provide a raised starting portion for each branch. to

15
30
(3) If there are height differences between indoor units °
or if branch tubing that follows a distribution joint is
B B
connected to only 1 unit, a trap or ball valve must be
added to that distribution joint. (When adding the ball A
Horizontal A
valve, locate it within 1.3 ft of the distribution joint.) line View as see
(Consult with SANYO separately concerning the ball view D view C from arrow
valve.)
If a trap or ball valve is not added, do not operate
Types of vertical trap specifications
the system before repairs to a malfunctioning
unit are completed. (The refrigerant oil sent (When using ball valve)
through the tubing to the malfunctioning unit will
1 accumulate and may damage the compressor.) Main tubing

Ball valve Indoor unit (more than 2 units)


(BV: purchased (If only 1 unit is connected, a ball

2 separately)
Indoor unit (1)
valve is also needed on this side.)

(When not using ball valve)

Main tubing
3 Horizontal
Indoor unit (Each unit is
Branch tubing is connected to tubing
directed upward. that is either level or
is directed
More than downward.)
4 8 in

2 - 22
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

3-1. General Precautions on Wiring sponsibility for any damage or misoperation that occurs
as a result of such unauthorized changes.
(1) Before wiring, confirm the rated voltage of the unit
(7) Regulations on wire diameters differ from locality to
as shown on its nameplate, then carry out the wiring
locality. For field wiring rules, please refer to your LOCAL
closely following the wiring diagram.
ELECTRICAL CODES before beginning.
(2) Provide a power outlet to be used exclusively for each
You must ensure that installation complies with all rel-
unit, and a power supply disconnect, circuit breaker
evant rules and regulations.
and earth leakage breaker for overcurrent protection
(8) To prevent malfunction of the air conditioner caused by
should be provided in the exclusive line.
electrical noise, care must be taken when wiring as fol-
(3) To prevent possible hazards from insulation failure,
lows:
the unit must be grounded.
The remote control wiring and the inter-unit control wiring
(4) Each wiring connection must be done in accordance
should be wired apart from the inter-unit power wiring.
with the wiring system diagram. Wrong wiring may
Use shielded wires for inter-unit control wiring between
cause the unit to misoperate or become damaged.
units and ground the shield on both sides.
(5) Do not allow wiring to touch the refrigerant tubing,
(9) If the power supply cord of this appliance is damaged,
compressor, or any moving parts of the fan.
it must be replaced by a repair shop appointed by the
(6) Unauthorized changes in the internal wiring can be
manufacture, because special purpose tools are re-
very dangerous. The manufacturer will accept no re-
quired.

3-2. Recommended Wire Length and Wire Diameter for Power Supply System
Outdoor unit
1
Type Time delay fuse or
circuit capacity
CHDX07263
CHDXR07263 40 A 2
CHDX09663
45 A
CHDXR09663

Indoor unit 3
Time delay fuse or
Type
circuit capacity
K 10-16 A
A, X, XM, U, UM, T, F, FM 10-16 A 4
D 10-16 A

Control wiring
(A) Inter-unit (between outdoor and (B) Remote control wiring (C) Control wiring for group control 5
indoor units) control wiring *
AWG #18 (0.75 mm2) AWG #18 (0.75 mm2) AWG #18 (0.75 mm2)
Max. 3,280 ft. Max. 1,640 ft. Max. 650 ft. (Total)

(D) Inter-outdoor unit control wiring


6
AWG #18 (0.75 mm2)
NOTE
Max. 980 ft.
* With ring-type wire terminal.
7

2 - 23
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

3-3. Wiring System Diagrams

Indoor
unit (No. 1)
*
Power supply L1 L1 Outdoor unit
208 / 230V, 1ø, ~60Hz L2 INV unit
L2 *
A 1
L1 Power supply
Ground U1 U1
2
L2 208 / 230V, 3ø, ~60Hz
Remote U2 U2 L3
B 3
controller
3 4
WHT 1 1 R1
5
4
BLK 2 2 R2 Ground
A
Indoor D Inter-outdoor unit control wiring
unit (No. 2)
* Outdoor unit
Power supply L1 L1
L2 INV unit *
208 / 230V, 1ø, ~60Hz L2
1
L1 Power supply
Ground U1 2
L2 208 / 230V, 3ø, ~60Hz
Remote U2 3 3 L3
controller B 4 4
WHT 1 1 R1 5
BLK 2 2 R2 Ground

A * Disconnect switch
Group control: Indoor * NOTE: (Field Supply)
unit (No. 3)
* Disconnect Switch may be needed by the
1 Power supply
208 / 230V, 1ø, ~60Hz
L1
L2
L1
L2
National/Local code.
Ground U1 ALWAYS COMPLY WITH NATIONAL AND
C U2
LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS.
R1
R2 7P terminal board

2 A

X, U, D Types
K Type Indoor (Except 6 series)
unit (No. n)
*
Power supply L1 L1

3 208 / 230V, 1ø, ~60Hz L2

Ground
L2

U1
1(L1) 2(L2) U1 U2 R1 R2

Power Inter-unit Remote


Remote BLK U2
supply control wiring controller
controller WHT B
(BLU)

BLK 2 BLK BLK 3


RC

6P terminal board
WHT 1 WHT WHT 1

4 CONNECTOR
2P (WHT)
XM, A, U, UM,
T, F, FM Types

L N U1 U2 R1 R2

POWER UNIT REMOTE


5 NOTE SUPPLY CONTROL CONTROL
LINE LINE
(1) Refer to Section 2 “3-2. Recommended Wire Length
5P terminal board
and Wire Diameter for Power Supply System”
K Type
for the explanation of “A,” “B,” “C,” and “D,” in the Model : KHX0752
above diagram.
6 KHX0952
KHX1252
(2) The basic connection diagram of the indoor unit shows
the 7P terminal board, so the terminal boards in your 1(L1) 2(L2) U1 U2
Power Unit
equipment may differ from the diagram. supply control Line

7 (3) Refrigerant Circuit (R.C.) address should be set before 5P terminal board
turning the power on.
(4) Regarding the R.C. address setting, refer to Section 5 K Type
Model : KHX1862
"TEST RUN." Address setting can be executed by remote KHX1962
8 controller automatically. KHX2452
1(L1) 2(L2) U1 U2
Power Unit
supply control Line

2 - 24
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

CAUTION

(1) When linking outdoor units in a network (S-net link system), disconnect the terminal extended from the
short plug (CN003, 2P Black, location: right bottom on the outdoor main control PCB) from all outdoor
units except any one of the outdoor units.
(When shipping: In shorted condition.)
Otherwise the communication of S-net link system is not performed. For a system without link (no con-
nection wiring between outdoor units), do not remove the short plug.
(2) Do not install the inter-unit control wiring in a way that forms a loop. (Fig. 2-1)

Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit


Prohibited

Prohibited

Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

Fig. 2-1
(3) Do not install inter-unit control wiring such as star branch
1
wiring. Star branch wiring causes mis-address setting.

2
Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

NO Indoor unit Indoor unit


3
Branch point
Fig. 2-2

(4) If branching the inter-unit control wiring, the number of branch points should be 16 or fewer. (Branches
less than 3.3 ft are not included in the total branch number.) (Fig. 2-3) 4
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

5
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

more than 3.3 ft


Branch
point
6
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit
16 or fewer
more than 3.3 ft

7
Indoor unit

less than 3.3 ft

Indoor unit
8
Fig. 2-3
2 - 25
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

Loose wiring may cause


WARNING the terminal to overheat or Stranded wire
result in unit malfunction.

Strip 3/8 in
A fire hazard may also exist.
Ring
Therefore, ensure that all pressure
wiring is tightly connected. terminal
When connecting each power wire to the terminal, follow the
instructions on “How to connect wiring to the terminal” and
fasten the wire securely with the fixing screw of the terminal
plate. Fig. 2-4

How to connect wiring to the terminal Special


washer Screw

For stranded wiring Ring pressure


terminal Screw and
(1) Cut the wire end with cutting pliers, then strip the insulation Special washer
to expose the stranded wiring about 3/8" and tightly twist Wire Terminal plate
the wire ends.(Fig. 2-4) Ring
pressure
(2) Using a Phillips head screwdriver, remove the terminal
terminal
screw(s) on the terminal plate.
1 (3) Using a ring connector fastener or pliers, securely clamp Wire
each stripped wire end with a ring pressure terminal.
(4) Place the ring pressure terminal, and replace and tighten Fig. 2-5
the removed terminal screw using a screwdriver.
(Fig. 2-5)
2

2 - 26
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

3-4. Important Note When Wiring for Common Type


Connect the wires referring to the diagram. X Type
Note that the control wirings (Low voltages) shall be
segregated from the power supply wires (High voltage)
as follows:
1. Connect the Inter-unit control wiring to U1/U2
terminals and the remote control wire to R1/ Earth screw
R2.(excepting K type).
Power wiring
2. Connect the power supply wires to "L1, L2" of the (field supplied)
terminal block. Be sure to connect the grounding
conductor of the incoming power supply to the earth Connection for
(ground) screw. Clamping Solenoid Valve Kit
clip (for 3WAY)
3. Securely affix the power supply wires and remote
control wires by the clamping strap or clamping clip
not to cross each other and not to leave the wirings
loose. When loosening the clamping clip, twist the
strap and it will come undone.
1
Clamping clip
Twist

NOTE
Conduit Remote control wiring 2
Securely affix the 3-way wiring harness and Inter-unit control wiring
with the remote control wire (X type). (field supplied)

A Type U Type
3
Remote control wiring
and Inter-unit control wiring Conduit
(field supplied) (field supplied)

4
Earth screw

Power wiring
(field supplied) 5
Conduit
(field supplied)

6
Clamping
clip
Clamping Power wiring
clip Earth screw (field supplied)
7
Remote control wiring Connection for Solenoid
and Inter-unit control wiring Valve Kit (for 3WAY)
(field supplied)
8

2 - 27
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

Important Note When Wiring for Common Type (Continued)


UM Type F, FM Type

Clamping clip
Connection
for Solenoid
Valve Kit
Power wiring (for 3WAY)
(field supplied)

Earth screw

1 Power wiring
Conduit Conduit
(field supplied)
(field supplied)

Remote control wiring


Earth screw Clamping
and Inter-unit control wiring
2 clip (field supplied) Optional remote control wire
(field supplied)
3-way connection wiring
with harness(supplied)

D Type T Type
3 Remote control wiring
and Inter-unit control
wiring (field supplied)
Clamping Remote control wiring
clip (field supplied)
4

5
Clamping
clip
Conduit
(field supplied)
6

7 Earth screw Power wiring Conduit


Power wiring (field supplied) (field supplied)
Earth screw (field supplied)

2 - 28
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

Important Note When Wiring for Common Type (Continued)

K Type

Model : KHX0752/0952/1252 Model : KHX2452


Connection for Solenoid
Clamping Connection for Solenoid Clamping Valve Kit (for 3WAY)
strap Valve Kit (for 3WAY) strap

Power wiring
Power wiring (field supplied)
(field supplied)

Remote control wiring Remote control wiring


Conduit
(field supplied)
and Inter-unit control
wiring (field supplied)
Conduit
(field supplied)
and Inter-unit control
wiring (field supplied)
2

Model : KHX1862
KHX1962 *
Clamping
Connection for Solenoid
Valve Kit (for 3WAY)
3
strap

Power wiring
4
(field supplied)

Earth screw 6

Remote control wiring


Conduit
(field supplied)
and Inter-unit control
wiring (field supplied)
7

* Necessary to install the External Electronic Expansion Valve Kit (Optional:ATK-SVRK56BA).

2 - 29
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Electrical Wiring Unit Specifications

3-5. Important Note When Wiring for XM Type

Connect the wires referring to the diagram. XM Type


Note that the control wirings (Low Voltages) shall be
segregated from the power supply wires (High Voltage) Connection for Solenoid
Valve Kit (for 3WAY)
as follows:
Remote control wiring
1. Connect the Inter-unit control wiring to U1/U2 terminals (field supplied)
and the remote control wire to R1/R2. Clasp
Then place and fix the two clasps so that the clasps
shall cover both the remote control wires, the Inter-unit
control wiring and the 3-way wiring harness as shown
in the magnified drawing.

2. Connect the grounding conductor of the incoming


power supply to the earth (ground) screw before
connecting the power supply conductors to "L1, L2"
Power wiring
of the terminal block.
(field supplied)
3. Securely affix the two power supply conductors
1 (L1, L2) in the wiring channel by the clamping strap
as shown.
Conduit
(field supplied)
Earth screw
2 Clamping strap

NOTE
Take care not to damage the remote wiring by the
Entirely cover the control
clasp. Do not leave the remote wiring loose.
wirings (Remote / Inter-unit
3 3WAYconnection)
Remote control wiring and Inter-unit
control wiring (field supplied)

2 - 30
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-1. Indoor Unit Ceiling-Mounted T ype


AVOID:
Ceiling
areas where leakage of flammable gas may be expected.
places where large amounts of oil mist exist.
direct sunlight. Wall
locations near heat sources which may affect the perform-
ance of the unit. min. 10 in. min. 10 in.
locations where external air may enter the room directly. Front view
This may cause "sweating" on the air discharge ports, NOTE
causing them to spray or drip.
The rear of the indoor unit can be installed flush
locations where the remote controller will be splashed with against the wall.
water or affected by dampness or humidity. Air
discharge
installing the remote controller behind curtains or furniture.
locations where high-frequency emissions are generated.
min. 2 ft. Air intake
DO:
select an appropriate position from which every corner of Side view Max. 10 in.
the room can be uniformly cooled. Obstacle
select a location where the ceiling is strong enough to Fig. 2-6
support the weight of the unit. 1
select a location where tubing and drain pipe have the (Slim) Concealed Duct(High-Static Pressure)Type
shortest run to the outdoor unit. 4-Way Air Discharge Semi-Concealed Type
allow room for operation and maintenance as well as unre-
stricted air flow around the unit.
install the unit within the maximum elevation difference
10 in.
3 ft.
3 ft.
2
10 in.
above or below the outdoor unit and within a total tubing
length (L) from the outdoor unit as detailed in Table 2-1. 3 ft.

allow room for mounting the remote controller about 3 ft 3 ft.


3 ft.
off the floor, in an area that is not in direct sunlight nor in 10 in.

the flow of cool air from the indoor unit. 3


The elevation ((Slim) Concealed Duct) between the bottom
unit and the floor surface should be at least 8 feet.
If the elevation ((Slim) Concealed Duct) between them is
Min.8 ft.
less than 8 feet, install a filter (optional/field supply) or a pro-
tective device (field supply) not to touch the electrical parts
Floor
4
or fan with hands. Fig. 2-7
The air intake and outtake openings should be provided with
the same location of a room.
Wall-Mounted Type
NOTE 5
Air delivery will be degraded if the distance from the floor to min. min.6 in. min.
the ceiling is greater than 10 ft. 6 in. 6 in.

1-Way Air Discharge Semi-Concealed Type Front View 6


Ceiling Fig. 2-9
min. 3 ft.

min. 2 in.
Floor-Standing, Concealed Floor-Standing Type
Wall
Obstacle
min.
3-15/16"
min.
3-15/16"
7
min. 3.3 ft.
Air
discharge Air min. 3.3 ft.
Wall
intake
min. 2 in.

Side view Horizontal view Vertical view


8
Fig. 2-8 Fig. 2-10

2 - 31
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-2. Outdoor Unit Exhaust fan

AVOID: Hot air


heat sources, exhaust fans, etc.
Heat
damp, humid or uneven locations source
Out-
indoors (no-ventilation location) door
unit
DO:
choose a place as cool as possible.
choose a place that is well ventilated.
select a location where tubing and drain pipe have the Fig. 2-11
shortest run to the outdoor unit.
allow enough room around the unit for air intake/exhaust
and possible maintenance. Example of installation of 2 units
use lug bolts or equal to bolt down unit, reducing vibration (When wall height is below 6 ft.)
and noise. * More than 4 in.

Installation Space
* More than 4 in.
Install the outdoor unit where there is enough space for venti-
lation. Otherwise the unit may not operate properly. Fig. 2-12
shows the minimum space requirement around the outdoor
1 units when 3 sides are open and only 1 side is shuttered, with
open space above the unit. The mounting base should be More than
concrete or a similar material that allows for adequate drain- 2 in. More than
age. Make provisions for anchor bolts, platform height, and 1.7 ft.
other site-specific installation requirements.
2 Leave space open above the * More than 4 in.
unit.
Construct louvers or other * However, be sure to ensure a space of 1 ft. or more at
CAUTION either the right side or the rear of the unit.
openings in the wall, if neces-

3 sary, to ensure adequate venti-


lation.
Fig. 2-12

NOTE 113 (Ceiling panel dimensions)


Do not do any wiring or tubing within 1 ft of the front panel, 35 4 35 4 35
(Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
because this space is needed as a servicing space for the
4

37-1/2 (Maximum dimensions)


35(Ceiling panel dimensions)
36-1/4 (Installation hole pitch)
compressor.
Ensure a base height of 4 in. or more to ensure that drain-
age water does not accumulate and freeze around the
bottom of the unit.
If installing a drain pan, install the drain pan prior to install-
ing the outdoor unit.
5 * Make sure there is at least 6 in. between the outdoor unit
31-1/8 7-7/8 31-1/8 7-7/8 31-1/8
and the ground. (Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch)
Also, the direction of the tubing and electrical wiring 109-1/16 (Installation hole pitch)
should be from the front of the outdoor unit. Top view Unit: in.

6 Fig. 2-13

2 - 32
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-3. Shield for Horizontal Exhaust Discharge


It is necessary to install an air-discharge chamber (field sup-
ply) to direct exhaust from the fan horizontally if it is difficult
to provide a minimum space of 7 ft between the air-discharge
outlet and a nearby obstacle. (Fig. 2-14)
In regions with heavy snowfall,
the outdoor unit should be
CAUTION provided with a solid, raised
platform and snow-proof duct-
ing (field supply). (Fig. 2-15)

4-4. Installing the Outdoor Unit in Heavy Snow


Areas
In locations where wind-blown snow can be a problem, snow-
proof ducting (field supply) should be fitted to the unit and
direct exposure to the wind should be avoided as much as
possible. (Fig. 2-16) The following problems may occur if
proper countermeasures are not taken:
The fan in the outdoor unit may stop running, causing the
unit to be damaged.
There may be no air flow.
Fig. 2-14
1
The tubing may freeze and burst. DO
The condenser pressure may drop because of strong
wind, and the indoor unit may freeze.

4-5. Precautions When Installing in Heavy Snow


Areas
2
a) The platform should be higher than the maximum snow
depth. (Fig. 2-15) AVOID

b) The 2 anchoring feet of the outdoor unit should be used


for the platform, and the platform should be installed be-
neath the air-intake side of the outdoor unit.
3
c) The platform foundation must be solid and the unit must
be secured with anchor bolts. Fallen snow
d) When installing on a roof subject to strong wind, counter-
Without snow- With snow-
measures must be taken to prevent the unit from being
overturned.
proof ducting
(Without platform)
proof ducting
(High platform)
4
Fig. 2-15

8
Fig. 2-16

2 - 33
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-6. Dimensions of Wind Ducting


Reference diagram for air-discharge chamber (field supply)

(Maximum bracket dimensions)


(Ceiling panel dimensions)
unit: in.

33-1/4

35-1/4
Ceiling panel Ceiling panel

35
33-3/16
Air direction: Front direction Air direction: Right direction
35 35
(Ceiling panel dimensions) 35
(Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
35-1/4 2 1 1 2
(Maximum bracket dimensions) (32-1/8)

(32-1/8)
106-1/8

106-1/8
1
74-1/16

74-1/16
2
Front view Right side view Front view Right side view
Note: Can be installed so that the air direction is to the front, right, left or rear direction.
3 3-unit installation
113 (3-unit installation: maximum dimensions)
74-1/4
(2-unit installation: maximum dimensions)
5-3/4 5-3/4
33-3/16 33-3/16 33-3/16
Top view
31-1/8 31-1/8 31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch)
4 unit: in.
(Installation hole pitch)
36-1/4

5 7-7/8 7-7/8 2
35
(Ceiling panel dimensions)
1
(32-1/8)

7
106-1/8

74-1/16

8
Front view Right side view
2 - 34
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-7. Dimensions of Wind Ducting


Reference diagram for snow-proof ducting (field supply)

9-1/2
31-1/2
Air direction: Air direction:
Front direction Right direction

(Ceiling panel dimensions)


(Air intake duct)

(Air outlet duct)


31-1/2

33-3/16
31-1/2

31-1/2
54

35

(54)
Ceiling panel Ceiling panel

31-1/2 31-1/2

9-1/2
(Air intake duct) 54 unit: in.
33-3/16
(Air outlet duct)
9-1/2 35 9-1/2 9-1/2 35 9-1/2 9-1/2 35 9-1/2
(Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
(54) 32-7/8 32-7/8

1 pc. 1 1
(32-1/8)

1
106-1/8
74-1/16

4 pc.
53-5/8

53-5/8
44-3/8
44-3/8

2
Front view Right side view Front view Right side view
Note: Can be installed so that the air direction is to the front, right, left or rear direction.

3-unit installation 113


3
35 35 35
4 4
37-3/8
36-1/4
35

3
4
31-1/8 31-1/8 31-1/8 Top view (Before installation of snowfall protection duct)
7-7/8 7-7/8

Snowfall protection duct Board (Field supply)


Snowfall protection duct
(Field supply) (Field supply)
unit: in. 5
31-1/2

31-1/2

35 (Ceiling panel dimensions)


Ceiling panel 9-1/2 9-1/2

Air-discharge chamber
Board
(Field supply)
Air-discharge chamber (Field supply)
2-1/8 7/8
6
(Field supply) Air-discharge chamber
(Field supply)
Snowfall protection Snowfall protection
duct (Field supply) duct (Field supply)

Snowfall protection duct


(Field supply) 7
106-1/8
74
53-5/8

53-5/8
53-5/8

44-3/8

44-3/8

44-3/8

8
131-3/4
Right side view
Front view
2 - 35
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-8. Optional Distribution Joint Kits


See the installation instructions packaged with the distribution joint kit for the installation procedure.
Table 2-15
Model name Cooling capacity after distribution Remarks
1. APR-CHP680BA 232,000 BTU/h (68.0 kW) or less For outdoor unit
2. APR-CHP1350BA 460,700 BTU/h (135.0 kW) or less For outdoor unit
3. APR-P160BA 76,400 BTU/h (22.4 kW) or less For indoor unit
4. APR-P680BA 232,000 BTU/h (68.0 kW) or less For indoor unit
5. APR-P1350BA 460,700 BTU/h (135.0 kW) or less For indoor unit

Tubing size (with thermal insulation)


1. APR-CHP680BA
For outdoor unit (Capacity after distribution joint is 232,000 BTU/h (68.0 kW) or less.)
Example: Gas tubing Liquid tubing

6-59/64 4-21/64

5-5/16 3-13/16
1 C G HI

2-53/64
4-31/64

C DEF G
G
C
Distribution
H
2 Distribution
Joint
Joint I
Reducing
Insulation
Joints
Reducing
Joints Insulation Unit: in.

3 Table 2-16 Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)
Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H Part I
ø1-3/8" ø1-1/4" ø1-1/8" ø1" ø7/8" ø3/4" ø5/8" ø1/2" ø3/8"
in. (mm)
(ø34.92) (ø31.75) (ø28.58) (ø25.4) (ø22.22) (ø19.05) (ø15.88) (ø12.7) (ø9.52)

4 2. APR-CHP1350BA
For outdoor unit (Capacity after distribution joint is greater than 232,000 BTU/h (68.0 kW) and no more than
460,700 BTU/h (135.0 kW).)
Gas tubing Liquid tubing
5 Example:
6-57/64 4-21/64

5-5/16 3-13/16
B C D HI
D C B G
2-53/64
4-31/64

(A) F G
6 (A)
G
Distribution B
Joint Distribution
Joint H
I
Insulation Reducing
7 (A) C
D
E Joints
Unit: in.
F
Reducing
Insulation Joints ( ): Outside dimension

Table 2-17 Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)
8 Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H Part I
ø1-3/8" ø1-1/4" ø1-1/8" ø1" ø7/8" ø3/4" ø5/8" ø1/2" ø3/8"
in. (mm)
(ø34.92) (ø31.75) (ø28.58) (ø25.4) (ø22.22) (ø19.05) (ø15.88) (ø12.7) (ø9.52)

2 - 36
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

3. APR-P160BA
Use: For indoor unit (Capacity after distribution joint is 76,400 BTU/h (22.4 kW) or less.)
Example: Gas tubing Liquid tubing
4-21/64 4-21/64
3-13/16 3-13/16
C

2-53/64
2-53/64
B C DE
A B D C
Distribution A Distribution
Insulation Joint B Insulation Joint C

D
C E
Unit: in.
Table 2-18 Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)
Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E
ø3/4" ø5/8" ø1/2" ø3/8" ø1/4"
in. (mm)
(ø19.05) (ø15.88) (ø12.7) (ø9.52) (ø6.35)

4. APR-P680BA
Use: For indoor unit (Capacity after distribution joint is greater than 76,400 BTU/h (22.4 kW) and no more than 232,000 BTU/h (68.0 kW).)
Example: Gas tubing Liquid tubing
6-57/64
5-5/16
4-21/64
3-13/16
1

2-53/64
A
4-31/64

B CD EF E F GH
DC B A GF E
E
Distribution
Joint
A Distribution
Joint 2
B F
G
C
H
D Reducing Reducing
Insulation
Joints Joints
Insulation E
F Unit: in. 3
Table 2-19 Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)
Size Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H
ø1-1/8" ø1" ø7/8" ø3/4" ø5/8" ø1/2" ø3/8" ø1/4"
in. (mm)
(ø28.58) (ø25.4) (ø22.22) (ø19.05) (ø15.88) (ø12.7) (ø9.52) (ø6.35) 4
5. APR-P1350BA
Use: For indoor unit (Capacity after distribution joint is greater than 232,000 BTU/h (68.0 kW) and no more than 460,700 BTU/h (135.0 kW).)

Example:
Gas tubing
6-57/64
Liquid tubing
4-21/64 5
5-5/16 3-13/16
C D F
(A) F
2-53/64

B G
4-31/64

B (A) G H
D C
G
Distribution
Joint
B Distribution
Joint
6
C (A) H
I
D J
Insulation
E
F
Reducing
Reducing
Joints
7
Insulation G Joints
H ( ): Outside dimension
Unit: in.
Table 2-20 Size of connection point on each part (Shown are inside diameters of tubing)
Size Part A
ø1-3/8"
Part B
ø1-1/4"
Part C
ø1-1/8"
Part D
ø1"
Part E
ø7/8"
Part F
ø3/4"
Part G
ø5/8"
Part H
ø1/2"
Part I
ø3/8"
Part J
ø1/4"
8
in. (mm)
(ø34.92) (ø31.75) (ø28.58) (ø25.4) (ø22.22) (ø19.05) (ø15.88) (ø12.7) (ø9.52) (ø6.35)

2 - 37
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-9. Transporting the Outdoor Unit


When transporting the unit, have it delivered as close to the
installation site as possible without unpacking.
Use a hook for suspending the unit. (Fig. 2-17)

CAUTION

When hoisting the outdoor unit, pass ropes or straps under the bottom plate
as shown in the figure at right. When hoisting, the angle between the rope
and top panel must be 70° or greater so that the rope does not come into
contact with the fan guard.
(Use 2 lengths of rope 25 ft. long or longer.)
When passing the ropes through the square holes of the bottom plate:
Place the rope in the outer edge of the square holes.
Use protective panels or padding at all locations where the rope contacts the Fig. 2-17
outer casing or other parts to prevent scratching. In particular, use protective
material (such as cloth or cardboard) to prevent the edges of the top panel Plate leg
from being scratched. Anchor bolts
Be careful of the fan. Washer
1

25/32
There is danger of injury if the fan starts to turn during inspection. Be sure to

3-29/64
turn OFF the remote power switch before beginning inspection.

4-10. Installing the Outdoor Unit Vibration insulator

(3-15/16)
1-31/32
(1) Use anchor bolts (M12 or 15/32") or similar to securely anchor the unit in
2 place. (Fig. 2-18)
Base
(2) Be sure the rubber vibration insulator and platform extend to the inside of
(3-15/16)
the legs. In addition, the washers used to anchor the unit from the top must Unit: in.
be larger than the installation anchor holes. (Figs. 2-18 and 2-19)
The vibration insulator, base, or platform must
3 Installation anchor hole (4-19/32 x 25/32 oval holes)
be large enough to bear the full surface of the
base plate legs.

unit: in. Fig. 2-18


(Ceiling panel dimensions)

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)

4
installation anchor
37-1/2
36-1/4
35

Surface where

(Detailed view of legs)


brackets are
1-31/32 installed

5 31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch)
35
19/32

(Ceiling panel dimensions)


113 (Ceiling panel dimensions)
35 35 35 4 – 19/32 25/32 hole
(Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions) 1-33/64
6
(Ceiling panel dimensions)

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)

Fig. 2-19 Unit: in.


37-1/2
36-1/4
35

7
3
31-1/8 31-1/8 31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch)
109 (Installation hole pitch)

8 Top view

2 - 38
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-11. Routing the Tubing


The tubing can be routed out either from the front or from the bottom. (Fig. 2-21)
The connecting valve is contained inside the unit. Therefore, remove the front panel. (Fig. 2-21)
(1) If the tubing is routed out from the front, use cutting pliers or a similar tool to cut out the tubing outlet slit (part indicated by
) from the tubing cover. (Figs. 2-20 and 2-21)

Front
Bottom Remove 11 panel
screws from front
panel

Tubing cover 1
Remove 2 screws Use cutting pliers or similar
tool to cut cover out

Fig. 2-20

2
(2) If the tubing is routed out from the bottom, remove the slit
part ( ).
Use a drill bit approximately 13/64 ft dia. to create holes at
the 4 slit hole indentations (openings).
Punch out the slit part ( ).
Be careful not to damage the base plate.
3

Indentation
(4 locations)
4
Slit hole

Fig. 2-21

2 - 39
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

4-12. Prepare the Tubing


Material: Use C1220 phosphorous deoxidized copper as described in JIS H3300, “Copper and Copper Alloy Seamless Pipes
and Tubes.” (For tubes that are ø7/8" (ø22.22 mm) or larger, use 1/2H material or H material. For all others use O material.)
Tubing size
Use the tubing size indicated in the table below.
When cutting the tubing, use a tube cutter, and be sure to remove any burrs.
(The same applies to distribution tubing (optional).)
When bending the tubes, bend each tube using a radius that is at least 4 times the outer diameter of the tube.
When bending, use sufficient care to avoid crushing or damaging the tube
For flaring, use a flare tool, and be sure that flaring is performed correctly.

CAUTION Use sufficient caution during preparation of the tubing. Seal the tube ends by means of caps
or taping to prevent dust, moisture, or other foreign substances from entering the tubes.

Refrigerant tubing (Existing tubing can be used.)

Tubing size (in. (mm))


Material O Material 1/2H • H
1 ø1/4" (ø6.35) t1/32" (t0.8) ø7/8" (ø22.22) t5/128" (t1.0)
ø3/8" (ø9.52) t1/32" (t0.8) ø1" (ø25.4) t5/128" (t1.0)
ø1/2" (ø12.7) t1/32" (t0.8) ø1-1/8" (ø28.58) t5/128" (t1.0)
ø5/8" (ø15.88) t5/128" (t1.0) ø1-1/4" (ø31.75) t3/64" (t1.1)
2 ø3/4" (ø19.05) over t5/128" (t1.0) ø1-3/8" (ø34.92) over t3/64" (t1.1)

4-13. Connect the Tubing


3 Use the supplied connector tubing. (See figure below.)
07263 type (6-Ton)
3 2 1

4 Refrigerant tubing Connection method Supplied parts used?


1 Gas tubing Brazing No
2 Liquid tubing Flare connection No
3 Balance tube Flare connection No

5
09663 type (8-Ton)

3 2 1
6
Refrigerant tubing Connection method Supplied parts used?
1 Gas tubing Brazing Yes (ø3/4" ø7/8")
2 Liquid tubing Flare connection No

7 3 Balance tube Flare connection No

2 - 40
Design of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Installation Instructions Unit Specifications

Refrigerant tube port


Use caulking, putty, or a similar material to fill any gaps at the Bottom
plate
refrigerant tube port ( ) in order to prevent rainwater, dust or
Tubing
foreign substances from entering the unit. cover
* Perform this work even if the tubing is routed out in a downward
direction.

Tighten each cap as specified below. Tubing routed out Tubing routed out
through the front side through the bottom
Tightening torque for each cap

Cap tightening torque


Service port cap 60 – 100 lbs · in. (70 – 120 kgf · cm)
(width 19/32”, 43/64”)
Valve cap
(width 55/64”, 15/16”) 170 – 220 lbs · in. (200 – 250 kgf · cm)

(07263, 09663 Types)


Service port cap
(width 19/32)
Valve cap
(width 55/64)
Valve cap
1
(width 55/64)
Service port cap
(width 19/32)
Flare nut Valve cap
(ø1/4)
Flare nut
(width 55/64)
Service port cap
2
(ø3/8) (width 19/32)

Do not apply a adjustable wrench Use two adjustable wrenches, as shown in the figure,
Unit: in.
to the hexagonal part.

Do not use two adjustable wrenches when


when removing the liquid tube valve flare nut.

1. Do not apply a wrench to the valve cap when removing or


3
removing or installing the balance tube installing the flare nuts. Doing so may damage the valve.
flare nut. In particular, do not apply a 2. If the valve cap is left off for a long period of time, refrigerant
adjustable wrench to the hexagonal part at leakage will occur. Therefore, do not leave the valve cap off.
the top of the valve.
3. Applying refrigerant oil to the flare surface can be effective in
(If force is applied to this part,
gas leakage will occur.)
preventing gas leakage, however be sure to use a refrigerant
oil which is suitable for the refrigerant that is used in the system.
4
(This unit utilizes R410A refrigerant, and the refrigerant oil is
ether oil (synthetic oil). However, hub oil (synthetic oil) can also
be used.)

Precautions for brazing


5
Be sure to replace the air inside the tube with nitrogen to prevent oxide film from forming during the brazing process.
Be sure to use a damp cloth or other means to cool the valve unit during brazing.

Work method Pressure-reducing valve (regulator)


Field-supply tube Remote valve
6
Nitrogen

Brazing locations Taping

7
1. Be sure to use nitrogen. (Oxygen, CO2, and CFC must not be used.)
CAUTION 2. Use a pressure-reducing valve on the nitrogen tank.
3. Do not use agents intended to prevent the formation of oxide film. They will adversely affect the refrig-
eration oil, and may cause equipment failure.
4. The balance tube is not used if only 1 outdoor unit is installed.
8
Use the unit in the same conditions as when it was shipped from the factory.

2 - 41
– MEMO –

2 - 42
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Contents

3. Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM


1. Main Operating Functions .................................................................................................3-4
1-1. Room Temperature Control ...........................................................................................3-4
1-2. Automatic Control for Heating and Cooling ...................................................................3-5
2. Wireless Remote Controller ..............................................................................................3-6
Optional Controller (Remote Controller) ..........................................................................3-6
How to Use the Wireless Remote Controller.....................................................................3-6
Receiver ............................................................................................................................3-9
RCS-SH80AAB.WL for 4-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed (X Type) .........................3-10
RCS-XM18AAB.WL for 4-Way Air Discharge Mini Semi-concealed (XM Type) ..............3-13
RCS-TRP80AAB.WL for 1 Way Air Discharge Semi Concealed (A Type) and
Ceiling-Mounted (T Type) ..........................................3-16
RCS-BH80AAB.WL for Concealed Duct (U Type),
Slim Concealed Duct (UM Type),
Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure (D Type),
Floor-Standing (F Type) and
Concealed-Floor Standing (FM Type)........................3-19
1
RCS-SH1AAB for Wall-Mounted (K Type) .......................................................................3-25
3. Timer Remote Controller .................................................................................................3-26
Timer Remote Controller/RCS-TM80BG .........................................................................3-26
How to Use the Timer Remote Controller .......................................................................3-26 2
Names and Operations ...................................................................................................3-27
Setting the Present Time ................................................................................................3-29
Weekly Program Function ...............................................................................................3-30
Outing Function ..............................................................................................................3-35 3
Sleeping Function ...........................................................................................................3-37
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR TIMER REMOTE CONTROLLER..........................................3-39
How to install the remote controller.................................................................................3-39
Group control using 2 remote controllers ........................................................................3-40 4
Remote controller setting mode ......................................................................................3-40
Indoor unit setting mode .................................................................................................3-40
To display the sensor temperature: .................................................................................3-40
To display the trouble history:..........................................................................................3-40 5
Meaning of Alarm Messages ..........................................................................................3-42
4. Simplified Remote Controller ..........................................................................................3-45
Simplified Remote Controller / RCS-KR1EG..................................................................3-45
Important Safety Instructions ..........................................................................................3-45 6
Names and Operations ...................................................................................................3-46
Outing Function ..............................................................................................................3-48
Basic Installation .............................................................................................................3-49
7

3-1
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Contents

5. System Controller .............................................................................................................3-53


System Controller / SHA-KC64UG ..................................................................................3-53
How to use the system controller ....................................................................................3-54
Functions of buttons........................................................................................................3-55
Display ............................................................................................................................3-57
How to start group operation ..........................................................................................3-58
How to start collective operation .....................................................................................3-59
How to install the system controller ................................................................................3-60
Electrical wiring ...............................................................................................................3-61
Address switch setting ....................................................................................................3-62
Mode setting ...................................................................................................................3-64
How to perform zone registration ....................................................................................3-65
ZONE registration table ..................................................................................................3-66
How to check overlapping of central address No. ...........................................................3-70
6. Schedule Timer .................................................................................................................3-71
Schedule Timer / SHA-TM64AGB ....................................................................................3-71
1 Operation Buttons ...........................................................................................................3-71
Display ............................................................................................................................3-72
Using the Schedule Timer ...............................................................................................3-72
Setting the Present Time ................................................................................................3-73
2 Setting Today's Day of the Week .....................................................................................3-74
Setting Up Programmed Operations ...............................................................................3-75
Setting Errors ..................................................................................................................3-77
How to Check Program Times ........................................................................................3-78
How to Copy Program Times ..........................................................................................3-79
3 How to Copy Group Programs ........................................................................................3-81
How to Set Holidays in a Scheduled Week of Operation ................................................3-83
How to Clear Programs...................................................................................................3-85
Schedule Timer and Air Conditioner Operation ..............................................................3-86
4 Power Outage .................................................................................................................3-87
Troubleshooting...............................................................................................................3-88
Accessories for Schedule Timer .....................................................................................3-89
Installing the Schedule Timer ..........................................................................................3-89
5 Installation of Connected Schedule Timers ....................................................................3-90
Wiring the Schedule Timer..............................................................................................3-90
About the Setting Switches .............................................................................................3-92
Creating Timer Groups ...................................................................................................3-93
6 Memory Back-Up Switch ................................................................................................3-94
Checking the Central Control Addresses and Operating the
Units that are Controlled by the Schedule Timer ............................................................3-94
Explanation to Customers ...............................................................................................3-94
7 Installation Work Plan .....................................................................................................3-95
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA) ............................................................................3-96
1. Operation Manual ...........................................................................................................3-96
2. Access and Operation by Web Browser .......................................................................3-145
8

3-2
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Contents

8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB).................................................................3-151


Instructions for the Electrical Installer...............................................................................3-151
1. Installing .......................................................................................................................3-152
2. Wiring ...........................................................................................................................3-152
3. Precautions for the Communication Adaptor control wire ............................................3-153
4. Setting the Communication Adaptor board...................................................................3-154
5. Connecting to external equipment ................................................................................3-157
6. Outer dimensions .........................................................................................................3-157
7. Specifications ...............................................................................................................3-157
Appendix A. Connecting to an Intelligent Controller .........................................................3-158
9. Remote Sensor ...............................................................................................................3-159
Remote Sensor / ART-K45AGB........................................................................................3-159
Parts Supplied with Remote Sensor .............................................................................3-159
Remote Sensor Installation Guidelines .........................................................................3-159
How to Install the Remote Sensor ................................................................................3-160
How to Wire the Remote Sensor...................................................................................3-161
Important Information When Using Together with Remote Controller Switch ...............3-161 1
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB) ..........................................................................3-162
1. LonWorks Interface Overview.......................................................................................3-163
2. Procedures for Installation (Electrical Work) of LonWorks Interface.............................3-165
3. Assigning Central Control Addresses ...........................................................................3-169
4. LonWorks Interface Test Run .......................................................................................3-170
2
5. Checking the LonWorks Interface Version ....................................................................3-171
6. List of LonWorks Network Variables .............................................................................3-172
7. Details of LonWorks Network Variables........................................................................3-173
8. Locations Where Neuron ID is Applied .........................................................................3-176
3
9. Panel Diagram ..............................................................................................................3-177

3-3
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Main Operating Functions

1-1. Room Temperature Control


The thermostat is turned ON/OFF according to as shown below.
T = Room temperature - Set temperature
When remote controller sensor
Room temperature = Temperature detected by the remote controller sensor
is used
When body sensor is used Room temperature = Temperature detected by the body sensor - Intake shift temperature*

* Intake shift temperature (enabled only during heating)

During heating, a difference in temperature occurs between the top and bottom of a room. This value is set in consideration for
the difference between the temperature detected by the body sensor and the temperature at the bottom of the room.
<Value set for intake shift temperature at time of shipment>: 7°F

NOTE
The shift temperature can be selected in the range of 0 – 18°F, by using the remote controller simplified setting mode.

Cooling Heating
T T
1 Room temperature Room temperature
(deg) (deg)

+4 +2
+2 Set temperature

2 Set temperature –2
–4
–2

Thermostat ON OFF ON Thermostat ON OFF ON


3
(1) After the thermostat turns ON, it will not turn OFF again as a result of for 5 minutes.
(2) After the thermostat turns OFF, it will not turn ON again for 3 minutes. (It also will not turn ON for 3 minutes after the power
is switched ON.)
4 (3) The compressor turns OFF if the mode is changed cooling heating (or heating cooling) while the compressor is ON.
(4) If “test run” mode is selected, the thermostat will not turn OFF as a result of for 60 minutes. (The thermostat is forced ON.)

3-4
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Main Operating Functions

1-2. Automatic Control for Heating and Cooling


Automatic Heating/Cooling Control
(1) When operation starts, heating or cooling is selected according to the set temperature and the room temperature.
Room temperature Set temperature + 2 Cooling
Set temperature – 2 < Room temperature Set temperature + 2 Monitoring mode (*1)
Room temperature < Set temperature – 2 Heating
*1: If the difference between the room temperature and set temperature is small when operation starts, the cooling
thermostat remains in standby status (OFF) until the temperature difference increases. When the temperature differ-
ence increases, either cooling operation or heating operation is selected. This standby status is known as “monitoring
mode.”
(2) After operation starts in the selected operating mode, the set temperature is automatically shifted by +4°F (cooling opera-
tion) or –4°F (heating operation).
Example: Temperature set on the remote controller is 68°F.
Selected operating mode Shifted set temp. Remote controller display
1 Cooling 72°F 68°F
2 Heating 64°F 68°F

(3) Operating mode changes (heating cooling, cooling heating) which occur during operation as a result of temperature
changes are handled as shown below.
Heating
Cooling
cooling: Room temperature
heating: Room temperature
Shifted set temperature (set temperature + 4°F) + 1°F
Shifted set temperature (set temperature – 4°F) – 2°F
1
Example: Temperature set on the remote controller is 68°F.
Operating mode change Shifted set temp.
1 Heating Cooling 68 + 4 + 1 = 73°F or higher (*2)
2 Cooling Heating 68 – 4 – 2 = 62°F or lower 2
*2: During heating operation when the body sensor is used, a temperature shift is applied to the intake temperature
detected by the sensor, in consideration for the difference in temperature at the top and bottom of the room. (Refer
to the “Room Temperature Control” item.) If this intake shift temperature is 8°F, then the heating cooling change
occurs when the temperature detected by the body sensor is 80°F or higher.
(4) Cooling (heating) operation does not change if the room temperature changes from area C A (or A C) within 10
3
minutes after the compressor turns OFF. (Monitoring mode is excepted.)
(5) When the heating/cooling change
occurs, the 4-way valve switches
A
approximately 30 to 50 seconds
after the compressor turns ON. Selected operating mode
+6 deg
+5 deg 4
Shifted set temp +4 deg

+2 deg

Remote controller display

–2 deg
B
5
Shifted set temp –4 deg

Selected operating mode –6 deg

Thermostat
C
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
6
Heating Cooling Heating

3-5
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

Optional Controller (Remote Controller)


Wireless Remote Controller / RCS-SH80AAB.WL (for X Type) / RCS-TRP80AAB.WL (for A, T Types) / RCS-
BH80AAB.WL (for U, UM, D, F, FM Types) / RCS - SH1AAB (for K Type) / RCS-XM18AAB.WL

How to Use the Wireless Remote Controller

B: Transmitter
O: Remote control sensor

A: ON/OFF operation button


C: MODE button

D: Temperature setting buttons


E: FAN SPEED selector button

J: TIMER SET button I: FLAP bu tton

K: Time setting buttons


G: ADDRESS bu tton
L: SET button

1 M: CL button
F: FILTER button

N: VENTILATION button
P: ACL button
(ALL CLEAR) H: A/C SENSOR button

2 Q: Slide switch

NOTE The illustration above pictures the wireless remote control unit after the cover
has been lowered and removed.
3 A: ON/OFF operation button This button is for turning the air conditioner on and off.
B: Transmitter When you press the buttons on the wireless remote control unit, the mark appears in the
display to transmit the setting changes to the receiver in the air conditioner.
C: MODE button Use this button to select one of the following five operating modes.
4 (AUTO) : Used to automatically set cooling or heating operation. Only for single heat pump
type
(Temperature range: 62 ~ 80°F)
(HEAT) : Used for normal heating operation. Only for heat pump type
5 (Temperature range: 60 ~ 78°F)
(DRY) : Used for dehumidifying without changing the room temperature.

(Temperature range: 64 ~ 86°F)

6 (COOL) : Used for normal cooling operation.


(Temperature range: 64 ~ 86°F)
(FAN) : Used to run the fan only, without heating or cooling operation.
D: Temperature setting buttons : Press this button to increase the temperature setting.
7 : Press this button to decrease the temperature setting.
E: FAN SPEED selector button
(AUTO) : The air conditioner automatically decides the fan speeds.
(HI) : High fan speed
8 (MED) : Medium fan speed
(LO) : Low fan speed
Continued
3-6
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

F: FILTER button If a separately installed signal receiver is being employed, this button is used to turn off its
filter lamp. When the filter lamp has lighted, first clean the filter, and then press the FILTER
button to turn off the filter lamp. When a wired remote control unit and wireless remote
control unit are both used, the filter sign on the wired remote control unit will appear. When
this happens, first clean the filter, and then press the FILTER button on one of the remote
control units to turn off the filter sign.
G: ADDRESS button When a multiple number of indoor units that can be operated by the wireless remote
control unit have been installed in the same room with a multi-unit or single-unit installation,
this button enables addresses to be set in order to prevent the sending of signals to the
wrong indoor unit. Each of up to six indoor units can be controlled separately using its own
wireless remote control unit by matching the number of the address switch on the operation
area of the indoor unit and the number used for the address of its remote control unit. (The
indoor units cannot be controlled separately when they are used in a flexible combination
format, simultaneous operation of multi units format or any other such format since they will
all operate at the same time.)
NOTE When the batteries are replaced, the address setting returns to "ALL", so you must make
the setting again.
H: A/C SENSOR button When you press this button (use a narrow-tipped object such as a ballpoint pen), the
indication will disappear on the display. The room temperature is detected by the sensor
which is built into the indoor unit and the air conditioner is controlled accordingly.
NOTE If the remote control is located near a heat source, such as a space heater or in direct
sunlight, press the A/C SENSOR button to switch to the sensor on the indoor unit.
1
I: FLAP button 1. Use this button to set the airflow direction to a specific angle.
The airflow direction is displayed on the remote control unit.
Operation mode Number of airflow direction settings
(COOL) or (DRY) 3 2
(HEAT) or (FAN) 5
(AUTO)
Cooling mode: 3
Heating mode: 5

CAUTION In the Cool mode and Dry mode, if the flaps are set in a downward
3
position, condensation may form and drip around the vent.
Do not move the flap with your hands.

NOTE This function is available only for models X, XM, A, T and K.


(SWEEP) 2. Use this button to make the airflow direction sweep up and down automatically. 4
Press this button several times until the symbol appears on the display.
To stop the swing operation
Press the FLAP button again during the flap swing operation to stop the flap at the desired
position. Then, the airflow can be set from the top position by pressing the FLAP button
again. 5

3-7
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

Indicator when swing operation is stopped


Fan and heating Cooling and drying

During cooling and drying, the flap does not stop at the downward position.
Even if the flap is stopped at the downward position during the swing operation, it does not
stop until it moves to the third position from the top.
NOTE This function is available only for models X, XM, A, T and K.
J: TIMER SET button Use this button while the unit is operating to switch between timer settings.
(OFF Timer) : The air conditioner stops after a preset time elapses.
(OFF Cycle Timer) : The air conditioner always stops after a preset time elapses.
(ON Timer) : The air conditioner starts after a preset time elapses.
K: Time setting buttons : Press this button to increase the time.
: Press this button to decrease the time.
L: SET button Use this button to set the timer.

1 M: CL button
N: VENTILATION button
Use this button to clear the timer setting.
This is used when a ventilation fan (available commercially) is connected. Pressing the
VENTILATION button turns the fan on and off. The ventilation fan also turns on and off when
the air conditioner unit is turned on and off. (The display of the remote control unit shows "
" while the ventilation fan is running.)

2 * If the VENTILATION button is held down for 4 or more seconds when the batteries have
been replaced, " " appears on the display, and the ventilation fan can be used.
O: Remote control sensor This detects the temperature around the remote control unit when the remote control unit
position has been selected using the sensor button.
P: ACL button (ALL CLEAR) Puts the wireless remote control unit into pre-operation status. This is used after the batter-
3 ies have been replaced or when the slide switch setting has been changed.
Q: Slide switch This switch is for setting the operation mode of the indoor unit and setting the flaps.

NOTE The wireless remote control unit sends the temperature signal to the air
conditioner regularly at five-minute intervals. If the signal from the wireless
4 remote control unit stops for more than ten minutes due to the loss of the
wireless remote control unit or other trouble, the air conditioner will switch to
the temperature sensor which is built into the indoor unit and control the room
temperature. In these cases, the temperature around the wireless remote
control unit may differ from the temperature detected at the air conditioner's
position.
5 When low fan speed is selected and the air conditioner is in cooling opera-
tion at a low outdoor temperature of less than 50°F, the air conditioner may
automatically switch to medium fan speed to prevent freezing.

3-8
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

Receiver
The signal receivers with the exception of the separately installed signal receiver are mounted on the indoor units.

X, XM types E A, T types Separately installed


B
signal receiver
(U, UM, D, F, FM types)
C

E A
D E
G
B C D A

F
B
K type
C
B C D A
D
H 1

A: Receiver This section picks up infrared signals from the wireless remote control unit (transmitter). 2
Indication lamps One of these lamps will blink when trouble has occurred. When an indicator lamp starts
to blink, refer to "Trouble Diagnosis" in TEST RUN SERVICE MANUAL.
B: Operation lamp This lamp lights when the appliance is turned on.
C: Timer lamp This lamp lights when the system is being controlled by the timer. 3
D: Standby lamp This lamp lights at the following times during heating operations: When operation
has started, when the thermostat has been activated, during defrosting operation.
The lamp blinks when trouble has occurred.
E: Emergency operation button This is used when operation cannot be performed due to trouble with or loss of the
wireless remote control unit. 4
F: ADDRESS switch This switch is used in order to prevent the sending of signals to the wrong indoor unit
when a multiple number of indoor units that can be operated by the wireless remote
control units have been installed in the same room.
G: SWING button When this button is pressed, the airflow sweeps up and down automatically.
H: FILTER lamp This lamp lights to indicate that it is time to clean the filter. 5
If 2 beeps are heard, the operation lamp among the indication lamps has lighted and the timer lamp and standby
lamp blink alternately. In cases where heat pump models are used, this indicates a Cooling/Heating mode mismatch
and, as such, operation in the desired mode cannot be performed.
(The same beeps will be heard and the same operation lamps will light when auto cooling/heating has been
selected on a model which does not have the auto cooling/heating function.)
6
When local operation has been set to disabled because the centralized control mode is established, for instance,
pressing the ON/OFF operation button, MODE button or temperature setting buttons results in the sounding of 5
beeps, and the attempted change in the operation will not be accepted.

3-9
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

How to Install the Wireless Remote Controller


Receiver

RCS-SH80AAB.WL for 4-Way Air Discharge Semi-


Concealed (X Type) Indoor unit Indoor unit
drain tube side refrigerant tube side
2-1. Installing the Receiver Unit
The only corner where the receiver unit can be installed is the
Receiver unit
one shown in Fig. 3-1. Therefore, consider the direction of the
installation position
panel when it is installed on the indoor unit. (Right side of electrical
(1) Remove the intake grille. component box)
(2) Remove the screws that fasten the adjustable corner cap, Indoor unit electrical
then slide the adjustable corner cap to the side to remove component box
it. (Fig. 3-2)
(3) The square hole used for the panel wiring is filled with Fig. 3-1
packing (sponge material) used for insulation.* Remove
the packing, then pass the wiring from the wireless re-
ceiver unit through the grill.
Twist the wires together and use a cable fastener to fasten Ceiling panel
Adjustable corner cap
them and fix with screw, then replace the packing in the

1 *
hole as it was before. (Fig. 3-3)
If this packing is not used, there is danger of condensa-
tion on the wiring. Be sure to replace the packing.
(4) After completing wiring as described in “Wiring the Re-
screw
ceiver Unit” on the next page, twist the wires together and Adjustable corner cap

2 use a cable fastener to fasten them, leaving a length of


wiring that is long enough to permit removal of the adjust-
able corner cap.(Fig. 3-3) Fig. 3-2
(5) Install the receiver unit in the panel. At this time, slide the
receiver unit so that each of the 3 tabs fits into its respec-
tive hole. Take care that the wires are not pinched.
3 (Fig. 3-4)
* Refer to the instruction manual provided with the panel.

NOTE
Do not twist the control wiring together with the power wir-
4 ing because this may cause a malfunction.
Remove the packing, twist
Install a noise filter or take other appropriate action if elec- the wires together and fasten
trical noise affects the power supply circuit of the unit. them with the cable fastener.
* For wiring and test run procedures, refer to “Wiring the Then replace the packing.
Receiver Unit” and “Test Run.”
5 Fig. 3-3

7
Fig. 3-4

3 - 10
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2-2. Accessories
No. Accessories Quantity No. Accessories Quantity
AAA alkaline
4 battery
2

Tapping screw
1 Receiver 1 5 2
5/32” × 5/8”

6 Clamp 1

Remote Fastening screw


2 Controller 1 7 1
5/32” × 15/32”
Remote
3 Control Holder 1

2-3. Wiring the Receiver Unit


Connection diagram

Indoor unit Receiver PCB

Remote controller WHT


CN001 1
Terminal board BLK
2PWHT

Connect the wire from the receiver unit to the indoor unit
remote controller terminal board. (The wire has no polar- 2
ity.)
2-4. Precautions on Simultaneous Installation of
Wired Remote Controller and Wireless Remote
Controller
By installing a wired remote controller, the wireless remote
3
controller kit can permit dual remote control operation at the
same time.
(Up to 2 units of remote controllers - a wireless kit and a wired
unit - can be installed.)
Dual remote control operation can control 1 or multiple air 4
conditioners using several remote controllers.

Be sure to determine the correct terminal numbers on

CAUTION
the indoor unit when wiring the remote controller. The
remote controller will be damaged if high voltage (such 5
as 200 VAC) is applied.
The wireless remote controller kit components cannot
be used for more than 1 indoor unit at a time. (However,
separate receiver units may be used simultaneously.)
When a wireless remote controller kit and a wired re-
mote controller are used simultaneously, assign either
6
the wireless remote controller or the wired remote
controller as the sub remote controller unit.

3 - 11
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

(1) To assign the wired remote controller as the sub unit,


locate the address connector at the rear of the wired
remote controller PCB and disconnect it. Reconnect it to
the sub unit position.
(2) To assign the wireless remote controller as the sub unit,
locate the dip switch [S003] on the wireless receiver unit
PCB. Set the No. 3 switch to the ON position.

When 1 indoor unit is operated with 2 remote controllers:


(The indoor unit runs according to which of the remote controllers is assigned as the main or sub unit.)

Wireless remote Wired remote * Use field wiring cables with a


controller kit controller cross-sectional area of at least
* (main) * (sub) 0.5mm2 to
AWG#20 to 2mm 2
AWG#14.
(optional) (optional)
Receiver unit CN1 * The maximum total length of
1 2 1 2 crossover cables must be no
longer
longerthan
than1320 ft.
400m.

Remote controller Remote control wiring (field supply)


terminal board
Indoor
1 Ground
unit

When several groups of indoor units are operated with 2 remote controllers:
(The remote controller (main or sub unit) can operate with any indoor unit.)

2 Wireless remote
controller kit
Wired remote
controller * Use field wiring cables with a
Remote control cross-sectional area of at least
* (Main) (Sub)
wiring among the * AWG#20
0.5mm 2 to AWG#14
to 2mm2 .
Receiver (optional) control groups (optional)
unit CN1 (field supply) * The maximum total length of

3 1 2 1 2 crossover cables must be no


longer than660
longer than 200m.
ft.

Remote controller
terminal board
Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
4 unit No.1 unit No.2 unit No.3 unit No.4
Ground Ground Ground Ground

Fig. 3-5

5 2-5. How to use the Test Run Setting


1. Set DIP switch [S003] No. 1 on the wireless receiver unit
PCB from OFF to ON.
S003
2. All indicator lamps in the display section blink during test Bit 1: OFF ON
run operation. ON

6
4
3
2
1

3. No temperature control is available during the test run.


4. After the test run, be sure to reset DIP switch No. 1 back
to the OFF position and check that no indicator lamps
are blinking. Then remount and attach the PCB cover as Receiver PCB
before.
7 Adjustable
NOTE corner cap
Receiver unit
To avoid placing excessive operating load on the equipment, cover
use this function only when conducting the test run.
Fig.
Fig. 3-6
3-6
8

3 - 12
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

RCS-XM18AAB.WL for 4Way Air Discharge Semi-


Concealed (XM Type)
2-6. Installing the Receiver Unit
As the receiver can only be installed in the cornerwhere the
panel wire comes out, as shown in Fig. 3-7, consideration
should be given to orientation when fitting the panel to the
indoor unit.
(1) Twist off the circled area shown in Fig. 3-7 with pliers or Panel wire
similar.
(2) Remove the suction grille and corner cover. (Fig. 3-8) Break off
(3) Pass the wire from the wireless receiver through the grille. Fig. 3-7
(Fig. 3-9)
(4) Fit the panel to the indoor unit and connect the wire from
the receiver to the connector (CN130/WL/WHT/10P) on
the indoor control board. (Fig. 3-10)
(5) After fi xing the panel in place, fi t the receiver to the panel
taking care not to trap the wire from the receiver.
(6) Clamp the receiver wire and panel wire together with the Corner cover
supplied clamper. (Fig. 3-10)
(7) Insert the receiver wire and panel wire into the wire sad-
Panel wire 1
dles. (Fig. 3-10)
* Refer to the Users Manual supplied with the panel.

NOTE Fig. 3-8


Do not twist the receiver wire and the power lead-in wire 2
together as this could lead to malfunction.
If the unit power source is affected by noise, install a noise
Receiver Panel wire
filter or take similar measures.

Pass wire through panel


Fig. 3-9
4
Panel wire

Receiver wire 5

Clamper
6

CN130 [WL]
(WHT 10P)
7

8
Wire saddle
Fig. 3-10

3 - 13
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2-7. Accessories
No. Accessories Quantity No. Accessories Quantity
1 Receiver 1 3 Remote Control Holder 1

4 AAA alkaline batteries 2

5 Tapping screw 4x16 2

2 Remote Controller 1 6 Clamper 1

2-8. Wiring the Receiver Unit


Connection diagram

Connect the wire from the receiver unit to the CN130 on the indoor PCB.
2
2-9. Precautions on Simultaneous Installation of Wired Remote Controller
and Wireless Remote Controller
By installing a wired remote controller, the wireless remote controller kit can permit dual
3 remote control operation at the same time.
(Up to 2 units of remote controllers - a wireless kit and a wired unit - can be installed.)
Dual remote control operation can control 1 or multiple air conditioners using several
remote controllers.

4 Be sure to determine the correct terminal numbers on


the indoor unit when wiring the remote controller. The
CAUTION remote controller will be damaged if high voltage (such
as 200 VAC) is applied.
The wireless remote controller kit components cannot
5 be used for more than 1 indoor unit at a time. (However,
separate receiver units may be used simultaneously.)
When a wireless remote controller kit and a wired re-
mote controller are used simultaneously, assign either
the wireless remote controller or the wired remote

6 controller as the sub remote controller unit.

3 - 14
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

(1) To assign the wired remote controller as the sub unit,


locate the address connector at the rear of the wired
remote controller PCB and disconnect it. Reconnect it to Receiver
unit
the sub unit position.
(2) To assign the wireless remote controller as the sub unit,
locate the slide switch on the PCB of Receiver unit to the PCB
“SUB” position. (The switch position at shipment is “MAIN”
side.)
MAIN SUB

When 1 indoor unit is operated with 2 remote controllers:


(The indoor unit runs according to which of the remote controllers is assigned as the main or sub unit.)

Wireless remote Wired remote


controller kit controller * Use field wiring cables with a
* (main)
cross-sectional area of at least
* (sub)
AWG#20 to AWG#14.
(optional) (optional)
Receiver unit CN201 * The maximum total length of
1 2 communication wiring cables must be no
longer than 1320 ft.

CN130
Remote control wiring (field supply) 1
PCB Indoor Remote controller
unit terminal board
Ground

When several groups of indoor units are operated with 2 remote controllers: 2
(The remote controller (main or sub unit) can operate with any indoor unit.)
Wireless remote Wired remote
controller kit controller * Use field wiring cables with a
Remote control
* (Main)
Receiver (optional) Remote
wiring among the *
control groups
(Sub)
(optional)
cross-sectional area of at least
AWG#20 to AWG#14. 3
unit CN201 controller
(field supply) * The maximum total length of
terminal 1 2
board communication wiring cables must be no
longer than 650 ft.

4
CN130
PCB Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
unit No.1 unit No.2 unit No.3 unit No.4
Ground Ground Ground Ground

3 - 15
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

RCS-TRP80AAB.WL for 1 Way Air Discharge


Semi Concealed (A Type) and Ceiling-Mounted (T
Type)
2-10. Installing the Receiver Unit Side panel

(1) To take off the side panel, open the intake grille and re-
Panel
move the screw. Then remove the side panel by moving it
toward the front (direction of arrow). (Fig. 3-11)
(2) Wrap the end of a standard (flat) screwdriver blade with
vinyl tape. Then insert the screwdriver blade into the
groove on the side of the cover below the “O” mark, and
pry open the cover. (Fig. 3-12) (Take care not to scratch
the panel.)
(3) Pass the lead wire through the panel, then install the
receiver unit in the panel hole.
(The projections on the receiver unit engage the panel
holes to attach the unit.)
Intake grille
(4) Fasten the receiver lead wire to the fastener that holds
the louver motor wiring. (Fig. 3-13)
Fig. 3-11
(5) Reattach the side panel.
1 (6) Route the lead wire from the receiver unit along the lou-
Standard screwdriver
ver motor wiring and other wiring and fasten them with a (wrapped with vinyl tape)
fastener. (Fig. 3-14)
* Access the hole at the top of the electrical component
box to draw in the wiring.
2 NOTE
Do not twist the control wiring with the power wiring be-
cause this may cause malfunction. Vinyl tape
Install a noise filter or take other appropriate action if elec-
3 trical noise disturbs the unit's power supply circuit.
* For the wiring and test run procedures, refer to “Wiring Cover
the Receiver Unit” and “Test Run.”
Insert into groove on
side below “O” mark.

4
Fig. 3-12

5 Clamp

6
Receiver unit

7 Fig. 3-13

8 Terminal board
Fig. 3-14

3 - 16
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2-11. Accessories Supplied with Unit


No. Parts Q'ty No. Parts Q'ty

1 Receiver unit 1 4 AAA alkaline battery 2

2 Remote control Tapping screw


1 5 2
unit 5/32” × 5/8”

Remote control
3 1
holder

2-12. Wiring the Receiver Unit


Connection diagram
Indoor unit Receiver unit

Remote
controller CN001
terminal WHT
board BLK
2PWHT

Connect the provided wire (already connected to the receiv- 1


er unit) to the indoor unit remote controller terminal board.
(The wire has no polarity.)
2-13. Precautions on Simultaneous Installation of
Wired Remote Controller and Wireless Remote
Controller 2
By installing a wired remote controller, the wireless receiver unit
can permit dual remote control operation at the same time.
(Up to 2 units of remote controllers - a wireless remote control-
ler and a wired remote controller - can be installed.)
Dual remote control operation can control 1 or multiple air con- 3
ditioners using several remote controllers.

Be sure to determine the correct terminal numbers on the indoor


unit when wiring the remote controller. The remote controller will
4
CAUTION be damaged if high voltage (such as 200 VAC) is applied.
The wireless receiver unit components cannot be used for more
than 1 indoor unit at a time. (However, separate receiver units
may be used simultaneously.)
When a wireless receiver unit and a wired remote controller are
used simultaneously, assign either the wireless remote controller
5
or the wired remote controller as the sub remote controller unit.

(1) To assign the wired remote controller as the sub unit,


locate the address connector at the rear of the wired
remote controller PCB and disconnect it. Reconnect it to 6
the sub unit position.
(2) To assign the wireless remote controller as the sub unit,
locate the DIP switch [S003] on the wireless control unit.
Set the No. 3 switch to the ON position.
7

3 - 17
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

When 1 indoor unit is operated with 2 remote controllers:


(The indoor unit runs according to which of the remote controllers is assigned as the main or sub unit.)

Wireless receiver unit Wired remote controller * Use field wiring cables with a
cross-sectional area of at least
* (main) * (sub) AWG#20 to AWG#14.
(optional) (optional) * The maximum total length of
Control unit CN1
communication wiring cables must be no
1 2 1 2 longer than 1320 ft.

Remote controller Remote control wiring (field supply)


1 2
terminal board
Indoor
unit

Ground

When several groups of indoor units are operated with 2 remote controllers:
(The remote controller (main or sub unit) can operate with any indoor unit.)

1 Wireless receiver
unit
Remote control
Wired remote
controller
* Use field wiring cables with a
cross-sectional area of at least
* (main) * (sub)
wiring among the AWG#20 to AWG#14.
Receiver (optional) control groups (optional)
unit CN1 * The maximum total length of
(field supply)
1 2 1 2 communication wiring cables must be no

2 longer than 650 ft.

Remote controller
terminal board 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

3 Indoor
unit No. 1
Indoor
unit No. 2
Indoor
unit No. 3
Indoor
unit No. 4

Ground Ground Ground Ground

Fig. 3-15

4 2-14. How to Use the Test Run Setting


1. Set DIP switch [S003] No. 1 on the wireless receiver unit
PCB from OFF to ON.
2. All indicator lamps in the display section blink during test
S003
run operation. Bit 1: OFF ON
5 3. No temperature control is available during the test run.
4. After the test run, be sure to reset DIP switch No. 1 back
to the OFF position and check that no indicator lamps
are blinking. Then remount and attach the PCB cover as
before.
6
NOTE
To avoid placing excessive operating load on the equip-
ment, use this function only when conducting the test run.
The unit does not receive remote controller signals for ap-
7 proximately 1 minute after the power is turned ON. This is
not a malfunction. (The signals are received, but have no
immediate effect.) Fig. 3-16

3 - 18
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

RCS-BH80AAB.WL for Concealed Duct (U Type), Slim Concealed Duct (UM Type),
Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure (D Type), Floor-Standing (F Type)
and Concealed-Floor Standing (FM Type)

2-15. Accessories Supplied with Separate Receiver Unit

No. Accessories Q'ty No. Accessories Q'ty


Separate receiver unit 6 Spacer 4
1 1
(provided 7-7/8”
power cable)
7 Wire joints 2

2 1
Plate mounting 8 Clamp 1

Pattern template
Screws
9 3-47/64”× 2”
1
3 2
M4×25 or 5/32”×1”
Screws unit: in
4 2
M4×40 or 5/32”×1-37/64”
Wood 2
5 screws
1
2-16. Important Information for Installation of 1 Separate Receiver Unit
<Installation location>
Do not install in a location where the air contains oil mist, such as in a kitchen or factory.
2
Do not install next to a window, or in any other location directly exposed to sunlight and outside air.
Do not install nearby devices which can be expected to produce electrical noise, such as elevators, automatic doors,
and industrial sewing machines.
If the receiver unit is installed near a rapid-start type or inverter-type fluorescent lamp (a lamp which does not
include a glow lamp), it may not be possible to receive the wireless remote controller signal in some cases.
3
In order to prevent interference from fluorescent lamps, leave a minimum of 6.6 ft between the receiver unit and the
fluorescent lamps, and install the receiver unit in a location where it can receive the wireless remote controller signal
when the fluorescent lamps are lit.
4
2-17. How to Install the Separate Receiver Unit

NOTE Receiver unit


Screws Spacer
To avoid malfunction of the remote controller, do not
assemble or run remote control wiring together with the
M4×25 or 5/32”×1”
5
power cables, and do not enclose them in the same metal
conduit.
When the power unit induces electrical noise, it is
6
1 2 3

4 5 6

recommended that a noise filter or the like be installed.

Remove
Face plate
7
Fig. 3-17

3 - 19
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

For flush mounting into a wall, install the separate receiver


unit in a metal switch box (field supply) that has been Face plate
recessed into the wall in advance.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver or similar tool into the notch,
and remove the face plate.
2. Fix the receiver unit with 2 × M4 or 5/32" screws provided.
Do not overly tighten, and use the provided spacers. If the
receiver unit does not fit in the wall, cut spacers to adjust
the clearance.
3. Connect the receiver unit wiring (2-core cable) with the
Fig. 3-18
cables extended from the indoor unit. (Refer to the section
on receiver unit wiring.)
Be sure to determine the correct terminal numbers on the
indoor unit when wiring the receiver unit. Clamp
Notch where remote
The remote controller will be damaged if high voltage (such controller cord passes 5/64”~1/8” mm
as 200 VAC) is applied. through top case
4. Reinstall the face plate.
When using exposed mounting for the receiver unit, install
onto a wall where the receiver unit can be attached.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver or similar tool into the Connector Remote controller
1 groove on the bottom of the receiver unit. Pry open with cord (optional)
the screwdriver and remove the lower case. (Fig. 3-18).
Fig. 3-19
2. In order to later pass the receiver wiring out through the
upper case (thin part at the top center), use nippers or a
similar tool to cut a notch in the same size as the remote
2 controller cord (optional). (Fig. 3-19)
3. Disconnect the wires that were connected to the connec-
Remote controller cord
tor at the time of shipment. (optional) Wood Receiver unit
4. Fasten the remote controller cord (optional) at the posi- Clamp screws (2)
tion shown in Fig. 3-20, using the provided clamp. Then
3 connect the cord to the receiver connector.
5. Shape the remote controller cord as shown in Fig. 3-20
so that it fits at the top inside the receiver unit, above the
PCB. Then attach the lower case. At this time, bend the 1 2 3

4 5 6

head of the clamp so that it faces sideways.


4 6. Remove the nameplate and use 2 wood screws to attach
the receiver unit.
7. Use the provided cord clips to fasten the remote controller
cord to the wall.
8. Reattach the nameplate. Fig. 3-20
5 If the separate receiver unit is installed on the ceiling, use
the provided ceiling mounting bracket for installation.

3 - 20
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

1. Insert a screwdriver or similar tool into the notch at the


bottom to remove the receiver nameplate.
2. Cut a section out of the ceiling along the provided paper
pattern (3  47/64" u 2").
3. Pass the wire through the provided mounting bracket and
insert the bracket into the installation hole. (Fig. 3-21)
4. Use bracket parts (A) and (B) to securely grip the ceiling
material. (Fig. 3-22)
5. Connect the receiver wire (2-core) to the wire from the
indoor unit.
(Refer to “Wiring the Receiver Unit.”)
Fig. 3-21
Check the terminal number on the indoor unit before wir-
ing the receiver unit and be sure not to wire incorrectly. (The
unit will be damaged if high voltage, such as 200 VAC, is
applied.) Part (A)
6. Adjust the provided spacers so that they are several mil-
limeters larger than the thickness of the ceiling material.
Pass the 2 supplied screws (M4 u 40 or 5/32" u1-37/64" )
through the spacers and tighten them enough to hold the
receiver unit in place.
7. Return parts (A) and (B) through the gap between the 1
ceiling and receiver unit so that they are contained in the
openings. Then tighten the screws.
Do not tighten the screws excessively. This may result in Part (B)
damage or deformation of the case.
Tighten to the point where the receiver unit can be moved 2
slightly by hand. (Fig. 3-23)
8. Reattach the nameplate.

3
Fig. 3-22

Fig. 3-23 6

3 - 21
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2-18. Wiring the Separate Receiver Unit


* Use wires that are AWG#20 to AWG#14 in diameter.
* The wiring length must not exceed 1320 ft.
<Flush Mounting>
Connection diagram
Indoor unit 1 WHT 1 Separate
remote controller
terminal board 2 BLK 2 receiver unit

Wire of Power wire from


receiver receiver unit
unit (field Connector
supply)

Wire of receiver unit


Provided (field supply) 1. Strip the insulation to approximately 35/64”
wire joint from the ends of the wires to be connected.
(WHT 2) 2. Twist together the 2 wires and create a
Power wire from crimp connection at the wire joint.
receiver unit 3. If a special crimping tool is not used, or if
Wire joint the connection is soldered, insulate the
CE-1 (provided) wires using insulation tape.
1
<Exposed Mounting>
Connection diagram
Indoor unit 1 WHT
2 remote controller
terminal board 2 BLK
1
2
Separate
receiver unit

Remote controller cord (optional)

Use the remote controller cord (optional) for wiring the


3 separate receiver unit.
1. For the methods used to install the remote controller cord,
refer to “For flush mounting into a wall, install the sepa-
rate receiver unit in a metal switch box (field supply) that
has been recessed into the wall in advance” on P. 3-19.
4 2. When using the remote controller cord (optional), refer to
the instruction manual that came with the cord.
Check the terminal number on the indoor unit before wir-
ing the remote controller and be sure not to wire incor-
rectly. (The unit will be damaged if high voltage, such as
5 200 VAC, is applied to it.)

3 - 22
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2-19. Important Information for Installation of 2


Separate Receiver Units
When using 2 receiver units to operate 1 or more indoor units
at the same time, follow the procedure below to install them.
Installation method
1. If 2 remote controllers are installed, set one of them as
the “main remote controller” (setting at time of factory
shipment).
2. At the other remote controller, remove the receiver name-
plate and switch the DIP switch to “sub remote controller.”
Under these conditions, the receiver unit functions as the
sub receiver unit.
* The TIMER lamp lights only at the remote controller
that receives the signal.
Basic wiring diagram
* When connecting the wires, be careful not to wire
incorrectly.
(Incorrect wiring will damage the unit.)
Using 2 separate receiver units to control 1 indoor unit:

Separate Separate
1
receiver unit receiver unit * Use field wiring cables with a cross-sectional
(main) (sub) area of at least AWG#20 to AWG#14.
(optional)
* The maximum total length of crossover cables
1 2 1 2
must be no longer than 1320 ft.
2
Remote controller Wire of the receiver unit (field supply)
terminal board 1 2
Indoor
unit
Ground 3
Using 2 separate receiver units to control a group of multi-
ple indoor units:
* The main and sub receiver units will operate regard-
less of the indoor unit in which they are installed.
4
Separate Separate
receiver unit receiver unit
Communication wiring cables (sub)
(main)
of the receiver unit for the
(optional)
1 2
control groups (field supply)
(optional)
1 2
5
Remote controller
terminal board 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Indoor
unit No. 1
Indoor
unit No. 2
Indoor
unit No. 3
Indoor
unit No. 8 6
Ground Ground Ground Ground

* Use wires that are AWG#20 to AWG#14 in diameter.


* The wiring length must not exceed 1320 ft.
7

3 - 23
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2-20. Test Run Setting


1. Remove the receiver unit face plate, and set the DIP
switch to “Test Run - ON” position.
2. Run the air conditioner using the wireless remote control-
ler by pressing the “ON/OFF” button.
All LEDs (“RUN,” “TIMER” and “STANDBY”) blink during
test run operation.
No temperature control is effective with the wireless re-
mote controller in the “Test Run - ON” position.
To avoid mechanical strain on the air conditioner, do not
use this mode except for conducting a test run.
3. Select any one of the operation modes HEAT, COOL or
FAN for the test run.
* The outdoor unit will not start running for about 3 min-
utes after the power ON button is pressed.
4. After the test run operation, stop the air conditioner using
the wireless remote controller, and then reset the DIP
switch in the receiver unit as it was before. (To prevent
constant test running of the air conditioner, the receiver
1 unit has a 60-minute off timer function.)

3 - 24
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. Wireless Remote Controller

RCS-SH1AAB for Wall-Mounted (K Type)


2-21. When Using Wireless Remote Controller Instead Of Wired Remote Controller
When the wireless remote controller is to be used, slide the switch on the indoor unit control PCB.
• If this setting is not made, an alarm will occur. (The operation lamp on the display blinks.)
• This setting is not necessary if both the wired remote controller and wireless remote controller are used.
• The location of the switch varies depending on the type of PCB used. Check the model name before making the
setting.

KHX0752 / 0952 / 1252

CR-KR74GXH56A-0
Slide No. 3 on SW101
2
Setting at time of
factory shipment from ON OFF.

KHX1862 / 1962 / 2452 3


CR-KR254GXH56A-0

4
Setting at time of Slide No. 3 on SW101
factory shipment from ON OFF.

3 - 25
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Timer Remote Controller/RCS-TM80BG

How to Use the Timer Remote Controller

Operating buttons

13

1
12 2
1 11
3

10 4
9
2
8 5
6
7
3

4 Display

5 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10 31 11 12 13

7 30 28 27 25 23 22 21 18 17 16 15 14
29 26 24 20

3 - 26
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Names and Operations


Operation Section (Refer to the previous page)

1. (Start/Stop) button 10. (Ventilation) button


Pushing this button starts, and pushing again stops the Use this button when you installed a fan available in the
unit. market. Pressing this button turns on and off the fan.
2. Operation lamp When turning off the air conditioner, the fan will be also
The lamp is turned on when an air conditioner is in opera- turned off.
tion. (While the fan is operating, will appear in the display.)
This lamp blinks when an error occurs or a protective *If is displayed on the LCD of the remote control unit
device is activated. when pressing the ventilation button, no fans are installed.
3. (Mode select) button 11. (Inspection) button
Pushing this button to select an operation mode. (AUTO Do not use this button.
/HEAT /DRY /COOL /FAN ). 12. (Sleeping) button
4. Temperature setting buttons ( Sleeping Function)
Changing the temperature setting. 13. Remote control sensor
5. (FAN speed) button Normally, the temperature sensor of the indoor unit is
Changing the fan speed. used to detect the temperature. However, it is also pos-
sible to detect the temperature around the remote control
6. (Swing/Air direction) button *1
unit.
Use this button to set the auto swing or air direction to a
specific angle.
*1 Do not move the flap (vertical airflow adjustment board)
1
7. (Unit select) button
with your hand.
When more than one indoor unit is operated by one re-
The flap is automatically directed down when the unit is
mote control unit, this button is used to select a unit when
stopped.
adjusting the air direction.
The flap is directed up during the HEAT standby. The
8. Timer setting buttons flap starts swinging after the HEAT standby is can- 2
( Weekly Program Function) celled, although the AUTO flap indication on the remote
9. (FILTER reset) button control unit is displayed during the HEAT standby.
Use this button to reset the filter sign.
When is displayed, press this button after cleaning the
filter. 3

3 - 27
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Display Section (Refer to the page 3-25)

1. (Setting) indication 17. (Operation mode change control) indication


Appears when the timer program is being set. Displays when an operation mode is entered by the re-
2. (Unit) indication mote control unit, while another operation mode has been
Indicates the unit No. of the indoor unit which is selected already selected. This indicates that the operation mode
with the Unit Select button, or the unit in which an abnor- cannot be changed.
mality occurs. 18. (Disabled feature) indication
3. (Timer No.) indication Displayed if the selected feature was disabled during
Appears when the time program is being set. installation.
4. Timer program indication 20. (Heating standby mode) indication
: The indoor unit starts operation at the programmed Appears when the fan of the indoor unit is stopped or
time. in low fan speed.
: The indoor unit stops operation at the programmed 21. / / / Fan mode select indication
time. The selected fan mode is displayed.
5. (Today’s day of the week) indication 22. (Swing) indication
Indicates today’s day of the week. Appears while the flap swings.
6. (Program schedule) indication 23. (Flap position) indication
Appears under days that are scheduled for program op- Indicates the flap position.
eration. 24. (Filter) indication
1 7. Present time
Displays the present time on a 24-hour clock. Also also, 25.
Appears when filter needs cleaning. Clean the filter.
(Maintenance function) indication
displays settings in the various setting modes. Appears when the protective device is activated or when
8. (Timer-off) indication an abnormality occurs.
Displayed when the timer has been turned OFF. 26. (Ventilation) indication
2 9. (Error) indication
Displayed when a mistake is made during timer setting.
Appears when a fan available in the market is installed
and is operating.
10. (Outing) indication ( Outing function) 27. (Oil) indication
Appears when the outing function is set. Appears when the engine oil needs to be changed. (Ap-
11. Upper and lower limit indication of the outing func- pears when the gas heat pump air conditioner is used.)

3 tion
: Indicates the upper limit of the temperature
28. (Sleeping) indication
Appears during the sleeping function.
: Indicates the lower limit of the temperature 29. (Caution) indication
12. Operation Mode indication Appears when the protective device is activated or when
Displays the selected operation mode. (AUTO /HEAT an abnormality occurs.
4 /DRY /COOL /FAN ).
13. Temperature indication
30. Unit No. indication
Indicates the unit No. of the selected indoor unit.
Indicates the set temperature. 31. (Test) indication
14. °F / °C (Temperature unit) indication Appears while in test operation.
15. (Remote control sensor) indication
5 Appears when the remote control sensor is used.
16. (Centralized control) indication
Appears when operated in centralized control. If the
remote control operation is not permitted to the remote
unit, when the Start/Stop button, Mode Select button or
6 Temperature setting button is pressed,
rejects the change.
flashes and

3 - 28
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Setting the Present Time

1. Press and hold for more than 2 seconds to enter in the present
day and time setting mode.
Once you enter in the setting mode, , “ ”(day) and “time” flash.
2. Set “ ” to today’s day of the week.
Press *1 to move “ ” (flashing on the display) in the order of :
Su Mo Tu .... Press to move it in the order of : Su St
Fr ....
*1
While in time setting mode, the temperature setting buttons function as
(changing day) button.
3. Press to change the present “hour” in the range of 0 to 23*2.
Set the present hour and press .
3,4 1,3,4 2
The “hour” digits light up, and the “minute” digits start flashing.
*2
If the clock uses the 12 hours AM/PM setting, the hour is displayed in the range of AM 0 to
11/PM 0 to 11.
4. Press , to change the present “minute” in the range of 0 to 59.
Set the present minute and press . The day and time are set and finishes the setting mode.

NOTE
The unit returns to the normal mode if is pressed or there is no operation made for 3 minutes 1
during the setting. In this case, all the settings in progress will be lost.
If the present time is invalid, “– – : – –” is displayed.
If the power failure for more than 1 hour occurs, check if the set data of day and time are valid.

3 - 29
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Weekly Program Function

Checking Weekly Timer


Set the weekly program assigning a given timer to each day of the week.
Maximum of 6 programs a day and 42 programs a week can be set.
Select the day and the TIMER number you want to program.

Program image diagram

button
Vertical scale indicates the TIMER No.,
and horizontal scale indicates the day. TIMER No. Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
* If the day is changed, the TIMER No. 1
2
returns to “1”. 3
4 Select a section from
5 the 42 programs.
6

1. Press to enter the program confirmation mode


1 “ ” and start setting.
Once you enter the program confirmation mode, the
present day is indicated as TIMER No. “1”.
2. Select the day.
Press and / to move the “ ” horizon-
2 tally on the day to select.
Press to move “ ” (flashing on the display) in the
1 3
order of : Su Mo Tu....
Press to move it in the order of : Su Sa
“– – : – –” is displayed when the program is not set.
Fr.... program CHeck 2
3 3. Select a Timer number.
Press / to select a TIMER No. from 1 to 6.
Press to move up from 1.
Press to move down from 6.
TIMER No. 1~6

3 - 30
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Changing the Program Timer

To set the weekly program, follow the steps below.


1. Select the program you want to set in the program
confirmation mode, and press . The enters the
setting mode of the program currently displayed.
* In the program setting mode, , “hour”,
“minute” and “item” flash on the display.
2. Set the “hour”. (program step 1)
Press / to set the “hour”. 2,3,4 1,2,3,4 4
Confirm the “hour” and press . The enters the pro-
gram changing mode (setting of the “minute”). Program step1
3. Set the “minute”. (program step 2)
Press / to set the “minute”.
Confirm the “minute” and press .The unit enters
(the program pattern selection mode).

Program step2

1
normal remote controller

PROGRAM CANCEL
SET 2
Changing hour digits
CANCEL,DEL
SET
program check
Changing minute digits
Program CANCEL,DEL
SET

Changing patterns
3
SET,CANCEL,DEL
PROGRAM
Selecting copy source
CANCEL
SET
Selecting copy destination 4
SET,CANCEL

3 - 31
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Weekly Program Function (Continued)


Pattern 1
4. Set the program pattern.
(program step 3)
There are 4 program patterns.
Pressing / repeats the following display patterns.
Pattern 2
Pattern 1
The indoor unit starts operation at the programmed
time.

Pattern 2
Pattern 3
The indoor unit stops operation at the programmed
time.

Pattern 3
The indoor unit starts operation at the programmed
time and changes the temperature settings.
1 Pattern 4
Press / to change the temperature setting.

Pattern 4
The indoor unit changes the temperature setting at
2 the programmed time.

Press / to change the temperature setting.

Select the program pattern and press . The program timer setting is confirmed and the unit enters the confirmation mode .
3
NOTE
If you press during the setting, it returns to the program confirmation mode.
If there is no operation made for 3 minutes during the setting, it returns to the normal mode.
4 In this case, all the settings in progress will be invalid.

3 - 32
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Deleting the Program Timer

To delete the program timer setting, follow the steps below.


1. Press to enter the program confirmation mode.
2. Press / to select the day of the program you want to de-
lete.
3. Press / to select a TIMER No. (from 1 to 6).
4. Press to display the program setting mode .
5. Press to delete the program.

NOTE
After deleting, the unit returns to the program confirmation mode .
If you press during the setting, the unit returns to the program
confirmation mode.
If there is no operation made for 3 minutes during the setting, the unit re-
turns to the normal mode.

Invalidating Program Timer

If you want to adjourn the program operation for more than 1 week, you can
5 3 4 1 2
invalidate all the timer settings.
Once the timer settings are invalidated, the program will not be operated until the invalidation is cancelled. 1
<<How to invalidate the program timer>>
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds.
is displayed and the programs will be invalidated from the next one. 2
<<How to cancel the program timer invalidation>>
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds.
disappears and the programs will be validated from the next one.
3
If Power Failure Occurred
If the power recovers in a short time period, the program after the recovered time will be valid.
If the power recovered more than 1 hour after the failure, the present time information will be lost. In this case, the program will
not be operated.
4

3 - 33
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Weekly Program Function (Continued)

Duplicating the Program Timer


You can duplicate the preset program by day.
Select the copy source.
1. If is pressed in program checking mode , it enters
the copy mode (Selecting the copy source ) of the pro-
gram timer.
While in the copy mode of the program timer,
(day) of the copy source flash on the display.
and
1 3,5 2,4
2. Press / to select the day of the copy source.
Select the copy destination.
3. If is pressed in the mode of selecting the copy source
, it enters the copy mode (Selecting the copy destina-
tion ) of the program timer.
4. Press / to select the day of the copy source.
Then, press to complete copying and return to the
program checking mode.

1 NOTE
The program will be overwritten if the preprogrammed day is selected as a copy source.

Before Asking Repair Work


Before asking repair work, please check the followings.
2 Trouble Possible Cause/Remedy
“ERROR” is displayed when the If there is another TIMER No. which has the program of the same time and same day, you cannot overlap the
minute digits are entered. setting.
The set data is not stored. The stored programs are automatically sorted by the time. Check if the data is stored in the other TIMER No.
Check if the time indication is not “– – : – –”.
3 Program does not function.
When the time is invalid, the program is also invalid.
Check the remote controller prohibition inside.
In that case, the program is invalid.

3 - 34
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Outing Function
Outing function is a function that prevents the room temperature from increasing too much (or decreasing too much) when no
one is in the room.
An air conditioner works automatically if this function is set effective.

General Performance of the Outing Function

COOL / DRY Outing function upper limit


1.8°F (1°C)
The air conditioner starts operation when the room tem-
perature increases up to –1.8°F (1°C) of the upper limit. 3.6°F (2°C)

The air conditioner stops operation when the room tem-


perature decreases up to –3.6°F (2°C) of the upper limit.
Room temperature

HEAT Room temperature

The air conditioner starts operation when the room tem-


perature decreases up to +1.8°F (1°C) of the lower limit. 3.6°F (2°C)
The air conditioner stops operation when the room tem-
perature increases up to +3.6°F (2°C) of the lower limit. 1.8°F (1°C) 1
Outing function Lower limit

[Precautions]
The outing control only starts/stops the air conditioner. It does not change the operation mode/temperature setting. 2
Therefore, the operation mode/temperature needs to be set beforehand so that the outing function turns on the air condition-
er with your desired operation mode/ temperature setting.
If the room temperature rapidly changes, the room temperature may get over the upper or lower limit when the outing func-
tion is activated.
The outing function is invalid during FAN/AUTO operation mode.
The air conditioner's stop order (stated in /above) is valid only when the outing function is operated.
3
If operated using other remote control unit (or a centralized control device such as a system control), the outing function does
not work.

3 - 35
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Outing Function (Continued)


Setting the Outing Function

1. Press and hold for more than 2 seconds to display the upper limit temperature
setting screen.
, and the upper limit temperature start flashing.

2.
(The default value of the upper limit temperature is 99 °F (38 °C.)
Press / to select the upper limit temperature and press to fix the
2
value. The lower limit temperature setting screen is displayed.
3. Press / to select the lower limit temperature, and press to fix the
value. The outing function setting is completed. (The default value of the lower limit
temperature is 50 °F (10 °C.)
* The unit returns to the normal mode if is pressed or there is no operation made for 3
minutes during the setting. In this case, all the settings in progress will be lost.
Canceling the outing function 3
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds while the outing function is set.

Outing function indication

1 Outing function indication


Off The outing function is not set.
Status

Flashing The outing function is now being set, or under operation.


Lighting Although the outing function is set, not under operation.

2 NOTE
A remote controller loses outing function operation information when it is cut for more than one hour during the outing function
operation by electricity. It reverts from the blackout, and an air conditioner does not drive in outing function when operation is
started. At this time, an air conditioner does not stop at outing function.

3 - 36
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Sleeping Function
* This function leads you to a comfortable sleep and chang- When the off time comes:
es the room temperature during your sleep.
The indoor unit stops.
* You can set the off timer every one hour from 1 to 10
* The temperature returns to the setting at the time when
hours.
sleeping function operation started.
Operating time Display of remote control unit
(during the time setting)
To cancel the sleeping function operation:
Press .
* The temperature setting remains at the time cancelled.
The following buttons also cancel the sleeping function
operation.
Sleeping function Off time In case the present time button
indication is 23:00. Stop the indoor unit after the sleeping function operation
is cancelled.
Display of remote control unit (dur- button
ing sleeping function setting) Changes the operation mode after the sleeping function
operation is cancelled.

Sleeping function indication

* If no operation is made for 3 minutes, the time setting


2
mode will be automatically finished.
Ex. In case of 7 hours timer
1. Press .
Each time the button is pressed, the indication changes in
the following order.
3

(every one hour)


(Press to stop the time setting.) 4
2. Press .
The sleeping operation starts.

3 - 37
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Sleeping Function (Continued)


If button does not work.

Or if the operation does not start even if is pressed.


Check the following table.
Item Display of the remote control unit Contents
(Lighting/flashing indication)
1 The Error indication flashes The clock is not set.
(for several seconds).
2 “This function is not available” indication lights up When the operation mode is set to AUTO or FAN, this function is not
(for several seconds). available.
3 Centralized control indication flashes The centralized control device is prohibited from starting/ stopping the
(for several seconds). unit or change the temperature setting.

The sleeping function operation will be cancelled in the following cases:


1: When the unit is operated to stop or change the temperature setting by the other remote control unit or centralized control device.
2: When the unit is operated to stop or change the temperature setting with the weekly program function / outing function.
3: When the centralized control unit is prohibited from stopping the unit or changing the temperature setting.

1
NOTE
Trouble Possible Cause/Remedy
The temperature setting does not decrease (increase). The temperature over the upper or lower limit or each operation mode
cannot be set.
2 Operation under the sleeping function does not finish. Note if you change the time after the sleeping function started. The
operation does not finish until it reaches to the set starting time.

3 - 38
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR TIMER REMOTE CONTROLLER


Accessories for remote controller switch
Remote controller Wood screws Wire joints Operation manual Installation manual
(with 8 in.
wire)

How to install the remote controller


Do not supply power to the unit or try to operate it until the tubing and wiring to the outdoor unit is
CAUTION completed.
Do not twist the control wiring with the power wiring or run it in the same metal conduit, because
this may cause malfunction.
Install the remote controller away from sources of electrical noise.
Install wiring correctly(incorrect wiring will damage the equipment).
Install a noise filter or take other appropriate action if electrical noise affects the power supply circuit
of the unit.
When wiring, do not connect the remote controller wires to the adjacent terminal block for the power
wiring. Otherwise, the unit will break down.
Use shielded wires for remote control wiring and ground the shield on indoor unit sides. (Fig. 3-24)
Otherwise misoperation due to noise may occur.

The mounting position for the remote controller should be located in an accessible place for control.
1
Never cover the remote controller or recess it into the wall.
(1) When you open the decorative cover (Fig. 3-27), you will see 2 gaps under the remote controller.
Insert a coin into these gaps and pry off the back case.
(2) Attach the back case with the 2 wood screws provided. Using a screwdriver, push open the cut-outs on the back case. 2
These holes are for screws. (Fig. 3-28)
(3) Connect the remote controller wiring (2 wires) correctly to the corresponding terminals in the electrical component box of
the indoor unit.
(4) To finish, fit the back tabs of the case into the remote controller and mount it.
3
Basic Wiring Diagram
Connection diagram
Approx.

Terminal board for


8 in.
4
Remote
1 W 1
indoor unit remote Shielded wire controller
controller wiring 2 BK 2 unit

Ground
Remote controller wiring
Connector Power wire from remote
controller unit 5
(field supply)
Fig. 3-24

3 - 39
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Use AWG#20 to AWG#16 wires. Provided wire joint (white)


Remote controller wiring can be extended to a maximum Remote controller wiring
of 1640 ft.
(1) Strip the insulation to approximately 35/64" from the ends
of the wires that will be connected.
Power wire from remote
(2) Twist together the 2 wires and create a crimp connection controller unit
Wire joint
at the wire joint. Fig. 3-25
(3) If a special crimping tool is not used, or if the connection
is soldered, insulate the wires using insulation tape.
Remote controller
(main) (sub)
Group control using 2 remote controllers Connection wiring
12 for group control 1 2
It does not matter which of the 2 remote controllers you
set as the main controller. When using multiple remote 2P terminal
controllers (up to 2 can be used), one serves as the base for remote
control wiring
main remote controller and the other as the sub-remote 12 12 12 12
controller. Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 8

: Ground (earth)
Fig. 3-26

1 Remote controller setting mode


To set the remote controller main/sub setting or change the sensor, follow the steps below.
Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than
4 seconds together.
CODE DATA
ITEM
2 Select CODE No. with
Change DATA with
buttons.
(TIMER) buttons.
ITEM
RCU. Main/Sub Sub Main
Clock display 24 hours 12 hours (AM/PM)
Press . Finally, press . RCU. CK RCU. CK Normal
* DATA is memorized in the RCU. (DATA setting will not be changed even Room temperature sensor Main unit RCU
when the power is turned off.)
3 * Make sure to set [Normal] for RCU. CK.

Indoor unit setting mode


4 To select the ventilation setting or change the temperature unit, follow the steps below.
Press + + buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 sec-
onds together.
CODE DATA
ITEM
Select CODE No. with buttons. ITEM

5 Change DATA with


Press . Finally, press
(TIMER) buttons.
.
Vent. button
Temperature unit
No
o
C
Yes
o
F

* DATA is memorized in the indoor unit. (DATA setting will not be changed
even when the power is turned off.)

6 To display the sensor temperature:


Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 seconds together.
Change the sensor address (CODE No.) with buttons.
Select the UNIT No. which you want to call with the button.
Press the button to finish service mode.
7
To display the trouble history:
Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 seconds together.
Change the alarm message: buttons CODE No.
8 Press the button to finish service mode. (New) (Old)

3 - 40
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Fig. 3-27

Fig. 3-28

Caution when installing the remote controller


*1 Install the remote controller more than 3-3/8" apart from the wall surface.
*2 To install the remote controllers side-by-side, keep the space between each for more than 4-59/64".
*3 To install the remote controllers one above the other, keep the space between each for more than 1".

1
7/64

5/32

2
4-23/32

4-23/32
4
5/8

1-1/2 5
1 1 11/64 × 3/8
1/16 3/16 × 27/64

1-13/16 6
4-35/64
3-9/32

7
unit :in.
53/64 15/16 11/64 × 3/8
3/16 × 3/8
4-13/32
8

3 - 41
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Meaning of Alarm Messages


Table of Self-Diagnostics Functions and Description of Alarm Displays

Alarm
Possible cause of malfunction message
Serial Remote controller is detecting Error in receiving serial communication signal.
communication error signal from indoor unit. (Signal from main indoor unit in case of group control) <E01>
errors Ex: Auto address is not completed.
Mis-setting
Error in transmitting serial communication signal. <E02>
Indoor unit is detecting error signal from remote controller (and system controller). <<E03>>
Indoor unit is detecting error Error in receiving serial communication signal.
signal from main outdoor unit. When turning on the power supply, the number of connected E04
indoor units does not correspond to the number set. (Except R.C.
address is “0.”)
Outdoor unit is detecting error Error of the main outdoor unit in receiving serial communication
signal from the indoor unit. <E06>
signal from indoor unit
Improper setting of indoor unit or Indoor unit address setting is duplicated. E08
remote controller.
Remote controller address connector (RCU. ADR) is duplicated.
<<E09>>
(Duplication of main remote controller)
During auto address setting, Starting auto address setting is prohibited.
1 number of connected units does
not correspond to number set.
This alarm message shows that the auto address connector CN100
is shorted while other RC line is executing auto address operation.
E12

Error in auto address setting. (Number of connected indoor units


E15
is less than the number set.)
When turning on the power Error in auto address setting. (Number of connected indoor units
E16
supply, number of connected is more than the number set.)
2 units does not correspond to
number set.
No indoor unit is connected during auto address setting. E20
(Except R.C. address is “0.”) Main outdoor unit is detecting error signal from sub outdoor unit. E24
Error of outdoor unit address setting. E25
The number of connected main and sub outdoor units do not
E26
correspond to the number set at main outdoor unit PCB.
3 Error of sub outdoor unit in receiving serial communication signal
from main outdoor unit.
E29
Indoor unit communication error Error of main indoor unit in receiving serial communication signal
E18
of group control wiring. from sub indoor units.
Improper setting. This alarm message shows when an indoor unit for multiple-use
L02
is not connected to the outdoor unit.
4 Duplication of main indoor unit address setting in group control.
Duplication of outdoor R.C. address setting.
<L03>
L04
There are 2 or more indoor unit Priority set remote controller L05
controllers that have operation
mode priority in refrigerant circuit. Non-priority set remote controller L06
Group control wiring is connected to individual control indoor unit. L07
5 Indoor unit address is not set. L08
Capacity code of indoor unit is not set. <<L09>>

Capacity code of outdoor unit is not set. L10


Mis-matched connection of outdoor units that have different kinds L17
6 of refrigerant.
4-way valve operation failure L18
Continued

3 - 42
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Alarm
Possible cause of malfunction message
Activation of Protective device in indoor unit Thermal protector in indoor unit fan motor is activated. <<P01>>
protective is activated. Improper wiring connections of ceiling panel. <<P09>>
device
Float switch is activated. <<P10>>
Operation of protective function of fan inverter. P12
O2 sensor (detects low oxygen level) activated P14
Protective device in outdoor unit Incorrect discharge temperature. (Comp. No. 1) P03
is activated. High pressure switch or over load relay is activated. P04
Power supply voltage is unusual. (The voltage is less than 160 V
between L1 and L2 phase.)
Negative (defective) phase. P05
Compressor running failure resulting from missing phase in the
P16
compressor wiring, etc. (Start failure not caused by IPM or no gas.)
Incorrect discharge temperature. (Comp. No. 2) P17
Outdoor unit fan motor is unusual. P22
Overcurrent at time of compressor runs more than 80Hz (DCCT
secondary current or ACCT primary current is detected at a time P26 1
other than when IPM has tripped.)
IPM trip (IPM current or temperature) H31
Inverter for compressor is unusual. (DC compressor does not P29
operate.)
Thermistor
fault
Indoor thermistor is either open
or damaged.
Indoor coil temp. sensor (E1)
Indoor coil temp. sensor (E2)
<<F01>>
<<F02>>
2
Indoor coil temp. sensor (E3) <<F03>>
Indoor suction air (room) temp. sensor (TA) <<F10>>
Indoor discharge air temp. sensor (BL) <<F11>>
Outdoor thermistor is either
open or damaged.
Comp. No. 1 discharge gas temp. sensor (DISCH1)
Comp. No. 2 discharge gas temp. sensor (DISCH2)
F04
F05
3
Outdoor No. 1 coil gas temp. sensor (EXG1) F06
Outdoor No. 1 coil liquid temp. sensor (EXL1) F07
Outdoor air temp. sensor (AIR TEMP) F08
Compressor intake port temperature sensor (SCT)
High pressure sensor.
F12
F16
4
Low-pressure sensor failure F17
Outdoor No. 2 coil gas temp. sensor (EXG2) F23
Outdoor No. 2 coil liquid temp. sensor (EXL2) F24
EEP ROM on indoor unit PCB failure F29 5
Protective Protective device for compressor EEP ROM on the main or sub outdoor unit PCB has failed. F31
device for No. 1 is activated. Current is not detected when comp. No. 1 is ON. H03
compressor is Overload current is detected. H11
Protective device for compressor
activated
No. 2 is activated. Lock current is detected. H12
Current is not detected when comp. No. 2 is ON. H13 6
Discharge gas temperature of comp. No. 2 is not detected. H15
Low pressure switch is activated. H06
Oil sensor fault. Comp. No. 1 oil sensor H08
(Disconnection, etc.) Comp. No. 2 oil sensor H27
Continued 7

3 - 43
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. Timer Remote Controller

Alarm messages displayed on system controller

Serial Error in transmitting serial Indoor or main outdoor unit is not operating correctly.
communication communication signal Mis-wiring of control wiring between indoor unit, main outdoor unit C05
errors and system controller.
Mis-setting
Error in receiving serial Indoor or main outdoor unit is not operating correctly.
communication signal Mis-wiring of control wiring between indoor unit, main outdoor unit
C06
and system controller.
CN1 is not connected properly.
Activation of Protective device of sub indoor When using wireless remote controller or system controller, in
protective unit in group control is activated. order to check the alarm message in detail, connect wired P30
device remote controller to indoor unit temporarily.

NOTE
1. Alarm messages in << >> do not affect other indoor unit operations.

1 2. Alarm messages in < > sometimes affect other indoor unit operations depending on the fault.

3 - 44
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

Simplified Remote Controller / RCS-KR1EG


Important Safety Instructions
Before using the system, be sure to read these "Important Safety Instructions".
After reading this manual, save it in a convenient place.

Warning
* Installation Precautions
1. Do not install by yourself.
Installation should always be performed by your dealer or a professional service provider.
Electric shock or fire may result if an inexperienced person performs any installation or wiring
procedures incorrectly.
2. Use only specified air conditioners.
Always use only air conditions specified by the dealer.

* Moving and Repair Precautions


1. Do not repair.
Never repair the system by yourself.
2. Contact your dealer before moving the system. 1
Contact your dealer or a professional service provider about moving and reinstalling the system.
Electric shock or fire may result if an inexperienced person performs any installation procedures incorrectly.

* Precautions for Use


1. Do not touch switches with wet hands.
2
Electric shock and damage to the system can result.
2. Protect the remote controller from water.
Damage to the system can result.
3. Stop the system and turn the power off if you sense unusual smells or other irregularities. 3
Continuing operation when the system is out of order can result in electric shock, fire, and damage to the
system. Contact your dealer.
4. Do not turn the air conditioner on and off from the power mains switch.
Use the ON/OFF operation button.
5. Do not stick anything into the air outlet of the air conditioner. 4
Doing so is dangerous because the fan is rotating at high speed.
6. Do not let children play with the air conditioner.
7. Do not cool or heat the room too much if babies or invalids are present.
8. Do not wipe the remote controller with benzine, thinner, or chemical cloth. 5

3 - 45
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

Names and Operations

Operation Section
A. (Start/Stop)button
Pushing this button starts, and pushing again
stops the unit.

B. (Temperature setting) buttons


Changing the temperature setting.

C. (Mode Select) button


Pushing this button to select an operation
C mode.(AUTO /HEAT /DRY /COOL /
FAN ).

D. (Fan speed) button


1 D Changing the fan speed.

B E. (Swing/Air direction) button*1


E Use this button to set the auto swing or air direction
to a specific angle.
2 A *1 Do not move the flap (vertical airflow adjustment board)
with your hand.
F The flap is automatically directed down when the
RCS-KR1EG unit is stopped.

3 The flap is directed up during the HEAT standby.


The flap starts swinging after the HEAT standby is
cancelled, although the AUTO flap indication on the
RCS-KR1EG remote control unit is displayed during the HEAT
standby.
4 F. (Outing function) button
( Outing Function)

3 - 46
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

Display Section

12 3 4 56 7

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

1. / / / (Fan mode select) 10. (Centralized control) indication 1


indication Appears when operated in centralized control.
The selected fan mode is displayed. If the remote control operation is not permitted
to the remote unit, when the (Start/Stop)
2. (Flap position) indication button, (Mode select) button,
Indicates the flap position. (Fan speed) button, (Swing/Air direction) 2
3. (Swing) indication button or (Temperature setting)
Appears while the flap swings. buttons are pressed, flashes and
rejects the change.
4. (Outing) indication
( Outing Function) 11. (Disabled feature) indication 3
Appears when the outing function is set. Displayed if the selected feature was disabled
during installation.
5. Operation Mode indication
Displays the selected operation mode. 12. (Heating standby mode) indication
(AUTO
FAN ).
/HEAT /DRY /COOL / Appears when the fan of the indoor unit is 4
stopped or in low fan speed.
6. Upper and lower limit indication of the
13. (Caution) indication
outing function
Appears when the protective device is
: Indicates the upper limit of the
temperature.
activated or when an abnormality occurs. 5
: Indicates the lower limit of the 14. Alarm indication
temperature. This displays alarm messages when an error
occurs.
7. Temperature indication
Indicates the set temperature. 15. (Oil) indication 6
8. °F / °C (Temperature unit) indication Appears when the engine oil needs to be
changed. (Appears when the gas heat pump
9. (Remote control sensor) indication air conditioner is used.)
Appears when the remote control sensor is
used. 7

3 - 47
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

Outing Function
Outing function is a function that prevents the room temperature from increasing too much (or decreasing too much)
when no one is in the room. An air conditioner works automatically if this function is set effective.
General Performance of the Outing Function

Outing function
COOL / DRY upper limit 1.8°F(1°C)
The air conditioner starts operation when the room
temperature increases up to –1.8°F(1°C) of the upper limit 3.6°F(2°C)
The air conditioner stops operation when the room
Room temperature
temperature decreases up to –3.6°F(2°C) of the upper limit.

HEAT Room temperature

The air conditioner starts operation when the room 3.6°F(2°C)


temperature decreases up to +1.8°F(1°C) of the lower limit.
The air conditioner stops operation when the room Outing function 1.8°F(1°C)
temperature increases up to +3.6°F(2°C) of the lower limit. Lower limit

[Precautions]
• The outing control only starts/stops the air conditioner.
1 It does not change the operation mode/temperature setting.
Therefore, the operation mode/temperature needs to be set beforehand so that the outing function turns on the
air conditioner with your desired operation mode/ temperature setting.
• If the room temperature rapidly changes, the room temperature may get over the upper or lower limit
when the outing function is activated.
2 • The outing function is invalid during FAN/AUTO operation mode.
• The air conditioner's stop order (stated in /above) is valid only when the outing function is operated.
If operated using other remote control unit (or a centralized control device such as a system control),
the outing function does not work.

3 Setting the Outing Function


1. Press and hold for more than 4 seconds to display the upper limit temperature setting screen.
, and the upper limit temperature start flashing.
(The default value of the upper limit temperature is 99°F(38°C).)
4 2. Press / to select the upper limit temperature, and press
to fix the value. The lower limit temperature setting screen is displayed.
3. Press / to select the lower limit temperature, and press 2
The outing function setting is completed.
5 to fix the value. (The default value of the lower limit temperature is 50°F(10°C).)
*The unit returns to the normal mode if is pressed or there is no operation made
for 3 minutes during the setting. In this case, all the settings in progress will be lost.

Canceling the outing function


6 Press and hold for more than 4 seconds while the outing function is set. 3
• Outing function indication
Outing function indication Status
Off The outing function is not set.
7 Flashing The outing function is now being set, or under operation.
Lighting Although the outing function is set, not under operation.

NOTE A remote controller loses outing function operation information when it is cut for more than one hour
during the outing function operation by electricity. It reverts from the blackout, and an air conditioner
8 does not drive in outing function when operation is started. At this time, an air conditioner does not
stop at outing function.

3 - 48
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

Basic Installation
Parts supplied with simplified remote controller
Simplified remote
Wood screws Binding strap Instruction manual Installation manual
controller

Simplified remote controller installation guidelines (Place of installation)


1. Mount the simplified remote controller at a height of 3.3 to 4.9 ft. above the floor where it can sense
the average temperature of the room.
2. Do not mount the simplified remote controller in a place exposed to direct sunlight or a place exposed
to outside air such as near a window.
3. Do not mount the simplified remote controller behind an object so that it is separated from the air
circulation of the room.
4. Mount the simplified remote controller within the room being air conditioned.
5. The simplified remote controller must be mounted on the wall or other surface vertically.
How to install the simplified remote controller
• When used as embedded type • When used as exposed type
1
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver or the like in the 1. This step is the same as step 1 for the embedded
groove on the lower side of the simplified remote type.
controller body to pry off the back case. 2. Because the simplified remote controller wiring
(See Fig. 3-30) exits the back case (thin part in upper central area) 2
2. After passing the simplified remote controller wiring use a nipper or the like to cut out the part to fit the
through the conduit on the back case of the thickness of the simplified remote controller wiring.
controller, secure it with the two screws (See Fig. 3-32)
(supplied locally). (See Fig. 3-29) 3. Referring to Fig. 3-33, connect the controller wiring
NOTE Do not apply excessive strain to the to the main unit, and then attach the binding strap 3
back case when securing it. (supplied ).
Deformation of the back case may 4. Place the controller wiring in the groove, and then
result in the remote controller falling adjust the wiring so that the binding strap attached
off.
3. Connect the simplified remote controller wiring to
in step 3 can be stored inside the simplified remote
controller.
4
the simplified remote controller main unit.
5. Secure the back case to the wall with the wood
(See “How to wire the simplified remote controller”.)
screws (supplied). (See Fig. 3-34)
When connecting the locally supplied 2 core lead
NOTE Do not apply excessive strain to the
wires to the terminal block, check the terminal
numbers in the indoor unit to make sure that the back case when securing it. 5
wires are correctly connected. (See Fig. 3-31) Deformation of the back case may
(The simplified remote controller is damaged result in the remote controller falling
if 208 / 230 V AC is applied.) off.
6. This step is the same as step 4 for the embedded
4. Fit the simplified remote controller to the tabs of the
back case and mount it.
type. 6
Simplified remote
controller

Remote controller
wiring outlet 8
Fig. 3-29 Fig. 3-30

3 - 49
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

How to wire the simplified remote controller


• Connection diagram
Terminal block
*1
for wiring 1 1
Simplified remote controller
the remote 2 2
controller of the
indoor unit Wiring for simplified remote controller (supplied locally)
*1: Use AWG#20 to AWG#16 stranded wires.
Fig. 3-31
Fig. 3-32
NOTE
1. Do not twist the simplified remote controller wiring with the
power wiring or run it in the same metal conduit, because
this may cause malfunction.
Binding strap
2. Install the simplified remote controller away from sources
of electrical noise.
3. Install a noise filter or take other appropriate action if
1 electrical noise affects the power supply circuit of the unit.
• Use an electric junction box (supplied locally)
(See Fig. 3-29) for flush mounting of the simplified
remote controller

2 Guidelines for using 2 simplified remote controllers


Fig. 3-33

This multiple remote controller system controls 1 to 8 indoor units Simplified remote
with 2 simplified remote controllers. controller

Set-up procedure
3 1. One of the 2 simplified remote controllers should be set as main
controller.
2. For the rest, see the “Remote controller setting mode” section and
set up Sub.
4 Basic wiring diagram Wood screws
NOTE Fig. 3-34
Make sure to connect the wires correctly or the unit may be damaged. (See Fig. 3-35)
5 1. Following is a wiring diagram for controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 simplified remote controllers.
2. Performing group control of the multiple indoor units with 2 simplified remote controllers.
3. The main and the sub simplified remote controllers can be installed at any indoor unit for operations.

Simplified remote Simplified remote Simplified remote Simplified remote

6 controller (main) controller (sub) controller (main)

Inter indoor unit wiring for group control


controller (sub)

1 2 1 2 1 2 (supplied locally) 1 2
2-pin Terminal
block for

7 2-pin terminal block


Remote
remote controller
wiring
for remote controller
wiring controller 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
wiring Earth Indoor unit Earth Indoor unit Earth Indoor unit Earth Indoorunit
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 8
1 2 (field supply)

8 Earth
Indoor unit
Fig. 3-35 Fig. 3-36

3 - 50
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

Remote controller setting mode


Use the following method to perform simplified remote controller Main/Sub setting and RCU.CK switching.

1. Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 seconds together.

2. Use / ( ) button to select an item code, and then use button to confirm.

3. Change DATA with / ( ) buttons. DATA


CODE ITEM
ITEM
4. Press . Finally, press .
RCU. Main/Sub Sub Main
* To go back one step, press .
* DATA is memorized in the RCU. RCU. CK RCU. CK Normal
(DATA setting will not be changed even when the power is turned off.)
* Make sure to set [Normal] for RCU. CK.

Indoor unit setting mode


Use the following method to switch sensor or temperature unit (Celsius/Fahrenheit).

1. Press + + buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 seconds together.
1
2. Use / ( ) button to select a unit, and then use button to confirm.

3. Use / ( ) button to select an item code, and then use button to confirm.
4. Change DATA with / ( ) buttons.
CODE ITEM
DATA 2
5. Press . Finally, press .
* To go back one step, press . Room temperature sensor Main unit RCU

* DATA is memorized in the indoor unit. Temperature unit o


C o
F
(DATA setting will not be changed even when the power is turned off.) 3
To display the sensor temperature:
1. Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 seconds together.

2. Use / ( ) button to select a unit, and then use button to confirm. 4


3. Change the sensor address (CODE No.) with / ( ) buttons.
4. Press the button to finish service mode.
* To go back one step, press . 5
To display the trouble history:
1. Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 seconds together.

2. Change the alarm message: / ( ) buttons


6
3. Press the button to finish service mode. CODE No.
* To clear the trouble history, press . (New) (Old)
7

3 - 51
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. Simplified Remote Controller

Test run setting


1. Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than 4 seconds together, and then press
(ON/OFF) button.
• “TEST” will appear on the display during test run.
• During test run, temperature cannot be adjusted. This button should be used only for test run.
2. Perform test run in any operation mode of “heat”, “cool” or “fan”.
NOTE
The outdoor unit does not operate for 3 minutes after stopping operation or turning on the unit.
3. After test run is finished, press both and buttons again for more than 4 seconds together, and then
make sure “TEST” goes off from the display. (The 60-minute off timer function is provided for this remote
controller in order to avoid continuous test run.)

Caution
Caution when installing the remote controller (See Fig. 3-37-1)
*1 Install the remote controller more than 2-3/4 in. apart from the corner of the wall. (See Fig. 3-37-2)
*2 To install the remote controllers side-by-side, keep the space between each for more than 3 in.
1 (See Fig. 3-37-2)
*3 To install the remote controllers one above the other, keep the space between each for more than 1 in.
(See Fig. 3-37-3)

2
43/64 2-5/8 Unit: inch
2-3/4
25/64
21/32

3
11/64

3/8
4-23/32

4-19/32
3-9/32

5/16

4 3/8
1-5/16

11/64
21/32

7/32
33/64
5 1-5/16
Fig. 3-37-1

6 (*1) (*2)

7 (*3)

8 Fig. 3-37-2 Fig. 3-37-3

3 - 52
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

System controller / SHA-KC64UG

● Example of central control with system controller (individually controlled)


New control wiring system (S-net link system)

Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit

System without
System Remote Group
Remote controller
controller controller control
(main)

1
System Remote Group Group
controller controller control control
(sub)

2
Remote
controller
2157_M_I

3
● New control wiring system (S-net) allows connection of as many as total of 94 units (64 Indoor unit
+30 Outdoor unit) to a single contorl line (non-polar twin-line main bus).
● The main bus is twin-core and non-polar for easier wiring.
● Using concurrently as remote controller, system controller can control maximum up to 64 indoor units (or 4
groups) individually.
● The system without remote controller can be formed.
● Maximum up to 2 system controllers (1 main, 1 sub) can be installed.
● It can separate the 64 indoor units into 4 zones and control each zone individually.
● Maximum up to 16 groups can be registered to each zone.
5
● Collective control and individual group (unit) control can be performed also.
● Alarm and operation output for an external collected signal is available (potential free contact) DC24V
Max. 1A.
● Input terminal for collective operation on / off is available.
6

3 - 53
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

How to use
usethe
thesystem
systemcontroller
controller

A:ALL/ZONE/GR B:ZONE select C:GROUP select


SELECT button button buttons

F:Operation lamp

D:ON button

E:OFF button

1 G:MODE button

H:Temperature
2 setting buttons

K:CHECK M:SET button I:FAN SPEED


3 button N:CL button button
O:VENTILATION L:CENTRAL CTRL J:FLAP button
button button

4 A:ALL/ZONE/GR SELECT button Use this button to select one of following:


ALL

ZONE1 ZONE2
ALL: Used for turning all the air conditioners on and off.

5 GR1
UNIT
GR1
UNIT
UNIT UNIT ZONE: Used for turning all the air conditioners of each zone on and
UNIT off.

GR2 GR2
6 UNIT UNIT
GR: Used for turning all the air conditioners of each group on and
GR3 GR3
off.
UNIT UNIT

7 NOTE A maximum of four zones and 16 groups (units) in a zone


can be set.

B:ZONE select butoon Use this button to select a zone (1 to 4) to operate individually.
C:GROUP select buttons Use these buttons to select a group (1 to 16) to operate individually.

8
2130_M_I

3 - 54
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

Functions
Functionsof
ofbuttons
buttons
(Continued)
(Continued)

D:ON button This button is for turning the selected air conditioner on.
E:OFF button This button is for turning the selected air conditioner off.
F:Operation lamp This lamp lights when the unit is turned on.

G:MODE button Use this button to select one of the following five operations:
(AUTO) : Used to automatically set cooling or heating operation.
Only for heat pump type
(temperature range: 62 ~ 80 °F)
(HEAT) : Used for normal heating operation.
Only for heat pump type
(temperature range: 60 ~ 78 °F)
(DRY) : Used for dehumidifying without changing the room temperature.
(temperature range: 64 ~ 86 °F)
(COOL) : Used for normal cooling operation.
(temperature range: 64 ~ 86 °F)
(FAN) : Used to run the fan only, without heating or cooling operation. 1
NOTE When the indication is displayed, you cannot change the
mode from and or to or and . To change the
mode, turn off all units once then select the mode again.

H:Temperature : Press this button to increase the temperature setting. 2


setting buttons : Press this button to decrease the temperature setting.
I:FAN SPEED button
(AUTO) : The air conditioner automatically decides the fan speed.
(HI.)
(MED.)
: High fan speed.
: Medium fan speed.
3
(LO.) : Low fan speed.
J:FLAP button ( ) 1. Use this button to set the airflow direction to a specific angle.
The airflow direction is displayed on the remote control unit.
Operation mode Number of airflow direction settings 4
(COOL) or (DRY) 3
(HEAT) or (FAN) 5
(AUTO)
Cooling mode: 3 5
Heating mode: 5
• In the cool mode and dry mode, when the flaps are set
in a downward position, condensation may form and drip
around the vent.
• Do not move the flap with your hands. 6
NOTE This function is available only for models X, XM, A and T.
( ) 2. Use this button to make the airflow direction sweep up and down
automatically.
Press this button several times until the ( ) symbol appears on 7
the display.
NOTE This function is available only for models X, XM, A, K and T.

1) The flap setting can be performed only for units that have no remote
NOTE
controllers. 8
2) In the ALL or ZONE mode, no flap setting can be performed. If
necessary, you should select the GR mode and use the FLAP button.

3 - 55
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

K:CHECK button This button is used only when servicing the air conditioner.
Do not use the CHECK button for normal operation.

L:CENTRAL CTRL button Use this button to inhibit individual operation by remote controller as
follows:

1: Individual ON/OFF operation is inhibited.


2: Individual ON/OFF, MODE and Temperature setting operation is
inhibited.
3: Individual MODE and Temperature setting operation is inhibited.
4: Individual MODE operation is inhibited.
No indication: Central control is cleared.
(Individual operation)

M:SET button This button is used for setting indoor unit's address when installing the
1 NOTE
air conditioner.
Do not use the SET button for normal operation.

N:CL button Use this button to reset the filter sign .


The air conditioner has the timer for the filter and informs you when the
2 filter needs cleaning.

O:VENTILATION button Use this button when you installed a fan available in the market.
Pressing this button turns on and off the fan.
When turning off the air conditioner, the fan will also turned off. While
3 the fan is operating, will appear in the display.
If is displayed when pressing the ventilation button, no fans are
installed.
2132_M_I

3 - 56
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

Display
Display

H
F

B
G C
E J
K

D
I
A

2
Description
A: When the unit is in the heating standby mode, the
B: The currently selected operation mode is displayed.
indicator appears. 3
C: The currently selected FAN SPEED, Airflow Direction and SWEEP
settings are displayed.
D: This indication appears when the filter needs cleaning.
E: This indication appears only when an abnormality occurs within a unit. 4
F: The currently selected mode (ALL, ZONE or GROUP), ZONE number
and GROUP number are displayed.

GROUP number display (no figure: no number registered)


GROUP state display ( : registered group, : currently 5
selected group)
Operation state display ( : on,
no sign: off,
: alarm)
6
G : The currently selected central control mode (1, 2, 3 or 4) is displayed
H: Lights when any of the air conditioners under the system control is
operating; tuens off when none of the air conditioners under the system
control is operating. Blinks when any conditioner is operating under
abnormal conditions and its protection functionality is working. 7
I: When the button is pressed for more than four seconds, the TEST
indicator appears.
J : This indication appears when the temperature is set.
K : When turning on the power switch of the system controller, sign
blinks for a few minutes. While blinking, any controls using the system 8
controller are inhibited. This is because the system controller is verifying
connected groups.
2133_M_I

3 - 57
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

How to
to start
startgroup
groupoperation
operation

To start group operation


4

Stop
2

1 3

9
1 6

7
2 8

Power Turn the power supply switch on more than 5 hours before starting operation.
1 Press the SELECT button and select GROUP.
3 2 Select the ZONE No. including the group to be operated by pressing ZONE button.
3 Select the GROUP No. to be operated by pressing GROUP select buttons .
4 Press the ON button.
4 5 Set the operation mode by pressing the MODE button.
6 Set the desired temperature by pressing one of the temperature setting buttons .

5 7 Set the desired fan speed by pressing the FAN SPEED button.
8 Set the airflow direction to a specific angle or sweep mode.
9 By pressing , select your desired setting.
Individual: Controls with the remote controller are possble.
6 Central 1:
Central 2:
Individual ON/OFF operation with the remote controller is inhibited.
Individual ON/OFF, MODE, and Temp. setting operations with the remote
controller are inhibited.
Central 3: Individual MODE and Temp. setting operations with the remote controller are
inhibited.
7 Central 4: Individual MODE operation with the remote controller is inhibited.
• Under Central/Individual settings other than listed above, “CENTRAL” is displayed.
AUTO Depending on the difference between the temperature setting and the room temperature,
Operation heating and cooling alternate automatically so that a uniform room temperature is maintained.
Stop Confirming the GROUP No. to be selected, press the OFF button.
8
NOTE The flap setting can be performed only for units that have no remote
controllers.
2134_M_I

3 - 58
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

How to
to start
start collective
collectiveoperation
operation

To start collective operation (ALL or ZONE)

Stop
1

1
2 5

7
2
6

Power Turn the power supply switch on 5 hours or more bofore starting operation.
1 Press the SELECT button and select ALL or ZONE.
3
In case of ZONE collective operation.
2 Select the ZONE No. to be operated by pressing ZONE button.
3 Press the ON button. 4
4 Set the operation mode by pressing the MODE button.
5 Set the desired temperature by pressing one of the temperature setting buttons .

6 Set the desired fan speed by pressing the FAN SPEED button.
5
7 Select the control mode.
Stop Confirming the ZONE No. to be selected or ALL indication, press the OFF button.
6
NOTE In the ALL or ZONE mode, no flap setting can be performed. If necessary, you
should select the GR mode and use the FLAP button
2135_M_I

3 - 59
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

■ How to install the system controller

Do not supply power to the


unit or try to operate it until
the tubing and wiring to the
outdoor unit is completed.

5-1. System Controller Installation


Switch box
(no cover)
● Do not twist the control
M4 × 30 or 5/32” × 1-3/16”
CAUTION wiring with the power Screws (2)
wiring or run it in the
same metal conduit,
because this may cause
malfunction. Back case
● Install the system con-
troller away from sources System Flat-top
controller Screw
of electrical noise.
1 ● Install a noise filter or
Fig. 3-38
2041_C_I

take other appropriate


action if electrical noise
affects the power supply
circuit of the unit.
2
● If local codes allow, this system controller can be
mounted using a conventional wall box for flush
mounting. Gap Gap

3 (1) Remove the flat-top screw on the bottom of the


back case. When you open up the decorative Coin
cover, you will see two gaps under the system
controller. Insert a coin into these gaps and
remove the back case. (Figs. 3-38, 3-39) 2042_M_I

4 (2) Connect the wires to terminal base of the system


controller (see next page).
Fig. 3-39

(3) Attach the back case with the 2 × M4 or 5/32” screws


provided.
5 (4) To finish, fit the back tabs of the back case into
the system controller and mount it using the flat-
top screw.

3 - 60
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

Electrical wiring Indoor unit PCB

How to connect electrical wiring


(1) Connect B1, B2 to indoor PCB T10 connector using B1 T10
(YEL)
the accessory 6P connector. (with fuse) (*No polarity) B2
Total wire length is less than 985 ft. and size is
B3
AWG#18. Accessory connctor
Wire joint connection
B4
(2) Connect B5, B6 to indoor unit 2P terminal base.
B5 U1
(*No polarity). Wire size is AWG#18.
B6 U2

System controller 2P terminal base


Basic wiring
Indoor unit
B1: Power supply: DC12V *No polarity Fig. 3-40
To T10 connector on indoor PCB
B2:
<Back side of system controller>
B3: Not be used

B4: Auxiliary of inter-unit control wiring 1


B5: A1 B6
Inter-unit control wiring. (Low voltage)
To indoor unit 2P terminal base (U1, U2) A2 B5
B6: *No polarity A3 B4
A4 B3 2
Terminals for remote monitoring A5 B2
A1: Input for turning on air conditioners concurrently. A6 B1

A2: Input for turning off air conditioners concurrently.


3
A3: Common input for turning air conditioners on or off.
Fig. 3-41
A4: ON operation state indicator output.

A5: Alarm indicator output.


RC1 RC2 RC3
4
A6: Common indicator output.
Inter-unit
control wiring
Basic wiring diagram of control wiring
A max. of 64 indoor units and 30 outdoor units can be
1-1 2-1 3-1
5
connected in 1 system.
System controller
Up to 10 system controllers can be connected in 1
system.
6

3 - 61
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

■ Address switch setting

SW1 SW1
Main/sub selection switch ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF: System controller operates as main controller.
ON: System controller operates as sub-controller.
OFF
ALL/ZONE mode selection switch
ALL mode:
All indoor units can be controlled by system controller
ZONE 1, 2, 3, 4 mode:
Indoor units in one of zone 1, 2, 3, or 4 can be controlled
by system controller. All indoor units cannot be set.
2 3 4 5
ALL mode OFF OFF OFF
ZONE 1 mode OFF OFF ON
ZONE 2 mode ON OFF OFF ON
ZONE 3 mode OFF ON ON
ZONE 4 mode ON ON ON
1
Central control/Remote control mode selection switch.
OFF: Central control mode.
Individual setting by remote controller can be inhibited by
2 system controller.

ON: Remote control mode.


Setting by system controller is inhibited by other central
control equipments.
3
Central control Main/Sub selection switch
(OFF: Main, ON: Sub)
1 When AMY adaptor etc. is used with system controller,
set the switch to ON position.
4 2 When only one system controller is used, set the switch to
OFF position.
3 Except 1 , when multiple system controllers are used,
set only one system controller to OFF position others to
ON position.
5 ALL mode system controller to be OFF position.
(recommended)

(Central control) button operation switch


OFF: (Central control) button operation is permitted.
6 ON : button operation is inhibitted.

*All switches are OFF position at shipment.


2046_M_I

3 - 62
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

SW2
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OFF

SW2

Must be set to OFF position.

3
Auxilaly switch
Must be set to OFF position.

4
Beep tone switch
OFF: Beep tone when each button is pushed.
ON: No tone when each button is pushed.

Indication switch
5
Normally set to OFF position.
When set to ON position, indication is not displayed on LCD
of system controller.

*All switches are OFF position at shipment. 2047_M_I


6

3 - 63
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

■ Mode setting

Central control Remote control


According to function of each system controller, set mode mode
SW1 as Fig. 3-42.

2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6
(1) Central control/Remote control mode ON ON
OFF OFF

● Central control mode ALL


central control
ALL
remote control
System controller is used as central control equip- Inter-unit control wiring

ment. 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 16
ON ON ZONE1
Individual setting by remote controller can be OFF OFF central control
address 1-16
ZONE1 ZONE1
inhibitted by system controller central control remote control

● Remote control mode 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6


17 18 32 ZONE2
System controller is used as remote controller. ON
OFF
ON
OFF central control
ZONE2 ZONE2 address 17-32
Setting by system controller is inhibitted by other central control remote control
central control equipments.
2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6
(2) ALL/ZONE mode 33 34 48
1 ● ALL mode
ON
OFF

ZONE3
ON
OFF

ZONE3
ZONE3
central control
address 33-48
central control remote control
All indoor units can be controlled by system control-
ler. 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6
ON ON 49 50 64 ZONE4
OFF OFF central control
2 ● ZONE mode ZONE4
central control
ZONE4
remote control
address 49-64

Indoor units in one of ZONE 1, 2, 3 or 4 can be


controlled by system controller
2048_M_I

(3) Function of system controller is 10 types accord- Fig. 3-42


3 ing to combination of central control/remote
control mode and ALL/ZONE mode setting as the
table 9-1.
(4) Stick the system controller unit label in a con- Table 9-1
spicuous position.
Central control Remote control
4 ALL 1. ALL/Central 6. ALL/Remote
ZONE1 2. ZONE1/Central 7. ZONE1/Remote
ZONE2 3. ZONE2/Central 8. ZONE2/Remote

5 ZONE3
ZONE4
4. ZONE3/Central
5. ZONE4/Central
9. ZONE3/Remote
10. ZONE4/Remote

3 - 64
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

■ How to perform zone registration

To operate the system controller properly, zone registration is required after finishing the test run (and after
setting all indoor unit addresses) using one of the following methods.

(a) Zone registration using the remote controller (RCS-TM80BG)


Refer to page 3-67

(b) Zone registration using the system controller (SHA-KC64UG)


Refer to page 3-68

(c) Automatic zone registration using the system controller (SHA-KC64UG)


Refer to page 3-69

For methods (a) and (b), you should make a zone registration table manually before performing the registra-
tion as shown on the next page.

For method (c), zone registration is executed automatically, proceeding from small indoor unit address and
small central addresses to larger numbers in numerical order. For example:

Central address 1 2 3 4 5 6 1
ZONE–group 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6
Indoor unit address 1-1 1-2 2-1 2-2 2-3 3-1

2
NOTE 1. An indoor unit address is assigned to each indoor unit during automatic address opera-
tion. Each indoor unit address combines an R.C. address and indoor unit number as
follows:

1–1 : Indoor unit address (UNIT No.) 3


Indoor unit No.
Refrigerant circuit No. (R.C. address)
2084_M_I

4
This address is displayed on remote controller for UNIT No. when the UNIT button is
pressed.

2. The central address represents the zone and group number. These addressed are
assigned in ascending numerical order. 5

3 - 65
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

■ ZONE registration table

Indoor unit Indoor unit


Central address Central address
ZONE GROUP address (UNIT No.) Unit location ZONE GROUP address (UNIT No.) Unit location

1 1 1 33

2 2 2 34

3 3 3 35

4 4 4 36

5 5 5 37

6 6 6 38

7 7 7 39

1 8 8 3 8 40

9 9 9 41

10 10 10 42
1 11 11 11 43

12 12 12 44

13 13 13 45
2 14 14 14 46

15 15 15 47

16 16 16 48

3 1 17 1 49

2 18 2 50

3 19 3 51

4 4 20 4 52

5 21 5 53

6 22 6 54

7 23 7 55
5
2 8 24 4 8 56

9 25 9 57

10 26 10 58
6 11 27 11 59

12 28 12 60

13 29 13 61
7 14 30 14 62

15 31 15 63

16 32 16 64

8 NOTE 1. Assign indoor unit addresses to the desired positions (central addresses)
manually.
2. For group control, only the main indoor unit should be assigned.
Sub indoor units cannot be assigned.
3 - 66
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

(a) Zone registration using the remote controller


(RCS-TM80BG)
(Determination of central address)

● In this case, after confirming which indoor unit is


connected to the remote controller and that the air
conditioner in the OFF state, you set the central
addresses one at a time.

● If the system has no remote controller, connect a


remote controller to the system temporarily. Then
follow this procedure.

NOTE
The indoor unit address must already have been set
before performing zone registration. If necessary, refer
to the Installation Manual supplied with the outdoor
unit.

(1) Press the and buttons at the same time


1
of the remote controller for more than 4 seconds.

(2) Do not press buttton.

(3) Once in this mode, the UNIT No., CODE No., No. 2
of SET DATA and indications will flash on
the display as shown Fig. 3-43.

NOTE 3
In case of group control “ALL” instead of “UNIT No.”
will flash on the display. Select the main indoor unit
address by pressing the button once.

(4) Set CODE No. to 03 using the and Fig. 3-43


2049_M_I
4
( ) buttons.

NOTE

The CODE No. 03 must be selected to perform zone


5
registration using the remote controller.

(5) Set the Central address which you want to assign


to the indoor unit address using the and 6
( ) buttons according to the zone
registration table.

(6) Press the button. The CODE No. and Central


address changes from flashing to ON state. If you
7
make mistake, then press the button and 2050_M_I

reset the central address. For example, in this case


Indoor unit address: 1–8
(7) Press the button to finish zone registration. Central address : 17 (ZONE 2, GROUP 1) 8
Fig. 3-44

3 - 67
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

(b) Zone registration using the system controller


(SHA-KC64UG)
● In this case, you set all Central addresses by If no data is
system controller at once manually. registered
ZONE 1 2 3 4 6 no number is
ZONE
9 displayed.
(1) Press the and ZONE buttons at the same
Selected group
time for more than 4 seconds. No. if no data is
registered.
and CODE No. C1 will flash.
If data is
(2) After confirming that CODE No. C1 is displayed, registered
press the button. Once in this mode, a the unit No.
GROUP
is displayed.
change takes place as Fig. 3-45. SELECT ZONE

(3) Select the zone and group No. which you want to
set with ZONE and (GROUP)
buttons. 2051_M_I

If already set, press the buttons. Fig. 3-45

1 (4) Set the unit No. (Indoor unit address) with


and buttons, according to the zone registra-
ZONE 1 2 3 4 6 7
ZONE
tion table. 9

R.C. No. .................... button


2 Indoor unit No. .......... button

(5) Press the button.


GROUP No. turns ON and UNIT No. (Indoor unit
GROUP
address) changes from flashing to ON state.
3 UNIT No. is registered to selected ZONE No. and
SELECT ZONE

GROUP No..
If you make mistake, then press the button
and reselect the ZONE, GROUP and UNIT No. 2052_M_I

4 (6) Register the other UNIT No. in the same way by For example, in the case at left
Zone 3, group No. 7
following the steps (3) to (5). Unit No. (indoor unit address) 2-8
(7) Finally, complete the registration by pressing the
Unit No. 2-8 is registered to zone 3-group 7.
5 button.
flashes for a few minutes, then OFF. Fig. 3-46

3 - 68
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

(c) Automatic zone registration using the system


controller (SHA-KC64UG)

(1) Press the and ZONE buttons at the same


time for more than 4 seconds. ZONE 1 2 3 4 6
ZONE
9
and CODE No. C1 will flash.

(2) Select CODE. No. C2 by pressing and


( ) button and press the button.
C2 changes from flashing to ON state and
automatic zone registration will start.
GROUP
SELECT ZONE
(3) Registered GROUP No. will be disappeared all.

(4) Central address will be assigned from small


indoor unit address to large one in numerical
order automatically. 2053_M_I

Finishing automatic zone registration, Fig. 3-47


changes from flashing to OFF.
1
(5) If the error is happened, the “CHECK” starts
flashing and zone registration finishes at this
time. Press the button.

(6) Finally, complete automatic zone registration 2


mode by pressing the button.
flashes for a few minutes, then OFF.

3 - 69
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. System Controller

How to check overlapping of central address No.

(1) Press the and ZONE buttons at the same


time for more than 4 seconds. ZONE 1 2 3 4 6
ZONE
9
and CODE No. C1 will flash.

(2) Select CODE. No. C3 by pressing ,


( ) button and press the button.
C3 changes from flashing to ON state and
will flash. Then auto. overlap checking will start .
GROUP
SELECT ZONE
(3) If C3 changes from ON to flashing and
stops flashing and disappears, there is no over-
lapping.
Then finally, complete the auto overlap checking
2054_M_I
mode by pressing the button.
Fig. 3-48
(4) If some of GROUP No., ZONE No. and UNIT No.
flash, you should try again the zone registration.
1 1 Select CODE No. C1 by pressing ,
( ) button and press the button.
2 Select the flashing GROUP No. with ZONE
and GROUP button.
2 Then press the button and reselect the
ZONE, GROUP and UNIT No.
3 Then finally, complete the auto. overlap
checking mode by pressing the button.
3

3 - 70
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer
Schedule Timer / SHA-TM64AGB
Operation Buttons

A: PROGRAM button
E: HOLIDAY button
B: PROG. COPY buttons
F: CANCEL button
C: CLEAR button
G: TIMER OFF button

D: Setting buttons 1
A: PROGRAM button Use to start setting programs and to enter program settings.
B: PROG. COPY buttons Use to copy programs to groups or specific days in a schedule.
C: CLEAR button Press to clear the settings of the currently displayed program.
• The current program is not cleared unless the button is pressed after pressing
2
the CLEAR button.
D: Setting buttons Use to make program settings and to set the present time.
Press to set groups for programmed operation.

Press to set today’s day and days of programmed operation.


3
Press to set the present time and times used in programmed operation.

Use to start/stop indoor units via the timer.

Use to enable/disable remote controller operation via the timer.


4
Use to set programmed operation trigger time.

• Program settings are not entered unless the button is pressed at the end of
setting operations. 5
E: HOLIDAY button Press to set and cancel holidays during a scheduled week of operation.
F: CANCEL button Press to cancel the current program setting operation, copying operation or holiday setting
operation. When the CANCEL button is held down for 2 seconds, the current setting
operation or copying operation is canceled and the normal display returns.
G: TIMER OFF button Press to turn the timer OFF when timer operation will not be used for a long period of time.
6
When this button is held down for 2 seconds, appears on the display. Programs
cannot be run until the button is again held down for 2 seconds.

Some of the above features are disabled when the unit is installed. If the button of a 7
disabled feature is pressed, appears on the display. For more information, contact
your dealer.

3 - 71
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Display

A B C D E

G
H

I J

A: Today’s day of the week ( ) Indicates today’s day of the week.


B: Program schedule indication ( ) Appears under days that are scheduled for program operation.
C: Holiday schedule indication ( ) Appears around scheduled holidays.

1 D: ERROR indication
E: Timer program
Displayed when a mistake is made during timer setting.
Displays set timer programs. Also, indicates the copy source/destination during
group program copying.
F: Group No. Up to 8 groups can be selected and displayed.
G: (Disabled Feature) indication Displayed if the selected feature was disabled during installation.
2 H: TIMER OFF indication Displayed when the timer has been turned OFF.
I: Copy mode indication Displayed when copying a program into a group or day of the schedule.
J: Present time Displays the present time on a 24-hour clock. Also, displays settings in the
various setting modes.
3
Using the Schedule Timer
To use the schedule timer, follow the steps below.
STEP1 Turn ON power to the air conditioner.
Turn ON power to the air conditioner connected to the schedule timer. The schedule timer performs initial
4 communications with the indoor units, during which blinks on the display.

NOTE
Do not turn off the power mains in heating and cooling seasons. (This keeps the crankcase heater electricity
5 turned on, which protects the compressor at startup.) If the air conditioner has been OFF for a long period of time,
turn on power 5 hours before starting operation.
STEP 2 Make the initial settings of the schedule timer.
Set the present time and today's day of the week. (Refer to page 3-74.)

6 STEP 3 Set up programs of the schedule timer.


Make settings for programmed operation. (Refer to page 3-86.)

3 - 72
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Setting the Present Time


Set the present time. (Example: When the present time is 12:45)
STEP 1 Hold down the SET button and press the HH button to set the
hour.
The hour increases 1 hour at a time with each single press of the
HH button while the SET button is held down.
The hour scrolls rapidly when both the SET button and HH but-
ton are held down. (Example: To set 12:00, release the HH but-
ton when “12” is displayed.)
When the SET button is released, the hour is set and the indica-
tion changes from blinking to lighting.

STEP 2 Hold down the SET button and press the MM button to set the
minutes.
1
The minutes increase 1 minute at a time with each single press
of the MM button while the SET button is held down.
The minutes scroll rapidly when both the SET button and MM
button are held down. (Example: To set 00:45, release the MM
button when “45” is displayed.)
When the SET button is released, the minutes are set and the
2
indication changes from blinking to lighting.

NOTE
Pressing just the HH or MM button does not change the time.
4

3 - 73
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Setting Today's Day of the Week


Set today's day of the week. (Example: When today is Wednesday)
STEP 1 Hold down the SET button and press the DAY button to set
today's day of the week.
blinks and moves 1 day at a time across the days of the week
with each single press of the DAY button while the SET button is
held down.
When the SET button is released, the day of the week is set and
the changes from blinking to lighted.

NOTE
Pressing just the DAY button does not change the day of the week.

3 - 74
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Setting Up Programmed Operations


Example settings
Correctly set the present time and today's day of the week.
Unless both are correctly set, the programs will not run as expected.
Up to 6 programmed operations can be set per day for each group and day
of the week.
A combination of the below operations can be set for each timer program.
– Air conditioner starting/stopping
– Remote controller operation enable/disable *1
To change the settings of an existing program, use the same procedure used
to set up a new program as below.

*1 The remote controller operation enable/disable setting is disabled depend-


ing on installation conditions. If so, appears on the display when the
button is pressed.
For more information, contact your dealer.

STEP 1 Press the PROGRAM button to select a group.


When the PROGRAM button is pressed, the group No. and to-
day's day of the week start blinking and the present time indica-
tion changes to a blinking “PG-1”.
1
Press the GROUP button to select a group for programmed op-
eration and then press the SET button.

NOTE
2
Group selection is disabled depending on installation conditions.
If so, proceed to the next step.
The number of selectable groups is set during installation.

STEP 2 Press the DAY button and select a day of the week for pro- 3
grammed operation.
When the SET button is pressed, the program schedule marker
changes from blinking to lighting and, at the same time,
the time set in program starts blinking. Also, the present time
indication changes to a blinking “PG-2”. 4
NOTE
The currently selected day of the week blinks slowly at this time.
5

3 - 75
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

STEP 3 Set up the program and press the SET button.


Select timer operation with the (timer ON/ OFF) button
and (remote controller operation enable/disable) but-
ton. Then, set the trigger time with the HH and MM buttons, and
press the SET button.
When the SET button is pressed, the time set in program
changes from blinking to lighting and, at the same time, the time
set in program starts blinking.
NOTE
Every time the button is pressed, the timer indication
changes in the order of (ON) (OFF) no indication.
Every time the button is pressed, the remote controller
indication changes in the order of (enabled) (disabled) no
indication.
The remote control operation enable/disable setting is disabled
depending on installation conditions. In this case, only timer ON/
OFF can be set.

1 STEP 4 Set up programs ~ in the same way.


When the SET button is pressed, settings are automatically ar-
ranged in the order of earliest time first.
If the SET button is pressed without any new settings being
made in the program, program starts blinking again and set-
2 tings can be changed.
Similarly, if the SET button is pressed after setting up program
, program starts blinking again.

4 STEP 5 Press the PROGRAM button.


Program settings are entered and the normal display returns.

6
STEP 6 Set up programmed operation for other groups and days of the week in the same way.
Programs that have already been set up can be copied into other groups and days of the week. (Refer to page
7 3-79.)

NOTE
A “0:00” time setting is interpreted to mean 12:00 midnight.
To cancel program settings during program setup (while “PG-1” or “PG-2” is blinking on the display),
8 hold down the CANCEL button for more than 2 seconds. The normal display returns.
If settings are canceled without pressing the PROGRAM button, settings are not entered.

3 - 76
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Setting Errors
If time is set as shown below while setting up a program, “ERROR” is displayed (the indication blinks).
Therefore, correct the time setting.

If Program Times are the Same

STEP 1 Every time the SET button is pressed, the setting mode switches between programmed operations of the same
time setting ( and in the above example), therefore select the time setting to correct.
STEP 2 Change the time setting with the HH and MM buttons so that the times are no longer the same.
STEP 3 Press the SET button and check “ERROR” is not displayed.
STEP 4 Press the PROGRAM button to end the setting mode.
1
Example of Time Settings That Do Not Cause Errors
The below time settings do not generate an error.

2
1) When ON and OFF times are staggered 2) When OFF time is earlier than ON time

3 - 77
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

How to Check Program Times


You can check the programmed times for each group and day of the week.
STEP 1 Press the GROUP button and select a group whose time you
want to check.

NOTE
Group selection is disabled depending on installation conditions.
If so, proceed to the next step.

STEP 2 Press the DAY button.


When the DAY button is pressed the first time, tomorrow's day of
the week starts blinking and the program settings for tomorrow
are displayed.
Every time the DAY button is pressed, the program settings
change in order of the days of the week.
1 Pressing the GROUP button displays the program settings of
another group on that same day.

2
STEP 3 STEP 3 End checking.
Press the CLEAR button. The normal display returns.

3 NOTE
Holding down the CANCEL button for more than 2 seconds also
returns the normal display.

3 - 78
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

How to Copy Program Times


You can copy the already set program of one day into another day (Day Program Copying), as well as copy the week pro-
grammed for one group into another group (Group Program Copying).

Example of Day Program Copying Example of Group Program Copying


(Copying Monday’s program into Tuesday) (Copying group No. 1’s program into group No. 2)

How to Copy Day Programs


1
STEP 1 Press the PROG. COPY DAY button.
The group No. and the over today's day start blinking and
“CP-1” starts blinking in the present time display area. In this
state, select a group in which to copy day programs, using the 2
GROUP button.

STEP 2 Select a source day program to copy.


Every time the DAY button is pressed, the moves across the
days of the week display, therefore select a day of the week that 4
will serve as the copy source.
Once having selected the copy source day, press the SET button
to set it. The display changes to key you to select a copy destina-
tion day.
5

6
STEP 3 Select a copy destination day.
When the schedule timer is ready for you to select a copy des-
tination day, “CP-2” starts blinking in the present time display
area, while the selected copy source day blinks in the days of the
week.
7
Therefore, select a day of the week as the copy destination, us-
ing the DAY button.

3 - 79
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

STEP 4 Press the SET button to copy.


Press the SET button and the program schedule marker
will be displayed.

STEP 5 Select other copy destination days if desired.


You can copy the selected source day program into other days
by repeatedly pressing the DAY button to select a day of the
week followed by the SET button to set it.

NOTE
1 Pressing the CLEAR button extinguishes the program schedule
marker and cancels the copy operation.

2
STEP 6 Press the PROG. COPY DAY button to enter the copied pro-
gram in the selected days.
3 The normal display returns.

5
NOTE
If a program already exists in the copy destination day, the newly copied program overwrites the existing program.
6 If you accidentally copy over a program in the day program copy mode, holding down the CANCEL button for more
than 2 seconds returns the program to the point prior to pressing the PROG. COPY DAY button in STEP 1. (All
changes and copy operations made up until that point are cleared.)

3 - 80
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

How to Copy Group Programs


STEP 1 Press the PROG. COPY GROUP button.
“CP-1” starts blinking in the present time display area and “CP”
(copy) starts blinking in the program area to indicate the
copy source.

STEP 2 Select a source group program to copy.


Select a copy source group using the GROUP button.
Once having selected the copy source group, press the SET but-
ton to set it.

2
STEP 3 Select a copy destination group.
After pressing the SET button, “CP-2” starts blinking in the
present time display area, the copy source group No. set ap-
pears in the program area, and “PA” (paste) starts blinking in 3
the program area to indicate the copy destination.
Select a copy destination group using the GROUP button.

5
STEP 4 Enter the selected copy destination group.
When the SET button is pressed, the number of the copy desti-
nation group appears in the program No. area.

NOTE
If a group from numbers 1 to 4 was selected as the copy desti-
6
nation group, that number appears in the program area. If a
group from numbers 5 to 8 was selected, that number appears in
the program area.
7

3 - 81
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

STEP 5 Select other copy destination groups if desired.


You can copy the selected source group programs into other
groups by repeatedly pressing the GROUP button to select a
group followed by the SET button to set it.

NOTE
If a group from numbers 1 to 4 was selected as the copy desti-
nation group, that number appears in the program area. If a
group from numbers 5 to 8 was selected, that number appears in
the program area.

STEP 6 Press the PROG. COPY GROUP button to enter the copied
programs in the selected groups.
The normal display returns.

2
NOTE
If a program already exists in the copy destination group, the newly copied program overwrites the existing pro-
gram.
3 If you accidentally copy over a program in the group program copy mode, holding down the CANCEL button for
more than 2 seconds returns the program to the point prior to pressing the PROG. COPY GROUP button in STEP 1. (All
changes and copy operations made up until that point are cleared.)

3 - 82
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

How to Set Holidays in a Scheduled Week of Operation


Operations programmed for a specific day during the week can be temporarily disabled by setting that day as a holiday.
When the set holiday passes, the holiday setting is canceled and operation is resumed as programmed the following week.
Holidays can be selected for the week starting from today's day. If today is selected as a holiday, the holiday setting is can-
celed from the next programmed operation. (Depending on the program, if the program is currently running, the program may
not stop.)

Example Setting

Today is Thursday and Friday When Friday comes, the When Saturday comes,
is set as a holiday. program set for that day does Friday’s holiday setting is
not run. canceled.

STEP 1 STEP 1 Press the GROUP button to select a group to go on


holiday.
NOTE
1
Depending on installation conditions, group selection is disabled
or set so that all groups are automatically selected for the holiday
feature. If so, proceed to the next step.
2

3
STEP 2 Press the HOLIDAY button.
“HL” starts blinking in the present time display area and today's
day of the week starts blinking.
4

STEP3 Select a day as the holiday using the DAY button, and press
the SET button.
6
A“ ” appears over the selected holiday.
To select other holidays, select a day using the DAY button and
set it with the SET button.
If you made a mistake or want to cancel a holiday, press the 7
CLEAR button.

3 - 83
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

STEP 4 Press the HOLIDAY button to enter the holiday.


The normal display returns.

To halt programmed operation for one week or more, you can disable all timer programs.
Once the timer has been disabled, programmed operations are not run until the below procedure is performed.
NOTE
During installation, the remote controller will be set to disable the timer for individual groups. In this state, the timer is disa-

1 bled only for the selected group, therefore press the GROUP button to confirm which group is selected.

Hold down the T IMER OFF button for more than To turn the timer back ON, hold down the TIMER
2 seconds OFF button for more than 2 seconds

4
appears on the display. The timer is goes out and the timer is enabled
disabled from the next scheduled program. from the next scheduled program.

3 - 84
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

How to Clear Programs


When the PROGRAM button is pressed, the group No.
Press the PROGRAM button. and the present day of the week start blinking and the
present time indication changes to a blinking “PG-1”.
Press the GROUP button to select a group to clear.

NOTE
Group selection will be disabled during installation. If so,
proceed to the next step.
Holding down the CANCEL button for more than 2 sec-
onds returns the program to the point prior to pressing the
PROGRAM button. (All operations made up until that point
are cleared.)

1
To cancel specific days To cancel individual programs on specific days

Select a day to cancel using the DAY button and press the Select a day and press the SET button.
CLEAR button. All settings in programmed operations Programmed operations through start blinking in 5
through are cleared. The display appears as shown rotation, therefore press the CLEAR button when the pro-
above. grammed operation to clear starts blinking. (The remaining
Press the PROGRAM button to enter the clear operation. programmed operations are automatically arranged in the
The normal display returns without the program schedule order of earliest time first.)
marker underneath the days of the week. Press the PROGRAM button to enter the clear operation.
The normal display returns.
6
Example:
Display after clearing programmed
operation above
7

3 - 85
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Schedule Timer and Air Conditioner Operation


Air conditioners operate either according to operations programmed from the schedule timer (starting/stopping and remote con-
trol operation enable/disable) or according to a connected remote controller or system controller.
Schedule timer settings (Example)

Operation without system controller operation


If remote controller operation is enabled, the air conditioner can be started/stopped from the remote controller.
(The air conditioner responds to the most recently pressed button.)

8:00 12:00 13:00 17:00 18:00 20:00


1 Stopped Stopped Stopped

Air conditioner Running Running


operation

2 Remote controller
Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled
operation *1
*3
*2
*1 Whether remote controller operation is enabled or disabled depends on the setting of the
3 previous day.
*2 Since remote controller operation is disabled, operation remains disabled.
*3 The remote controller remains disabled the next day and thereafter until it is enabled in the
remote controller operation enable/disable setting.

4 Operation with system controller operation


If remote controller operation is enabled, the air conditioner can be started/stopped from the remote controller.
(The air conditioner responds to the most recently pressed button.)
The remote controller operation enable/disable set from the system controller (Centralized control 1 to 4) is canceled accord-
ing to programmed operations.
5
Operation from the system controller
[Stop + RC operation disable]
[Stop + RC operation enable]
6
8:00 12:00 13:00 17:00 18:00 20:00

Air conditioner
7 operation
Stopped Running Stopped Running Stopped

Disabled Disabled Disabled


Remote controller
Enabled Enabled Enabled
operation *1
8
*1 Whether remote controller operation is enabled or disabled depends on the setting of the
previous day.

3 - 86
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Power Outages
If the air conditioner is running when power is lost, the air conditioner remains OFF when power is restored. Also, if remote con-
troller operation was disabled when power was lost, it is enabled for a few minutes when power is restored.
Programmed operations scheduled for times that come after power is restored run as usual.
Program settings are retained in the non-volatile memory of the schedule timer, therefore they are not cleared in the event of
a power outage. Also, the present time and today's day of the week are retained for a maximum of 100 hours by the internal
battery.

Schedule timer settings (Example)

Operation when power is not lost

1
8:00 12:00 13:00 17:00 18:00 20:00
Air conditioner Stopped Stopped Stopped Stopped
operation
Running Running Running
2
Remote controller
operation
Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled
*1
3
*1 Whether remote controller operation is enabled or disabled depends on the setting of the
previous day.

Operation when power is lost at 15:00 and subsequently restored 4


Power lost here.
15:00
8:00 12:00 13:00 17:00 18:00 20:00
Stopped Stopped
5
Air conditioner
Running Running Stopped Running Stopped
Power outage

operation

6
Remote controller
operation *1 Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled

*2
*1 Whether remote controller operation is enabled or disabled depends on the setting of the
7
previous day.
*2 Remote controller operation is enabled for a few minutes after power is restored.

3 - 87
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Troubleshooting
Before requesting servicing, check the following.
Trouble Cause/Remedy
Check before requesting servicing

blinks on the display. The schedule timer is performing initial communications with
connected indoor units. Wait for communications to finish.
Air conditioners do not operate as scheduled when the set time The timer has been disabled. (Refer to pages 3-77 and 3-87.)
comes. A holiday has been scheduled. (Refer to page 3-83.)
Air conditioners can be started and stopped from the remote Power to the air conditioner was lost and subsequently restored.
controller even though the program disables remote controller (Refer to page 3-87.)
operation.
blinks in the present time display area. Power to the air conditioner was lost for a long period of time.
Set the present time and today’s day of the week again. (Refer to
pages 3-73 and 3-74.)

3 If trouble persists despite taking the above action, stop the schedule timer, turn off the unit and report the serial number and
problem to your dealer. Never service the unit yourself as this is dangerous.

3 - 88
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Accessories for Schedule Timer


No. Supplied parts Q'ty No. Supplied parts Q'ty
T10 power wire
5 Spacers 2
1 1
Wire joints
(with current fuse) *1 6 6
T10 relay wire *2
2 1 Operation
7 manual
1

Installation
Power wire for 8 1
connection to manual
3 system controller 1

Machine screw
4 M4 × 30
1
Indoor unit control PCB
T10 connector (6P, yellow)
*1 If the fuse blows as a result of a wiring short-circuit, mis-
wiring, or overcurrent, replace it with a 125 V, 0.1 A fuse. 4-series 1
type
*2 Use with 3-series type (Fig. 3-49).
1. Power wire 2. Relay wire

Installing the Schedule Timer 3-series


type
NOTE • Avoid twisting the inter-unit control wiring or the 2
input/output wiring together with power or other Fig. 3-49
wiring, and avoid running them in the same
metal conduit. Doing so can cause malfunction.
• Install the schedule timer at a location away
from any sources of electrical noise. JIS C8340
Switch box for 1 switch (no cover)
3
• Install a noise filter or take other appropriate
or switch box for 2 switches (no cover)
action if electrical noise affects the power
M4 × 25 machine Spacer
supply circuit of the unit. flat-head screws (2)

(1) Open the panel on the schedule timer unit. Insert a stand- 4
ard (flat-head) screwdriver or similar tool into the notches
on the bottom of the schedule timer unit to open and
remove the back case.
(2) Use the 2 supplied M4 machine screws and install the Schedule
Under-case
schedule timer back case onto the switch box. Before in-
stalling, use a screwdriver or similar tool to press on and
timer unit Decorative
(back case)
5
cover (panel)
open the screw holes that correspond to the JIS box that
is used. When fastening the case, use spacers and do not
tighten the screws too much. If the schedule timer does
not fit tightly against the wall, cut the spacers as required
to make adjustments. 6
(3) Connect the supplied power wire (2-core) and inter-unit
control wire (3-core) to the schedule timer unit. (Refer to Fig. 3-50
“Wiring the Schedule Timer.”)
(4) Align the schedule timer unit with the tabs on the back
case and press to install it. 7

3 - 89
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Installation of Connected Schedule Timers


When installing schedule timers (remote controller switches, system controllers, etc.) onto the wall, use the method shown in
Figs. 3-51 and 3-52.
More than More than
More than 3-3/4" 4-15/16"
More than 4-15/16"
3-3/4" (From wall) (For connected
(From wall) (For connected installation)
installation)

Remote controller
wiring outlet
Remote controller
wiring outlet
JIS C8340
Switch box for 2
JIS C8340 switches (no cover)
Switch box for 1 * For maintenance reasons, leave a gap of 1" or more between the
switch (no cover)
remote controller switch and schedule timer if they are arranged in
1 Fig. 3-51
parallel above/below each other.

Fig. 3-52

Wiring the Schedule Timer


2 Before beginning wiring
Communications wiring
(Inter-unit control wiring)
Power wiring
Remote controller
wiring outlet
– Use AWG#20 to AWG#14 wires for field supply wiring.
– For inter-unit control wiring, use signal wires that allow the
remote controller wiring to be differentiated from the power Pre-
Do not allow a screwdriver or other
metal object to touch the PCB Power (remote

3 wiring, and take care to prevent miswiring. (Miswiring will


damage the schedule timer.)
cautions terminals when the power is ON.

All switches are


OFF when the unit
terminal controller
terminal)
Permitted items for
controller operation
Communi-
cations is shipped. 1
– Check that the schedule timer communications wiring and terminal : OFF
: ON Permit all modes Permit the below items only
power wiring are connected correctly. (Fig. 3-53) Connected device
1
Prohibited items for controller operation
2
Inter-unit Remote controller 3
communication (4 wires) 4

4 <Basic Wiring Diagram>


Timer group setting Remote controller prohibit
Start/
setting mode Stop
2
3
Route the A/C inter-unit control wiring for central control 1Gr 2Gr 3Gr Manual
Temp. Opr.

fixed fixed fixed assignment


as shown in the figure at right.
not used.

Schedule timer address


5
The maximum number of indoor units that can be con- 6
7 Current-time synchro-
nected to a single system is 64. The maximum number of 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 nization communication

5 outdoor units is 30.


The maximum number of schedule timer units that can be
Fig. 3-53
connected is 8. (A maximum of 10 schedule timer units
and other central control devices can be connected.)

System
6 System 1 System 2
3

Inter-unit control
wiring

1-1 1-2 1-3 2-1 2-2 2-3 3-1

7
Schedule timer

Fig. 3-54
NOTE Depending on the model of A/C, a local adapter
8 may be required.

3 - 90
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Wiring
The schedule timer wiring can be connected by the following two methods. Select one of these connection methods according to
the actual installation location.
When wiring, extend the lengths of the wires using wire joints (provided) and extension wires (field supply).

When installing multiple schedule timers, avoid


CAUTION the use of cross-over wiring.

Connection diagram (Be sure to use the provided wires as the power wiring.)
If a system controller is also installed: Inter-unit control wiring Field supply

Communication
wiring
(pink + blue)

Power wiring
(white & black)

System controller Schedule


1
(Back side) timer

Fig. 3-55
Connect the wires for the schedule timer inter-unit control wiring (see Note below) to the C1 and C2 terminals on the system
controller terminal board. Connect the system controller power wiring to CN02 and to the schedule timer power wires (white +
2
black).
The inter-unit control wiring has no polarity. The wiring may be connected in either direction to C1 and C2.
The power wiring has no polarity. The wiring may be connected in reverse.
The length of the power wiring must be no more than 328 ft.
Note: The inter-unit control wires are pink + blue + blue (using wire joint crimping). Use pink + blue wires.
3
If a system controller is not installed (power is sup- Indoor unit control Indoor unit
plied from the indoor unit): PCB Field supply
T10
1 4
U1 U2
Power wiring
(white + black)
Inter-unit
control wiring
Communication Schedule 5
wiring (pink + blue) timer

Fig. 3-56
If power is supplied from the indoor unit control PCB of a nearby indoor unit, connect the provided T10 terminal connection
wires to the T10 terminal on the indoor unit control PCB, and to the schedule timer power wires. 6
The inter-unit control wiring has no polarity. The wiring may be connected in either direction to U1 and U2.
If necessary, use a relay wire when connecting the wiring to the indoor unit control PCB.
The power wiring has no polarity. The wiring may be connected in reverse.
The length of the power wiring must be no more than 656 ft.

NOTE The only functions of the schedule timer are indoor unit ON/OFF and remote controller enable/disable operations. 7
It is therefore recommended that during installation, a system controller, remote controller, or similar device be
installed next to the schedule timer so that the operation mode and other information can be checked.
(If the system controller or other central control device is not present, the schedule timer cannot be used in combi-
nation with a system that does not utilize remote controllers.)
8

3 - 91
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

About the Setting Switches


Complete the switch settings before turning ON the schedule timer power.

S41 S42
Connection (1) Remote Controller Enable Items (1)
1 1
If remote controller enable/disable is used,
This switch should be OFF for normal
2 2 this switch sets the range for remote
use. Turn S41 switch ON only for
controller enable (cancel).
systems that are compatible with the 3
3 Enable all items* that can be controlled
former weekly timer service.
4 with the remote controller.
4
OFF
5 Timer Group Settings (2, 3) 5 Enable only the items determined by
setting switches 2, 3, and 4.
6 Function 2 3 6
ON
7 1 timer group – fixed OFF OFF 7 This switch should be OFF for normal use,
or when remote controller enable/disable is
8 4 timer group – fixed OFF ON 8 not used.
8 timer group – fixed ON OFF
OFF ON * This refers to the following items: start/stop,
OFF ON Manual group setting ON ON operation mode, temperature setting, flap,
* These switches What is a timer group? * These switches and fan speed.
are all OFF at This is a group of indoor units, created by are all OFF at the
the time of dividing the central control addresses of the 64 time of delivery.
delivery. indoor units that are connected to the inter-unit
control wiring, and assigning a timer program to
each group.

1 Central Control Main/Sub


Switching (4)
Sub: OFF
Main: ON

(1) Set to “sub” (OFF) when using together with the AMY
adapter, communications adapter, intelligent
controller, multi-controller, LON I/F, and system
controller.
(2) In cases other than (1) above, when using together
2 with an ON/OFF central controller, set to “main” (ON)
when only 1 schedule timer unit is used.
Remote Controller Disable Item Switches (2, 3, 4)
When timer remote controller disable is used, set the remote controller
disable item switches according to the items for which remote
(3) In cases other than (1) above, and when using with controller operation will be disabled.
multiple schedule timer units, set only 1 unit to “main”
(ON) and set the remainder to “sub” (OFF). Remote controller disabled items 2 3 4
Remote controller disable not used OFF OFF OFF

3 Schedule Timer Address Settings (5, 6, 7)


A maximum of 8 schedule timer units can be connected to the inter-unit
Start/stop
Operation mode
Central 1
Central 4
OFF OFF
OFF ON
ON
OFF
control wiring. If multiple units are connected, use the setting switches Operation mode + Start/stop OFF ON ON
and allocate the addresses, taking care to avoid duplication.
Temperature setting ON OFF OFF
Function 5 6 7 Temperature setting + Start/stop ON OFF ON

4 Address 1
Address 2
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
Temperature setting + Operation mode Central 3
Temperature setting + Operation mode + Start/stop
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Central 2
Address 3 OFF ON OFF
Central 1 – 4 are the designations for the remote-controller disable
Address 4 OFF ON ON modes for the system controller.
Address 5 ON OFF OFF
Simultaneous time communications (5) Disabled: OFF Enabled: ON
5 Address 6
Address 7
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
When multiple schedule timers are installed, set this switch to ON to
perform time settings for multiple units simultaneously. One minute
Address 8 ON ON ON after the time is set, the time at the other schedule timers will change
to match the set time. (Ordinarily this switch is OFF.)

Holiday and Operation Disable Settings for Each Group (8)


Spare (6, 7, 8)
When this setting switch is OFF, units are all controlled together. When this
6 switch is ON, the units are controlled by the settings for each timer group.
Be sure that these switches are OFF when the system is used.

3 - 92
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Creating Timer Groups


[Setting fixed timer groups]
The schedule timer can be set for 6 time status changes.
1 fixed timer group (64 units together)
These can be used to create up to 8 groups (timer groups).
For systems in which schedule timers are used, set the timer Schedule timer 4 fixed timer group (16 units together)
groups to match the central control addresses of the indoor 8 fixed timer group (8 units together)
units that will be subject to group timer control. Central control address 1 – 64
The timer-group settings for the schedule timer involve as-
signment of central control addresses. Therefore, use the
system controller (or other central control device) or wired
remote controllers to set the central control addresses of the 1 2 8 9 10 16
indoor units, then make the schedule timer settings.
Central control address 1 – 8 Central control address 9 – 16
Central control address 1 – 16

17 18 24 25 26 32

Central control address 17 – 24 Central control address 25 – 32

Central control address 17 – 32

1
33 34 40 41 42 48

Central control address 33 – 40 Central control address 41 – 48


Central control address 33 – 48 2

49 50 56 57 58 64

Central control address 49 – 56 Central control address 57 – 64


3
Central control address 49 – 64

Procedure for making fixed timer group settings (fixed groups)


(1) First, use a different central control device (system controller or other device) or the wired remote controllers to set the cen- 4
tral control addresses, as assigned in the figure above, to the indoor units that will be subject tom group timer control.
(2) Next, use S41 switches 2 and 3 to set the number of timer groups you wish to create.
(3) Finally, turn ON the schedule timer power. Initial communications are performed. (SCAn blinks in the display.) The normal
display appears after several minutes, and the timer group settings are confirmed.
5
Procedure for making manual timer group settings (manual group assignments)
Manual timer group settings allow central control addresses to be assigned freely within the timer groups.
(1) Turn ON S41 setting switches 2 and 3, then turn ON the power. Restart and initial communications are performed. (SCAn
blinks in the display.) The normal display appears after several minutes.
(2) When the normal display appears, press and hold the schedule timer button, the timer button, and the
6
button for 4 seconds or longer. “Ad-01” appears, blinking, in the current time display. (Ad indicates “address” and 01 is the
central address number.)
(3) Use the button in the area to select the timer group. Then use the button in the area to select the central
control address to assign and register for that timer group. Press the
address.
button to register the selected central control
7

3 - 93
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

(4) To continue registering addresses, repeat step (3). (Central control address numbers will be added to the right side of the
LCD display.) To cancel a registered central control address, use the button in the area to select the timer group,
then use the button in the area to select the central control address and press the button.
(5) Repeat steps (3) - (4) for each timer group. When registration is completed, press the timer button. The schedule
timer restarts automatically and performs initial communications. (SCAn blinks in the display.) The normal display appears
after several minutes, and the manually assigned timer group settings are confirmed.

Memory Back-Up Switch


After installation is completed, check that the backup switch on the reverse side of the schedule timer PCB is turned to ON.
(The backup battery will retain the current time for up to 100 hours.)

Backup switch
OFF

ON

Backup battery

1 Checking the Central Control Addresses and Operating the Units that are Controlled by the Schedule
Timer
The schedule timer communicates with the indoor units to check which central control addresses can be controlled with the cur-
rent timer control. The schedule timer can then be used to start and stop these units.
(1) Press and hold the schedule timer button, button, and CLEAR button for 4 seconds or longer. “Ad-(central
2 control address)” appears in sequence, blinking.
(2) Use the GROUP button in the area to display the blinking central control addresses in sequential order. In this way, it is
possible to check which central control addresses in the displayed timer group can be operated by the timer.
(3) With the selected timer group displayed, press the timer button. Each time the button is pressed the indoor units
in the displayed timer group start or stop. Pressing the button in this mode permits all items (operation start/stop,
3 operation mode, temperature setting items) at the indoor units in the displayed timer group where remote controller prohibit
is in effect.
(4) After checking the addresses and operating the units, press and hold the button for 2 seconds or longer. The sched-
ule timer display returns to the normal display and all controllable indoor units stop.

4 Explanation to Customers
After work is completed, present the Operation Manual and Information for the Person in Charge of Installation (Electrical)
Work to the customer.
Explain to the customer the methods for use of the system, as described in the Operation Manual.

3 - 94
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Schedule Timer

Installation Work Plan Schedule timer Central Indoor unit


Room
Use the wired remote controller to check the unit No. of Fixed timer group control Unit No.
name
1 4 8 addresses System - Indoor
the indoor units.
1 - , -
(Start the A/C unit with the wired remote controller, 2 - , -
then press the remote controller UNIT SELECT button 3 - , -
once to display the unit No. of the main unit.) 4 - , -
1
5 - , -
6 - , -
7 - , -
8 - , -
1
9 - , -
10 - , -
11 - , -
12 - , -
2
13 - , -
14 - , -
15 - , -
16 - , -
17 - , -
18 - , -
19 - , -
20 - , -
3
21
22
-
-
,
,
-
-
1
23 - , -
24 - , -
2
25 - , -
26 - , -

4
27
28
-
-
,
,
-
-
2
29 - , -
30 - , -
1 31 - , -
At the 32 - , -
time of
shipment
33
34
-
-
,
,
-
-
3
35 - , -
36 - , -
5
37 - , -
38 - , -
39
40
-
-
,
,
-
-
4
3
41 - , -
42 - , -
43 - , -
44 - , -
6
45
46
-
-
,
,
-
-
5
47 - , -
48 - , -
49 - , -
50 - , -
51
52
-
-
,
,
-
-
6
7
53 - , -
54 - , -
55 - , -
56 - , -
4
57
58
-
-
,
,
-
-
7
59 - , -
60 - , -
8
61 - , -
62 - , -
63
64
-
-
,
,
-
-
8

3 - 95
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

1. Operation Manual

Sanyo Centralized Control System

SHA-KT256EA
INTELLIGENT CONTROLLER
Operation Manual
1

3 - 96
Contents
6.8 Auxiliary Settings ............................................................................................................ 51
1 Important Safety Instructions ................................................................................................. 4
6.8.1 Registering zone names .......................................................................................... 51 Main6 Sub1
2 Features of the System ........................................................................................................... 8
6.8.2 Setting zone numbers and management targets ...................................................... 52 Main6 Sub2
3 System Configuration ............................................................................................................. 9
6.8.3 Programming timers ................................................................................................ 54 Main6 Sub3
4 Names and Functions of Parts ............................................................................................. 10
6.8.3.1 Programming daily timers ........................................................................... 54
5 Quick Reference .................................................................................................................... 13
6.8.3.2 Programming weekly timers ....................................................................... 57
6 Using the System .................................................................................................................. 15
6.8.4 Setting Tenant holiday/Timer special day ................................................................ 58 Main6 Sub4
6.1 Powering the System On ................................................................................................. 15
6.8.5 Prohibiting remote control use ................................................................................. 59 Main6 Sub5
6.2 Names and Functions of Screen Parts ............................................................................ 15
6.8.6 Setting distribution time zones ................................................................................ 60 Main6 Sub6
6.2.1 Initial communications screen ................................................................................. 15
6.8.7 Setting special distribution days .............................................................................. 61 Main6 Sub7
6.2.2 Operating screen example ...................................................................................... 16
6.8.8 Indoor unit settings ................................................................................................. 62 Main6 Sub8
6.3 Initial Settings ................................................................................................................. 18
6.8.9 Other settings ......................................................................................................... 63 Main6 Sub9
6.3.1 System setting flow ................................................................................................ 19
6.8.9.1 Checking the connection configuration ....................................................... 63
6.3.2 Setting the date, cut-off date, and distribution ratio calculation method ................... 22 Main5 Sub1
6.8.9.2 Registering passwords ................................................................................ 64
6.3.3 Setting central addresses, unit names and tenant numbers .................................... 24 Main5 Sub2
6.8.9.3 Selecting no-communications mode ........................................................... 64
6.3.4 Setting tenant names and distribution groups .......................................................... 26 Main5 Sub3
6.8.9.4 Buzzer sounds ........................................................................................... 64
6.3.5 Making pulse meter settings ................................................................................... 28 Main5 Sub 4
6.8.9.5 Initialization ................................................................................................ 64
6.3.6 Clear accumulation data .......................................................................................... 29 Main5 Sub5
6.8.9.6 LCD auto off settings .................................................................................. 65
6.4 Status Monitoring and Operation Screens ....................................................................... 30
6.8.9.7 Calibrating touch panels ............................................................................. 65
6.4.1 Displaying general information by tenant ................................................................. 30 Main
1 Sub1
6.8.9.8 Power off button ......................................................................................... 66
6.4.1.1 Operating units individually ......................................................................... 31
6.8.10 WEB settings ........................................................................................................ 67 Main
6 Sub1100
6.4.1.2 Operating all units by tenant ....................................................................... 32
6.8.11 User settings ......................................................................................................... 68 Main
6 Sub11
6.4.1.3 Operating all connected units ..................................................................... 33
6.9 System Configuration Changes ....................................................................................... 70
6.4.2 Displaying detailed information by tenant ................................................................ 34 Main1 Sub 2
6.9.1 When a system configuration change detected ....................................................... 70
6.4.3 Displaying general information by zone ................................................................... 35 Main1 Sub 3
6.9.2 When system configuration may change ................................................................. 71
6.4.4 Displaying detailed information by zone .................................................................. 36 Main1 Sub 4
7 Entering Text and Numbers .................................................................................................. 72
6.4.5 Displaying and operating all indoor units .................................................................. 37 Main1 Sub 5
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 97
7.1 Entering Numbers ........................................................................................................... 72
6.5 Total Data and Manual Cut-Off Processing ...................................................................... 38
7.2 Entering Text ................................................................................................................... 73
6.5.1 Displaying total data by indoor unit .......................................................................... 38 Main 2 Sub1
8 Connection of External Signals ........................................................................................... 75
6.5.2 Displaying total data by tenant ................................................................................ 39 Main 2 Sub2
8.1 Pulse Meter Input ............................................................................................................ 75
6.5.3 Displaying total data by outdoor unit ....................................................................... 40 Main 2 Sub3
8.2 All Stop Input .................................................................................................................. 76
6.5.4 Displaying pulse meter total data ............................................................................ 41 Main 2 Sub 4
8.3 All Start Input ................................................................................................................. 76
6.5.5 Performing manual cut-off processing and saving data ............................................ 42 Main 2 Sub5
8.4 All-Unit Alarm Output ...................................................................................................... 77
6.5.5.1 Manual cut-off processing .......................................................................... 42
8.5 All-Unit Operation Output ................................................................................................ 77
6.5.5.2 Saving data ................................................................................................ 43
9 Printing .................................................................................................................................. 78
6.5.5.3 Outputting distribution data in progress ....................................................... 43
9.1 Preparation ..................................................................................................................... 78
6.5.5.4 Restoring data ............................................................................................ 44
9.2 Connection ...................................................................................................................... 78
6.6 Air Conditioning Distribution Ratios and Energy Usage .................................................... 45
9.3 Restrictions ..................................................................................................................... 79
6.6.1 Displaying distribution ratios and energy usage by indoor unit ................................. 45 Main
3 Sub1
10 Calculating air conditioner distribution ............................................................................. 80
6.6.2 Displaying distribution ratios and energy usage by tenant ....................................... 46 Main
3 Sub2
10.1 Calculating simple distribution ....................................................................................... 80
6.6.3 Time zone totals and distribution ............................................................................. 47
10.2 Calculating air conditioner energy usage ....................................................................... 82
6.7 Maintenance and Test Runs ............................................................................................ 48
10.3 Calculating loaded distribution ....................................................................................... 83
6.7.1 Checking inspection signs ...................................................................................... 48 Main4 Sub1
11 TERMS ................................................................................................................................. 84
6.7.2 Checking the alarm logs of indoor units ................................................................... 49 Main4 Sub 2
12 Supplementary Information ................................................................................................ 85
6.7.3 Executing test runs ................................................................................................. 50 Main4 Sub 3
13 Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................. 89
14 Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 91
15 Specifications ...................................................................................................................... 92
16 Installation (Electric) and Service Instructions .................................................................. 94

Main 5 Sub1 refers to the explanation of main menu 5, sub menu 1.

2 3
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 Important Safety Instructions 1 Important Safety Instructions

Before using the system, be sure to read these “Important Safety Location
Instructions”.
The precautions given in this manual consist of specific Caution
“ Warnings” and “ Cautions”. They provide important safety
Do not install in damp locations or Do not install under direct sunlight
related information and are important for your safety, the safety of
others, and trouble-free operation of the system. Be sure to strictly locations subject to vibrations or in places near heat sources
Damage to the product can result. The product may be damaged.
observe all safety procedures.
● The labels and their meanings are as described below.
This refers to a hazard or unsafe procedure or practice which can result in
Warning severe personal injury or death.
This refers to a hazard or unsafe procedure or practice which can result in
Caution personal injury or product or property damage.
● Meaning of symbols
Do not install near sources of noise Avoid static electricity during
Indicates “Warning” or “Caution”. Malfunctions can result. cabling work
Indicates “Prohibited”. Before starting cabling work,
touch ground to discharge static
Indicates an action that should always be performed. electricity from the body.
Elevators,
● After reading this manual, save it in a convenient place. Automatic doors,
Be sure to provide this manual to any person who may use the product. Industrial machinery,
etc
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 98
Installation Precautions
Avoid installation in the following Keep televisions, radios, PCs, etc,
Warning locations at least 3.3ft. away from
● Locations subject to inflammable the central controller,
Do not install yourself Use only specified air conditioners gas leakage
Installation should always be Always use only air conditions ● Near beaches or other places
indoor units, and
performed by your dealer or a specified by Sanyo. with a large amount of salt remote controls
professional service provider.
Electric shock or fire may result if
● Hot springs or other locations Picture breakup and noise can occur.
subject to sulfuric gas
an inexperienced person performs
Have dealer any installation or wiring procedures Specified air ● Locations near water and oil
install incorrectly. conditioners (including industrial lubricants),
and water and oil sprays
Electrical work must be carried out by qualified personnel ● Locations with large changes in
Contact your dealer for installation. Do not attempt to install the product yourself. voltage
● Near machines generating
electromagnetic waves
● Locations close to organic
Contact your dealer solvents
for installation.
Do not use heaters near the Intelligent Controller
Plastic parts of the Intelligent Controller may be deformed or discolored.

4 5
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1 Important Safety Instructions 1 Important Safety Instructions

Precautions for Use Caution


Warning Use the special supplied touch pen
Touching the touch panel with any pen other than
Do not touch switches with wet Protect the Intelligent Controller the supplied touch pen can damage the system.
hands from water
Electric shock and damage to the Damage to the system can result.
system can result.
Prohibited

Prohibited Prohibited

Moving and Repair Precautions


Stop the system and turn the power off if you sense unusual smells or
other irregularities
Warning
Continuing operation when the system is Do not disassemble or repair Contact your dealer before moving
out of order can result in electric shock, fire, Never disassemble or repair the the system
and damage to the system. system yourself. Contact your Contact your dealer or a
Turn off Contact your dealer dealer for repair. Electric shock or professional service provider about
the power. fire may result if an inexperienced moving and reinstalling the system.
person attempts to repair the Electric shock or fire may result if
Prohibited system. Contact an inexperienced person performs
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 99
your dealer any installation procedures
incorrectly.
Caution Do not touch the LCD if it is leaking
Do not drop the system or subject Use only fuses with the correct If the touch panel is damaged, the liquid crystal from inside the display may leak out. Do
not ingest the liquid or allow it to contact your skin.
it to strong shocks capacity
If accidental contact with skin occurs, rinse the area of contact thoroughly under running
Damage to the system can result. Use of pins or copper wire can water for at least 15 minutes.
result in fire and damage to the
If accidental swallowing occurs, rinse the inside of your mouth thoroughly with water.
system. Prohibited Drink plenty of water and induce vomiting, and then seek immediate medical attention.

Prohibited Prohibited

Use only the specified power source


Use of any other power source can
result in fire and damage to the
system.Use single-phase 100-240V
power.

6 7
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2 Features of the System 3 System Configuration
The Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA) is a centralized air conditioning management system dedicated to PAC System Configuration Example
and GHP for small and medium sized buildings.
● Number of connectable units ········· • By connecting communication adaptors to one Intelligent Controller, up to
256 indoor units can be connected.
• Up to 120 outdoor units can be connected.
Intelligent Controller
● Display ·········································· • Touch panel type 6.5-inch TFT color (640x480 pixel VGA) LCD display
(SHA-KT256EA)
● Operation functions ······················· • Start and stop, temperature settings, operation mode selection, fan speed
settings, fan direction settings, ventilation etc. Indoor/outdoor control wire Link system
(non-polar) No.1
● Operating monitoring ····················· • All unit monitoring of operation status (operating/stopped, operation mode,
alarms)
• Display of alarm logs Pulse meter x 3 Link system
• One-operation checking of all filter cleaning signs and engine oil All-unit signal x 4 No.2
inspection signs
• External output of all errors, external output of all operations (relay Indoor/outdoor
control wire
connections) (non-polar)
● Program timers ······························ • Up to 50 types of weekly timers can be programmed by combining 50 Communication adaptor Communication adaptor
types of daily timers (50 times per day). control wire (SHA-KA128AAB)
(RS-485, polar)
Link system
● Air conditioning energy No.3
distribution ······································ • Recording and display of accumulated operating time and total number of
operations for each indoor unit.
Pulse meter x 3
• Calculation of gas and electricity distribution ratios and energy amounts All-unit signal x 4
used (m3, kWh) for each indoor unit and each tenant.
• Distributions are available in two modes: the “simple distribution” calculated Link system
No.4
based on the operating time and “loaded distribution” calculated based on
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

the actual air conditioning capacity, respectively. (In order to make operation

3 - 100
Communication adaptor
in the “Loaded distribution” mode, the air conditioner side needs to be (SHA-KA128AAB)
adaptable to the “Loaded distribution”.
• Distribution by time zones (regular hours, out of hours, special days).
• Recording of up to past 24 months of cut-off data.
● Printing display ······························ • All operating screens can be printed out with a dedicated printer connected Pulse meter
G Maximum number of connections
(hardcopy). All-unit signal x 4
W Indoor units: 256 (64/link x 4)
Independent installation
G: Gas flow meter Outdoor units: 120 (30/link x 4)
without link system
Terms and abbreviations used in this manual and in the system software W: Electricity meter Communication adaptors: 7
connection also possible
Link systems: 4
(Indoor/outdoor control wires)
Full term Abbreviation
Adaptor address Adaptor
Link system address Link system
Outdoor unit system address Outdoor unit system, Outdoor unit, Outdoor system, Outdoor, O/D
Indoor unit address Indoor unit, Indoor, I/D
* When connecting link systems (indoor and outdoor unit control wires), always connect beginning with LINK1 and
Distribution group number Distribution group No., Distribution group
LINK2 on the Intelligent Controller. Up to 4 link systems can be connected.
Tenant number Tenant No., Tenant
Zone number Zone No., Zone
Unit name Unit
Air conditioning distribution ratio Distribution ratio, Distr. ratio
Central control address Central address, CNTR
Thermostat T/S
* For more information about terms, see “11 Terms”.

8 9
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4 Names and Functions of Parts 4 Names and Functions of Parts
● Front Panel ● Rear Panel

Power indicator Touch panel type color LCD display


lights to show that the intelligent Displays operating screens. Use
controller is powered on. the supplied touch pen to operate.

POWER
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 101
PC Card and touch pen Touch pen
storage cover Used to carry out
Push the cover to open it. The operations on the
compartment inside is used to LCD display.
store the touch pen and to
insert and eject PC Cards for
backup.
PC Card socket
Used to insert optional
PC Cards for backup.

10 11
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 Names and Functions of Parts 5 Quick Reference
● Right side panel
Menu List
Power connector panel
AC100V-240V power Sub Menu
connector panel. 1. Status/Control
1.Each tenant ➢page 30
2.Each tenant details ➢page 34
3.Each zone ➢page 35
C
4.Each zone details ➢page 36
5.All units ➢page 37

Power switch
Powers the Intelligent Controller 2. Total data/Cut-off
on and off. 1.Each I/D unit ➢page 38
OFF ON 2.Each tenant ➢page 39
B 3.Each O/D unit ➢page 40
4.Pulse meter ➢page 41
A 5.Cut-off/Data backup ➢page 42

3. Distrib. ratio/Usage
1.Each I/D unit ➢page 45
B 2.Each tenant ➢page 46

Main Menu
Communications connector panel
1.Status/Control
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

2.Total data/Cut-off 4. Maintenance/Test Run

3 - 102
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage
1 4.Maintenance/Test Run 1.Inspection sign ➢page 48
ADAPT Connect to
(RS-485) communication 5.Initial settings 2.Alarm log ➢page 49
2 adaptor. 6.Auxiliary settings A 3.Test run ➢page 50

3 U1 LINK1
Indoor/outdoor
4 U2 control wire 1
5. Initial settings
5 U1 LINK2 1.Date/Distrib. ➢page 22
Indoor/outdoor 2.CNTR/Unit/Ten. No. ➢page 24
control wire 2 ➢page 26
6 U2 A 3.Ten. name/Distrib. Gr.
4.Pulse meter setting ➢page 28
5.Clear accum. data ➢page 29
7 DO-COMM
Start the Initial settings first.
8 DO 1 All alarm output 6. Auxiliary settings
A shows screens protected using 1.Zone name ➢page 51
9 DO 2 All operation “Setting” password.
output
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target ➢page 52
3.Program timer ➢page 54
10 DI-COMM B shows screens protected using 4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day ➢page 58
“Distribution” password. 5.Prohibit R/C ➢page 59
11 DI 1 All stop input 6.Distribution time zone ➢page 60
7.Special distrib. day ➢page 61
C shows screens protected using
8.I/D unit settings ➢page 62
12 DI 2 All start input “Operation” password. (Only the 9.Other settings ➢page 63
soft-remote controller is protected. ➢page 67
A 10.WEB settings
The status is visible.) 11.User settings ➢page 68

12 13
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5 Quick Reference 6 Using the System
Menu List 6.1 Powering the System On
Listed are only typical functions. Check the wiring, (air conditioners, communication adaptors, etc.) and then turn the power switch on
(see page 12). The system starts automatically.
How to operate air conditioners
When the system is powered on for the first time, about 10 minutes are required for the normal
Operating all units collectively desired → 6.4.1.3 Operating all connected units ☞ Page 33
system screen to appear. Wait until it appears.
Operating units individually desired → 6.4.1.1 Operating units individually ☞ Page 31
Operating units by tenant desired → 6.4.1 Displaying general information by tenant ☞ Page 30
Operating units by zone desired → 6.4.3 Displaying general information by zone ☞ Page 35
Varying operation modes desired → 6.4.1.1 Operating units individually ☞ Page 31
Varying setting temperatures desired → 6.4.1.1 Operating units individually ☞ Page 31 6.2 Names and Functions of Screen Parts
Resetting filter signs desired → 6.4.1.1 Operating units individually ☞ Page 31
6.2.1 Initial communications screen
Varying fan direction and speed → 6.4.1.1 Operating units individually ☞ Page 31
The figure below shows the initial communications screen, which appears when the Intelligent
Prohibiting remote controlling desired → 6.4.1.1 Operating units individually ☞ Page 31
Controller starts.
Monitoring status of air conditioner operation
Monitoring status of inspection signs desired → 6.7.1 Checking inspection signs ☞ Page 48
Monitoring operation status collectively desired → 6.4.5 Displaying and operating all indoor units ☞ Page 37
Checking the alarm history desired → 6.7.2 Checking the alarm logs of indoor units ☞ Page 49
Checking current and past total calculation → 6.5.1 Displaying total data by indoor unit ☞ Page 38
times desired
Checking current and past distribution ratios → 6.6.1 Displaying distribution ratios and energy ☞ Page 45
and energy consumption desired usage by indoor unit

Setting the system


7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 103
Changing the unit names desired → 6.3.3 Setting central addresses, unit names ☞ Page 24
and tenant numbers
Changing tenant names desired → 6.3.4 Setting tenant names and distribution ☞ Page 26
groups
Changing zone names desired → 6.8.1 Registering zone names ☞ Page 51
Adjusting dates and times desired → 6.3.2 Setting the date, cut-off date, ☞ Page 22
and distribution ratio calculation method
Setting timer operation desired → 6.8.3 Programming timers ☞ Page 54
Setting security displayed on the screen desired → 6.8.9.2 Registering passwords ☞ Page 64
★ System power off procedure ★
Stopping or sounding the buzzer → 6.8.9.4 Buzzer sounds ☞ Page 64 Always use the following procedure to power the Intelligent Controller off.

Others In the “Other settings” menu ( Main6 Sub9 ), select the last item, Power off .
Backing up PC cards desired → 6.5.5.4 Restoring data ☞ Page 44
Powering off Intelligent Controllers desired → 6.8.9.8 Power off button ☞ Page 66
The message “Exit this program?” appears. Press the OK button.
Outputting distribution in progress desired → 6.5.5.3 Outputting distribution data in progress ☞ Page 43
Printing desired → 9. Printing ☞ Page 78
Calibrating touch panel deviations → 6.8.9.7. Calibrating touch panels ☞ Page 65 The message “It is now safe to turn off the Intelligent Controller.” appears ( ∗ ). Turn the power off.
( ∗ Several minutes may be required before the message appears.)

14 15
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System 6 Using the System
6.2.2 Operating screen example * Selection windows
When you touch [Tenant] (or whatever is displayed in blue between the scroll buttons) shown on the
The figure below shows a typical operating screen.
previous page, the items available for selection appear in a list as follows, enabling direct selection.
Filter cleaning sign
This lights when a filter
[Tenant] list
Main menu cleaning sign has been
issued for an indoor unit. Outputs hardcopies
Sub menu by the printer.

1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off
Operate on all
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage
units
4.Maintenance/Test Run
5.Initial settings
6.Auxiliary settings

Displays tenant
name.

Displays unit
name.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 104
Timer
A similar list appears for the other buttons.
operation
mark [I/D unit] list [Weekly timer] list Tenant holiday [Date] list
Scrolls the
This lights
columns
when an
displaying indoor
indoor unit
units.
is set up
for timer
operation.

Tenant selection window Scrolls the display of Displays the current date and time.
Allows direct selection of tenants.
tenant names.
* See next page for details.
Reset button
Stops the buzzer and resets
the alarm display. (Depends on
Notification column the type of alarm.)
Displays alarms, errors, and other messages.
Intelligent Controller – 1 – 01 – 08

Indoor address (1-64)


Outdoor address (1-30)
Link number (1,2)
Adapter number (Intelligent Controller, 1-7)

Filter cleaning signs are issued only as approximate guides. We recommend that filters be cleaned
regularly, even if no sign has been issued.

16 17
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main
5 Sub1 6 Using the System Main5 Sub1

6.3 Initial Settings 6.3.1 System setting flow


❍: Settings are necessary.
The items in the “Initial settings” menu (main menu 5) must be set in order to use the Intelligent
▲: Settings are necessary depending on circumstances.
Controller. Be sure to set these items.
✕: Settings are unnecessary.
Before making the settings, read the following and decide what kind of information you want to obtain
from the system.
Basic settings are completed by setting items of “❍” one by one in accordance with the system
management of the customer.
(1) Setting central addresses
Items of “▲” need to be set only when making necessary settings and maintenance upon customer
Central addresses must be set on the “CNTR/Unit/Ten.No.” screen
request regardless of the said management.
( Main5 Sub2 ).
Be aware that using them along with the system controller, ON/OFF-controller and so on, may Air Displaying Displaying Displaying Displaying
affect zone control classification. conditioner distribution distribution energy energy
START operation ratios ratios usage usage
only (simple (loaded (simple (loaded
(2) Decide whether or not to use distribution ratios. (See “6.3.2 Setting the date, cut-off date, and ↓ distribution) distribution) distribution) distribution)
distribution ratio calculation method”.) Main
5 Sub1 Date/Distrib.
Question: Do you need to display and record distribution ratios for each indoor unit and each tenant? (1) Setting the current date ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Yes → Select “T/S ON+OFF time” or “T/S ON time” as calculation target of power (2) Setting the cut-off date ▲ Note 1 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
distribution. (3) Calculation target of power ✕ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
No → Select “No Distrib.” as calculation target of power distribution. distribution
(4) Setting the energy saving ✕ ✕ ▲ Note 2 ✕ ▲ Note 2
If all you need to do is to monitor air conditioning status, operate the system, and view total data
distribution
for operating time and so on, you should select “No”. (Information you do not need will not be ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
(5) Language
displayed.)
When you select “No”, the following displays are disabled. ↓
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

Main CNTR/Unit/Ten.No.

3 - 105
Setting items : Distribution group registration in Main
5 Sub3 . 5 Sub2
(1) Central addresses Note 8
Display items : Time zones in Main 2 Sub1 and Main 2 Sub2 . ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Menus : Main3 Sub1 and Main3 Sub2 , Main6 Sub6 , Main6 Sub7 , and Main6 Sub8 (2) Unit name ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
(3) Tenant No. ▲ Note 3 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

(3) If you will be using distribution ratios, decide which calculation method to use. (See “6.3.2 ↓
Setting the date, cut-off date, and distribution ratio calculation method”.) Main
5 Sub3 Ten.name/Distrib.Gr.
Question: Do you need to consider electricity of indoor units? (1) Tenant name ▲ Note 3 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Yes → Select “T/S ON+OFF time” as calculation target of power distribution. (2) Distribution group ✕ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
No → Select “T/S ON time” as calculation target of power distribution. Product type ✕ ▲ Note 4 ▲ Note 5 ▲ Note 4 ▲ Note 5
Distribution “Loaded” or ✕ ✕ ❍ ✕ ❍
If pulse (electricity) meters are installed for measuring both indoor and outdoor units, select “T/S “Simple” Note 14
ON+OFF time”. ↓
If only outdoor units are measured, select “T/S ON time”. Main5 Sub 4 Pulse meter setting

(1) Distribution group ✕ ✕ ✕ ❍ ❍


(4) Pulse meter settings (See “6.3.5 Making pulse meter settings”.) (2) Pulse unit value ✕ ✕ ✕ ❍ ❍
When you need to display air conditioner distribution ratios for (1) above, (3) Ice heat accumulation night ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ❍
Question: Do you require monthly energy usage display? power / system selection
Yes → Install a pulse meter for each distribution group. ↓
No → Pulse meter installation is unnecessary. Main5 Sub5 Clear accum.data Note 6 ▲ Note 1 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
When pulse meters are not set, “0” is displayed for usage.

You can remove connected units from management by this system. For details, see “6.8.2 Setting zone
numbers and management targets”.

18 19
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main 5 Sub1 6 Using the System Main5 Sub1

Air Displaying Displaying Displaying Displaying Air Displaying Displaying Displaying Displaying
conditioner distribution distribution energy energy conditioner distribution distribution energy energy
operation ratios ratios usage usage operation ratios ratios usage usage
only (simple (loaded (simple (loaded only (simple (loaded (simple (loaded
↓ distribution) distribution) distribution) distribution) ↓ distribution) distribution) distribution) distribution)
Main
6 Sub1 Zone name Note 7 Main
6 Sub10 WEB settings Note 17 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲


Main
6 Sub11 User settings Note 17 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Main
6 Sub2 ZoneNo./Mng.target
Note 7 ↓
Main Cut-off/Data backup
2 Sub5
(1) Zone No. ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
(1) Manual cut-off Note 6 ✕ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
(2) Management target ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
(2) Data backup Note 13 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
↓ (3) Restore Note 13 and 16 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Main
6 Sub3 Program timer ↓
(1) Daily timer ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
END
(2) Weekly timer ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲


Main
6 Sub4 Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲


Main
6 Sub5 Prohibit R/C ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲


Main
6 Sub6 Distribution time zone ✕ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲


Main
6 Sub7 Special distrib. day ✕ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

Note 1 Settings are necessary when you would like to monitor operation accumulated time only and

3 - 106
↓ distribution ratio is not needed.
Main
6 Sub8 I/D unit setting Note 2 Settings are necessary only when air-conditioners include a 3-Way type unit.
(1) Indoor unit capacity Note 9 ✕ ▲ ✕ ▲ ✕ Note 3 Make settings even when no distribution is made, if you would like to control units as a bundle of
(2) Electric heater capacity ✕ ✕ ▲ ✕ ▲ the group of tenants.
↓ Note 10 Note 4 Settings are necessary only when the indoor unit has a local adapter (SHA-KL4UGB) and is set at
Main6 Sub9 Other settings ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ almighty.
(1) Checking system Note 5 Settings are necessary only for the indoor unit set at almighty.
configuration Note 6 Immediately before delivery, execute “Clear accum.data” to clear total data taken during test runs.
When clearing the test run data after storing it, make “Cut-off” ( Main 2 Sub5 ) manually.
(2) Set/Clear password
Note 7 Make the settings when you would like to operate the unit by optional grouping.
(3) No-communications mode
Note 11 Note 8 When using the unit along with the system controller or ON/OFF-controller, the controller-side
control classification needs to be taken into consideration.
(4) Buzzer
The system controller or ON/OFF-controller-side zone varies as varying central addresses from the
(5) Initialization Note 12
Intelligent Controller.
(6) Auto display off Note 9 Settings are necessary only for local adapters (SHA-KL4UGB).
(7) Touch panel calibration Note 10 Settings are unnecessary for the simple distribution as they will be taken into consideration in
Note 15
calculation only for the loaded distribution.
(8) Power off Note 11 Always set the mode at “NO (Normal)”.
Note 12 Do not make any initialization imprudently as it may cause missing of all the set and cut-off data.
Note 13 The system works only with the backup PC card inserted, which is separately available.
Note 14 Always manually make the cut-off processing in advance to vary the method of distribution.
Note 15 Although the touch panel is adjusted before factory shipment, calibrate deviations if any.
Note 16 Do not restore any data imprudently as it may return them to their backed-up status.
Note 17 Settings are necessary when you would like to control/monitor the unit via network.

20 21
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main5 Sub1 6 Using the System Main5 Sub1

6.3.2 Setting the date, cut-off date, and distribution ratio calculation e Select the calculation target of power distribution.
method (3) Select T/S ON+OFF time , T/S ON time , or No Distrib. .
- T/S ON + OFF time
Use this screen to set the current date and time, and make settings related to time. To be selected when taking power both for the outdoor and indoor units to make
These settings are needed for program timers and distribution ratio calculation, so be sure to distribution calculation.
make them before starting operation of the system. - T/S ON time
To be selected when taking power only for the outdoor unit to make distribution calculation.
Procedure - No Distrib.
Select 5.Initial settings in the main menu and 1.Date/Distrib. in the sub menu, then proceed as To be selected when distribution calculation for gas and electricity is unnecessary.
follows.
r Select the energy savings distribution settings.
q Set the current date and time. (4) Select Each O/D sys. or Each Dist. Gr. .
Under “(1) Current time”, select the current year, month, day, hour, minute, and second from This item cannot be selected when No Distrib. has been set for “(3) Calc. target of power
the drop-down lists(▼). distribution”.
The day of the week is shown automatically. Select a range where the energy savings effect in 3 WAY units can be reflected on the
Press the Set button to set the settings. distribution calculation.
- Each O/D sys.
w Set the monthly cut-off day. The energy savings operation in 3 WAY units is reflected only on the air conditioning
Under “(2) Cut-off day”, select a number from 1 to 28 or End (to select the last day of the distribution for the tenant for the outdoor system.
month) from the drop-down list(▼). - Each Dist.Gr.
The energy savings operation in 3 WAY units is reflected on air conditioning distributions for
1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Date/Distrib. all the tenants in the overall distribution group including them.
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.CNTR/Unit/Ten. No. (However, this is effective only when plural distribution groups have been set.)
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Ten. name/Distrib. Gr.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 107
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter setting
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Clear accum. data t In the Language pull-down menu (5), select the language you would like to use.

r
t

22 23
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main5 Sub2 6 Using the System Main
5 Sub2

6.3.3 Setting central addresses, unit names and tenant numbers w Touch an unit name column. A keyboard window like the one shown below appears.
Use the keyboard to enter an unit name. Unit names can be up to 12 characters long.
Use this screen to set central addresses, names of units connected to the system and tenant
numbers.

Procedure
Select 5.Initial settings in the main menu and 2.CNTR/Unit/Ten. No. in the sub menu, then
proceed as follows.
1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Date/Distrib.
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.CNTR/Unit/Ten. No.
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Ten. name/Distrib. Gr. * See “7 Entering Text and Numbers” for details about entering text in keyboard windows.
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter setting * You can copy and paste text using the [Copy] and [Paste] buttons. See “7.2 Entering Text” for details.
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Clear accum. data

e Touch a tenant number.A keyboard window like the one shown below appears. Use the
keyboard to enter the tenant number.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 108
q w e
* The tenant number range is from 1 to 256.

q When you touch a central address column, a screen will be displayed as shown on the right.
Input a number 1 to 64 to set central address.
When you touch [Auto], the central address will be automatically set.

Two identical central address settings cannot be used within a link system. If you input an existing address,
the input data is cancelled.
It may take several minutes before the central address settings are reflected in the display.
When other central controllers (system controller, etc.) are connected, it is recommended to set the central
addresses on those units.

24 25
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main
5 Sub3 6 Using the System Main5 Sub3

6.3.4 Setting tenant names and distribution groups w Touch a distribution group. A keyboard window like the one shown above appears. Use the keyboard
to enter a distribution group number and to select the product type from among PAC, GHP and HOT.
Use this screen to set tenant names and distribution groups.
Select “Simple” or “Load” in the distribution methods.
You can also use this screen to set the product type (PAC, GHP, HOT, etc.) of indoor units.
* Refer to “10. Calculating air conditioner distribution” for details.
Procedure The tenant set at “Load” distribution will have its “No” box display in light blue.
Select 5.Initial settings in the main menu and 3.Ten. name/Distrib. Gr. in the sub menu, then * The distribution group number range is from 1 to 8.
proceed as follows. * This button is invalid when “No Distrib.” has been set. (Refer to Main
5 Sub1 )
* The distribution group column set at loaded distribution has no product type such as “PAC” and “GHP”
1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Date/Distrib. displayed.
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.CNTR/Unit/Ten. No. * Make manual cut-off in advance to change the distribution method.
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Ten. name/Distrib. Gr.
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter setting e Press the Type button to select “PAC” or “GHP” for the following unit that is unable to
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Clear accum. data automatically recognize product type.
- ON/OFF local adapter
This is only for “Simple distribution” setting.
r Specify which distribution method, “Simple” or “Load,” to apply to the selected distribution group.
t Touch Set to confirm the setting, or Cancel to cancel it.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 109
t

e
r
q w
q Touch a tenant name. A keyboard window appears. Use the keyboard to enter the tenant name.
Tenant names can be up to 20 characters long.
* See “7 Entering Text and Numbers” for details about entering text on software keyboards.
* The tenant number range is from 1 to 256.

• PAC, GHP, and HOT cannot be mixed in the same group. Set up a separate distribution group for each
type.
• HOT multi units cannot be recognized automatically (they are recognized as PAC). Manually set the product
type to HOT.
• HOT Tenants cannot be set at the “Load” distribution.
• “Load” distribution tenants cannot be set at “HOT”.
• Air conditioners unadaptable to loaded distribution cannot be set at “Load” Distribution.
• Local adapters are also unadaptable to loaded distribution.

26 27
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main 5 Sub 4 6 Using the System Main
5 Sub5

6.3.5 Making pulse meter settings 6.3.6 Clear accumulation data


If you have connected pulse meters, use this screen to set the target distribution groups and the Use this screen to erase total data after test runs, and to restart total calculations for operating
amount of electricity or gas per pulse. time, operating counts, and so on.

Procedure Procedure
Select 5. Initial settings in the main menu, and 4. Pulse meter setting in the sub menu. Select 5.Initial settings in the main menu and 5.Clear accum. data in the sub menu, then proceed
1.Status/Control as follows.
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Date/Distrib.
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.CNTR/Unit/Ten. No. 1.Status/Control
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Ten. name/Distrib. Gr. 2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Date/Distrib.
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter setting 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.CNTR/Unit/Ten. No.
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Clear accum. data 4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Ten. name/Distrib. Gr.
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter setting
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Clear accum. data

q
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 110
q r e t y q Touch Clear accum. data .
q Select the pulse meter connection destination. A window like the following appears.
w Touch a distribution group number. A numeric keypad appears for the distribution group. Use the
keyboard to enter the distribution group number.
* The distribution group number range is from 1 to 8.
* The distribution group buttons are disabled when you have chosen not to perform distribution rate calcula- Touch Yes . Total data up to now is erased, and
tions (see Main
5 Sub1 ). calculation of total operating time restarts.
e Touch the pulse unit amount column and enter the amount of electricity (kWh) or gas (m3) per
pulse.
r If the product type is HOT Multi, select the unit for fuel metering.
t Select this check box for ice heat accumulation night power meters. (Enabled during loaded
distribution setting only.)
* This cannot be set for electricity meters configured for use with HOT Multi or simple distribution.
y For the night power meter set in t, select which outdoor system to meter ice heat accumulation
by selecting the address.

28 29
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main1 Sub1 6 Using the System Main 1 Sub1

6.4 Status Monitoring and Operation Screens 6.4.1.1 Operating units individually
Use this screen to operate individual indoor units.
6.4.1 Displaying general information by tenant
Procedure
Use this screen to display information about all connected indoor units by tenant.
Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 1.Each tenant in the sub menu.
Procedure q When you touch the unit that you want to set, a remote control window for individual on/off
Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 1.Each tenant in the sub menu. operations appears.
The indoor units for each tenant are displayed. w When you touch , a remote control window appears. This window allows you to
make detailed settings for operations on individual units.
1.Status/Control 1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant 2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant details 3.Distrib. ratio 2.Each tenant details
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone 4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone
5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details 5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details
6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units 6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units

Tenant name
a

b
c
d
e
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 111
q q f
g
h
i
j
l
q w w k
q Scrolls the display one tenant at a time. Move the display position on the
w Scrolls the display one row at a time. screen up and down one line.

a. Closes the remote control window. i. Displays a window that allows you to check timer
Meaning of symbols b. Sets to either Start or Stop. setting status and remote control prohibition
c. Sets the operating mode. status.
: COOL : DRY : FAN : HEAT : ALARM d. Set the temperature. j. Displays one of “Prhbt1/ Prhbt2/ Prhbt3/ Prhbt4/
e. Sets the fan speed. Accept”.
f. Sets the fan direction. This setting is applied to k. Turns the ventilation function ON and OFF. (You
: AUTO Mode/Speed : SWING : VENTILATION
the entire group. You cannot change the sub unit cannot press the button when air conditioners
setting independently. have no ventilation functions).
: Accept remote controller : Prohibit remote controller setting No.1 : High fan speed g. Sets and cancels timer operation. l. Resets filter cleaning signs.
h. Sets timer number from No. 1 to No. 50.
: Medium fan speed : Low fan speed : TIMER : Clean filter sign
• For multiple units, the operation mode for one unit may not be varied while another indoor unit is under
operation. In such a case, once stop the unit, hold it for several minutes, and then vary the operation
“---” is displayed in the tenant name row for indoor units not registered to a tenant. mode.
The first 12 characters are displayed for tenant names and unit names. • In the remote control window, the first 16 characters for tenant names and the first 12 characters for unit
names are displayed.

30 31
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main
1 Sub1 6 Using the System Main
1 Sub1
6.4.1.2 Operating all units by tenant 6.4.1.3 Operating all connected units
Use this screen to operate all connected indoor units of each tenant. Use this screen to operate all connected indoor units.

Procedure Procedure
Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 1.Each tenant in the sub menu. Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 1.Each tenant in the sub menu.

q When you touch a tenant name, a remote control window appears. This window allows you to q When you touch All units , a remote control window appears. This window allows you to
perform on/off operations for all units of the tenant. perform on/off operations for all connected units.
w When you touch , a remote control window appears. This window allows you to w When you touch , a remote control window appears. This window allows you to
make detailed settings for operations on all units of the tenant. make detailed settings for all connected units.
1.Status/Control 1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant 2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant details 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant details
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone 4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone
5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details 5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details
6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units 6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units
q

q
q
q
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 112
w
w
w

32 33
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main
1 Sub 2 6 Using the System Main
1 Sub 3

6.4.2 Displaying detailed information by tenant 6.4.3 Displaying general information by zone
Use this screen to display detailed settings and operating for each tenant. Use this screen to display the state of all units in a zone and to operate those units.

Procedure Procedure
Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 2.Each tenant details in the sub menu. Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 3.Each zone in the sub menu.

q When you touch a unit name, a remote control window for individual operations appears. q When you touch a unit name, a remote control window for individual operations appears.
w When you touch a tenant name, a remote control window for operating all tenant units appears. w When you touch a zone name, a remote control window for operating all units in the zone
e When you touch All units , a remote control window for operating all connected units appears. appears.
1.Status/Control
e When you touch All units , a remote control window for operating all connected units appears.
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant
1.Status/Control
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant details
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant details
5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone
6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units
5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details
e 6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units
e

w w
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 113
q

q
q

Move the display position on the


screen up and down one line.

The first twelve characters are displayed for zone names and unit names.

34 35
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main1 Sub 4 6 Using the System Main1 Sub 5

6.4.4 Displaying detailed information by zone 6.4.5 Displaying and operating all indoor units
Use this screen to display detailed settings and operating for each zone. Use this screen to display information about the state of all indoor units and to operate all indoor
units at once.
Procedure
Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 4.Each zone details in the sub menu. Procedure
Select 1.Status/Control in the main menu and 5.All units in the sub menu.
q When you touch a unit name, a remote control window for individual operations appears.
w When you touch a zone name, a remote control window for operating all units in the zone One screen displays up to 100 indoor units in order of their tenant. The units can be operated
appears. individually or all at once.
e When you touch All units , a remote control window for operating all connected units appears. q When you touch a unit name, a remote control window for individual operations appears.
1.Status/Control w When you touch All units , a remote control window for operating all connected units appears.
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant
2.Each tenant details 1.Status/Control
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each tenant
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant details
5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each zone
6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units
e 5.Initial settings 4.Each zone details
6.Auxiliary settings 5.All units w

w q
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 114
q

The first four characters are displayed for unit names.

36 37
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main 2 Sub1 6 Using the System Main 2 Sub2

6.5 Total Data and Manual Cut-Off Processing 6.5.2 Displaying total data by tenant
Use this screen to check total data such as the operating time and the number of operations for
6.5.1 Displaying total data by indoor unit each tenant.
Use this screen to check total data such as the operating time and the number of operations for
each indoor unit. Procedure
Procedure Select 2.Total data/Cut-off in the main menu and 2.Each tenant in the sub menu.
Select 2.Total data/Cut-off in the main menu and 1.Each I/D unit in the sub menu. q Selects the distribution group to display.
q Selects the tenant to display. w Selects either the current or the past (maximum 24 months) cut-off data.
w Selects either the current or the past (maximum 24 months) cut-off data. e Selects the time zone to display.
* This button will be invalid when setting the mode at “No Distrib.”. (see Main
5 Sub1 )
e Selects the time zone to display.
* This button will be invalid when setting the mode at “No Distrib.”. (see Main
5 Sub1 ) 1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each I/D unit
1.Status/Control 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant 1.All hours
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each I/D unit 4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each O/D unit 2.Regular hours
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant 1.All hours 5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter 3.Out of hours e
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each O/D unit 2.Regular hours 6.Auxiliary settings 5.Cut-off/Data backup 4.Special Day
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter 3.Out of hours e
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Cut-off/Data backup 4.Special Day

r
r
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 115
w
q
w r If you want to display operating time by fan speed, touch Operating time . The display changes
q as shown below.

r If you want to display operating time by fan speed, touch Operating time . The display changes
as shown below.

38 39
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main 2 Sub3 6 Using the System Main 2 Sub 4

6.5.3 Displaying total data by outdoor unit 6.5.4 Displaying pulse meter total data
Use this screen to check total data such as the operating time and the number of operations for Use this screen to check the pulse count and other such cumulative data for pulse meters.
each outdoor unit.
Procedure
Procedure Select 2. Total data/Cut-off in the main menu, and 4. Pulse meter in the sub menu.
Select 2.Total data/Cut-off in the main menu and 3.Each O/D unit in the sub menu.
q Selects the pulse meter connection destination.
q Selects the connection destination link system to display. w Selects either the current or the past (maximum 24 months) cut-off data.
w Selects either the current or the past (maximum 24 months) cut-off data. e Selects the time zone to display.
* This button will be invalid when setting the mode at “No Distrib.”. (see Main
5 Sub1 )
1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each I/D unit 1.Status/Control
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant 2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each I/D unit
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each O/D unit 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant 1.All hours
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter 4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each O/D unit 2.Regular hours
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Cut-off/Data backup 5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter 3.Out of hours e
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Cut-off/Data backup 4.Special Day
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 116
Intelligent Ctrl-1
q Intelligent Ctrl-2 w Intelligent Ctrl
Adaptor 1-1 q Adaptor 1 w
Adaptor 1-2 Adaptor 2
: :
Adaptor 7-2 Adaptor 7

• You should make frequent checks of the running time after oil exchanges. When the time approaches for an
oil exchange, contact your dealer or service provider to request an early oil exchange. The engines of GHP
type outdoor unit can be damaged by operation without exchanging the oil.
• For double multiple models comprising two or more outdoor units with the same address, data with a
typical unit are displayed.
• Depending on the model of the outdoor unit, some items may not be displayed.
• Monthly values are displayed for “Operating time” and “Operating count”. (The values reset to “0” after cut-
off processing.) If the product type is HOT Multi, unit amount will be displayed in m3 or liters. The meter type will be “fuel
• Cumulative values from the starting point are displayed for “Running time after oil exchange (Hour)” and metering”.
“Power output (kWh)”. (The values do not reset to “0” even after cut-off processing.)

40 41
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main 2 Sub5 6 Using the System Main 2 Sub5

6.5.5 Performing manual cut-off processing and saving data 6.5.5.2 Saving data
Use this screen to perform manual cut-off processing, and to back up setting and total data to Proceed as follows to back up setting data and totals data to optional PC Cards.
optional PC Cards.
Procedure
6.5.5.1 Manual cut-off processing Complete the cut-off processing described in “6.5.5.1 Manual cut-off processing” and then execute
Proceed as follows to manually perform cut-off processing. the following backup procedure.

Procedure r Insert a PC card and touch the Backup button.


Select 2.Total data/Cut-off in the main menu and 5.Cut-off/Data backup in the sub menu.
q Touch Cut-off .
t When a window like the one shown below y When a window like the one shown below
1.Status/Control appears, touch the OK button. appears, touch the Check button.
2.Total data/Cut-off 1.Each I/D unit
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 2.Each tenant
4.Maintenance/Test Run 3.Each O/D unit
5.Initial settings 4.Pulse meter
6.Auxiliary settings 5.Cut-off/Data backup

q
* When keeping the PC card inserted in a unit, data therein are automatically backed up once a day (at
r every 0 o’clock at midnight).
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

6.5.5.3 Outputting distribution data in progress

3 - 117
u
Save distribution data (total data) in progress before cut-off processing in PC cards (optionally
available) following the procedure stated below.

Procedure
u Insert a PC card and touch the Distrib. dt out button.
a i When a screen like the one shown below appears, touch the OK button.

w When a window like the one shown below e When a window like the one shown below
appears, touch the OK button. appears, touch the Check button.

As data output by pressing the Distrib. dt out button are strictly in progress, it is impossible to
apply these data for cut-off processing for the tenant who leaves halfway. (Manual cut-off
processing is necessary).

42 43
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main 2 Sub5 6 Using the System Main 3 Sub1
o When a screen like the one shown below appears, touch the Check button. 6.6 Air Conditioning Distribution Ratios and Energy Usage
6.6.1 Displaying distribution ratios and energy usage by indoor unit
Use this screen to check the distribution ratios and energy usage of indoor units.

Procedure
Select 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage in the main menu and 1.Each I/D unit in the sub menu.
*When “No Distrib.” is selected, this screen is not accessible. (see Main
5 Sub1 )
[File form] q Selects the tenant to display.
A file name is fixed as follows according to the year, month, and date when the distribution data w Selects either the current or the past (maximum 24 months) cut-off data.
output was carried out. e Selects the time zone to display.
20060316A.csv (Example of a file output on March 16, 2006) r Switches the gas distribution ratio and gas usage display between values for air conditioning
When outputting repeatedly on the same day, the last “A” varies as B, C, D, and so forth. and values for power generation.
(Outputting is possible up to 26 times a day). When “Gas usage” is displayed: Gas distribution ratios and usage for air conditioning are
Data composition in the file is the same as that in a cut-off processing file. shown.
When “Gas use/PwrGen” is displayed: Gas distribution ratios and usage for power generation
[Caution] are shown.
Distribution data files are stored in the “Data” folder. For air conditioning units without a power generation feature, “ – ” appears under gas usage for
Copy output distribution data files to your PC and then delete them from the PC card. power generation and gas distribution ratio.
When distribution data files are too many, normal backups of cut-off data may become impossible. 1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off
6.5.5.4 Restoring data 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 1.All hours
4.Maintenance/Test Run 2.Regular hours
Proceed as follows to restore setting data and total data from optional PC Cards. 5.Initial settings 1.Each I/D unit 3.Out of hours e
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

6.Auxiliary settings 2.Each tenant 4.Special Day

3 - 118
Procedure
a Insert a PC card and touch the Restore button.

s When a window like the one shown below d When a window like the one shown below
appears, touch the OK button. appears, touch the Check button.

* When trying to restore data backed up using an old-version Intelligent Controller, a message “Unsup-
ported file version. Perform Restore?” will be displayed; confirm the message and touch “Yes”.
After completing restoring, “Rebooting.” will be displayed and then touch “OK”. The data restored will be
effective after rebooting. (After “Converting data” is displayed for a while, the system will automatically
reboot again.)
* Everyday, at 11:30 PM to 12:00 AM, cut-off processing take place, when you cannot press the Restore
button.
q r w
Use the special optional PC Cards to back up and restore Intelligent Controller data. For details about using
PC Cards, refer to the instructions of the PC Cards. • If the product type is HOT Multi, unit amount will be displayed in m3 or liters.
Depending on the amount of data, backup and restore operations may require up to 15 minutes. • If no pulse meter is connected, power usage and gas usage are not displayed.
• Gas usage and distribution ratios are not displayed for PAC units.

44 45
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main
3 Sub2 6 Using the System Main3 Sub2

6.6.2 Displaying distribution ratios and energy usage by tenant 6.6.3 Time zone totals and distribution
Use this screen to check distribution ratios by tenant. The Intelligent Controller provides functions for recording total operating time and calculating
distribution ratios for four time zones: All hours, Regular hours, Out of hours, and Special days.
Procedure When using these functions, be aware of the following points.
Select 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage in the main menu and 2.Each tenant in the sub menu.
*When “No Distrib.” is selected, this screen is not accessible. (see Main
5 Sub1 ) ■ Margin of error in time zone operating totals
The intelligent controller acquires operating time data accumulated by individual indoor units via
q Selects the distribution group to display. communication adaptors. The Intelligent Controller itself has an internal communication adaptor
w Selects either the current or the past (maximum 24 months) cut-off data. function.
e Selects the time zone to display. When the Intelligent Controller requests data from a communication adaptor, the adaptor queries
r Switches the gas distribution ratio and gas usage display between values for air conditioning indoor units for their operating time data, and forward it to the Intelligent Controller after all totals
and values for power generation. have been calculated.
When “Gas usage” is displayed: Gas distribution ratios and usage for air conditioning are For this reason, there is a margin of error of up to several minutes that may arise in count totals
shown. around the transitions from one time zone to another. For example, cases such as the following are
When “Gas use/PwrGen” is displayed: Gas distribution ratios and usage for power generation possible.
are shown. Case 1) Indoor units are stopped at the exact end of the Regular hours time zone (or
For air conditioning units without a power generation feature, “ – ” appears under gas usage for immediately before the end of the zone). For this reason, several minutes are
power generation and gas distribution ratio. counted in the Out of hours total.
Case 2) Indoor units are operated for the same length of time before and after the transition
1.Status/Control
2.Total data/Cut-off from Regular hours to Out of hours, but the totals for the two zones are not the
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 1.All hours same.
4.Maintenance/Test Run 2.Regular hours
5.Initial settings 1.Each I/D unit 3.Out of hours e
6.Auxiliary settings 2.Each tenant 4.Special Day
■ Note about daily timer settings
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 119
For communications reasons, there is a slight delay before units can be stopped by a timer.
Therefore you should avoid setting timers that stop units exactly at the transition between two time
zones.
For example, if you simultaneously stop a large number of indoor units at the transition from
Regular hours to Out of hours, a certain period of time is required for the indoor units to actually
stop. This time is counted as Out of hours time.
If you need to set a timer to stop units before a time zone transition, you should avoid setting it
within 10 minutes of the transition. (This is only an approximately guideline, since results vary
depending on communications conditions.)

■ Communications errors and data totals


Data totals may not be accurate if communications errors occur in the Intelligent Controller, indoor
units, or communication adaptors.
For example, if a communications error occurs in the Regular hours time zone, and normal
communications are restored in the Out of hours time zone, all data received by the Intelligent
Controller will be counted in the Out of hours time zone.

Totals data received by the Intelligent Controller is counted in the time zone in which it is received.

q r w

• If the product type is HOT Multi, unit amount will be displayed in m3 or liters.
• If no pulse meter is connected, power usage and gas usage are not displayed.
• Gas usage and distribution ratios are not displayed for PAC units.

46 47
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main4 Sub1 6 Using the System Main
4 Sub 2

6.7 Maintenance and Test Runs 6.7.2 Checking the alarm logs of indoor units
Use this screen to check logs of up to the past 14 alarms and errors for individual indoor units.
6.7.1 Checking inspection signs
Use this screen to check for indoor units for which filter cleaning signs have been issued, and Procedure
outdoor units (GHP) for which engine oil inspection signs have been issued. Select 4.Maintenance/Test Run in the main menu and 2.Alarm log in the sub menu.

Procedure q Select the tenant to display.


Select 4.Maintenance/Test Run in the main menu and 1.Inspection sign in the sub menu. w Select the indoor unit to display.
1.Status/Control
If filter cleaning signs or engine oil inspection signs have been issued, contact your dealer or 2.Total data/Cut-off
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage
service provider to request cleaning or oil exchange. 4.Maintenance/Test Run 1.Inspection sign
5.Initial settings 2.Alarm log
1.Status/Control 6.Auxiliary settings 3.Test run
2.Total data/Cut-off
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage
4.Maintenance/Test Run 1.Inspection sign
5.Initial settings 2.Alarm log
6.Auxiliary settings 3.Test run
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 120
e

q w
e Touch the Del this unit button to delete the alarm logs of the selected unit only, or touch the
Del all units button to delete the alarm logs of all units.
r When a window like the following appears, touch the Yes button.

Filter cleaning signs are only an approximate guide. We recommend that you clean indoor unit filters regu-
larly, even if no signs have been issued.

48 49
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main
4 Sub 3 6 Using the System Main
6 Sub1

6.7.3 Executing test runs 6.8 Auxiliary Settings


Use this screen to display list of each indoor unit for outdoor unit system addresses.
You can execute test runs , either for each outdoor unit system address or individually. 6.8.1 Registering zone names
You can assign names to zones.
Procedure Zones are unrelated to distribution, so you can mix GHP, PAC, and HOT units, and make settings
Select 4.Maintenance/Test Run in the main menu and 3.Test run in the sub menu. that extend across link systems.
Start/stop, monitoring, timer operation and so on can be done all at once for all units in a zone.
q Select a connection destination link system.
w Select the outdoor unit to operate. Procedure
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 1.Zone name in the sub menu.
1.Status/Control 1.Zone name
2.Total data/Cut-off r 2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 3.Program timer
4.Maintenance/Test Run 1.Inspection sign 4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
5.Initial settings 2.Alarm log 5.Prohibit R/C
6.Auxiliary settings 3.Test run 1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings

Disabled
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 121
e

Intelligent Ctrl-1
q Intelligent Ctrl-2 w
Adaptor 1-1
Adaptor 1-2
:
Adaptor 7-2 q
e To operate an individual unit, touch a unit name and operate with the individual control remote q Select a name to register or modify. A software keyboard appears.
control window. w Enter the name with the keyboard.
r To operate all units in an outdoor unit system, touch the outdoor unit system address column. Names can be up to 20 characters long.
A remote control window for operating an outdoor unit system appears. Use this window to * See “7 Entering Text and Numbers” for details about entering text in keyboard windows.
execute a test run. Select Cool, Heat, or Fan as the operating mode. * Zones name can be registered in the range 1 to 128.

50 51
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main6 Sub2 6 Using the System Main
6 Sub2

6.8.2 Setting zone numbers and management targets q A window like the one shown at right appears when you touch the zone
number column.
Use this screen to set the zone number and management category for individual indoor units. Be
Enter digits from 1 to 9 to specify the zone number.
sure to assign a central address to each unit.
* Zone No. can be registered in the range 1 to 128.

Procedure
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 2.ZoneNo./Mng.target in the sub menu.
1.Zone name
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Program timer
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
5.Prohibit R/C
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings

w A window like the one shown at right appears when you touch the
management column.
Select one from among Target, Individual operation, or Not Target.

w • Individual operation:
Display, total, distribution, and individual operation are possible with
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

Individual units, but all-unit operations (all tenant units, all zone units,

3 - 122
all connected units, external all stop input, external all start input, etc.)
are not possible.
However, external all-unit alarm output and external all-unit operation
output are possible.

• Not Target:
No operations are possible for Not Target units, including information
display (except for Main5 Sub2 and Main6 Sub2 ), totals
calculation, and distribution.

52 53
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main 6 Sub3 6 Using the System Main
6 Sub3

6.8.3 Programming timers


r Touch Set to confirm the time.
Up to 50 types of daily timers and 50 types of weekly timers can be programmed. It is also possible
t Touch Cancel to cancel the setting.
to set holidays or timer special days for tenants.
The display changes to “—”.
y Touch the Start/Stop column and set in the following window.
6.8.3.1 Programming daily timers
Closes the window.
Up to 50 types of daily timers can be programmed, with up to 50 times per day. Start/stop,
operation mode, temperature settings, and remote control prohibition can be programmed.

Procedure
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 3.Program timer in the sub menu.
1.Zone name
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Program timer Programs the timer to Programs the timer to stop the unit.
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day start the unit.
5.Prohibit R/C
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings Cancels the setting. Confirms the setting.
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings

u Touch the Op mode column and set in the following window.


Closes the window.
q
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 123
w

y
u
i Sets the operating mode.
Select from among Heat, Cool, Fan, Dry, and Auto.
o
e
Cancels the setting. Confirms the setting.
t
r

q With Daily timer, select a timer number ( D1 to D50 , Holiday , Sp1 to Sp5 ).
The Holiday number is reserved for tenant holiday settings.
The timer numbers Sp1 to Sp5 are reserved for setting timer special days.
w Touch the Set time column.
e Select the time to set.

54 55
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main6 Sub3 6 Using the System Main6 Sub3
6.8.3.2 Programming weekly timers
i Touch the Set temp. column and set in the following window. You can program weekly timers by assigning any daily timer to each day of the week. Up to 50
Closes the window. types of weekly timers can be programmed.

Procedure
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 3.Program timer in the sub menu.
1.Zone name
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Program timer
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
5.Prohibit R/C
Lowers the temperature. Raises the temperature. 1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings

Cancels the setting. Confirms the setting.

o Touch the Prhbt R/C column and set in the following window.
Closes the window.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 124
q
Switches between Prohibit1, Prohibit2, Prohibit3, w
Prohibit4, and Accept.
Select existing daily
Displays a window that allows you to check prohibit status. timers.

Cancels the setting. Confirms the setting. Confirms the setting.

Cancels the setting.


q With Weekly timer, select a weekly timer number ( 1 to 50 ).
Up to 50 types of weekly timers can be set. Three items each are displayed.
Each press of ▼ changes the display in order like 1,2,3 , 2,3,4 , 3,4,5 .
Each press of ▲ changes the display in order like 50,1,2 , 49,50,1 , 48,49,50 .
w Select the daily timer number ( D1 to D50 , Holiday , Sp1 to Sp5 ) to set and confirm or
cancel each button.

Since different air conditioner models have different upper and lower temperature limits, the temperature is
set automatically within the supported range when an air conditioner is actually controlled.
Items for which no time is set are ignored.

56 57
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main
6 Sub4 6 Using the System Main6 Sub5

6.8.4 Setting Tenant holiday/Timer special day 6.8.5 Prohibiting remote control use
You can make settings by tenant of days of setting timer for holidays and timer special days. You can prohibit the use of the remote controls connected to indoor units.
Holidays and timer special days can be registered for up to the next two years.
Procedure
Procedure Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 5.Prohibit R/C in the sub menu.
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 4.Ten.Ho/Timer Sp. Day in the sub menu. 1.Zone name
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
1.Zone name
3.Program timer
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
3.Program timer
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day 5.Prohibit R/C
5.Prohibit R/C
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone 2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings 4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings 5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings 6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings

r
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 125
w
w e

q t e
y
r
q Select the tenant. q
w Select the calendar for the month of the year to set.
q Touch the item you want to change to display a settings window for that item.
e Select items (regular days, holidays, and special days 1 to 5) you would like to set.
w To allow remote control use, touch the O (Accept) button. To prohibit remote control use, touch
r Point the item (regular days, holidays, and special days 1 to 5) you would like to set on the left
the X (Prohibition) button.
calendar and touch the date or day of the week.
e Touch the Set button to confirm the setting, or the Cancel button to cancel it.
t If holidays and timer special days have already been
r Touch the Initial setting button to restore the initial setting (described above).
registered for a tenant, you can copy them from the calendar
to the calendar on the right. Select the tenant for the copy
destination calendar.
y A window like the one on the right appears when you touch
Copy .
u Touch the OK button to copy two years of holidays from the
tenant on the left to the tenant on the right.
* Set the system mode at “Regular day” to cancel settings of
holidays and timer special days.

58 59
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main
6 Sub6 6 Using the System Main
6 Sub7

6.8.6 Setting distribution time zones 6.8.7 Setting special distribution days
You can set distribution time zones for the same day of each week. You can set special distribution days to which normal time zone settings do not apply.
Use this function for holidays and so on. Special distribution days can be registered for up to the
Procedure next two years.
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 6.Distribution time zone in the sub menu. Procedure
*When “No Distrib.” is selected, this screen is not accessible. (see Main
5 Sub1 ) Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 7.Special distrib. day in the sub menu.
1.Zone name *When “No Distrib.” is selected, this screen is not accessible. (see Main
5 Sub1 )
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Program timer 1.Zone name
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day 2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
5.Prohibit R/C 3.Program timer
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone 4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day 5.Prohibit R/C
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings 1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings 2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings 3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings 4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings

e
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 126
w

t e

w
q u q r
t
q Select the distribution group.
w Touch the “From” column. q Select the distribution group to set.
e Set the start time of regular hours to a time between 12:00 AM and 12:00 AM (30-minute inter- w Select the calendar for the month of the year to set.
vals). e On the left-side calendar, touch the date or day to set as a special distribution day.
r Touch the Set button to confirm the setting, or the Cancel button to cancel it. r If special distribution days have already been registered for a distribution group, you can copy
• If you set the start time to 12:00 AM and the end time to 12:00 AM, the entire day is regular hours. them from the calendar to the calendar on the right. Select the distribution group for the copy
• If the start time is the same as the end time, the entire day is out of hours. destination calendar.
• If the start time and the end time are reversed, the outer side is regular hours. t A window like the one on the right appears when you touch
t Touch the “To” column. Copy .
y Set the end time of regular hours to a time between 12:00 AM and 12:00 AM (30-minute inter- y Touch the OK button to copy two years of special
vals). distribution days from the distribution group on the left to the
u Touch the Set or Cancel button. distribution group on the right.
* Refer also to “6.6.3 Time zone totals and distribution”.

60 61
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main6 Sub8 6 Using the System Main6 Sub9

6.8.8 Indoor unit settings 6.8.9 Other settings


You can use this screen to check the air conditioning capacity of indoor units, and to set the capacity. You can use this screen to register passwords, initialize data, and make power saving settings for
Normally you do not need to change settings with this screen. the LCD display.
Exercise care when changing settings, because improper settings can prevent accurate
Procedure
distribution.
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 9.Other settings in the sub menu.
1.Zone name
Procedure 2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Program timer
Select 6.Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 8.I/D unit settings in the sub menu. 4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
*When “No Distrib.” is selected, this screen is not accessible. (see Main
5 Sub1 ) 5.Prohibit R/C
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
q Select the link system to display. 4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
1.Zone name 6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Program timer
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
5.Prohibit R/C q
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day w
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings e
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings r
t
y
u
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 127
w
e 6.8.9.1 Checking the connection configuration
q Touch the Chk config. button to check the connection configuration of the system.
You should do this after adding or deleting units, changing addresses, and so on.
r If the system configuration has changed, cut-off processing and confirmation of the system
q processing messages appear. For details, see “6.9 System Configuration Changes”.

w To change a capacity setting, touch an item in the capacity column, and enter a kW capacity
from 0 to 999.9 in the numeric keypad window which appears.
e Touch Set to confirm the setting.
Or Auto to cancel it. (The capacity value will restore the received level)
If you have changed the capacity, an asterisk (∗) appears to the left of the value.
r Touching the heater capacity column for the indoor unit having an electric heater will have a soft
ten-key for the heater capacity setting displayed. Input numbers 0.0 to 100.00 by kW. However,
these are effective only for loaded distribution settings.
Up to 10 minutes may be required to check the system configuration.

62 63
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main6 Sub9 6 Using the System
6.8.9.2 Registering passwords 6.8.9.6 LCD auto off settings
w Click the Not registered button to display a keyboard window for registering passwords. y The auto display off settings allow you to select a time after which the LCD display should be
You can register 3 kinds of passwords: “Setting”, “Distrib.”, and “Operation”. automatically turned off if there is no activity. The LCD display is turned on again when you
Refer to “Menu list” under “5. Quick reference” for details. touch it.
Enter a 4-digit number from 0000 to 9999, and touch the Set button. The caption on the Settings: 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, OFF (default: 30 minutes)
Not registered button changes to Registered . Turning the LCD display off when it is not in use saves power and can prolong the life of the
To delete a password, first enter the four-digit password, then touch the Set button.
display and backlight.
Clear the password by pressing the Registered button and entering the password. The button
changes back to Not registered . When changing a password, delete the old password before 6.8.9.7 Calibrating touch panels
setting the new one. Humidity and temperature around the Intelligent Controller and its secular change may affect the
point on the touch panel screen to deviate after use over a long period of time. In such a case,
6.8.9.3 Selecting no-communications mode Calibrate the position.
e Use the options buttons to select whether or not to use no-communications mode. u Press Calibration and the next screen will be displayed.
If you select YES (no-communications mode) then communications errors will be suppressed,
but it will not be possible to communicate with air conditioning units. Data displayed by the
system will be meaningless.
This setting is provided for occasions when you want to register names or check the display
layout even though air conditioners are not installed, not turned on, or otherwise not capable of
communications.
Normally you should leave the NO (Normal) button selected, selecting
YES (no-communications mode) only when it is necessary.
Now press Yes and a cross mark will appear in the center of the screen.
Keep pressing the center with a touch pen for a second or longer and stop pressing. Follow the
6.8.9.4 Buzzer sounds
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

same procedure of Upper left → Lower left → Lower right → Upper right.

3 - 128
r When pressing an effective button during setting at Sound , the buzzer will sound (buzz).
When setting at No sound , even the alarm buzzer does not sound. End

6.8.9.5 Initialization Start


t Initialization erases all system data, including setting data and totals data.
A window like the following appears when you touch the Initialization button.

Finally the cross mark disappear and “New calibration settings have been measured.” will be
displayed. Then press somewhere on the screen and the result of calibration will become
!! Do not make imprudent initialization. effective to restore the original screen.
When 30 seconds passes without operating the screen, the calibration result is cancelled to
restore the previous screen.

Touch the Yes button to erase all data and return the system to the factory default state.
* Everyday, at 23:30 to 00:00, cut-off processing takes place and you cannot press the Initialization
button then.

64 65
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System Main
6 Sub9 6 Using the System Main
6 Sub10
6.8.9.8 Power off button 6.8.10 WEB settings
i Always touch this button before powering the Intelligent Controller off. Settings related to WEB such as the site name, mail settings, and network settings are possible.
A message appears asking if you want to exit the program. Touch OK in the message.
The system saves current data, and then displays a message “It is now safe to turn off the Procedure
Intelligent Controller.” Wait until this message appears before powering the system off. (If there is Select 6. Auxiliary settings in the main menu and 10. WEB settings in the sub menu.
a large amount of data, several minutes may be required for this message to appear.)
1.Zone name
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
!! Powering off before this message appears may cause malfunction or prevent booting. 3.Program timer
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
5.Prohibit R/C
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings

q
w
e
r
t
y
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 129
u
i
o
a
s
d
f

For items q, r to y, and i to f, touch each input box and a soft keyboard will appear.
q Input the name of an optional site (within 40 characters).
w Set the automatic updating interval on the screen displayed on Web browser. When selecting
“Invalid”, data will not be updated until pressing the New button on the WEB browser screen.
e Send the test mail.
r Input the IP address (or domain name) of the mail (SMTP) server separately contracted.
t Input an optional transmitter account name (mail address) (within 40 characters).
y Input the receiver account name (mail address) (within 40 characters).
u Select this check box to enable DHCP instead of using a fixed IP address.
When DHCP is enabled, input for items i to a is disabled.
i Input the Intelligent Controller IP address (or domain name).
Refer to settings for other equipment (PC, router, etc.).
o Input the Intelligent Controller subnet mask.
Refer to settings for other equipment (PC, router, etc.).
a Input the IP address of the default gateway connected to the Intelligent Controller as necessary.

66 67
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 Using the System Main
6 Sub11 6 Using the System Main6 Sub11
s Input the IP address of the primary and secondary DNS servers as necessary. For items q and w, touch each input box and a soft keyboard will appear.
d Input the IP address of the primary and secondary WINS servers as necessary. q Input an optional user ID (within 20 characters).
f Input the Intelligent Controller’s device name (device ID) (within 15 characters). w Input an optional password (within 10 characters).
(This is used to identify the Intelligent Controller when using DNS, for example.) e Users include three categories: “Administrator”, “Special user”, and “General user”.
* Refer to the network administrator for confirmation of detailed mail and network settings. No. 000 denotes “Administrator” (A special user solely admitted; its initial user ID: administrator).
* If you change the settings for items u and f, the system restarts so that the new settings are reflected No.001 or higher denotes “Special user” if authority is set to ❍, and “General user” if authority is
when you switch to other screens. set to ✕. Depending on the user, the functions available from the Web differ as follows.
* You cannot set the IP address to “0.0.0.0” or “255.255.255.255”. You cannot set the subnet mask, default Tenants Prohibit Screen 3-3 Screen 4-2 Screen 4-4 Screen 6-3 Screen 6-4 Screen 6-5
gateway, DNS, or WINS to “0.0.0.0”. affected remote control Download Alarm log Sent mail log Program timer Ten.Ho/ Prohibit R/C
settings TimerSp.Day

Administrator All tenants ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍


6.8.11 User settings Special user
Specified Confirmation Confirmation Confirmation
tenants ❍ ✕ ❍ ✕ only only only
The user ID, password, authority, and operatable tenant can be set. Specified Confirmation
General user ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕
tenants only

Procedure r When touching the input box, the following small screen is displayed, where you set operatable
Select 6.Auxialiary settings in the main menu and 11.User settings in the sub menu. tenants by User ID.
1.Zone name
2.ZoneNo./Mng.target
3.Program timer
4.Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day
5.Prohibit R/C
1.Status/Control 6.Distribution time zone
2.Total data/Cut-off 7.Special distrib. day
3.Distrib. ratio/Usage 8.I/D unit settings
4.Maintenance/Test Run 9.Other settings t
5.Initial settings 10.WEB settings
6.Auxiliary settings 11.User settings
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 130
y
u
i
o
q a
w t Register the tenant selected on the left side into the right side as the operatable tenant.
e y Delete the tenant selected on the right side from among the operatable tenants.
r u Select all the tenants on the left side.
i Cancel this tenant setting change.
o Make register setting for this user as the operatable tenant.
a Select all the tenants on the right side.

68 69
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6 Using the System 6 Using the System

6.9 System Configuration Changes 6.9.2 When system configuration may change
This alarm message is displayed in cases such as the
An alarm message like the following appears when a system configuration change (or the following.
possibility of a configuration change) is detected. q The following “Detailed settings” were made from a local
If the system continues to operate after its configuration has changed, distribution ratios and other remote controller.
data will be totally inaccurate. For this reason, cut-off processing must be done with the system in (for address, extension settings, indoor unit capacity, or
the state before the change. The following message is displayed to ask you to confirm the presence/abesnce of an electric heater)
processing. w Only confirmation of “Detailed setting” was made from a
Operation procedure for each case is as follows. local remote controller.
e Automatic address setting was carried out for an indoor
6.9.1 When a system configuration change detected or outdoor unit.
r An additional indoor or outdoor unit was installed.
This alarm message is displayed in cases such as the following.
* “Configuration” includes not only the number of units and
address but also indoor unit capacity, main/sub unit setting,
q “Check system Configuration” was made after removing and presence/absence of an electric heater.
the outdoor and indoor units.
w “Check system Configuration” was made after starting the
While this message is visible, no other operations can be performed except Do later. or
unit and found that it was different from the previous one in
Do now. .
configuration.
When touching Do later. , this window closes and other screen operations are made possible.
* “Configuration” includes not only the number of units and
However, after a while the message will be displayed again.
address but also indoor unit capacity, main/sub unit setting,
and presence/absence of an electric heater.
Touch Do now. to confirm whether the configuration has been actually changed.
Here you can see the link system where the configuration has When a configuration change was detected as a result of configuration confirmation, cut-off
been changed.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

processing is automatically performed and the post-variation configuration is established. When

3 - 131
there is no change in configuration, the screen exits configuration confirmation processing.

While this message is visible, no other operations can be performed except OK and Cancel .
For example, imprudently pressing Do now. while a communication error message is displayed
will result in an automatic cut-off processing to establish the current configuration. Therefore,
Touch OK to perform cut-off processing with the system in the state before the change.
take full care to avoid such a mistake.
Touch Cancel if you do not need to perform cut-off processing.

When establishing a configuration without making cut-off processing, press Do later. to once
close the screen and perform “Check system Configuration” using the 6-9 screen.
Touch OK to check the new configuration. After this, proceed “Perform cut-off?” → “Cancel” → “Confirm the current system configuration?” →
“OK” in accordance with “6.9.1. When a system configuration change detected”.
If you select OK here, the current system configuration is
re-checked and the results are confirmed. When no operation has been made on this screen for twelve hours or more, cut-off and post-
If you do not need to do this, select Cancel . variation configuration fixing processing are automatically carried out.

If the system has changed because of a mistake, return the system to its former state and then Caution
touch Cancel . You should also touch Cancel here if you mistakenly selected Cancel in the Imprudent cut-off processing and configuration fixing or neglecting them when necessary may
previous message, even though the system cut-off processing should have been done. This cause a significant inconvenience in control.
returns you to the first alarm message, where you can perform cut-off processing. When this alarm message is displayed, do not operate the system and contact the store where
While this message is visible, no other operations can be performed except OK and Cancel . you purchased it or its service agency.
This message may be displayed also in inspecting the air conditioner. In such a case inform the
person in charge of service of the fact.

70 71
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 Entering Text and Numbers 7 Entering Text and Numbers
This system displays keyboard and numeric keypad windows when you need to enter names and
numbers. The numeric keypad window appears when you need to enter numbers, and the keyboard
7.2 Entering Text
window appears when you need to enter text. A keyboard window like the one shown below appears when you need to enter text, for example a
tenant name.
To edit an existing text string, touch the character that you want to edit in the input field.
7.1 Entering Numbers Alphanumeric, lowercase
A numeric keypad window like the one shown below appears when you need to enter a number, for
example to register a password.

d q f w e

q s
w

e r

r
t
t y u i o a
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 132
q Input field
q Input field Displays the text being entered.
Displays the number being entered. w Information field
w DEL button Displays information about the target of the operation (for example, the tenant number when a
Deletes digits in the number, from the right. tenant name is being entered).
e Numeric keys e Input mode
Add the digit shown on the key face to the number in the input field. Displays the current input mode (type of characters).
r Set button r Character input buttons
Confirms the number in the input field. Input characters.
t Cancel button t Input mode selection buttons
Clears the numbers entered. Select the type of characters to input.
y Space button
Inputs a space.
u <- and -> buttons
Move the input cursor to the left and right in the input field.

72 73
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7 Entering Text and Numbers 8 Connection of External Signals
i DEL button When connecting external signals, refer to the Installation Instructions (end of this manual) for
Deletes the character to the right of the input cursor. detailed information about the electrical specifications.

o BS button
Deletes the character to the left of the input cursor.
8.1 Pulse Meter Input
a Set button You can measure energy usage by connecting pulse meters (gas, fuel, and electricity meters).
Confirms the input and closes the keyboard window. If you do not need to view information about energy usage, there is no need to install pulse meters.

s Close button
1) Input locations
Closes the keyboard window.
The communications connector panel on the side of the intelligent controller or on an optical
d Copy button communication adaptor connected to the intelligent controller:
Copies text displayed in the input field. You can also copy portions of the text by dragging the P1 (No.7), P-COMM (No.6) …… Gas meter, fuel meter
touch pen over the desired portion. P2 (No.8), P-COMM (No.6) …… Electricity meter 1
f Paste button P3 (No.9), P-COMM (No.6) …… Electricity meter 2
Pastes the text copied with the Copy button to the input field in which the cursor is currently
located. 2) Operation
Each pulse is counted.
The amount of energy consumed per pulse (m3, kWh, liters) must be defined by “ Main5 Sub 4
Pulse meter setting”.
See “6.3.5 Making pulse meter settings”.
Alphanumeric, upper case
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 133
74 75
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8 Connection of External Signals 8 Connection of External Signals

8.2 All Stop Input 8.4 All-Unit Alarm Output


You can stop all connected units automatically by connecting external signals (for example, from fire- An external signal is output when an alarm or error occurs in any connected unit.
alarm detectors.) This signal can be used by alarm monitors and other equipment.
All stop input is available only for managed (“target”) units. It does not affect units which have been
designated as not managed (“Not target”) or individually operated (“Indiv Op”).
1) Output location
The communications connector panel on the side of the Intelligent Controller or on an optional
1) Input location
communication adaptor connected to the Intelligent Controller:
The communications connector panel on the side of the Intelligent Controller or on an optional
DO1 (No.14), DO-COMM (No.13)
communication adaptor connected to the Intelligent Controller:
DI1 (No. 17), DI-COMM (No.16) 2) Operation
The signal goes ON when an alarm or error occurs, and goes OFF when normal status is
2) Operation restored.
While the input is asserted ON, a stop signal is sent periodically (once per minute) to all indoor
units. 8.5 All-Unit Operation Output
An external signal is output when any connected unit is operating.
3) Display

1) Output location
The communications connector panel on the side of the Intelligent Controller or on an optional
communication adaptor connected to the Intelligent Controller:
DO2 (No.15), DO-COMM (No.13)

2) Operation
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

The signal goes ON when any connected unit (including local adaptors) is operating, and goes

3 - 134
This message disappears when normal status is restored. OFF when all units are stopped.
Operation during alarms and errors is included.

8.3 All Start Input


You can start all connected units automatically by connecting external signals.
All start input is available only for managed (“target”) units. It does not affect units which have been
designated as not managed (“Not target”) or individually operated (“Indiv Op”).

1) Input location
The communications connector panel on the side of the Intelligent Controller or on an optional
communication adaptor connected to the Intelligent Controller:
DI2 (No.18), DI-COMM (No.16)

2) Operation
When inputting ON from OFF, the operation signal will be transmitted to all the indoor units.

When both “All stop input” and “All start input” are set ON simultaneously, only “All stop input” is enabled.

76 77
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9 Printing 9 Printing
Printing using the Intelligent Controller is as stated below.
9.3 Restrictions
9.1 Preparation (1) The Intelligent Controller is adaptable to printers of the “PCL” standards, among which we have
made sure that the following two are fully adaptable:
Printing is ready only by connecting a USB cable to the unit’ s USB port. Purchase the cable shown
below (an example) separately. Laser printer 1710 from Dell Inc.
Ink jet printer Officejet Pro K550 from Hewlett-Packard Co.
Example) ELECOM USB2-20 (6.56 ft.) or equivalent.
(2) Some printers need to have the Intelligent Controller powered on prior to connecting the printer
Internal wiring connection (reference) cable or re-power the printer.
USB (A) USB (B)
Male Male
(3) Printers can be connected only to the USB port.

1 1 (4) Only A4-size paper in vertical position can be printed.


2 2
3 3
4 4
(5) Printing is available only in monochrome. Color printing is unavailable.
SHELL SHELL (Metallic wiring connection)
(6) Printing provides hardcopies (just as displayed in the screen).

9.2 Connection (7) Refer to the operation manual for the printer for the printer-side settings, displays, and measures
to counter failures.
Connect the printer with the Intelligent Controller using a USB cable.

(8) The following alarm dialogue will be shown when pressing Print in the events of:

- The printer is not connected to the system.


7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 135
- The printer is not powered on.
- The printer is off-line.

Printer

Intelligent Controller

Connect the cable to the “USB” connector located on the controller’s back.

USB
Used when connecting a
dedicated printer (to be
locally procured).

78 79
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10 Calculating air conditioner distribution 10 Calculating air conditioner distribution
The Intelligent Controller calculates energy (electricity and gas) distribution ratios utilizing the Calculate electricity/gas usage index of entire distribution group
accumulated working time (T/S ON/OFF) or the capacity value of the indoor unit.
* T/S: Thermostat
Let “TOTALe” be the electricity usage index of entire distribution group,
and let “TOTALg” be the gas usage index of entire distribution group.
10.1 Calculating simple distribution Let “m” be the number of indoor units in the distribution group.

Parameters as listed below are used to calculate simple distribution: TOTALe = TE1 + TE2 + ··· + TEm
TOTALg = TG1 + TG2 + ··· + TGm
q RHHi: accumulated operation time for indoor unit i (High fan speed)
w RHi: accumulated operation time for indoor unit i (Medium fan speed)
Calculate electricity/gas usage distribution ratio of indoor units
e RLi: accumulated operation time for indoor unit i (Low fan speed)
Let “REi” be the electricity usage distribution ratio,
r SHHi: T/S ON accumulated time for indoor unit i (High fan speed)
and let “RGi” be the gas usage distribution ratio.
t SHi: T/S ON accumulated time for indoor unit i (Medium fan speed)
y SLi: T/S ON accumulated time for indoor unit i (Low fan speed)
REi (%) = TEi / TOTALe × 100
u Pi: Capacity of indoor unit i (in kW)
RGi (%) = TGi / TOTALg × 100
i k: Weighing factor for power consumptions as T/S ON and OFF
o aHH: Weighing factor for High fan speed
Calculate electricity/gas usage distribution ratio of tenant j
a aH: Weighing factor for Medium fan speed
Let “NEj” be the electricity usage distribution ratio of tenant j,
s aL: Weighing factor for Low fan speed
and let “NGj” be the gas usage distribution ratio of tenant j.
* Accumulated operation time = T/S ON accumulated time + T/S OFF accumulated time
Let “n” be the number of indoor units of tenant j.

Index of indoor unit i power/gas consumptions is calculated.


NEj (%) = RE1 + RE2 + ··· + REn
Here, “TEi” and TGi” denotes the power and gas consumption indexes of the indoor unit i,
NGj (%) = RG1 + RG2 + ··· + RGn
respectively.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 136
Distribution ratios are rounded at the third decimal place and shown to the second decimal place.
When “Object of power distribution calculation” is “T/S ON + OFF time”:
The power consumption index is calculated using “Accumulated operation time” and “T/S ON
* The following table shows which of the formulas q to e on the previous page are used by the two
accumulated time”; the gas consumption index using “T/S ON accumulated time”
distribution modes.
• For GHP:
TEi = (RHHi x aHH + RHi x aH + RLi x aL) x Pi Formula 1
TGi = (SHHi x aHH + SHi x aH + SLi x aL) x Pi Formula 2
• For PAC:
T/S ON+OFF time T/S ON time
TEi = { (RHHi x aHH + RHi x aH + RLi x aL) /k + distribution mode distribution mode
(SHHi x aHH + SHi x aH + SLi x aL)} x Pi Formula 3 Electricity q w
TGi = 0 GHP
Gas w w
Electricity e w
When “Object of power distribution calculation” is “T/S ON time”: PAC
Gas - -
Both the power and gas consumption indexes are calculated using “T/S ON accumulated time”.
• For GHP: Electricity e w
HOT
TEi = (SHHi x aHH + SHi x aH + SLi x aL) x Pi Gas w w
TGi = (SHHi x aHH + SHi x aH + SLi x aL) x Pi
• For PAC:
TEi = (SHHi x aHH + SHi x aH + SLi x aL) x Pi
TGi = 0

• Weighing by wind speed is not carried out for models with their speed set only as High or only as High and low.
• Distribution ratios are not calculated when you have chosen not to perform distribution ratio calculations. (See “6.3.2 Setting the See “About distribution ratios in 12 Supplementary Information”.
date, cut-off date, and distribution ratio calculation method”)

80 81
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10 Calculating air conditioner distribution 10 Calculating air conditioner distribution

10.2 Calculating air conditioner energy usage 10.3 Calculating loaded distribution
Calculate electricity/gas usage of entire distribution group Data flow
[Out door unit] [Indoor unit]
Electricity usage for distribution group = Pulse meter (electricity) count value × Pulse unit Calculation: Operation time by fan speed R
power T2 Heater ON time W
amount (kWh) gas TG Indoor capacity PS
gas for power generation PG Heat exchanger outlet and inlet temperature E1,
Gas usage for distribution group = Pulse meter (gas) count value × Pulse unit amount (m3) standing-by power TS E2, and E3
energy saving-consideration power T3 Actual fan speed
energy saving-consideration gas TG3
Calculate electricity/gas usage of indoor units power at night by ice heat accumulation TC night
high-pressure saturated temperature HPS

Electricity usage for indoor unit = Electricity usage for distribution group × Electricity consump- q T2, TG, PG, TS w HPS eR
T3, TG3, and TC night rW
tion distribution ratio for indoor unit t PS
Gas usage for indoor unit = Gas usage for distribution group × Gas consumption distribution y E1, E2, and E3
Actual fan speed
ratio for indoor unit
[Adapter]

The usage is rounded to two decimal places and displayed.


Calculation:
operation capacity ratio D = f (SH, SC)
fan speed converted value FI = f (actual wind speed)
All through super heat SH = f (E3, E1) Partially through
sub cool SC = f (HPS, E1)
Operation capacity PINb = f (D, FI, and PS), PINg = 0
CIN = f (D, FI, and PS)
Count:
Power pulse count Pc
Gas pulse count Gc

u T2, TG, PG, TS u PINb


7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

T3, TG 3, and TC night PINg

3 - 137
GIN u R, W o Pc, Gc
i PS

[Intelligent Controller]
Setting: Heater capacity H • Power distribution ratio RPI = f (PIA’)
Fan current added value B Gas distribution ratio RGI = f (PGA)
Pulse unit @ e, @ g
• Factor related to ice heat accumulation ICE = f (TC night, RPI)
Calculation: • PIA = f (PS, T2, PINb, PINg) Pice = f (Pc, @e)
PIA = f (PIA, TS, PS, W, H, R, B) • Power usage PI = f (RPI, Pc, @e, ICE, Pice)
PGA = f (GIN, TG, PG)
Gas usage GI = f (RGI, Gc, @g)

* “f” means function. For example:


Operation capacity ratio D = f (SH, SC)
means that the operation capacity ratio is calculated using super heat SH and sub cool SC.

Calculation parameter Simple distribution Loaded distribution


Indoor unit capacity (kW) ❍ ❍
Indoor unit operation time ❍ ❍
Indoor fan speed ratio (high, medium, low) ❍ ❍
Outdoor unit operation ratio ✕ ❍
(Power: detected using CT, Gas: neuro-calculation)
Standing-by power and various heater powers ✕ ❍
Indoor unit loaded ratio (Calculated using the values ✕ ❍
detected by multiple internal thermo sensor of indoor unit) (Overheat degree)
See ”About distribution ratios and energy usage” in “12 Supplementary Information”.
❍:parameters considered in distribution calculation
✕:parameters not considered in distribution calculation
82 83
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11 TERMS 12 Supplementary Information
This section explains some of the terms used in this manual. ■ Powering the system off
■ Adaptor address (No. 0 set on Intelligent Controller, No. 1 to 7 set on communication Always use the following procedure to power the Intelligent Controller off.
adaptors)
Touch the Power off button in the “Other settings” screen ( Main6 Sub9 ).
An adaptor address is the address assigned to an optional communication adaptor.
■ Link system address (No. 1 to 2, fixed) Touch the OK button in the message box which appears to ask if you want to exit the program.
A link system is a collection of indoor units and outdoor units connected to a single indoor/
outdoor control wire. Up to two link systems each can be connected to the Intelligent Controller Wait until a message appears to inform you that “It is now safe to turn off the Intelligent Controller.” (∗)
and to an optional communication adaptor. and then power the system off.
■ Outdoor unit system address (No. 1 to 30 for each link system, set on outdoor unit side) (*Several minutes may pass before this message appears.)
An outdoor unit system is collection consisting of one outdoor unit and the indoor units ■ Air conditioner limitations
connected to that outdoor unit. A single link system can contain up to 30 outdoor systems. Some types of air conditioners are limited in the settings which they support.
For example, cooling-only air conditions cannot be set to heating.
■ Indoor unit address
Floor-type models typically support only high fan speeds.
Up to 64 indoor units can be connected in one link system.
Ceiling mounted models do not have flaps, and therefore cannot change the fan direction.
The Intelligent Controller system supports up to two link systems connected to the Intelligent You should be aware of the limitations of the air conditioner models in your system.
Controller only (128 indoor units), or four link systems (256 indoor units) when an optional For more information, contact your dealer or service provider.
communication adaptor is connected.
■ Standby power (for simple distribution)
Indoor unit addresses, central control addresses, and unit names are applied to indoor units.
The Intelligent Controller performs distribution calculations on the basis of indoor unit operating time.
• Indoor unit address (No.1~/for each outdoor unit system, set on indoor unit side) Therefore it does not count power consumed while under are stopped (on standby).
An indoor unit address is a unique number within an outdoor unit system. For example, if no units are operated over the course of a month, no standby power consumption is
These numbers are assigned to each indoor unit, including units subject to group control. distributed to any tenant. However if a unit is operated for even one minute, then all of the standby power
These numbers are the smallest unit of totals calculation and distribution calculation. consumption is distributed to the corresponding tenant.
• Central control address (No.1 to 64 for each link system, set on Intelligent Controller and For loaded distribution, distribution is made with standing-by power added.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 138
other central control equipment) ■ W Multi GHP outdoor unit data is displayed as “Reference unit”.
A central control address is a unique number within a link system. It is shared with other Because the reference unit changes depending on operating conditions, the data displayed by the
central control equipment (system controllers, multi controllers, etc.) Intelligent Controller also changes.
This is the same address used in group control. Outdoor unit data is data such as “number of operations” and “operating time”.
• Unit name (set on Intelligent Controller) ■ Only an alarm code is displayed in the notification bar and alarm log display.
This is the same name used in group control. The content of an alarm can very for different models, even if the alarm code is the same. Consult the
It is the smallest unit of operation, monitoring, and timer operations. documentation of the various models to determine the content of the alarm.
■ Because of data transmission delay, the totals and distribution data displayed by the Intelligent Controller
■ Distribution group number (No. 1 to 8, set on Intelligent Controller) for different time zone (regular hours, out of hours, special days) may not be counted in a completely
A distribution group is made up of one or more tenants. The total of the distribution ratios in the accurate fashion.
group is 100%. The Intelligent Controller system supports up to 8 distribution groups. GHP, PAC, For details, see “6.6.3 Time zone totals and distribution”.
and HOT units cannot be mixed in a single distribution group.
■ Filter cleaning signs and oil exchange signs are updated every 1 minutes.
■ Tenant number (No. 1 to 256 set on Intelligent Controller) Operating time totals and distribution data are updated every 18 minutes. Electric heater ON time is
A tenant is a collection that is the object of distribution calculations (or operation and monitoring). updated once an hour.
It is made up of one or more indoor units. The system as a whole supports up to 256 tenants. ■ Cut off processing for the previous day is performed every day for a few minutes after 12:00 AM.
■ Zone number (No. 1 to 128, set on Intelligent Controller) The system will not respond to user input during this processing.
A zone is unrelated to distribution. It is a range for performing all-unit operation, monitoring, and ■ After the settings of an indoor unit are changed from the Intelligent Controller, the display may revert
timer operation. GHP, PAC, and HOT units can be mixed in a zone. The system as a whole temporarily to the former settings. This is more likely to occur with all-unit operations. The cause is
supports up to 128 zones. communications delay, not any malfunction in the system. If you wait a few minutes, the display will
show the correct information.

84 85
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
12 Supplementary Information 12 Supplementary Information
■ Errors occurred while operating during a thunder storm or because of electromagnetic interference. ■ About On/off Local adaptors (SHA-KL4UGB)
Power the Intelligent Controller off and then on again. (Refer to “Powering the system off” stated on the You can use on/off local adaptors to connect equipment that can be turned on and off (fans, room air
previous page) conditioners and so on) to the Intelligent Controller.
As a rule, the Intelligent Controller should be powered off only in cases such as the above. However, note that the following limitations apply.
Correct management of air conditioning is not possible when the Intelligent Controller is powered off. For details, refer to the documentation of the equipment or contact your dealer or service provider.
■ About distribution ratios and energy usage Central control is supported for the following operations only.
The formulas used by the Intelligent Controller to calculate air conditioning distribution ratios and energy • Start/stop
usage are only approximations. They normally do not yield the same amounts that appear on bills from • Remote control prohibition (start/stop only)
electric and gas utilities. Timer settings are supported, but settings other than "start/stop" and "remote control prohibition" are
Depending on operating conditions, there may be a margin of error between distribution ratios and actual ignored. Remote control prohibition is possible only when prohibition signal output from the local adaptor
air conditioning amounts. has been connected to the equipment. Even in this case, the only operations that can be prohibited are
There may also be a small margin of error between the following, due to the rounding algorithms used in start and stop.
distribution ratio calculations.
Alarm display
• “Distribution ratios of tenants in a group” and “100.00%”
Alarm details are not shown.
• “Total of distribution ratios” and “Overall tenant distribution ratio”
The “C12” code is displayed (meaning local adaptor all-unit alarm).
• “Total of usage by each tenant” and “Total usage indicated by pulse meters”
However, this is possible only when a local adaptor alarm input signal has been connected.
• “Total of usage during regular hour, out of hours, and special days time zones” and “Total of all hours
time zones” About air conditioning distribution
The Intelligent Controller does not measure energy use directly. It calculates energy distribution ratio M Indoor unit fan speed data
based on the inferred load ratio of each indoor unit. The results of the calculations should be regarded as Total operating times by fan speed are fixed at high speed. (Units are treated as if they always
approximations. operated at high speed, even if the thermostat ON signal is connected to the unit.)
■ About operating time totals N Electric heater ON time
Air conditioning distributions and air conditioner operating times are calculated only for periods in which Total electric heater ON time is not displayed.
the Intelligent Controller is powered on and in which there are no communications errors between the O Indoor unit capacity values
Intelligent Controller and the air conditioners. These cannot be read automatically. Set them as kW values in the "I/D unit settings" screen
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

(Distribution is not performed if they are not set.)

3 - 139
Therefore, no totals are accumulated for times when the Intelligent Controller is powered off or in which
communications errors occur. P Product types
You should be aware that errors in distribution ratios will become larger if conditions like the above When connected via local adapters, the system cannot distinguish PAC and GHP units.
continue for a longer period of time. You need to set the type as well when you set the indoor unit capacity.
(Refer to “Tenant name/Distribution group” screen Main5 Sub3 )
■ Setting the current date and time
Q This applicable only to simple distribution. No loaded distribution can be made.
The current date and time should be set on a regular basis, since the system clock can gain or lose up
to about two minutes per month. As long as it conforms to the contact specifications of the on/off local adaptors, any type of equipment
can be connected to the Intelligent Controller. However, you should avoid connecting equipment whose
■ Touch panel operations are not possible at the following times.
operation can have grave consequences for life or property.
• While the system is booting
• During connection checks ■ When only one centralized control unit is installed in a system without remote controller, if the centralized
• Under cut-off processing control unit is damaged, the air conditioner(s) may become inoperable, or other troubles may occur. To
• During PC Card access (backup, restore) avoid this problem, we recommend that you install multiple centralized control units.
■ About passwords
Passwords should be recorded and saved in a safe place. They should never be disclosed to third
parties.
If you forget your password, contact your dealer or service provider.
■ Flickering on the screen
This may occur occasionally. It is due to data refreshing and is not a malfunction.

86 87
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
12 Supplementary Information 13 Troubleshooting
Before requesting service, check the following items.
IMPORTANT Do not attempt to service the Intelligent Controller yourself. Doing so can be dangerous.

Symptom Cause
Nothing appears on the screen when the • Is the power cord connected?
• Microsoft and Windows CE are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other
computer is turned on. • Is the power switch set to on?
countries.
Timer operation does not work. • Is timer operation set to the target unit? Operation of a selected
Other products names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders, or timer does not start if the setting is not set the target unit.
copyrights of their respective holders. • Does the setting match the current date and time?If the
date and time do not match, operation can start at an
• Duplication of all or part of the software and documentation of this product without the express unexpected time. (See “6.3.2 Setting the date, cut-off date,
and distribution ratio calculation method”)
consent of the holder of the rights to the above, and transfer of the software to another party, are
prohibited by law. The distribution ratio is always 100%. • Check the group settings and tenant settings.
Distribution rate calculations always result in 100% if there
is only one tenant registered in a distribution group, or if
• Sanyo will not be liable for any loss, lost profits, or any incidental damages due to use of this product there is only one indoor unit in a tenant.
or the supplied software. Sanyo will not be liable to any claim based on a third-party claim. The power goes off at odd times. • The screen may be blank because of the power-saving auto
Even in the case of errors in calculations of distribution ratios, and so on, Sanyo will not be off function. The Intelligent Controller is still powered on.
responsible for any remedies. Touch the screen to restore the display.
• Regardless of the selected auto off time, the screen may be
turned off when the Intelligent Controller boots.
• The software supplied with this product may not be used on any other equipment.
There is an alarm message in the • The message displays the unit where the alarm occurred,
notification bar at the bottom of the screen and the alarm number. Inform your dealer or service
• This product and the supplied software are subject to change without notice. that will not go away. provider about the content of the message.
The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice. Backing up to a PC Card does not work. • Data can be backed up only to the special PC Cards
(option) for the Intelligent Controller. Backup to other PC
Card types is not possible.
• Sanyo will not be liable for any violation of the rights of any third party stemming from use of
It takes a long time after an operation for • A certain amount of time may be required depending on the
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

information in this manual, or for violation of other rights.

3 - 140
the screen to be updated. state of communications with the connected air conditioners.
Please wait until all of the information is received.
LCD display • In rare cases there may be a dot on the screen which is
always on or always off. This is not a malfunction. Due to
the nature of LCD displays, there may be some color
bleeding in certain areas because of variations in
temperature and so on.
This is normal and not a malfunction.
Nothing happens when an operation • Over extended use, the touch positions and display
button is pressed. positions on the touch panel may get out of alignment.
(→ “6.8.9.7. Calibrating touch panels”)
When local remote control operation is • Emergency operations until our service person arrives:
prohibited on the Intelligent Controller, the Power off the Intelligent Controller and externally installed
Intelligent Controller is not able to start/ communication adapter; re-power on the indoor unit. Operation
stop operation of a malfunctioning air with the local remote control will be possible. However, this
conditioner. cannot be done in a remote control free system.
A power outage occurred. When it ended, • The Intelligent Controller does not power on equipment
the equipment did not come on automatically by program timer after a power outage. The
automatically according to program timer setting for the next programmed time will be executed
settings. when the time arrives.
The Intelligent Controller cannot detect a • Try using the “Check configuration” button in the “Other
single indoor unit. Or it cannot find all of settings” screen ( Main6 Sub9 ).
them.

88 89
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
13 Troubleshooting 14 Maintenance
Symptom Cause ■ Unplug the power cord before cleaning the Intelligent Controller.

One of the following messages is • Contact the store where you purchased the system or our The system has high-voltage connectors and other dangerous components. Always power the system
displayed and the unit does not start. service agency. off and unplug the power cord before cleaning it.
• Application error !!
• DiskErr
■ Use a neutral solvent
• CF error !!
A message, “Diskxx access error”, is Press the [Check] button to close, and press [Reset] to the To clean the control panel and touch panel, use a soft cloth slightly moistened with a neutral solvent.
displayed. (xx is a number from 1 to 4) left of the clock display. If the same message appears again, Do not use volatile liquids such as benzene or thinner, and do not use polishing power or pesticides.
consult your local dealer or service representative.
Doing so can damage painted surfaces and the surface of the touch panel.

■ Avoid direct contact with water


Do not allow water to contact the product directly.
Insulation will be impaired, which may result in damage or electrical shorts.

■ Do not disassemble
Do not disassemble the Intelligent Controller.
Doing so is extremely dangerous. It may damage the unit or cause electrical shock.

■ Check the mounting of components


Several times a year, check to make certain that the mounting of components such as the control panel
has not been weakened by rust or corrosion.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 141
90 91
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15 Specifications 15 Specifications

Product number SHA-KT256EA


External dimensions (H) 10.63 (W) 17.05 (D) 6.14 inch

Method of installation Front door of control panel


Maximum 128 air conditioners (indoor units)
Maximum number of
Maximum 256 air conditioners (indoor units) with communication adaptor
connectable units
connected
Timer precision ± Approx. 2 minutes/month (normal temperature)

Setting unit 1 minute


50 times/day
Operation
50 types of daily timer / 50 types of weekly timer

Timers
Program cycle 1 week
Temperature / humidity
41°F to 104°F / 20% to 80%
ranges for use
Display 6.5-inch TFT color LCD display (640 x 480 pixels), with backlight

Power requirements Single-phase 100~240 V 50/60 Hz

Power consumption Max. 30 W

Weight 13.42 lb.


7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 142
92 93
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
16 Installation (Electric) and Service Instructions 16 Installation (Electric) and Service Instructions
Take the following into consideration when designing the control box:
Safety Precautions 1. To ensure sufficient airflow for cooling, provide air vents (holes, slots, etc.) on the upper, lower, left and right sides of the box, as
■ Before conducting installation or electrical work, be sure to carefully read these “Safety Precautions” and follow them carefully. shown in the figure below. (Be sure not to clog the ventilation hole when setting.)
■ The precautions given in this manual consist of specific “Warnings” and “Cautions”. Be sure to follow these precautions, as they provide Ensure that the temperature inside the control box does not exceed 104°F.
important safety related information. The labels and their meanings are as described below.
Control box example
6.0 inch min.
Warning This refers to a hazard or unsafe procedure or practice which can result in severe personal injury or death.

This refers to a hazard or unsafe procedure or practice which can result in personal injury or product or air vents (side)
Caution property damage.
2.0 inch min.

4.0 inch min. 4.0 inch min.

Warning
● Be sure to arrange installation at the dealer where the system was purchased or use a professional installer. Electric shock or fire may
result if an inexperienced person performs any installation or wiring procedures incorrectly.
● Carefully follow these Installation (Electric) and Service Instructions when installing the unit. Electric shock or fire may result if the unit is
not installed correctly.
● Electrical installation should be performed by qualified electrician, in accordance with the provisions of the Technical Standards for
Electrical Installations, local regulations for indoor wiring, and these Installation (Electric) and Service Instructions. Be sure to use a air vents (side)
dedicated electrical circuit. Insufficient electrical circuit capacity may result in electric shock or fire.
● Use the specified cables for the electrical connections, and connect the cables securely. Fasten the cables securely so that the cables control box (interior) 4.0 inch min.

will not exert force on the connection terminals. Insecure connections or fastening may result in overheating or fire.
● The installation location may require the use of a circuit breaker. Failure to use a circuit breaker may result in electric shock or fire.
air vents (bottom)

Caution
● When performing electrical installation, discharge any accumulated static electricity to ground before touching the unit. 2. Keep the power and communications signal lines as far apart as possible (at least 2 inch, if cabled inside the control box) to reduce
the effects of electrical noise.

Supplied parts Specifications Wiring example


Rated voltage ·················· 100 - 240 V, single phase
Part Note
Part name Quantity Rated frequency ············· 50/60 Hz
number
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

Power consumption ········ 30 W max. ● Do not run the indoor/outdoor communication

3 - 143
Operation Operating temperature ··· 41 to 104°F lines, communication adaptor control lines, input/
q Manual 1 output lines, and power cables through the same
Operating humidity ·········· 20 to 80% (non-condensing)
conduit, or twist those cables together, or place
Conduit
the cables near one another. It can cause
(Power cables)
malfunction.
● Install the main unit away from any sources of
1 Cautions regarding the design of the control box electrical noise.
● Avoid installing in any locations where the unit
Control box machining diagram External dimensions may come into contact with water, or in any
extremely humid locations.
● Avoid installing in any location that is subject to
0.79 5.35 excessive vibration or physical impacts.
17.05
(1) Obtain the installation screws for the main unit on
13.82
16.34 site.
(2) To connect the power cable, attach a conduit to
14.96
the hole of the upper right side and pass the Communication signal lines
power cable through it as illustrated on the right. Input/output signal lines
(3) Tie up the power cable with a snap band to avoid
contact with the signal lines (communication
signal lines and input/output signal lines) inside

10.63
9.29
the main unit.

9 .4 5
9 .9 2
2 Mounting
Caution
(Unit: inch) ● Do not route communications signal lines or input / output signal lines close to power supply lines, or routing them through the same
conduit. Doing so may result in malfunction.
● Mount the unit far away from potential noise sources.
● Do not mount the unit where it could get wet, or in areas of high humidity.
● Do not mount the unit where it could be subject to excessive vibration or shocks.
● Mount the unit inside a control box.
(1) Remove the two pan-head bolts from the lower sides and bottom of the front panel.
(2) Mount the controller unit to the control box using the four supplied bolts, washers, and nuts.
(3) Replace the front panel.
94 95
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
16 Installation (Electric) and Service Instructions 16 Installation (Electric) and Service Instructions

3 Wiring 4 Connecting to external equipment


Always shut off the power supply (breaker) before installing or uninstalling. (1) External system inputs (2) External system outputs (3) Pulse meter inputs
(no-voltage contact point static) (no-voltage contact point static) (no-voltage contact point pulse)
Connection terminals (1) Power supply connection Equipment
Connect the power supply to the commercial power mains (100 to 240 V Equipment
(Output common) Gas flow meter
AC), using a dedicated circuit. P1 (Fuel flow meter)
Connect the power supply lines to the L and N power supply terminals (the All stop input DI 1 All alarm output
power supply neutral to the N terminal). P2 Electricity meter 1

Digital inputs
Connect an earth ground line to the FG power supply terminal. All start input DI 2 All operation output
P3 Electricity meter 2
OFF ON (2) Signal connection
● Connect indoor and outdoor signals using AWG #20 to AWG #14 ● Keep the input and output signal line lengths to under 65 ft. For distances greater than
this, install a standalone communication adaptor, or use a relay. Minimum pulse width 100 msec
two-conductor cable.
N N ● Overall length of each signal line should be 0.62 mile or less. ● For use in areas that may be susceptible to electrical noise, use two-conductor Minimum pulse interval 1 sec
AC100V-
AC240V ● Do not run signal lines through the same conduit as power supply lines, shielded cable (with one line grounded), with a cross-section of AWG #20 or greater.
L L use the same cable as the power supply, or run close to the power ● Do not apply external voltages to the input terminals.
supply lines (maintain at least 12 inch separation, if cabled outside the ● The input terminals use a sensing current of about 10 mA at 5 V DC.
control box). ● The output terminal allowable contact voltage and current are 30 V DC, 0.5 A.
● Do not run the LINK1 and LINK2 signal lines through the same conduit,
Earth use the same cable for wiring, or run the signal lines close together.
5 Power switch 6 Circuit board diagram
1 The Intelligent Controller has a power switch. If
ADAPT
(RS-485) the LCD is blank after connecting power, check
2 the position of the power switch. 7-segment LED
3 U1
LINK1
4 U2 Home key

5 U1 Power Up / down /set keys


LINK2 switch
6 U2 Terminal names and uses
S6 D1 S7 S8 S9

7 DO-COMM
OFF ON
ADAPT +/- : Communication adaptor control wire (RS-485) HOME D2 UP DOWN SET

8 DO 1 LINK 1/2 : Indoor/outdoor control wire (HBS)


7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

DO 1 : All alarm output Termination resistor


jumper for

3 - 144
9 DO 2 DO 2 : All operation output communication
ADAPTER BOARD

adaptor control wire


A

10 DI-COMM DI 1 : All stop input


Power
DI 2 : All start input supply
CN32

11 DI 1
B

terminals S1 CN2
FG AC100 ‘240V
12 DI 2 1 3 10 19

0 9
CN1

Earth
terminal
Wiring procedure Power supply Power switch Signal terminals
Basic wiring diagram terminals

Wire up the communication adaptor control wire and Indoor/outdoor ● Indoor/outdoor control wire (no polarity)
control wire as shown in the figure below. Connect signal terminals 0 and 1 (LINK1) to the Indoor/ * Ordinarily, there is no need to change any settings on the Intelligent
outdoor control wire terminals of an indoor or outdoor Controller board.
Intelligent Controller unit. If using two link systems for connection, connect
signal terminals 3 and 4 (LINK2) in the same manner.
Indoor/outdoor control wire
● Communication adaptor control lines (note + and -
polarity)
Up to seven external communication adaptors can be
connected to the control unit (see figure at left).
7 Verify the system configuration, make necessary settings
Communication However, a maximum of four links is supported. Be sure q Turn on power to all air conditioner units.
adaptor control
wire
to follow the communications adaptor Installation w Turn on power to the Intelligent Controller.
Instructions when connecting the adaptors. Make sure
e Set the date and time on the Intelligent Controller and verify the system configuration.
Communication adaptor that AC200V lines are not connected to the
Indoor/outdoor control wire r Following the display on the Intelligent Controller, verify the number of units connected.
communication adaptor terminals or Indoor/outdoor
W control wire terminals. t Perform the necessary settings. Be sure to set the central control address.
G
G: Gas flow * If the AC200V voltage is accidentally applied to the * See the Operation Manual for details.
meter
W: Electricity
Indoor/outdoor control wire terminals, a fuse will blow to
meter protect the controller board. If this happens, disconnect
the AC200V line, and connect the Indoor/outdoor control 8 Educating the customer
wire to the spare U2 terminal. (The other signal line can
stay connected to the U1 terminal.) The spare U2 ● Give the Operation Manual to the customer.
terminals are right next to the main U2 terminals. ● Explain the operation to the customer, following the explanations given in the Operation Manual.
* When connecting link systems (indoor and outdoor unit control wires),
always connect beginning with LINK1 and LINK2 on the Intelligent Use terminal 2 (LINK1-U2) instead of terminal 1
Controller. Up to 4 link systems can be connected. Use terminal 5 (LINK2-U2) instead of terminal 4

96 97
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Access and Operation by Web Browser

Access and Operation by Web Browser


Sanyo Centralized Accessing the Intelligent Controller from your computer allows you to monitor/operate air-conditioning
equipment using a Web browser.
Control System 1. Computer Environment Requirements
In order to use the web browser of your computer to connect to the Intelligent Controller and
INTELLIGENT CONTROLLER monitor/operate air-conditioning equipment, the following environment requirements must be met.
SHA-KT256EA Supported browser : Internet Explorer 6.0 or later
Operation Manual Access and Operation by Web Browser Java applet : Sun Microsystems Java Plugin Ver 1.4.2 or later
Screen resolution : 1024 x 768 recommended

2. Log-in
To log in to the Intelligent Controller, enter the following into the address bar of the web browser:
http://[Intelligent Controller address]/SACWWW/index_[language code].asp
Thank you for choosing the SHA-KT256EA For example, if the Intelligent Controller address is 192.168.0.2 and you want to connect to the
Contents English page, enter:
Intelligent Controller.
1. Computer Environment http://192.168.0.2/SACWWW/index_en.asp
Before using the system, be sure to read this
Requirements..............................1 The language codes are as follows.
2. Access and Operation by Web Browser

manual carefully.
2. Log-in...............................................1 English : en French : fr German : de Italian : it
3. Screen Display and Operation .........2 Portuguese : pt Spanish : es
Chinese : zh Japanese : ja Korean : ko
3-1. [Each Tenant] Screen ...............2
3-2. [Each Tenant Details] Screen....4 This will cause the web browser to connect to the Intelligent Controller, and a screen such as shown
below appears.
3-3. [All Units] Screen.......................4
Enter the user ID and password set for the Intelligent Controller to log in.
3-4. Distribution Ratio:
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 145
Data Download Screen .............5
3-5. Alarm Log Screen .....................6
3-6. Mail Send Log Screen...............7
3-7. Program Timer Screen..............8
3-8. Tenant Holiday/
Timer Special Day Screen.........9 d c
3-9. Prohibit Remote Control e
f
Screen ....................................10
4. Supplementary Information ............11

c Shows the site name that was set for Intelligent Controller.
d Enter the user ID that was set for Intelligent Controller.
e Enter the password that was set for Intelligent Controller.
f Click the Login button.
85464189952000 SANYO Electric Co., Ltd.
©SANYO 2008 Gunma, Japan

1
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Access and Operation by Web Browser Access and Operation by Web Browser

f Icon display area


3. Screen Display and Operation Shows icons for indoor units connected to the Intelligent Controller.
3-1. [Each Tenant] Screen Clicking on an icon whose frame is shown in reverse will select that unit. Clicking on a tenant name will
After you log in to the Intelligent Controller, or when you use the menu to select [1. Status/Control : select that tenant.
1. Each tenant], a screen such as shown below appears. (Screen details may differ depending on the g Notification column
user logged in.) Shows information about the connection status of web browser and Intelligent Controller, etc.
h Remote control window
Shows the Remote control window. When this window has been closed, clicking on the indoor unit or
making another selection will bring it up again.

c d A Status/Control screen section


h A D C B Shows the status of the indoor unit and the operation condition.
When a control operation is performed, the background color of the
respective field changes and the Send button becomes
available. Clicking the Send button will send all operation steps
performed up to this point to the Intelligent Controller. If you instead
click the Cancel button or perform a step such as selecting
another indoor unit, operation steps performed up to this point will
be canceled.

B Control section
Shows controls for possible operation steps such as start/stop
switching, operation mode selection, temperature selection, fan
speed setting, fan direction setting etc.
If the logged in user has only general user privileges, buttons for
restricted operation steps will be grayed out (inactive).
The REMOTE CONTROL and CHECK buttons will not be
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 146
displayed.

g e f i
C Send button
Sends the changes made to the
Intelligent Controller.
c New button
Updates the screen to the latest information.
D Cancel button
d Menu
Cancels the changes made.
(The menu may differ depending on the user logged in. The following menu appears when logged in as
an administrator.)
E CHECK buttons
Lets you select one of the following screens.
Used to check the timer setting
Remote control window E and remote control prohibition
setting status.
(See “3-7. Program Timer
Screen” and “3-9. Prohibit
Remote Control Screen”.)

Clicking the Return button will
e Tenant list
return the display to the previous
Shows the indoor unit and tenant structure currently accessed by the Intelligent Controller in a list.
screen.
Select indoor units by clicking different parts of the list.
Clicking on the part highlighted in the screen example above will select the individual indoor unit, while
Remote control window for general user
clicking on the tenant name (Tenant001, Tenant002, etc. in the example) will select all indoor units for
i Alarm code display
that tenant. Clicking on the top of the list (Tenant in the example) will select all indoor units of the site.
Shows the alarm code as a tooltip when the cursor is moved over the icon of the indoor unit for which

the alarm is occurring.                          

2 3
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Access and Operation by Web Browser Access and Operation by Web Browser

3-2. [Each Tenant Details] Screen 3-4. Distribution Ratio: Data Download Screen
When you use the menu to select [1. Status/Control : 2. Each tenant details], a screen such as shown When you use the menu to select [3. Distrib. ratio : 3. Download] while logged in as an administrator, a
below appears. (Screen details may differ depending on the user logged in.) Operation principles for this screen such as shown below appears.
screen are similar to those of the [Each tenant] screen. You can download files by selecting them and clicking the “Download” button.

A cut-off data file appears for each piece of cut-off data that appears on the Intelligent Controller unit. Be
aware, however, that the dates that appear on the Intelligent Controller unit appear as file names on this
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 147
3-3. [All Units] Screen screen.
When you use the menu to select [1. Status/Control : 5. All units], a screen such as shown below
For example, cut-off data that appears as “01/Apr-30/Apr” on the Intelligent Controller will appear as
appears. (Screen details may differ depending on the user logged in.) Operation principles for this screen
“20070401-200704301.csv” on this screen.
are similar to those of the [Each tenant] screen.

When the following message appears after clicking the “Download” button, select “Open” or “Save”.
x “Open” ........ Open the selected CSV file using spreadsheet software.
x “Save” ......... Select a folder and save the CSV file.

4 5
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Access and Operation by Web Browser Access and Operation by Web Browser

3-5. Alarm Log Screen 3-6. Mail Send Log Screen


When you use the menu to select [4. Maintenance/Test Run : 2. Alarm log] while logged in as an When you use the menu to select [4. Maintenance/Test Run : 4. Sent mail log] while logged in as an
administrator or special user, a screen such as shown below appears. administrator, a screen such as shown below appears.

c No.
The entry numbers for the sent mail log. With a maximum of 20 (No. 1 to 20) possible entries, the
newest entries appear at the top of the list. When the number of entries exceeds 20, entries are
deleted starting with the oldest.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 148
As up to three mail recipients can be specified, up to three log entries can be recorded for one alarm
occurrence.
d Rslt
“OK” appears when an alarm mail is sent properly, and “NG” appears when sending fails.
e Send T.
The date and time the alarm mail was sent (or sending was attempted).
f To
The recipient address the alarm mail was sent to. If the address is too long, only part of the address
may appear.
g Unit name
The name of the indoor unit for which the alarm occurred.
h Alarm code
The code for the alarm that occurred.
i Stat
“Occurrence” appears when a notification of an alarm occurrence is sent, and “Restoration” appears
when a notification of an alarm restoration is sent.
j Address
The address of the indoor unit for which the alarm occurred.
The address follows the format, “adaptor number - link number - system (outdoor) number - indoor
number”.
When a test mail is sent, “TEST_MAIL” appears.

6 7
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Access and Operation by Web Browser Access and Operation by Web Browser

3-7. Program Timer Screen 3-8. Tenant Holiday/Timer Special Day Screen
When you use the menu to select [6. Auxiliary settings : 3. Program timer] while logged in as an When you use the menu to select [6. Auxiliary settings : 4. Ten.Ho/TimerSp.Day] while logged in as an
administrator, or use the “CHECK” button for timer operation in the remote control window, a screen such administrator, a screen such as shown below appears.
as shown below appears. (As non-administrator users can only confirm settings and not configure them,
the “Cancel” and “Send” buttons only appear when logged in as an administrator.)

You can only configure tenant holiday/timer special day settings one tenant at a time. If you attempt to
switch to Tenant002 settings in the middle of configuring Tenant001 settings, for example, the message
You can only configure daily timer settings one number (D1, D2, etc.) at a time. If you attempt to switch “Send for each tenant.” appears.
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

3 - 149
to D2 settings in the middle of configuring D1 settings, for example, the message “Send for each daily In such a case, apply or cancel the current settings by clicking the “Send” or “Cancel” button, respectively,
timer.” appears. before configuring the next tenant.
In such a case, apply or cancel the current settings by clicking the “Send” or “Cancel” button, respectively, To copy changed settings, click the “Send” button and apply the settings before copying.
before configuring the next daily timer number.
For details on the settings, refer to the operation manual for the Intelligent Controller.
For details on the settings, refer to the operation manual for the Intelligent Controller.

The “Check RC prohib.” button appears in the above screen when logged in as an administrator or
special user. When you click on this button, a screen such as shown below appears.

8 9
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Access and Operation by Web Browser Access and Operation by Web Browser

3-9. Prohibit Remote Control Screen


4. Supplementary Information
When you use the menu to select [6. Auxiliary settings : 5. Prohibit R/C] while logged in as an
administrator, or click the “CHECK” button for prohibit remote control in the remote control window, a Ŷ When connecting the Intelligent Controller via Internet, consider implementing network security
screen such as shown below appears. (As non-administrator users can only confirm settings and not measures, such as a firewall.
configure them, the “Cancel” and “Send” buttons only appear when logged in as an administrator.)
Ŷ Error Messages

Error Cause Remedy


System configuration The system configuration of the This is a warning message.
change! Intelligent Controller has changed. Wait a moment and resume
(when logged in with operation.
Administrator privileges)
Intelligent Controller is now The Intelligent Controller is applying If configuring settings with the
processing, please wait. settings. Intelligent Controller, switch to a
Please try later. Access from the Web is heavy. non-settings screen (such as
screen 1-n).
Wait a moment and resume
operation.
Communication error The Intelligent Controller was turned Try the operation again.
off while connected, or a cable was Verify that the Intelligent
unplugged. Controller is turned on, and that
the network wiring connections
are correct.
Invalid user ID The entered user ID is different from Verify the user ID that was
For details on the settings, refer to the operation manual for the Intelligent Controller. the user ID registered on the registered to the Intelligent
7. Intelligent Controller (SHA-KT256EA)

Intelligent Controller. Controller.

3 - 150
Wrong password The entered password is different Verify the password that was
from the password registered on the registered to the Intelligent
Intelligent Controller. Controller.

10 11
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)
Instructions for the Electrical Installer

For your safety


Read the following instructions carefully, and carry out secure installation and electrical work.
The precautions given in this manual consist of specific “Warnings” and “Cautions”. They provide important safety-related information. Be
sure to strictly observe all safety procedures. The labels and their meanings are as described below.

This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe procedure or practice that can result in severe personal injury or
Warning death.

This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe procedure or practice that can result in personal injury or product or
Caution property damage.

* After installation is completed, perform a test run to check for operating trouble. Explain operating procedures to the customer following the
central control device Operation Manual and then request the customer to store this Instructions for the Electrical Installer together with the
central control device Operation Manual.

Warning
Be sure to arrange installation by the dealer where the system was purchased or by a professional installer. Electric shock or fire may result
if an inexperienced person performs any installation or wiring procedures incorrectly.
Be sure that this unit is securely installed in accordance with this Instructions for the Electrical Installer. Electric shock or fire may result if
any installation or wiring procedures are incorrectly performed.
Only a qualified electrician should attempt to connect this system, in accordance with the instructions in this manual. Use a dedicated
electrical circuit. Insufficient electrical circuit capacity or incorrect installation may cause electric shock and fire.
1
Use the specified cables for the electrical connections, and connect the cables securely. Run and fasten the cables securely so that
external forces or pressure placed on the cables will not be transmitted to the connection terminals. Overheating or fire may result if
connections or attachments are not secure.
Depending on the installation conditions and location, an earth leakage breaker may be required. If an earth-leakage breaker is not
installed, there is a danger of electric shock or fire.
2

Caution
Ground yourself to discharge static electricity before performing any wiring.
3

3 - 151
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)

1 Installing
Note
Do not run the indoor/outdoor communication lines, input/
output lines, and power cables through the same conduit, or
twist those cables together, or place the cables near one
another. It can cause malfunction.
Install the main unit away from any sources of electrical
noise.
Avoid installing in any locations where the unit may come
into contact with water, or in any extremely humid locations.
Avoid installing in any location that is subject to excessive
vibration or physical impacts.

(1) Obtain the installation screws for the main unit on site.
(2) To connect the power cable, attach a conduit to the hole of
the left side and pass the power cable through it as
illustrated on the right.
(3) Tie up the power cable with a snap band to avoid contact
with the board or the signal lines (communication lines and
input/output lines) inside the main unit.

1
2 Wiring
Always shut off the power supply (breaker) before installing or uninstalling the Communication Adaptor.
2 Remove the two screws at the front of the unit and remove the upper case.

Arrangement of the terminal board and switches


Detailed board Detailed terminal
illustration assembly illustration

3 7-segment LED

Home key
Up, down and
set keys
N L ON 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
+ –
4
DO 1 DO 2 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3
S6 D1 S7 S8 S9
AC100V~240V OFF ADAPT(RS485) DO-COMMON DI-COMMON
ADAPTER BOARD

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
HOME D2 UP DOWN SET POWER U1 U2 (LINK1 U1 U2 (LINK2 P1 P2 P3
LINK1 –U2) LINK2 –U2) P-COMMON
Terminating resistance plug
for the Communication ADAPT +/- : Communication Adaptor control wire (RS-485)
Adaptor control wire
LINK 1/2: Indoor/outdoor control wire (HBS)
A
CN32

P1: Pulse meter inputs (gas flow meter and fuel flow meter) (*)
5 P2 and P3: Pulse meter input (power flow meter) (*)
B

S1 CN2
FG AC100~240V
1 3 10 19 DI1: All stop input (*)
CN1
0 9 DI2: All operation input (*)
DI3: Reserved
Power supply Power switch Signal terminal strip DO1: All alarm output (*)
terminal strip (see details at right) DO2: All operation output (*)
6 (1) Connecting the power supply
(*) Input/output function when connecting to the Intelligent Controller

The unit can use AC power sources between 100 and 240 V.
Connect the power supply to terminals 2 (N) and 3 (L) on the power terminal strip CN1. (Connect the AC neutral end to N.)
Connect the ground line securely.
7 (2) Connecting the communication line
For the Communication Adaptor control wires, use only two-conductor shielded wire with a cross-section between AWG#20 and
AWG#14 (MVVS or CPEVS).
Be sure to ground only one end of the shielding.
The overall length of each line should be 3280 ft. or less.
8 Do not run the communication line through the same conduit as the power supply, use the same cable as the power supply, or run close to
the power supply line (maintain at least 11-13/16 in. separation).
Do not run the LINK1 and LINK2 signal lines through the same conduit, use the same cable for wiring, or run them close together.
Use different communication and power cables so they can be differentiated visually.

3 - 152
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)

Basic wiring diagram (Example using an Intelligent Controller ) Wiring procedure


Wire up the Communication Adaptor control wire and Indoor/outdoor control wire as shown in the Indoor/outdoor control wire
figure below. Connect terminals 0 and 1 (LINK1)
Intelligent controller on the Communication Adaptor
signal terminal strip CN2 to the
Indoor/outdoor control wire indoor/outdoor control wire terminals
of the indoor or outdoor unit. There is
no polarity.
If connecting two indoor/outdoor
control wire systems, connect
Communication
Adaptor control terminals 3 and 4 (LINK2) on CN2 in
wire the same manner.
Communication Adaptor control wire
Indoor/outdoor control wire Connect terminals 11 and 12
(ADAPT + and -) on the
Communication Adaptor signal line
terminal strip CN2 with the same
Communication terminals on the other
Adaptor
Communication Adaptor. The
terminals have polarity. Connect so
the positive and negative elements
W G: Gas flow meter are correct.
G
Communication
Adaptor
W: Power flow meter When connecting, be sure to use
crossover wiring, not a branching 1
configuration.

3 Precautions for the Communication Adaptor control wire


(Some items are duplicated in other sections.)
(1) The overall length should be 3280 ft. or less. (6) Do not hook more than 16 units up
2
(2) The communication wire has polarity. Connect so the positive and negative elements are correct. to the Communication Adaptor. The
(3) Use only shielded wire. Be sure to ground only one end of the shielding. system you are using (such as an
Intelligent Controller) may have
Communication Communication Communication Communication
further restrictions. Consult the
Adaptor 1
ADAPT
Adaptor 2
ADAPT
Adaptor 3
ADAPT
Adaptor 4
ADAPT
installation manual for your system.
* The Intelligent Controller has a
3
(RS485) (RS485) (RS485) (RS485)
10 11 12 10 11 12 10 11 12 10 11 12
maximum restriction of seven
units.
(7) Make sure that high voltage (ex. 200
V) AC lines are not connected to the
(4) Be sure to use crossover wiring, not a branching configuration.
* Connect the Intelligent Controller to the end of the crossover configuration.
Communication Adaptor control wire
or the indoor/outdoor control wire
4
Intelligent Communication terminals.
Controller Adaptor
* If high voltage (ex. 200 V) AC is
accidentally applied to the indoor/
outdoor control wire terminals, a

Intelligent Communication
fuse will blow to protect the
controller board. If this happens,
5
Controller Adaptor disconnect the 200 V AC line, and
connect the U2 terminal wire of
the indoor/outdoor control wire to
the spare terminal. (Do not
change the U1 terminal wire.)
Spare terminals are located right
6
next to U2.
(5) Change the terminating resistance plug CN32 to the “B” side (with terminal resistance) on the
board for the Communication Adaptors (2 of them) at both ends of the configuration. Change terminal number 1 LINK1-
U2
→ to terminal number 2 (LINK1-
U2)
7
A
CN32

Change terminal number 4 LINK2-


U2
B

S1
FG AC100~240V → to terminal number 5 (LINK2-
10
11
12
13

U2)
8
0
1
2
3

CN1

Terminating resistance B A B A
plug for Communication Terminating resistance Terminating
Adaptor control wire “off” (factory setting) resistance “on”

3 - 153
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)

4 Setting the Communication Adaptor board


The switches on the board control the adaptor numbers, turn the indoor/outdoor control wire connection on and off, and control other settings.

D 8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D 3

7-segment LED

S6 D1 S7 S8 S9

HOME D2 UP DOWN SET


Set key
Home key
Monitor LED Down key
D1: red
Up key
D2: green

(1) Switch operation overview


1 Item selection
Use the and keys to find the desired item, then press the key to select.
1 UP
2 Changing the settings
DOWN SET

Use the and keys to change the setting, then press the key to confirm.
UP DOWN SET

Hold down the key for at least two seconds to reset to the default setting (Any settings in progress will be
HOME
lost.)
2
(2) Adaptor number setting procedure
1 Hold down the HOME
key for at least two seconds so the initial display shows as follows:

3 (no.00)

After 2 seconds

4
(AdP.dt)

2 Press the key five times so the following display appears:


UP

5 (no.05)

This automatically switches to the below display after 2 more seconds. (Operation is not necessary.)

(FirSt)

6 3 Press the key so the below display appears. (Only the green monitor LED is on.)
SET

(1.Ano.00) (Factory setting)

7 4 Hold down the


SET
LEDs are both on.)
key for at least 1 second so the “00” part blinks, indicating that the setting can be changed. (The green and red monitor

Use the and keys to set the adaptor number.


UP DOWN
For example, to set number 3, press the key three times. The following will display:
UP

8 (1.Ano.03)

5 Press the key for at least 1 second to confirm. (Only the green monitor LED is on.)
SET

3 - 154
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)

(3) Setting the indoor/outdoor control wire connection on/off


1 Repeat steps 1 to 3 in section (2) “Adaptor number setting procedure” above. The following will display:

(1.Ano.03) (When the adaptor number is 3)

2 Press the key once so the following display appears:


UP

(2.Adyu.0) (Factory setting)

3 Hold down the SET


key for at least 1 second so the “0” part blinks, indicating that the setting can be changed. (The green and red monitor
LEDs are both on.)
Use the and keys to turn the indoor/outdoor control wire connection on or off as shown in the table below.
UP DOWN

Setting value Indoor/outdoor control wire connection


0 LINK1: On, LINK2: On (factory setting)
1 LINK1: On, LINK2: Off
2 LINK1: Off, LINK2: On
3 LINK1: Off, LINK2: Off
For example, to connect the indoor/outdoor control wire only to LINK1, press the
UP
key once. The following display will result:
1
(2.AdYu.1)

4 Press the key for at least 1 second to confirm. (Only the green monitor LED is on.)
SET

(4) Other settings


2
With the display status showing as in number 3 in section (2) “Adaptor number setting procedure”, press the and keys to select
UP DOWN
the setting items shown in the table below. Set as needed.
The setting procedure is the same as above.
(Press the key for at least 1 second, press the and keys to change, then press the key at least one second to confirm.)
SET UP DOWN SET
3
Note
1 When configuring, do not set the same adaptor number more than once.
* Use numbers between 1 and 7 for connecting to an Intelligent Controller.
2 Turn the indoor/outdoor control wire connection on/off as appropriate.
(Set to “Off” for LINKs with no connection.)
3 For connecting the indoor/outdoor control wire to only one link, use the 4
“LINK1” side.

3 - 155
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)

Table 1 Communication Adaptor setting items


Display Setting item ( grayed in areas indicate factory setting)
[1] Adaptor number setting
xx = 00 to 15: adaptor number
Sets the Communication Adaptor number.
(1.Ano.xx) Set 1 to 7 for the Intelligent Controller, making sure the same number is not used twice.
When actually communicating from a master system, the link system address LINK1 is 2n and
LINK2 is 2n + 1, where n is the Communication Adaptor number.
Thus, when the adaptor number is 2, the LINK1 address is 4 and the LINK2 address is 5.

[2] Indoor/outdoor control wire connection settings


x = 0: LINK1 on, LINK2 on
x = 1: LINK1 on, LINK2 off
(2.AdYu.x) x = 2: LINK1 off, LINK2 on
x = 3: LINK1 off, LINK2 off
Set so any LINK (indoor/outdoor control wire) connected to the air conditioner is “on”, and any LINK
not connected is “off”.
* For solo installation (pulse meter dedicated), use x = 3: LINK1 and 2 both set to off.
[3] Base unit settings

1 Always use 0 (the initial value).

(3.Cont.x)
[4] Settings for the number of Communication Adaptor units in one link, part 1
x = 0 to 7

2 (4.CAn1.x)
x = 0: First Communication Adaptor in the LINK1 link
x = 1: Second Communication Adaptor in the LINK1 link

DOWN x = 7: Eighth Communication Adaptor in the LINK1 link


UP [5] Settings for the number of Communication Adaptor units in one link, part 2
3 x = 0 to 7
x = 0: First Communication Adaptor in the LINK2 link
(5.CAn2.x) x = 1: Second Communication Adaptor in the LINK2 link

4 x = 7: Eighth Communication Adaptor in the LINK2 link


Set the Communication Adaptor unit number for each LINK system when connecting multiple
Communication Adaptors to one indoor/outdoor control wire.
[6] Minimum pulse input detection time setting
x = 03: 30 msec

5 (6.PUL.xx)
x = 10: 100 msec
If connecting a pulse meter with a pulse width between 30 and 100 msec, set to 30 msec.
[7] Local Adaptor connection settings
x = 0: LINK 1 on, LINK2 on
x = 1: LINK 1 off, LINK2 on
6 (7.LoCA.x) x = 2: LINK 1 on, LINK2 off
x = 3: LINK 1 off, LINK2 off
Set whether there is a Local Adaptor (for turning off and on) for each LINK system. If the setting is
“off”, startup will be faster as no Local Adaptor detection is run.
[8] Initial communication setting
7 Always use 0 (the initial value).

(8.SCAn.x)

3 - 156
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)

5 Connecting to external equipment


(1) External all input (No-voltage a-contact (3) Pulse meter input (No-voltage a-contact
static) pulse)
Equipment
DI–COMMON P–COMMON
Gas flow meter (*)
All stop input (*) DI 1 P1 (fuel flow meter)
All operation input (*) DI 2 P2 Power flow meter 1 (*)

(Reserved) DI 3 P3 Power flow meter 2 (*)

(2) External all output (No-voltage a-contact Minimum pulse width: 100 msec
static) Minimum pulse interval: 1 sec
Equipment

(Common output) DO–COMMON

Digital input
(*) All alarm output DO 1 (*) Input/output function when connecting to the Intelligent
Controller
(*) All operation output DO 2

Keep the signal input line lengths to 66 ft. or less. For distances greater than this, install a standalone Communication Adaptor or use a
1
relay.
For use in areas that may be susceptible to electrical noise, use a two-conductor shielded cable (with one line grounded), with a cross-
section at least AWG#20.
Do not apply external voltages to the input terminals.
About 10 mA of 5 V DC voltage is applied to the contact point for input terminal detection. 2
The output terminal allowable contact voltage and current are 30 V DC and 0.5 A.

6 Outer dimensions 7 Specifications 3


Rated voltage ........................................ Single phase 100 to 240V
Rated frequency ................................... 50/60 Hz
Power consumption .............................. 5.6 W max
Operating temperature ......................... 14 to 122 F (–10 to +50ºC)
Operating humidity ...............................
Weight ...................................................
20 to 80% (no condensation)
3.97 lb (1.8 kg) 4

3 - 157
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Communication Adaptor (SHA-KA128AAB)

Appendix A. Connecting to an Intelligent Controller


Before making the initial settings for the Communication Adaptor, check to ensure the below
operations are complete.
(1) Is the air conditioner test operation complete?
(2) Is the wiring for the air conditioner and the Communication Adaptor complete?

To set, follow steps 1 to 5 below in sequence.

This is a required setting.


Set the address for the Communication Adaptor control wire.
For the Intelligent Controller internal board, the address is 0. Set a value between 1
(1) Adaptor number setting
and 7 for the external adaptor, ensuring no value is used twice.
Refer to the number (2) “Adaptor number setting procedure” in section 4 “Setting
the Communication Adaptor board”.
* Refer to Table 1 [1].

This setting is required for two or more Communication Adaptors.


1 Two links can be connected to a Communication Adaptor.
For links without an air conditioner or other such connection, set the LINK to “off”.
(2) Indoor/outdoor control wire
connection setting The Intelligent Controller can be connected to only four links that are set to be active.
Refer to the number (3) “Setting the indoor/outdoor control wire connection on/off” in
section 4 “Setting the Communication Adaptor board”.

2 * Refer to Table 1 [2].

This setting is required only for using an Intelligent Controller in conjunction

3 (3) Number of Communication


with a AMY Software.
When adding another Communication Adaptor to the indoor/outdoor control wire,
Adaptor units in one link the adaptor address for the added unit needs to be changed.
setting * Refer to Table 1 [4] and [5].

4
This setting is not required if pulse input (P1, P2, P3) is not used.
Use a pulse meter whose minimum pulse width is normally at least 100 msec.
5 (4) Minimum pulse input If and only if a pulse meter 30 msec or higher must be used, use this setting.
detection time setting * Refer to Table 1 [6].

6
By not using a Local Adaptor, the configuration confirmation time can be shortened.
Not using this setting will not affect operation of the device.

7 (5) Local Adaptor connection


setting
* Refer to Table 1 [7].

8
Complete!

3 - 158
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Remote Sensor

Remote Sensor / ART-K45AGB

Parts Supplied with Remote Sensor

No. Supplied parts Qty

1 Remote sensor 1
(comes with 7-7/8” wire)

2 Machine screws 2
M4 × 25 or 5/32” × 1”

3 Wood screws 2
1

4 Spacers 2
2

5 Wire joints 2
3

6 Clamp 1
4

7 Installation manual 1
5

Remote Sensor Installation Guidelines


6
Place of installation
Mount the remote sensor at a height of 3.3 to 5.0 ft above
the floor where it can sense the average temperature of
the room.
Do not mount the remote sensor in a place exposed to 7
direct sunlight or a place exposed to outside air such as
near a window.
Do not mount the remote sensor behind an object so that
it is separated from the air circulation of the room.
Mount the remote sensor within the room being air condi-
tioned.
8
The remote sensor must be mounted on the wall or other
surface vertically.

3 - 159
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Remote Sensor

How to Install the Remote Sensor


< NOTE 1 > Do not twist the remote sensor wiring with the power wiring or run it in the same metal conduit,
because this may cause malfunction.
< NOTE 2 > Install the remote sensor away from sources of electrical noise.
< NOTE 3 > Install a noise filter or take other appropriate action if electrical noise affects the power supply
circuit of the unit.
Use an electric junction box (supplied locally) (Fig. 3-57) for flush mounting of the remote sensor.

Under case (back case) Spacer

Remote Sensor

Wall

1
Electric junction box
for one box (no cover)

2 Machine screws
M4 × 25 or 5/32” × 1” Fig. 3-57

Fig. 3-58
5
1. Insert a screwdriver or the like in the groove on the lower side of the remote sensor body to pry off the
back case. (Fig. 3-58)
2. Use the 2 supplied M4 or 5/32" machine screws to secure the remote sensor back case. Prior to
6 mounting, clear the cutouts in the back case corresponding to the holes in the wall box using a screw-
driver or the like. Use the spacers and take care not to tighten the screws excessively. If the back case
will not seat well, cut the spacers to a suitable thickness.
3. Connect locally supplied 2 core lead wires to the lead wires from the remote sensor. (See “How to wire
the remote sensor.”)
7 When connecting the locally supplied 2 core lead wires to the terminal block, check the termi-
nal numbers in the indoor unit to make sure that the wires are correctly connected. (Fig. 3-59)
(The remote sensor is damaged if 208 / 230V AC is applied.)
4. Fit the remote sensor to the tabs of the back case and mount it.

3 - 160
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Remote Sensor

How to Wire the Remote Sensor


Connection diagram

Terminal
block 1 WHT 1 Remote
for wiring the
sensor
remote 2 BLK 2
controller of *1
the indoor unit
Connector Wiring from remote
sensor
Wiring for remote sensor
(supplied locally)

* 1: AWG#20 to AWG#15 wires are used for lead wires.


Fig. 3-59

How to connect lead wires

2 supplied 1. Peel off 35/64" of the


Lead wire from
white wire cab le sheathing.
indoor unit
joints 2. Twist the 2 wires together
and crimp them together 1
with the wire joint.
Lead wire 3. When a crimping tool is
from remote Wire not used, solder the wires
sensor joint together and cover the
joint with insulating tape. Fig. 3-60 2

Important Information When Using Together with Remote Controller Switch


Installation method
3
1. Set the remote controller switch as the main remote controller.
<NOTE > Do not set the room temperature sensor on the remote controller switch as the remote
controller sensor.
Basic wiring diagram
4
<NOTE > When connecting the wires, be careful not to wire incorrectly.
(Incorrect wiring will damage the unit.)
* Wiring when controlling a single indoor unit with the remote sensor and remote controller switch:
5
Remote controller
Remote sensor switch (main)

(Option)

1 2 1 2 6

7
Remote controller wiring
2-pin terminal block
for remote controller 1 2 (field supply)
wiring Indoor
unit 8
Earth Fig. 3-61

3 - 161
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

LonWorks Interface
Product Manual

 Contents 

1. LonWorks Interface Overview 3-163


Product Overview
1 System Diagram
Functions

2. Procedures for Installation (Electrical Work) of LonWorks Interface 3-165


Safety Precautions
Included Parts
2 Installation Method
Wiring Specifications
LonWorks Interface Structure 3-166
Power Board Wiring
Power Board Initial Settings
Main Circuit Board
3 Indoor Unit Enabling Switches 3-167
Setting Switches
Address Switches
Communication LED (Green) 3-168
Data LED (Red)

4 Diagram of External Dimensions


Product Specifications

3. Assigning Central Control Addresses 3-169

4. LonWorks Interface Test Run 3-170


5 5. Checking the LonWorks Interface Version 3-171

6. List of LonWorks Network Variables 3-172

7. Details of LonWorks Network Variables 3-173

6 8. Locations Where Neuron ID is Applied 3-176

9. Panel Diagram 3-177

7 LonWorks is a registered trademark of the Echelon Corporation.

3 - 162
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

1. LonWorks Interface Overview

Product Overview

This interface is a communications interface for connecting


LonWorks to an air conditioner unit (PAC, GHP) control
network.
From the host connected to LonWorks, basic settings and
status monitoring is possible for up to 16 groups of A/C units.

System Diagram

1

LonWorks
communication line
2
LonWorks Interface

Indoor/outdoor unit
control line 3
• Up to 16 groups of indoor units (maximum 64 units) can be controlled with 1 LonWorks Interface unit.
For 17 or more groups of indoor units, connect additional interface units.
• Install a remote controller (or system controller, etc.), which can control the A/C units, to an indoor/outdoor
unit line other than the LonWorks Interface unit.
• Before making the connection to the LonWorks Interface unit, set the central control addresses in the indoor
4
units.

3 - 163
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

Functions

Start/stop
Temp. setting(*1)
A/C unit settings Settings for
from the each group of Operation mode
LonWorks indoor units Option 1 settings(*2)
Option 2 settings(*2)
Settings for all units Emergency stop
Start/stop
Temp. setting
Operation mode
A/C unit status notifications made
Option 1 settings(*2)
to the LonWorks
Option 2 settings(*2)
Alarm status(*3)
Indoor units with active alarms(*4)
Room temp(*5)
A/C unit status(*6)
Transmission interval settings(*7)
1 Configuration properties Minimum time secured
for transmission(*8)

(*1) When a temperature above the upper limit of the temperature which can be set by the indoor units has been specified,
it will be set to the upper limit; conversely, when a temperature below the lower limit has been specified, it will be set to
2 the lower limit.
(*2) Two options can be selected using the setting switch from among remote-controller prohibit, fan speed setting, air
direction setting and filter sign.
(*3) When indoor units are under group control, an alarm is determined to have occurred when the alarm occurs at one or
more of the units.
(*4) The number of the indoor unit at which the alarm has occurred is notified. This makes it possible to identify at which
3 indoor unit of the indoor unit group the alarm has occurred.
(*5) When indoor units are under group control, the room temperature of the main unit in the group is notified.
(*6) When an alarm occurs at one or more indoor units, the alarm code is notified as the indoor unit status.
(*7) All the data which can be output is output at the set interval.
(*8) The same data is not output continuously at the set interval.
4

3 - 164
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

2. Procedures for Installation (Electrical Work) of LonWorks Interface


Safety Precautions Installation Method
The following is intended for the installer responsible for • Install using either of the 2 methods given below.
installation and test operations of the LonWorks Interface, and
should be carefully read before beginning.
The precautions given in this manual consist of specific Horizontal installation
“Warnings” and “Cautions.” They provide important
safety-related information and are important for your safety, the
safety of others, and trouble-free operation of the system. Be sure
to strictly observe all safety procedures. The labels and their
meanings are as described below.

This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe


Warning procedure or practice which can result in
severe personal injury or death.
Vertical installation
This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe
procedure or practice which can result in
Caution personal injury or product or property
damage.

? After installation is completed, perform a test run to check for


operating trouble. As you do, use the central control device
Operation Manual and explain operating procedures to the 1
customer. Then request that the customer store this manual
together with the central control device Operation Manual.
Indoor/outdoor Conduit
Warning control lines (Power cables)
•Be sure to arrange installation from the dealer where the system LonWorks
was purchased or using a professional installer.
Electric shock or fire may result if an inexperienced person
communication
lines
2
performs any installation or wiring procedures incorrectly.
•Please install and ensure construction according to Procedures
for Installation (Electrical Work) of LonWorks Interface. (1) The screws used to install the main unit must be provided by
•Only a qualified electrician should attempt to connect this the installer.
system, in accordance with the instructions in this manual. And
be sure to use a dedicated electrical circuit.
(2) To connect the power cable, attach the conduit to the hole on
the top when installed horizontally or the hole on the right 3
If the electrical circuit capacity is insufficient a danger of when installed vertically and pass the power cable through it as
electric shock and fire may be present. illustrated above.
•Use the specified cables (type and wiring diameter) for the (3) Tie up the power cable with a snap band to avoid contact with
electrical connections, and connect the cables securely. Run and the board or the signal lines (communication lines and
fasten the cables securely so that external forces or pressure input/output lines) inside the main unit.
placed on the cables will not be transmitted to the connection
terminals. Overheating or fire may result if connections or
• Install the LonWorks Interface away from any sources of
electrical noise.
4
attachments are not secure. • Do not run the indoor/outdoor control lines, the LonWorks
Caution communication lines, and power cables through the same conduit,
Depending on the installation conditions and location, an earth or twist those cables together, or place the cables near one
leakage breaker may be required. If an earth-leakage breaker is another. It can cause malfunction.
not installed, there is a danger of electric shock or fire. 5
Wiring Specifications
• For the indoor/outdoor control lines use twin-core AWG #20 to
AWG #14 shielded cables and ground the shield on both side.
• For the LonWorks communication line cables, use twisted-pair

Included Parts
cables with a wire diameter of 1/64” or larger as
recommended by Echelon Corp.
6
Examples of cables recommended by Echelon Corp
Wire diameter Total cable length
Included parts Cable type
/AWG Bus type Free
No. Part Qty 24 AMG twisted-pair
(TIA568A category 5)
1/64”
/24
2950 ft. 1475 ft. 7
• Do not use the same cable for the indoor/outdoor control lines,
(1) 1 the LonWorks communication lines, and the power cable. Do not
run them through the same conduit or place the cables near one
another.
Product manual • Connect the cables so that there is no miswiring.
(Miswiring can cause malfunction.) 8

3 - 165
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

LonWorks Interface Structure Power Board Initial Settings


• This interface contains 4 LonWorks communication boards Not Install: Ordinarily, keep this set to “Not Install” (initial
400300300
(nodes). setting).
• Up to 4 indoor unit groups (maximum 32 units) can be assigned Install: Free topology terminal resistor (51) for the
to 1 node. LonWorks communication lines.

Install Not Install


Main circuit board ON
Node 3
S002 Power switch
S001 OFF
Main circuit board
Node 2 Power board CN006 (when AC 200-240V
power is connected)
CN005
Main circuit board (when AC 100-120V
Node 1 power is connected)

Main circuit board


Node 0
1
Power Power transformer primary-side
board Power transformer
When AC 200-240V power is connected, connect the power
transformer primary-side to CN006. When AC 100-120V power is
2 connected, connect the power transformer primary-side to CN005.
(It is connected to CN006 when the unit is shipped from the plant.)

Power Board Wiring Main Circuit Board


3
LON communication 6 S001
lines (2)
LON communication S002
line (2) (spare) LD001~LD008
CN003

4 LON communication
lines (1)
LON communication
Power board
Neuron ID label

1
line (1) (spare)
Indoor/outdoor 3 COM Data
control lines CN002
Indoor/outdoor
1
5 control line (spare)
FG IC002
100-120 V
200-240 V

• The LonWorks communication lines can be connected to either


6 (1) or (2) in the above figure. The results are the same.
• Do not run the indoor/outdoor control lines, the LonWorks S003 S005
LD009 Address SW S006
communication lines, and the power cables through the same
Setting SW
conduit, or place the cables near one another. Doing so can cause
S004
the system to malfunction.
Indoor unit enabling SW
• Before turning the power on, follow the instruction in Power
7 Board Initial Settings.
• When using the spare indoor/outdoor cotrol line, connect [1] and
[3] at CN002.
• When using the spare LON communication line, connect [1] and
[3] or [4] and [6] at CN003.

3 - 166
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

Indoor Unit Enabling Switches Address Switches

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 OFF Indoor unit group 3 is disabled.
ON Indoor unit group 3 is enabled.
OFF
OFF O : ON - : OFF
OFF Indoor unit group 2 is disabled.
ON Indoor unit group 2 is enabled. Address switch Central control
1 2 3 4 5 6 address
- - - - - - 1
OFF Indoor unit group 1 is disabled. O - - - - - 2
ON Indoor unit group 1 is enabled. - O - - - - 3
O O - - - - 4
- - O - - - 5
OFF Indoor unit group 0 is disabled. O - O - - - 6
- O O - - - 7
ON Indoor unit group 0 is enabled. O O O - - - 8
- - - O - - 9
O - - O - - 10
• One main circuit board can control 4 groups (indoor unit groups 0 - O - O - - 11
– 3). O O - O - - 12
• Set to “disable” if the indoor unit group does not exist. Set to - - O O - - 13
O - O O - - 14
“enable” if the indoor unit group exists.
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
15
16
1
- - - - O - 17
O - - - O - 18
Setting Switches - O - - O - 19
O O - - O - 20
O: ON –: OFF R/C: Remote Controller - - O - O - 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 7 8 Option 1 Option 2
O
-
-
O
O
O
-
-
O
O
-
-
22
23 2
O O O - O - 24
- - - R/C prohibit Fan speed
- - - O O - 25
OFF
- - O R/C prohibit Air direction O - - O O - 26
- O - R/C prohibit Filter sign - O - O O - 27
O O - O O - 28
- O Fan speed Air direction
O
O
-
-
-
O
Fan speed

Air direction
Filter sign

Filter sign
-
O
-
-
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
-
-
29
30
31
3
- --- O O O O O - 32
O O ---
- - - - - O 33
O O O --- --- O - - - - O 34
- O - - - O 35
Not used (Be sure to set to OFF.) O O - - - O 36

OFF Central/individual setting is according to the central


-
O
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
O
O
37
38
4
control device (normal setting).
- O O - - O 39
ON Central/individual setting is always set to “individual.”
O O O - - O 40
- - - O - O 41
O - - O - O 42
OFF Control temperature is used for the room temperature - O - O - O 43
(normal setting).
ON Inlet temperature is used for the room temperature.
O
-
O
-
-
O
O
O
-
-
O
O
44
45 5
O - O O - O 46
Not used (Be sure to set to OFF.) - O O O - O 47
O O O O - O 48
- - - - O O 49
OFF Communicate as a “sub” central control device. O - - - O O 50
ON Communicate as a “main” central control device.
• If there are no central control devices other than this
-
O
-
O
O
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
51
52
53
6
interface, set to “main” (ON). O - O - O O 54
• To set this interface as the main, set only node 0 to - O O - O O 55
“main” (ON). O O O - O O 56
• If using in combination with an communication adapter, - - - O O O 57
O - - O O O 58
AMY adapter, intelligent controller, or system
controller, set to “sub” (OFF).
-
O
O
O
-
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
59
60
7
• If using in combination with an ON/OFF central - - O O O O 61
controller, set the ON/OFF central controller as the O - O O O O 62
main if the ON/OFF central controller’s - O O O O O 63
remote-controller prohibit function is to be used. If this O O O O O O 64
interface’s remote-controller prohibit function is to be
used, set this interface as the main. 8

3 - 167
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

Communications LED (Green)


• Display of A/C unit communications status
COM
LD Display meaning
Indoor unit OFF: Waiting for initial communication
LD 1 2
group Low-speed flashing: Waiting for minimum
COM: Communications
003 0 transmission interval
004 1 High-speed flashing: Initial communication in
LD001 LD002 Display meaning 005 2 progress
X X Power OFF 006 3 ON: Normal communications in progress
X Low ----- Illuminates for 200 ms when data is output to the
X High Flash writer writing in progress 007
LonWorks communicator.
X O Waiting for A/C unit initial communication Illuminates for 200 ms when data is output to the
008
Low X A/C unit initial communication in progress indoor/outdoor communicator.
Low Low -----
Low High LonWorks communication microcomputer error
Low O EEPROM error
High X ----- Diagram of External Dimensions
High Low -----
High High ----- (unit:in)
High O
1 O X
-----
Test run mode
19-11/16
O Low -----
O High Version display in progress
O O Normal communications in progress 8-15/32
X: Not lit Low: Low-speed flashing (once/second)
2 High: High-speed flashing, O: Constantly lit

.
Data LED (Red)
3-7/64

3 Data

LD 3 4 5 6 7 8

Communications
Data LED display meaning
LED
4 No LED lit
All LEDs lit
Product Specifications
LonWorks network
----- Connects to
FTT-10 A transceiver device
Displays the wait time (seconds) for A/C Power Single-phase, AC 100-120V or 200-240V
unit initial communication. Power
Displays the A/C unit communications status 11 W max.
consumption
5 -----
No LED lit
Service
environment
Temp. 32 to 104°F, humidity 20 to 80%
Indoor use only
No LED lit conditions
External
-----
dimensions Height 3-7/64” × Width 19-11/16” × Depth 8-15/32”
-----
Weight Approx. 116 oz
6 -----
-----
According to the test run mode specifications
-----
According to the version display specifications
Displays the A/C unit communications status
7

3 - 168
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

3. Assigning Central Control Addresses


• Before assigning central control addresses for the
LonWorks Interface, use the remote controller to make
central control address settings for A/C units.
• Follow only the steps for "Assigning Central Control
Addresses" when a system controller or other central
controller is already provided.

[Setting Central Control Addresses] [Assigning Central Control Addresses]


(1) Press and hold both the and buttons for 4 seconds (1) Turn the power switch (S001) on the LonWorks Interface
or longer. power board to OFF.
Check that the "SETTING" display on the remote controller is
flashing. (2) Turn the setting switch (S006-2) to OFF (so that central
control addresses are set with the DIP switches).
(2) Set the "03" item code by pressing the and
temperature setting buttons. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(3) Set the desired central control address by pressing the S006
and timer buttons. OFF

(4) Press the button, and check that the "SETTING" display
(3) Set the first central control address with the address switch
stops flashing and illuminates instead.
(The setting data cannot be changed unless the button is
(S005). When assigning serial numbers, a consecutive series
of numbers is assigned for the central control addresses.
1
pressed.)
<Example> If the first central control address is “5,” then this
(5) Press the button, and check that the display on the circuit board assigns central control addresses “5,”
remote controller has been cleared. “6,” “7,” and “8.”
RCS-SH80UG 2
1 2 3 4 5 6

S005
OFF

(4) Make the enable/disable settings with the indoor unit enabling
3
switches (S004).

<Example> If central control addresses “6” and “8” do not exist,


(5)
enable only “5” and “7.”

(2)
4
1 2 3 4 “5” is set as the central control
address for indoor unit group 0,
and “7” is set as the central
S004 control address for indoor unit
(1) (4) (3) OFF
group 2.
5
RCS-TM80BG
(5) Turn the power switch (S001) on the LonWorks Interface
power board to ON.

(5) 7
(2)

(1) (4) (3) 8

3 - 169
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

4. LonWorks Interface Test Run

Before performing a test run of the LonWorks Interface, perform


test runs of the A/C units and assign central control addresses for
A/C units.
STEP 5 Indoor unit Gr Start/stop

0 Start
[LonWorks Interface Test Run Procedure] COM Data 1 Start
2 Start
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(1) Press and hold touch-switch S001 on the main circuit board for 5 3 Start
seconds or longer.
Test run mode is enabled for the main circuit board that is
currently being controlled. LD001 illuminates, and LD002 –
LD008 turn off. S002 PUSH

COM Data
LD STEP 1 Indoor unit Gr Start/stop
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 Stop
COM Data 1 Stop
2 Stop
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(2) Press touch-switch S002. The data LEDs appear as shown in the 3 Stop

1 tables below.
In addition, the assigned indoor unit groups start and stop as
shown in the tables below. S002 PUSH

STEP 1 Indoor unit Gr Start/stop

0 Stop
2 COM Data 1
2
Stop
Stop (3) Be sure to reset the power after the LonWorks Interface test run
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 Stop
is completed.

S002 PUSH
3
STEP 2 Indoor unit Gr Start/stop

0 Start
COM Data 1 Stop
2 Stop
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 1 3 Stop

S002 PUSH

5 STEP 3 Indoor unit Gr

0
Start/stop

Start
COM Data 1 Start
2 Stop
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 Stop

6 S002 PUSH

STEP 4 Indoor unit Gr Start/stop

0 Start
7 COM

1 2
Data

3 4 5 6 7 8
1
2
Start
Start
3 Stop

S002 PUSH

3 - 170
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

5. Checking the LonWorks Interface Version


(1) Press touch-switch S002. • Version display
Version display mode is enabled on that circuit board for a
period of 18 seconds. LD001 illuminates, and LD002 flashes at 0 3 4 5 6 5 3 4 5 6
high speed.
COM 1 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6
Lit 1 2 High-speed flashing
2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6

3 3 4 5 6 8 3 4 5 6
(2) While the version is displayed (18 seconds), the display
contents are the following. 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6
4 9
Displays the first
digit of the main Off Lit
microcomputer
First 3 seconds <Example> Main microcomputer Version 3.56
version
LonWorks I/F microcomputer Version 2.00
3 4 5 6 7 8
Data
3 4 5 6 7 8
“3”
Displays the second Data
digit of the main
microcomputer
Lit Off 1
Next 3 seconds version

3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8
Data “5”
Data
2
Displays the third
digit of the main Lit Lit
microcomputer
Next 3 seconds version 3 4 5 6 7 8

3 4 5 6 7 8 Data “6”
3
Data

Displays the first digit


of the LonWorks I/F Off Lit 3 4 5 6 7 8
Next 3 seconds
microcomputer
version Data “2” 4
3 4 5 6 7 8
Data

Displays the second


digit of the LonWorks
3 4 5 6 7 8
Data “0”
5
Lit Off
I/F microcomputer
Next 3 seconds version

3 4 5 6 7 8
Data 3 4 5 6 7 8 6
Data “0”
Displays the third
digit of the LonWorks Lit Lit
I/F microcomputer
Last 3 seconds version
7
3 4 5 6 7 8
Data

3 - 171
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

6. List of LonWorks Network Variables

A/C unit Input/output Item Variable name Variable type


Start/stop nviOnOff_00 SNVT_switch
Temp. setting nviSetPoint_00 SNVT_temp_p
Input Operating mode nviHeatCool_00 SNVT_hvac_mode
Option 1 setting nviOption1_00 SNVT_switch
Option 2 setting nviOption2_00 SNVT_switch
Start/stop status nvoOnOff_00 SNVT_switch
Temp. setting nvoSetPoint_00 SNVT_temp_p
Indoor group 0
Operating mode nvoHeatCool_00 SNVT_hvac_mode
Option 1 status nvoOption1_00 SNVT_switch
Output Option 2 status nvoOption2_00 SNVT_switch
Alarm status nvoAlarm_00 SNVT_switch
Indoor units with active alarms nvoAlarmIn_00 SNVT_switch
Room temp. nvoSpaceTemp_00 SNVT_temp_p
Indoor unit status nvoInState_00 SNVT_count
Start/stop nviOnOff_01 SNVT_switch
Temp. setting nviHeatCool_01 SNVT_temp_p
Input Operating mode nviSetPoint_01 SNVT_hvac_mode
Option 1 setting nviOption1_01 SNVT_switch
Option 2 setting nviOption2_01 SNVT_switch
Start/stop status nvoOnOff_01 SNVT_switch
Temp. setting nvoSetPoint_01 SNVT_temp_p
Indoor group 1
1 Output
Operating mode
Option 1 status
nvoHeatCool_01
nvoOption1_01
SNVT_hvac_mode
SNVT_switch
Option 2 status nvoOption2_01 SNVT_switch
Alarm status nvoAlarm_01 SNVT_switch
Indoor units with active alarms nvoAlarmIn_01 SNVT_switch
Room temp. nvoSpaceTemp_01 SNVT_temp_p
Indoor unit status nvoInState_01 SNVT_count

2 Start/stop
Temp. setting
nviOnOff_02
nviHeatCool_02
SNVT_switch
SNVT_temp_p
Input Operating mode nviSetPoint_02 SNVT_hvac_mode
Option 1 setting nviOption1_02 SNVT_switch
Option 2 setting nviOption2_02 SNVT_switch
Start/stop status nvoOnOff_02 SNVT_switch
Temp. setting nvoSetPoint_02 SNVT_temp_p
3 Indoor group 2
Operating mode
Option 1 status
nvoHeatCool_02
nvoOption1_02
SNVT_hvac_mode
SNVT_switch
Output Option 2 status nvoOption2_02 SNVT_switch
Alarm status nvoAlarm_02 SNVT_switch
Indoor units with active alarms nvoAlarmIn_02 SNVT_switch
Room temp. nvoSpaceTemp_02 SNVT_temp_p

4 Indoor unit status


Start/stop
Temp. setting
nvoInState_02
nviOnOff_03
nviHeatCool_03
SNVT_count
SNVT_switch
SNVT_temp_p
Input Operating mode nviSetPoint_03 SNVT_hvac_mode
Option 1 setting nviOption1_03 SNVT_switch
Option 2 setting nviOption2_03 SNVT_switch
Start/stop status nvoOnOff_03 SNVT_switch

5 Indoor group 3
Temp. setting
Operating mode
nvoSetPoint_03
nvoHeatCool_03
SNVT_temp_p
SNVT_hvac_mode
Option 1 status nvoOption1_03 SNVT_switch
Output Option 2 status nvoOption2_03 SNVT_switch
Alarm status nvoAlarm_03 SNVT_switch
Indoor units with active alarms nvoAlarmIn_03 SNVT_switch
Room temp. nvoSpaceTemp_03 SNVT_temp_p
6 Indoor groups 0 – 3 Input
Indoor unit status
Emergency stop
nvoInState_03
nviAllInOff
SNVT_count
SNVT_switch

Transmission intervals settings nciSndHrtBt SNVT_time_sec


Minimum time secured for transmission nciMinOutTm SNVT_time_sec

3 - 172
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

7. Details of LonWorks Network Variables


[nv1] Unit start/stop command [nv4] Temperature setting status notification
network input SNVT_switch nviOnOff_00; network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSetpoint_01;
network input SNVT_switch nviOnOff_01; network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSetpoint_01;
network input SNVT_switch nviOnOff_02; network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSetpoint_02;
network input SNVT_switch nviOnOff_03; network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSetpoint_03;

These input network variables are used to change the start/stop These output network variables are output when the temperature
status of the indoor unit. setting status is changed.
If start/stop is only done from an A/C unit side (as with the remote They are also output when the status has been changed from an A/C
controller), then it is not necessary to use these network variables. unit side (with the remote controller).
They are output when the LonWorks Interface or the A/C unit
Contents state 0: Stop value (Not used) power is reset.
1: start
Contents
Valid range Output range: 60 - 86°F
[nv2] Unit start/stop status notification Temp. unit: 1.8 °F
network output SNVT_switch nvoOnOff_00;
network output SNVT_switch nvoOnOff_01; * Be aware that the temperature setting ranges may vary according to
network output SNVT_switch nvoOnOff_02; the models of the outdoor and indoor units.
network output SNVT_switch nvoOnOff_03;

These output network variables are used to provide notification of


the unit’s current start/stop status and the thermostat ON/OFF status.
They are also output when the status has been changed from an A/C
[nv5] Operating mode setting command
network input SNVT_hvac_mode nviHeatCool_00;
network input SNVT_hvac_mode nviHeatCool_01;
1
unit side (as with the remote controller). network input SNVT_hvac_mode nviHeatCool_02;
They are output when the LonWorks Interface or the A/C unit network input SNVT_hvac_mode nviHeatCool_03;
power is reset.
When the indoor units are subject to group control, “thermostat These input network variables are used to change the indoor unit
ON” is output when 1 or more indoor unit is thermostats ON, and
“thermostat OFF” is output when all indoor unit are thermostats
operating mode.
If the operating mode setting is only changed from an A/C unit
2
OFF. side (as with the remote controller), then it is not necessary to use
these network variables.
Contents state 0: Stop value 0: Thermostat OFF
1: Start 200: Thermostat ON Contents 0: Auto heat/cool 5: Dry
1: Heat
3: Cool
9: Fan
3
[nv3] Temperature setting command
network input SNVT_temp_p nviSetpoint_00; * The operating modes that can be set may vary according to the
network input SNVT_temp_p nviSetpoint_01; models of the outdoor and indoor units.
network input SNVT_temp_p nviSetpoint_02; * Settings other than the above are ignored.
network input SNVT_temp_p nviSetpoint_03;

These input network variables are used to change the indoor unit
4
[nv6] Operating mode status notification
temperature setting. network output SNVT_hvac_mode nvoHeatCool_00;
If the temperature setting is only changed from an A/C unit side (as network output SNVT_hvac_mode nvoHeatCool_01;
with the remote controller), then it is not necessary to use these network output SNVT_hvac_mode nvoHeatCool_02;
network variables. network output SNVT_hvac_mode nvoHeatCool_03;
When a temperature above the upper limit of the temperature which
can be set by the indoor units has been specified, it will be set to the
These output network variables are output when the operating mode
5
upper limit; conversely, when a temperature below the lower limit has been changed.
has been specified, it will be set to the lower limit.
They are also output when the status has been changed from an A/C
unit side (with the remote controller).
Contents They are output when the LonWorks Interface or the A/C unit
Valid range
Auto heat/cool mode: 62 - 80°F
power is reset.
6
Heat mode: 60 - 78°F Contents 0: Auto heat/cool 5: Dry
Cool mode: 64 - 86°F 1: Heat 9: Fan
Dry mode: 64 - 86°F 3: Cool
Fan mode: Temp. setting not used.
Temperature settings are made in units of 1.8°F. (Values after the
decimal point are discarded.)
7
* Be aware that the temperature setting ranges may vary according to
the models of the outdoor and indoor units.

3 - 173
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

[nv7] Option 1 setting command [nv8] Option 1 setting status notification


[nv9] Option 2 setting command [nv10] Option 2 setting status notification
network input SNVT_switch nviOption1_00; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption1_00;
network input SNVT_switch nviOption1_01; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption1_01;
network input SNVT_switch nviOption1_02; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption1_02;
network input SNVT_switch nviOption1_03; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption1_03;
network input SNVT_switch nviOption2_00; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption2_00;
network input SNVT_switch nviOption2_01; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption2_01;
network input SNVT_switch nviOption2_02; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption2_02;
network input SNVT_switch nviOption2_03; network output SNVT_switch nvoOption2_03;

These input network variables are used to make the indoor unit These output network variables provide notification of changes in
option settings. the status of the indoor unit option settings.
Two of the following 4 option settings can be selected: Two of the following 4 option settings can be selected:
remote-controller prohibit, fan speed setting, air direction setting, remote-controller prohibit, fan speed setting, air direction setting,
and filter sign reset. and filter sign reset.
Make changes using the DIP switches on the main circuit board. Make changes using the DIP switches on the main circuit board.
When option settings are not made from the LonWorks, it is not They are output when the LonWorks Interface or A/C unit power is
necessary to use these network variables. reset.

state value Start/stop Temp. Operatin state value Start/stop Temp. Operating
operation setting g mode operation mode
1 setting

0 (Not used) O 0 0 O
O O O
100 × O
100 ×
Remote- Remote-
controller 120 O controller 120 O
× ×
2 prohibit 1
140 × prohibit 1
140 ×
150 O 150 O
O O
160 × 160 × ×
180 O
× 180 O
3 200 × 200 ×
×
×
Other O :Permitted
O :Permitted ×:Prohibited
×:Prohibited
4 120 Auto
120 Auto
200 High
Fan speed 200 High Fan speed 1
(Not setting 150 Medium
setting
used)
150 Medium
100 Low
5 100 Low 50 Very
Other 0 Stop

200 Swing F1
200 Swing
170 F1 F2
6 Air
direction
(Not
140 F2 F4
F3 Air
1 170

140
F1
F2
used) F5 direction
setting setting
110 F3 110 F3
* Positions F4
80 F4 80 F4
and F5 can not be

7 50 F5 set for cool- and


dry-mode
50 F5
Other Swing operation. 0 Stop
Filter Filter sign is reset when Filter 0 0 OFF
sign data is updated. sign
1 ON
8

3 - 174
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

[nv11] Alarm notification


network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarm_00; 0 Normal communications in progress (no alarms)
network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarm_01;
network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarm_02; 1~255 According to alarm code table
network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarm_03;
300 Indoor unit not connected (initial
These output network variables are output when an alarm occurs at communication in progress)
an indoor unit, and when the alarm is reset at an indoor unit.
They are output when the LonWorks Interface or A/C unit power is
reset. [nv15] Emergency stop
network output SNVT_switch nviAllInOff;
Contents state 0: Normal value 0 at all times
This input network variable is used to stop the indoor units in an
1: Alarm
emergency.
Remote-controller prohibit (start/stop prohibit) is enabled for the
stopped indoor units.
[nv12] Indoor unit number with active alarm notification The remote-controller prohibit (temperature setting, operating
network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarmIn_00; mode) status remains the same as before the units were stopped.
network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarmIn_01; When emergency stop is canceled, remote-controller prohibit
network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarmIn_02; (start/stop prohibit) status returns to the status prior to emergency
network output SNVT_switch nvoAlarmIn_03; stop; however, the unit itself remains stopped.
If this function is not used, then it is not necessary to use this
These output network variables are output when an alarm occurs at network variable.
an indoor unit.
They are output when the LonWorks Interface or A/C unit power is
reset.
Contents state 0: Cancel
1: Emergency stop
value (Not used) 1
Contents value Indoor unit number with
state 0 at all times
active alarm × 2 [nc49] Transmission interval setting
* Value = 0 when no alarms are active. network input config SNVT_time_sec nciSndHrtBt;

This network configuration sets the interval for automatic data


2
[nv13] Room temperature notification output. When the set time has elapsed, data is output automatically.
network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSpaceTemp_00; The network variables that are affected by this configuration are
network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSpaceTemp_01; the following:
network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSpaceTemp_02; nvoOnOff_0? nvoSetpoint_0? nvoHeatCool_0?
network output SNVT_temp_p nvoSpaceTemp_03; nvoOption1_0? nvoOption2_0? nvoAlarm_0?
nvoAlarmIn_0? nvoSpaceTemp_0? nvoInState_0?
3
These output network variables are output when the indoor unit
Contents
room temperature changes.
The valid range is 0.0 seconds to 6553.5 seconds. If 0.0 seconds
They are output when the LonWorks Interface or A/C unit power is
is set, automatic data update is disabled.
reset.
When indoor units are under group control, the room temperature
of the main unit in the group is output.
The transmission interval setting is the same for all network
variables.
When the set time has elapsed, above all network variables are
4
output.
Contents
Valid range
Output range: -31 to 198°F [nc52] Setting of minimum time secured for transmission
Temp. units: 0.9°F network input config SNVT_time_sec nciMinOutTm; 5
* Be aware that the output temperature range may vary according to This network configuration determines the minimum interval that is
the models of the outdoor and indoor units. secured for output network variables.
*When indoor units are under group control, the status is output from The network variables that are affected by this configuration are the
the main unit. following:
nvoOnOff_0? nvoSetpoint_0?
nvoOption1_0? nvoOption2_0?
nvoHeatCool_0?
nvoAlarm_0?
6
nvoAlarmIn_0? nvoSpaceTemp_0? nvoInState_0?
[nv14] A/C unit status notification
network output SNVT_count nvoInState_00; Contents
network output SNVT_count nvoInState_01; The valid range is 0.0 seconds to 6553.5 seconds.
network output SNVT_count nvoInState_02;
network output SNVT_count nvoInState_03;
The minimum time secured for transmission is independent for
each network variable. It is not valid between different network
variables.
7
These output network variables are output when the A/C unit status
changes.
They are output when the LonWorks Interface or A/C unit power is
reset.
8

3 - 175
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

8. Locations Where Neuron ID is Applied


The Neuron ID is applied in the following 3 locations.
(1) Packaging box
(2) Top panel lid
(3) On the main circuit board Neuron chip
NeulonID

Node0 : 00 03 18 69 95 01
Node1 : 00 03 18 69 96 01
Node2 : 00 03 18 69 97 01
Node3 : 00 03 18 69 98 01

(1) (2)

4
Main circuit board

5
Neuron ID
IC002
00 03 18 (3)
69 95 01

6
Indoor unit Address Setting SW
enabling SW
SW
7

3 - 176
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

9. Panel Diagram

unit : in.

o7/8

1-59/64
7-7/8
19-11/16
9-29/64

9-29/64
4- 13/64
4-R
1
3/32

1-1/32 1-1/32
1-11/32 4-R 1-11/32
13/
1-31/32 64 1-31/32
2

8-15/32
3
6-1/2 6-1/2
7-7/16 7-7/16

4-o13/64
4
9-39/64
9-19/64

5
18-1/64
4-21/64

6-7/64

7-7/8

6
1-59/64
3-7/64

7
3-o7/8

3 - 177
Control of W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. LonWorks Interface (SHA-LN16UAB)

unit : in.

18-7/64

14-11/64
21/64

1
8-21/32

8-21/64

2
6-o5/32

3 2-
R2
3/6
4
2- 3-3/32

18-1/32
5

3 - 178
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Contents Unit Specifications

4. W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM UNIT SPECIFICATIONS


1. Outdoor Unit .......................................................................................................................4-3
1-1. Specifications ...............................................................................................................4-3
1-2. Dimensional Data .......................................................................................................4-12
1-3. Multiple Unit Installation Example ..............................................................................4-13
1-4. Refrigerant Flow Diagram...........................................................................................4-15
1-5. Noise Criterion Curves ...............................................................................................4-16
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type(X, XM Types) ..................................4-17
2-1. Specifications .............................................................................................................4-17
2-2. Major Component Specifications ................................................................................4-23
2-3. Dimensional Data .......................................................................................................4-29
2-4. Noise Criterion Curves ...............................................................................................4-32
2-5. Air Flow Distance / Temperature Chart ......................................................................4-33
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type(A Type) ......................................................4-38
3-1. Specifications .............................................................................................................4-38
3-2. Major Component Specifications ................................................................................4-41
3-3. Dimensional Data .......................................................................................................4-44
1
3-4. Noise Criterion Curves ...............................................................................................4-45
3-5. Air Flow Distance / Temperature Chart ......................................................................4-46
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type(U, UM Types)......................................................................4-47
4-1. Specifications .............................................................................................................4-47 2
4-2. Major Component Specifications ................................................................................4-61
4-3. Dimensional Data .......................................................................................................4-75
4-4. Noise Criterion Curves ...............................................................................................4-80
4-5. Increasing the Fan Speed ..........................................................................................4-83 3
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type(D Type) .....................................................4-85
5-1. Specifications .............................................................................................................4-85
5-2. Major Component Specifications ................................................................................4-87
5-3. Dimensional Data .......................................................................................................4-89 4
5-4. Noise Criterion Curves ...............................................................................................4-90
5-5. Indoor Fan Performance .............................................................................................4-91
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type(T Type) .........................................................................................4-92
6-1. Specifications .............................................................................................................4-92 5
6-2. Major Component Specifications ................................................................................4-95
6-3. Dimensional Data .......................................................................................................4-98
6-4. Noise Criterion Curves ...............................................................................................4-99
6-5. Air Flow Distance / Temperature Chart .....................................................................4-100 6
7. Wall-Mounted Type(K Type) ............................................................................................4-102
7-1. Specifications ...........................................................................................................4-102
7-2. Major Component Specifications ..............................................................................4-108
7-3. Dimensional Data .....................................................................................................4-114
7-4. Noise Criterion Curves .............................................................................................4-115
7
7-5. Air Flow Distance / Temperature Chart .....................................................................4-116
7-6. External Electronic Expansion Valve Kit (Optional : ATK-SVRK56BA) .....................4-117
8

4-1
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Contents Unit Specifications

8. Floor-Standing (F Type) ..................................................................................................4-121


8-1. Specifications ...........................................................................................................4-121
8-2. Major Component Specifications ..............................................................................4-127
8-3. Dimensional Data .....................................................................................................4-133
8-4. Noise Criterion Curves .............................................................................................4-134
8-5. Air Flow Distance Chart............................................................................................4-135
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) ...................................................................4-136
9-1. Specifications ...........................................................................................................4-136
9-2. Major Component Specifications ..............................................................................4-142
9-3. Dimensional Data .....................................................................................................4-148
9-4. Noise Criterion Curves .............................................................................................4-149
9-5. Air Flow Distance Chart ...........................................................................................4-150
9-6. Indoor Fan Performance ...........................................................................................4-151
10. Intaking Fresh Air of Semi-Concealed Type and Concealed Duct Type ..................4-152
X, XM Types ..................................................................................................................4-153
1 UM Type ........................................................................................................................4-153

4-2
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Outdoor Unit Unit Specifications

1-1. Specifications
Unit Specifications (1)
MODEL NAME W-2WAY ECO-i Capacity Control Outdoor Unit <6-Ton>
MODEL No. CHDX07263, CHDXR07263*
POWER SOURCE 208-230V/3ø/60Hz
PERFORMANCE
Cooling capacity BTU / h (kW) 72,000 (21.1)
Heating capacity BTU / h (kW) 81,000 (23.7)
Height in. (mm) 82-9/16 (2097)
Width in. (mm) 35 (890)
UNIT DIMENSIONS
Ceiling dimension : 35 ~ +2-3/8
Depth in. (mm)
(890 ~ +60)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 584 (265)
Color (Munsell code) Silky shade (1Y 8.5 / 0.5)
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230
Running amperes A 15.1 14.1
Cooling Power input kW 5.28 5.28
Power factor % 97.3 93.8
Running amperes A 16.5 15.5
Heating Power input kW 5.79 5.79 1
Power factor % 97.4 94.0
Starting amperes A 140 136
COMPRESSOR
Type - Q'ty Inverter driven Rotary type x 1
Motor output kW 4.1 2
Type FV68S (Ether oil)
Refrigeration oil
Charge amount gal 1.03 (3.9 liters)
Crankcase heater W 25
Capacity control % 10 - 100 %
Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) R410A - 25.9 (11.8) 3
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Defrost method Reverse-cycle defrost, outdoor unit cycle defrost
Heat exchanger Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
FAN DEVICE
Type - Q'ty Propeller fan x 1 4
Air circulation CFM 5,300
External static pressure in.WG 0
Motor output (No. of poles) kW 0.7/8P
Protective devices High pressure switch, overcurrent (CT method)
TUBING 5
Gas tube in. (mm) ø3/4 (ø19.05) *1 (Brazing)
Refrigerant tubing Liquid tube in. (mm) ø3/8 (ø9.52) (Brazing)
Balance tube in. (mm) ø1/4 (ø6.35) (Flare nut)
Drain port –
External air temperature operation range °F Cooling: 14 ~ 113 °F (DB) Heating: -4 ~ 59 (WB) 6
Operation sound (Hi) dB-A 54.5 (Quiet mode: 51.5)
Connection tubing
Primary accessories
ø7/8 (ø22.22) – ø3/4 (ø19.05)
* Outdoor unit model name beginning with letters "CHDXR"
Refer to the Section 1 “3. Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications.” 7
*1 If the size of tubing (LA) is less than 16.4 feet, it is recommended that the tubing diameter be larger than ø7/8" (ø22.22).
Rated conditions
Performance, electrical characteristics values and operating sound are based on JIS B8616 package A/C.
(Cooling : Indoor intake air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB. Outdoor intake air temperature 95°F DB.)
(Heating : Indoor intake air temperature 70°F DB. Outdoor intake air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB.)
8

4-3
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Outdoor Unit Unit Specifications

1-1. Specifications
Unit Specifications (2)
MODEL NAME W-2WAY ECO-i Capacity Control Outdoor Unit <8-Ton>
MODEL No. CHDX09663, CHDXR09663*
POWER SOURCE 208-230V/3ø/60Hz
PERFORMANCE
Cooling capacity BTU / h (kW) 96,000 (28.1)
Heating capacity BTU / h (kW) 108,000 (31.6)
Height in. (mm) 82-9/16 (2097)
Width in. (mm) 35 (890)
UNIT DIMENSIONS
Ceiling dimension : 35 ~ +2-3/8
Depth in. (mm)
(890 ~ +60)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 683 (310)
Color (Munsell code) Silky shade (1Y 8.5 / 0.5)
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230
Running amperes A 23.0 21.4
Cooling Power input kW 7.69 7.69
Power factor % 92.8 90.2
Running amperes A 25.4 23.7
1 Heating Power input kW 8.60 8.60
Power factor % 94.0 91.2
Starting amperes A 140 136
COMPRESSOR
Type - Q'ty Inverter driven Rotary type x 1 + Fixed Speed Scroll type x 1
2 Motor output kW 3 + 3.75
Type FV68S (Ether oil)
Refrigeration oil
Charge amount gal 1.56 (5.9 liters)
Crankcase heater W 25 + 32
Capacity control % 8 - 100 %
3 Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) R410A - 25.9 (11.8)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Defrost method Reverse-cycle defrost, outdoor unit cycle defrost
Heat exchanger Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
FAN DEVICE
4 Type - Q'ty Propeller fan x 1
Air circulation CFM 5,650
External static pressure in.WG 0
Motor output (No. of poles) kW 0.7/8P
Protective devices High pressure switch, overcurrent (CT method)
5 TUBING
Gas tube in. (mm) ø7/8 (ø22.22) *1 (Brazing)
Refrigerant tubing Liquid tube in. (mm) ø3/8 (ø9.52) (Brazing)
Balance tube in. (mm) ø1/4 (ø6.35) (Flare nut)
Drain port –
6 External air temperature operation range °F Cooling: 14 ~ 113 °F (DB) Heating: -4 ~ 59 (WB)
Operation sound (Hi) dB-A 55.0 (Quiet mode: 52.0)
Connection tubing
Primary accessories ø7/8 (ø22.22) – ø3/4 (ø19.05)
ø1-1/8 (ø28.58) – ø3/4 (ø19.05)
7 * Outdoor unit model name beginning with letters "CHDXR"
Refer to the Section 1 “3. Salt-Air Damage Resistant Specifications.”
*1 If the size of tubing (LA) is less than 16.4 feet, it is recommended that the tubing diameter be larger than ø1-1/8" (ø28.58).
Rated conditions
Performance, electrical characteristics values and operating sound are based on JIS B8616 package A/C.
8 (Cooling : Indoor intake air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB. Outdoor intake air temperature 95°F DB.)
(Heating : Indoor intake air temperature 70°F DB. Outdoor intake air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB.)

4-4
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Outdoor Unit Unit Specifications

1-2. Dimensional Data


CHDX07263, CHDXR07263, CHDX09663, CHDXR09663
unit : in.
unit : in.(mm) Air
intake
CHDX07263 CHDX09663

(Ceiling panel dimensions)


CHDXR07263 CHDXR09663

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)
(6-Ton) (8-Ton)
1 Refrigerant tube (gas tube) brazed connection 3/4" (ø19.05) 7/8" (ø22.22)

37-1/2
36-1/4
2 Refrigerant tube (liquid tube) brazed connection 3/8" (ø9.52) 3/8" (ø9.52)

35
3 Refrigerant tube (balance tube) flared connection 1/4" (ø6.35) 1/4" (ø6.35) Air Air
4 Installation holes (4 –19/32" × 25/32" elongated holes), anchor bolts M12 or 15/32" or larger intake intake
5 Refrigerant port (front: knock-out hole and slit)
6 Refrigerant port (bottom: slit hole)
Air
7 Electrical wiring port (front: ø2-23/64", ø1-7/64" knock-out holes – for conduit connection) intake Top view
31-1/8
8 Electrical wiring port (bottom:ø2-23/64", ø1-1/2", ø1-3/8" knock-out holes – for conduit connection)
(Installation hole pitch)
4
9 Pressure outlet port (for high pressure: ø5/16" (ø7.94) Schrader-type connection) 35
10 Pressure outlet port (for low pressure: ø5/16" (ø7.94) Schrader-type connection) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
11 Knock-out hole for connecting pressure gauge (optional)
Air
discharge

(8-1/2)
1

11
2
82-9/16
74-1/16

3
31-19/64

2-29/32
6-59/64
6-11/32

4-39/64
Left side 2-11/64
4 8-47/64
Z 13-5/16
9 Space for creation of hole on-site
(Max. diameter o1-57/64) 18-5/8
10 7
3 2 Front view
5 1
Installation bracket
mounting surface
1-31/32

6
22-7/8

(K 2 17-51/64
no -23/
21-1/16

ck 64
-ou 8 14-1/4
(19/32)

th 9-1/16 13/64
12-61/64

o le)
6
b
a

(Bottom plate dimension)

1-1/2
4-39/64

hole)
3-15/16

5-1/8

(Knock-out (1-33/64)
1-31/32
37-13/32

Position of installation Enlarged view of A


1-49/64
7 c
5-5/16
Table of Measurements for Refrigerant Tube Connection

6-37/64 Size in. (mm)


9-3/32 10-1/8 13-37/64 3-15/16
1-31/32

34-9/64 6-Ton
(257) (345) (100)
(Bottom plate dimension)
6-37/64 13-37/64 3-15/16
8 Position of refrigerant A 8-Ton
(167) (345) (100)
connection Z view * Measurements for 8-Ton assume that the supplied
connection tubing is used.

4 - 12
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Outdoor Unit Unit Specifications

1-3. Multiple Unit Installation Example


74 (Ceiling panel dimensions)
35 4 35 unit: in.
(Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
6-Ton 8-Ton

(Ceiling panel dimensions)

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)
CHDX07263 CHDX09663
CHDXR07263 CHDXR09663

36-1/4

37-1/2
Top view

35
12-Ton -

14-Ton

16-Ton -
31-1/8 7-7/8 31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch)
70-1/8
(Installation hole pitch)

(8-1/2)

1
82-9/16
74-1/16

2
31-19/64

Left side Front view Right side


35 4
113 (Ceiling panel dimensions)
35 4 35
3
6-Ton 8-Ton (Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions) (Ceiling panel dimensions)
CHDX07263 CHDX09663

(Ceiling panel dimensions)

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)
CHDXR07263 CHDXR09663
18-Ton -
36-1/4 4
37-1/2
Top view
35

20-Ton

22-Ton

24-Ton - 31-1/8 7-7/8 31-1/8 7-7/8 31-1/8


(Installation hole pitch) (Installation hole pitch)
109-1/16 (Installation hole pitch)
(Installation hole pitch) 5
(8-1/2)

7
82-9/16
74-1/16
31-19/64

8
Left side Front view Right side
4 - 13
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Outdoor Unit Unit Specifications

Position of center
of gravity

CHDX07263 CHDX09663
MODEL
CHDXR07263 CHDXR09663
15-3/8 13-1/4

of gravity in. (mm)


Position of center
X

(Ceiling panel dimensions)


(392) (336)

(Maximum dimensions)
(Installation hole pitch)
Y
17-3/4 18-7/8
Y
(452) (481)

37-1/2
36-1/4
33-5/8 30-1/4

35
Z
(853) (767)

Weight 584 683


lbs (kg) (265) (310)

31-1/8
(Installation hole pitch) Top view
35
(Ceiling panel dimensions)

1
(8-1/2)

3
82-9/16
74-1/16

4
31-19/64

5
Z

6
1-47/64 X Right side
31-7/64
34-9/16
7 unit : in.
Front view

4 - 14
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Outdoor Unit Unit Specifications

1-4. Refrigerant Flow Diagram


CHDX07263, CHDXR07263

Solenoid
valve High pressure switch
To be brazed pinch

Accumulator
after oil is inserted. (1 portion)
Compressor
Thermistor position
Oil separator
Balance tube
Oil drain Strainer 1/4" flare connection
Solenoid valve
High pressure sensor
For HP
4-way valve Gas tube
3/4" Brazing

Low pressure For LP Solenoid


valve
Liquid tube
3/8" Brazing
Solenoid
valve
Outside air Fusible
plug
1
Fusible
Electronic Electronic plug
control valve control valve
2
Electronic control valve

CHDX09663, CHDXR09663

High pressure sensor


3
Solenoid To be brazed pinch
valve
Accumulator

after oil is inserted. (1 portion)


Thermistor position
Compressor
Oil separator
Balance tube
4
Oil drain 1/4" flare connection
Strainer
Solenoid valve
High pressure sensor
For HP
4-way valve Solenoid valve Gas tube 5
7/8" Brazing (Use supplied only)

Low pressure For LP Solenoid


valve
Liquid tube 6
Solenoid 3/8" Brazing
valve
Outside air Fusible
plug

Fusible
7
plug
Electronic Electronic
control valve control valve

Electronic control valve 8

4 - 15
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
1. Outdoor Unit Unit Specifications

1-5. Noise Criterion Curves

MODEL CHDX07263, CHDXR07263 MODEL CHDX09663, CHDXR09663


60Hz 60Hz
SOUND LEVEL 54.5 SOUND LEVEL 55.0
dB(A) (Quiet mode 51.5) Standard mode dB(A) (Quiet mode 52.0) Standard mode
(Cooling/Heating) (Cooling/Heating)
Quiet mode Quiet mode
CONDITION 3.3 ft front at height of 4.9 ft CONDITION 3.3 ft in front at height of 4.9 ft
70 70

60 60

50 50

40 40
Octave Band Level (dB)

Octave Band Level (dB)


30 30
Approximate Approximate
minimum audible minimum audible
limit for continuous limit for continuous
noise noise
20 20
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
1 Frequency at center of octave band (Hz) Frequency at center of octave band (Hz)

4 - 16
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

2-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (A)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit XHX1252
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 550 / 495 / 450
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.65 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.19 0.22 0.21 0.21
Power input W 26 29 19 20
Power factor % 66 57 43 41
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500 hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve 2
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 31 / 29 / 27
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7) 3
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4"
Drain pump Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
Panel Optional (PNR-XH3652)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH80AAB.WL) 4
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color)
Package
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Body Panel 5
Height in. (mm) 11-15 / 32 (291) 11-5 / 32 (283) 4-3 / 32 (104)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 37-13 / 32 (950) 35-1 / 8 (892) 39-11 / 16 (1008)
Depth in. (mm) 37-13 / 32 (950) 35-5 / 8 (905) 38-31 / 32 (990)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 56 (25.5) – – 6
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 53 (24) 16 (7)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 8.1 (0.228) 3.8 (0.104)

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB 8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 17
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (B)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit XHX1852
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 565 / 495 / 450
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.65 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.23 0.26 0.23 0.22
Power input W 30 33 25 25
Power factor % 63 55 52 49
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES

1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500 hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 31 / 29 / 27
2 Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4"

3 Drain pump
Panel
Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
Optional (PNR-XH3652)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color)
4 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Package
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 11-15 / 32 (291) 11-5 / 32 (283) 4-3 / 32 (104)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 37-13 / 32 (950) 35-1 / 8 (892) 39-11 / 16 (1008)
5 Net weight
Depth in. (mm)
lbs. (kg)
37-13 / 32 (950)
56 (25.5)
35-5 / 8 (905) 38-31 / 32 (990)
– –
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 53 (24) 16 (7)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 8.1 (0.228) 3.8 (0.104)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 18
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (C)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit XHX2452
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 25,000 27,000
Capacity
kW 7.3 8.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 705 / 565 / 495
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 5.92 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.29 0.26 0.30 0.31
Power input W 38 40 33 33
Power factor % 63 67 39 46
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
1
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500 hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 34 / 31 / 28
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type 2
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4"
Drain pump
Panel
Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
Optional (PNR-XH3652)
3
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color)

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)


Package 4
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 11-15 / 32 (291) 11-5 / 32 (283) 4-3 / 32 (104)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 37-13 / 32 (950) 35-1 / 8 (892) 39-11 / 16 (1008)

Net weight
Depth in. (mm)
lbs. (kg)
37-13 / 32 (950)
58 (26.5)
35-5 / 8 (905) 38-31 / 32 (990)
– –
5
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 53 (24) 16 (7)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 8.1 (0.228) 3.8 (0.104)

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB
8

4 - 19
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (D)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit XHX3652
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 36,000 39,000
Capacity
kW 10.6 11.4
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 990 / 810 / 740
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 8.24 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.51 0.46 0.54 0.49
Power input W 74 79 76 76
Power factor % 70 75 68 67
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES

1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500 hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 39 / 36 / 33
2 Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4"

3 Drain pump
Panel
Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
Optional (PNR-XH3652)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color)
4 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Package
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 13-15 / 16 (354) 13-5 / 8 (346) 4-3 / 32 (104)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 37-13 / 32 (950) 35-1 / 8 (892) 39-11 / 16 (1008)
5 Net weight
Depth in. (mm)
lbs. (kg)
37-13 / 32 (950)
58 (26.5)
35-5 / 8 (905) 38-31 / 32 (990)
– –
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 66 (30) 16 (7)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 9.9 (0.279) 3.8 (0.104)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 20
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (E)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit XMHX1252
SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 320 / 280 / 250
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.3 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.17
Power input W 38 43 30 35
Power factor % 83 93 76 90
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
Controls
Timer
Microprocessor
ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
1
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500 hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 31 / 29 / 27 2
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection
Drain pump
OD 1-1/4"
Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
3
Panel Optional (PNR-XMH1852)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-XM18AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color) 4
Package
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 12-3 / 8 (313) 11-3 / 8 (290) 4-1 / 8 (105)
Unit dimensions Width
Depth
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
24-5 / 8 (625)
24-5 / 8 (625)
28-1 / 8 (714) 26-1 / 4 (665)
24-3 / 4 (630) 26-5 / 8 (678)
5
Net weight lbs. (kg) 40.6 (18.4) – –
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 41.9 (19) 7.7 (3.5)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 4.6 (0.13) 1.7 (0.047)
6

Rated conditions 8
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 21
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (F)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit XMHX1852
SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 440 / 370 / 320
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.0 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.32 0.30 0.30 0.27
Power input W 52 56 48 47
Power factor % 78 81 77 76
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
1 Controls
Timer
Microprocessor
ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500 hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
2 Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 41 / 37 / 33
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
3 Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Drain pump Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
Panel Optional (PNR-XMH1852)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-XM18AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
4 Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color)
Package
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 12-3 / 8 (313) 11-3 / 8 (290) 4-1 / 8 (105)
5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 24-5 / 8 (625) 28-1 / 8 (714) 26-1 / 4 (665)
Depth in. (mm) 24-5 / 8 (625) 24-3 / 4 (630) 26-5 / 8 (678)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 40.6 (18.4) – –
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 41.9 (19) 7.7 (3.5)

6 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 4.6 (0.13) 1.7 (0.047)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 22
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

2-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. XHX1252
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Turbo (1...ø18-7/64 (ø460))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-53B280HB...50W
Power source 280 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...360
RED – WHT : 87.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 87.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 87.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
(141 +2
–3 )

1
–5

Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31 2
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...3/64 (1.25)
Face area 2
ft (m ) 2
3.88 (0.360) 3
Panel
Model No. PNR-XH3652
Auto louver motor MP24ZN
Coil resistance (at 77°F)  380  ± 7% / phase 4
Drain pump PLD-12230ST
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)
5

4 - 23
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (B)


MODEL No. XHX1852
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Turbo (1...ø18-7/64 (ø460))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-53B280HB...50W
Power source 280 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...390
RED – WHT : 87.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 87.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 87.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4 +2
–5 (141 –3 )

1 Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46

2 Valve body UKV-25D32


Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...3/64 (1.25)

3 Face area ft2 (m2) 3.88 (0.360)


Panel
Model No. PNR-XH3652
Auto louver motor MP24ZN

4 Coil resistance (at 77°F)  380  ± 7% / phase


Drain pump PLD-12230ST
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)
5

4 - 24
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (C)


MODEL No. XHX2452
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Turbo (1...ø18-7/64 (ø460))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-53B280HB...50W
Power source 280 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...440
RED – WHT : 87.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 87.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 87.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4 +2
–5 (141 –3 )

Electronic expansion valve 1


Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
2
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...3/64 (1.25)
Face area ft2 (m2) 4.36 (0.405)
3
Panel
Model No. PNR-XH3652
Auto louver motor MP24ZN
Coil resistance (at 77°F)  380  ± 7% / phase 4
Drain pump PLD-12230ST
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)
5

4 - 25
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (D)


MODEL No. XHX3652
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Turbo (1...ø18-7/64 (ø460))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-93C280HB...90W
Power source 280 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...540
RED – WHT : 43.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 43.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 43.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

1 Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46

2 Valve body
Heat exchanger
UKV-30D33

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube


Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...3/64 (1.25)
2 2

3 Face area
Panel
ft (m ) 6.29 (0.584)

Model No. PNR-XH3652


Auto louver motor MP24ZN

4 Coil resistance (at 77°F)


Drain pump
 380  ± 7% / phase
PLD-12230ST
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)
5

4 - 26
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (E)


MODEL No. XMHX1252
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-XMHX1252 (Microprocessor), POW-XM075XH
Fan...(Number diameter) in. (mm) Turbo (1...ø12-5/8 (ø322), L5-3/4 (L147))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W SIC-72FV-D866-1B...20W
Source 340 V (DC)
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...750

Coil resistance
 –
(Ambient temperature 68°F)

Run capacitor VAC, μF –


Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

Electronic expansion valve 1


Coil UKV-A054
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body
Heat exchanger
UKV-18D31
2
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1/16 (1.4)
2 2
Face area
Panel
ft (m ) 2.91 (0.27)
3
Model No. PNR-XMH1852
Auto louver motor MP24ZN-12V
Coil resistance (at 77°F)
Drain pump
 380  ± 7% / phase
PLD-12230ST-2
4
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)
5

4 - 27
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (F)


MODEL No. XMHX1852
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-XMHX1252 (Microprocessor), POW-XM075XH
Fan...(Number diameter) in. (mm) Turbo (1...ø12-5/8 (ø322), L5-3/4 (L147))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W SIC-72FV-D866-1B...20W
Source 340 V (DC)
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...750

Coil resistance
 –
(Ambient temperature 68°F)

Run capacitor VAC, μF –


Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

1 Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-A054
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46

2 Valve body
Heat exchanger
UKV-25D32

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube


Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1/16 (1.4)
2 2

3 Face area
Panel
ft (m ) 2.91 (0.27)

Model No. PNR-XMH1852


Auto louver motor MP24ZN-12V

4 Coil resistance (at 77°F)


Drain pump
 380  ± 7% / phase
PLD-12230ST-2
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)
5

4 - 28
1 Air intake X Ceiling opening
33-55/64 – 35-53/64 dimensions
2 Discharge outlet 31-7/64 Suspension bolt pitch
3 Refrigerant tubing (liquid tube) 12-18 type ø1/4" (ø6.35) (flared), 24 type ø3/8" (ø9.52) (flared)
2-3. Dimensional Data

4 Refrigerant tubing (gas tube) 12-18 type ø1/2" (ø12.7) (flared), 24 type ø5/8" (ø15.88) (flared)
3-15/32
3-13/16

5 Drain tube connection port VP25 (outer dia. ø1 - 1/4")


9 Center of
6 Power supply outlet panel

3-15/32
7 Discharge duct connection port (ø5 - 29/32")

28-15/32
18-57/64
4-23/32

8 Vaporizing-type humidifier (optional) installation point 8

15-3/64
Indoor unit: XHX1252/1852/2452

15-3/4
33-55/64 – 35-53/64
9 Suspension bolt hole (4 - 15/32" × 1 - 29/64" hole)

Suspension bolt pitch


X View

Ceiling opening dimensions


10 Fresh air intake duct connection port (ø3 - 15/16")
13-21/32
11 Inter-unit control wiring 5 3 4
33-5/64
33-5/64 3-5/32 6-19/64
18-57/64 9-27/32 2-3/4
1-3/16
2-23/64

8-17/64
4-23/32
10
10-5/64

4 - 29
Less than 1-3/8 Less than 1-3/8
1-3/8

8 7
6-19/64

7 11 6
1-49/64
4-29/64

7-13/32
6-19/64

3-13/16
37-13/32
20-15/64 2
2 * The length of the suspension
bolts should be selected so that
19/32
2-15/16

there is a gap of 1-3/16" or


more below the lower surface of
2 the ceiling (19/32" or more
below the lower surface of the
1-3/16

main unit), as shown in the


20-15/64
37-13/32

figure at right. If the suspension


1
bolt is too long, it will contact
the ceiling panel and the unit
cannot be installed.
2
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types)
Unit Specifications
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 Air intake X Ceiling opening
33-55/64 ~ 35-53/64 dimensions
2 Discharge outlet
31-7/64 Suspension bolt pitch
3 Refrigerant tubing (liquid tube) ø3/8" (ø9.52) (flared)
4 Refrigerant tubing (gas tube) ø5/8" (ø15.88) (flared)
Indoor unit: XHX3652

3-15/32
3-13/16

5 Drain tube connection port VP25 (outer dia. ø1-1/4")


Center
6 Power supply port 9 of panel
7 Discharge duct connection port (ø5-29/32")
7-13/64

3-15/32

28-15/32
8 Vaporizing-type humidifier (optional) installation point
9 8 18-57/64
Suspension bolt hole (4-15/32" × 1-29/64" hole)

15-3/64
(15-3/4)
Suspension bolt pitch
33-55/64 ~ 35-53/64
10 Fresh air intake duct connection port (ø3-15/16") X view

Ceiling opening dimensions


11 Inter-unit control wiring 13-21/32
33-5/64 5 3 4
33-5/64
18-57/64
9-27/32 2-3/4 3-5/32 6-19/64
1-3/16

7-13/64

8-17/64
10 2-23/64
12-9/16
6-19/64

4 - 30
1-3/8 less than 1-3/8 less than 7
1-3/8

3-13/16
8

7-13/32
11 6 7
1-49/64
4-29/64

6-19/64
37-13/32
20-15/64
2
2
2-15/16
19/32

* The length of the suspension


bolts should be selected so that
2 there is a gap of 1-3/16" or
more below the lower surface of
1-3/16

the ceiling (19/32" or more


20-15/64
37-13/32

1 below the lower surface of the


main unit), as shown in the
figure at right. If the suspension
bolt is too long, it will contact
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types)

2 the ceiling panel and the unit


cannot be installed.
Unit Specifications
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
A
23-5/8
Ceiling opening dimensions
21
Suspension bolt pitch

1 Air intake
Center of
7-5/8

2 Discharge outlet
7 panel
Indoor unit: XMHX1252/1852

3 Refrigerant tubing (liquid tube) ø1/4" (flared)

21
4 Refrigerant tubing (gas tube) ø1/2" (flared) 8

23-5/8
4-7/8
5 Drain tube connection port VP20 (outer dia. ø1")
6 Power supply port A View

Suspension bolt pitch

12-1/2

12-7/8
7 Suspension bolt hole (4 - 1/2" x 1-1/8" hole)

Ceiling opening dimensions


8 Fresh air intake duct connection port (ø3-7/8")

22-5/8 22-5/8
2-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/4 5

4 - 31
1-3/4
11-1/8
8-1/2

4-5/8
1-3/4

3-5/8
Less than 1 Less than 1
6 3
1-1/8

24-5/8
14-1/8 2

2
The length of the suspension
bolts should be selected so that
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types)

there is a gap of 1-1/8" or


the ceiling (5/8" or more
2 below the lower surface of the
1 main unit), as shown in the
13-1/8
24-5/8

figure at right. If the suspension


5/8

bolts is too long, it will contact


3-1/8

the ceiling panel and the unit


cannot be installed.
1-1/8

2
Unit Specifications
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

2-4. Noise Criterion Curves 60Hz


Strong
Weak

MODEL : XHX1252, XHX1852 MODEL : XHX2452


SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 31 dB(A) SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 34 dB(A)
HIGH 29 dB(A) HIGH 31 dB(A)
LOW 27 dB(A) LOW 28 dB(A)
CONDITION : 4.9 ft directly below unit CONDITION : 4.9 ft directly below
o unit
60 60
Sound pressure level (dB)

Sound pressure level (dB)


50 NC-50 50 NC-50
(0dB = 0.0002μbar)

(0dB = 0.0002μbar)
40 NC-40 40 NC-40

30 NC-30 30 NC-30
Approximate Approximate
20 minimum audible NC-20 20 minimum audible
limit for limit for NC-20
continuous noise continuous noise
10 10
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
1 Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)

MODEL : XHX3652 MODEL : XMHX1252


SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 39 dB(A) SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 32 dB(A)
HIGH 36 dB(A) WEAK 26 dB(A)
2 LOW 33 dB(A) CONDITION : 4.9 ft directly below unit
CONDITION : 4.9 ft directly below
o unit

60 60

3
Sound pressure level (dB)

Sound pressure level (dB)

50 NC-50 50 NC-50
(0dB = 0.0002μbar)

(0dB = 0.0002μbar)

40 NC-40 40 NC-40

30 NC-30 30 NC-30
4 Approximate Approximate
20 minimum audible NC-20 20 minimum audible NC-20
limit for limit for
continuous noise continuous noise
10 10
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
5 Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)

MODEL : XMHX1852
SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 41 dB(A)
WEAK 33 dB(A)

6 CONDITION : 4.9 ft directly below unit

60
Sound pressure level (dB)

50 NC-50

7
(0dB = 0.0002μbar)

40 NC-40

30 NC-30
Approximate

8 20 minimum audible
limit for
continuous noise
NC-20

10
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
4 - 32
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

2-5. Air Flow Distance/Temperature Chart


If an ultra long-life filter or high performance filter (65% by colorimetric method) is installed, the vertical air throw dis-
tance for heating and cooling will be approximately 0.7 ft less than the values shown in the graph below.
If a high performance filter (90% by colorimetric method) or electronic filter is installed, the vertical air throw distance
for heating and cooling will be approximately 1.6 ft less than the values shown in the graph below.
XHX1252/1852
Heating : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.65 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 4.9 ft/s


9.8

3.3 ft/s

6.6 1.6 ft/s 6.6


0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3

0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Heating : Distribution of temperature
1
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.65 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 91°F 9.8


86°F

6.6 80°F
75°F
6.6 2
3.3 3.3

0 0
3
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)

Cooling : Distribution of wind velocity


(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
4
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 4.9 ft/s 9.8


3.3 ft/s
1.6 ft/s
6.6 6.6
0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3
5

0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
6
Cooling : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 68°F
9.8
71°F

6.6
75°F
6.6
7
78°F

3.3 3.3
8
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
4 - 33
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

XHX2452
Heating : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.65 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)


9.8 4.9 ft/s
9.8

3.3 ft/s

6.6 1.6 ft/s 6.6


0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3

0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Heating : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.65 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 91°F 9.8


86°F
1 80°F
6.6 75°F 6.6

3.3 3.3
2
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
3 Cooling : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 4.9 ft/s


9.8
3.3 ft/s
4 6.6 1.6 ft/s
6.6
0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3
5
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
6 Cooling : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 68°F 9.8


71°F
75°F

7 6.6
78°F
6.6

3.3 3.3

8
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
4 - 34
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

XHX3652
Heating : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.65 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)
4.9 ft/s

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)


9.8 3.3 ft/s
9.8
1.6 ft/s

6.6 0.98 ft/s 6.6

3.3 3.3

0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Heating : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.65 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)
91°F
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

86°F
9.8 9.8
80°F
75°F 1
6.6 6.6

3.3 3.3 2
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Cooling : Distribution of wind velocity 3
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
4.9 ft/s
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 3.3 ft/s 9.8


1.6 ft/s
0.98 ft/s
4
6.6 6.6

3.3 3.3
5
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Cooling : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F) 6
68°F
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

71°F
9.8 75°F 9.8
78°F

6.6 6.6 7

3.3 3.3
8
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
4 - 35
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

XMHX1252
Heating : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.60 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)


9.8 4.9 ft/s
9.8

3.3 ft/s

6.6 1.6 ft/s 6.6


0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3

0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Heating : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.60 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 91°F 9.8


86°F
1 80°F
6.6 6.6
75°F

3.3 3.3
2
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
3 Cooling : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 4.9 ft/s 9.8


3.3 ft/s
4 6.6
1.6 ft/s
6.6
0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3
5
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
6 Cooling : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 68°F
9.8
71°F
75°F

7 6.6 78°F 6.6

3.3 3.3

8
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
4 - 36
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
2. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) Unit Specifications

XMHX1852

Heating : Distribution of wind velocity


(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.60 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)


9.8 9.8
4.9 ft/s

3.3 ft/s
6.6 1.6 ft/s 6.6
0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3

0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Heating : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.60 ) (Room temperature approx.68°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 9.8
91°F
86°F
1
6.6 80°F 6.6
75°F

3.3 3.3
2
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
3
Cooling : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 4.9 ft/s


9.8
3.3 ft/s
1.6 ft/s
4
6.6 6.6
0.98 ft/s

3.3 3.3
5
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Cooling : Distribution of temperature 6
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.30 ) (Room temperature approx.80°F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

9.8 9.8
68°F
71°F
75°F
6.6 78°F 6.6 7
3.3 3.3

8
0 0
16.4 13.1 9.8 6.6 3.3 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
4 - 37
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

3-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (A)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit AHX0752
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 7,500 8,500
Capacity
kW 2.2 2.5
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 280 / 250 / 210
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 1.23 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.26
Power input W 48 50 44 46
Power factor % 80 78 76 77
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Airflow direction Automatic (Remote control)
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
2 Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 33 / 31 / 29
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)

3 Drain connection
Drain pump
25 A, OD 1-1/4"
Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
Panel Optional (PNR-AH1252)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-TRP80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
4 Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color)
Package
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 13 (330) 14-3 / 16 (360) 4-13 / 32 (112)
5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 29-29 / 32 (760) 31-3 / 32 (790) 31-1 / 2 (800)
Depth in. (mm) 24-3 / 8 (620) 23-15 / 32 (596) 27-9 / 16 (700)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 43 (19.5) – –
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 60 (27) 9 (4.0)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 6.0 (0.170) 2.2 (0.062)
6

Rated conditions
8 Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 38
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (B)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit AHX0952
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 9,600 11,000
Capacity
kW 2.8 3.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 280 / 250 / 210
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.75 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.26
Power input W 48 50 44 46
Power factor % 80 78 76 77
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
1
Airflow direction Automatic (Remote control)
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 33 / 31 / 29 2
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection
Drain pump
25 A, OD 1-1/4"
Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
3
Panel Optional (PNR-AH1252)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-TRP80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color) 4
Package
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 13 (330) 14-3 / 16 (360) 4-13 / 32 (112)
Unit dimensions Width
Depth
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
29-29 / 32 (760)
24-3 / 8 (620)
31-3 / 32 (790) 31-1 / 2 (800)
23-15 / 32 (596) 27-9 / 16 (700)
5
Net weight lbs. (kg) 43 (19.5) – –
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 60 (27) 9 (4.0)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 6.0 (0.170) 2.2 (0.062)
6

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB 8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 39
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (C)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit AHX1252
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 320 / 280 / 250
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.02 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.32 0.31 0.34 0.32
Power input W 52 55 50 52
Power factor % 78 77 71 71
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES

1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Airflow direction Automatic (Remote control)
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
2 Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 33 / 31 / 29
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)

3 Drain connection
Drain pump
25 A, OD 1-1/4"
Max. head 2.1 ft. above drain connection
Panel Optional (PNR-AH1252)
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-TRP80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
4 Color (Approximate value) Munsell 2.5GY 9.0 / 0.5, RAL 9001-GL (resemblant color)
Package
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (including panel)
Body Panel
Height in. (mm) 13 (330) 14-3 / 16 (360) 4-13 / 32 (112)
5 Unit dimensions Width
Depth
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
29-29 / 32 (760)
24-3 / 8 (620)
31-3 / 32 (790) 31-1 / 2 (800)
23-15 / 32 (596) 27-9 / 16 (700)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 43 (19.5) – –
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) – 64 (29) 9 (4.0)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) – 6.0 (0.170) 2.2 (0.062)
6

Rated conditions
8 Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 40
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

3-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. AHX0752
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (1 ... ø 5-1/2 (ø 140))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63E280HB...60W
Power source 340 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...880
RED – WHT : 53.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 53.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 53.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-U012E 1
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D30
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
2
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...7/128 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.14 (0.106)
Panel
Model No. PNR-AH1252 3
Auto louver motor MP24ZN
Coil resistance (at 77°F)  380  ± 7% / phase
Drain pump PLD-12230ST
Rated
Total head & capacity
V, Hz, W
ft. (mm), gal/
AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
4
(above drain connection) 2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
min (cc/min)

4 - 41
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (B)


MODEL No. AHX0952
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (1 ... ø 5-1/2 (ø 140))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63E280HB...60W
Power source 340 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...880
RED – WHT : 53.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 53.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 53.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

Electronic expansion valve


1 Coil UKV-U012E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D30
Heat exchanger
2 Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...7/128 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.14 (0.106)
Panel
3 Model No. PNR-AH1252
Auto louver motor MP24ZN
Coil resistance (at 77°F)  380  ± 7% / phase
Drain pump PLD-12230ST

4 Rated
Total head & capacity
V, Hz, W
ft. (mm), gal/
AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W

(above drain connection) 2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)


min (cc/min)

4 - 42
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (C)


MODEL No. AHX1252
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (1 ... ø 5-1/2 (ø 140))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63E280HB...60W
Power source 340 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...880
RED – WHT : 53.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 53.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 53.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-U012E 1
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D30
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
2
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...7/128 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.14 (0.106)
Panel
Model No. PNR-AH1252 3
Auto louver motor MP24ZN
Coil resistance (at 77°F)  380  ± 7% / phase
Drain pump PLD-12230ST
Rated
Total head & capacity
V, Hz, W
ft. (mm), gal/
AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
4
(above drain connection) 2.1 (640), 0.11 (400)
min (cc/min)

4 - 43
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 Air intake grille 28-47/64
2 Air outlet 3-5/32
1-27/64 25-15/16 1-27/64
3 Refrigerant liquid line ø1/4” (ø6.35) (flare)
4 Refrigerant gas line ø1/2” (ø12.7) (flare)
5 Drain connection VP25 (0D ø1-1/4”)

3-47/64
6 Power supply outlet
7 Suspension holes (ø4-15/32” × 1-3/16”)
3-3. Dimensional Data

6-11/16

8 Wireless remote controller the reception department instation department


9 For discharge duct (ø5-29/32”)

15-3/4

22-3/64
10 For fresh air intake (ø3-15/16”)
Indoor unit: 7, 9, 12 Type

23-15/64
11 Inter-unit control wiring
Filter dimension
(20-55/64” × 9-31/64” × 15/32”)
5

3-47/64
22-3/64
23-5/8 10-1/32 1-19/64

6-11/16 11-7/32

5-19/64 1-49/64
2-9/16

2-31/64
1-49/64
12-19/64

9-29/64
1-3/16

3-3/16

4 - 44
8-5/64
6-11/16
3-25/32
11
3 4 6

ø3-1 /8
5/ 16 ø4-1

9/64
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type)

ø 4-2
1-31/32 or more 1-31/32 or more For fresh air intake detail (ø3-15/16)
19-11/16 or more 1-31/32 or more ø4-1
/8

24-13/32
ø6-3/8
4-9/64

4-9/64

39-3/8 or more
39-3/8 or more
For discharge duct detail (ø5-29/32)
29-59/64
Unit Specifications
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

3-4. Noise Criterion Curves

60Hz

MODEL : AHX0752 MODEL : AHX1252


AHX0952 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 36 dB(A) / LOW 31 dB(A)
SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 33 dB(A) / LOW 29 dB(A) CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft
CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft

4 - 45
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
3. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) Unit Specifications

3-5. Air Flow Distance / Temperature Chart

(Immediate wind A blow angle 60 degrees) (Room themperature 68 degrees Fahrenheit)


Heating equipment 0
Wind velocity 4.9 ft/s
distribution 3.3 3.3 ft/s
1.6 ft/s

Analtitude(ft)
6.6 1.0 ft/s

9.8

13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal distance(ft)

(Immediate wind A blow angle 60 degrees) (Room themperature 68 degrees Fahrenheit)


Heating equipment 0
Temperature
distribution 91°F
3.3 86°F
1
Analtitude(ft)

80°F
6.6 75°F
9.8
2 13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal distance(ft)

3
(Immediate wind A blow angle 15 degrees) (Room themperature 80 degrees Fahrenheit)
Cooling equipment 0
Wind velocity
distribution 3.3
4 4.9 ft/s
Analtitude(ft)

6.6 3.3 ft/s


1.6 ft/s
9.8 1.0 ft/s
5 13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal distance(ft)

6
(Immediate wind A blow angle 15 degrees) (Room themperature 80 degrees Fahrenheit)
Cooling equipment 0
Temperature
distribution 3.3 68°F
7 71°F
Analtitude(ft)

6.6 75°F
78°F
9.8
8 13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal distance(ft)
4 - 46
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

4-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (A)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX0762
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 7,500 8,500
Capacity
kW 2.2 2.5
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 353 / 300 / 247
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 1.69 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.28 : At shipment 0.40 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.45 0.49 0.42 0.46
Power input W 92 112 87 104
Power factor % 99 99 99 99
Max. starting amperes A 2 2 2 2
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
1
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 31 / 28 / 24 2
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 35 / 32 / 29
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter
Drain connection
Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
25 A, OD 1-1/4”
3
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
Color (Approximate value) – 4
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-7 / 32 (310) 14-3 / 32 (358)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 27-9 / 16 (700) 35-3 / 32 (891)
Depth in. (mm) 24-13 / 16 (630) 30-13 / 16 (783) 5
Net weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 8.8 (0.250)

Rated conditions 8
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 47
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

4-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (B)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX0962
SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 9,600 11,000
Capacity
kW 2.8 3.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 353 / 300 / 247
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 1.69 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.28 : At shipment 0.40 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.45 0.49 0.42 0.46
Power input W 92 112 87 104
Power factor % 99 99 99 99
Max. starting amperes A 2 2 2 2
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
2 Refrigerant control
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A
Electronic expansion valve
31 / 28 / 24
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 35 / 32 / 29
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
3 ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-1 / 4 (310) 14-1 / 8 (358)

5 Unit dimensions Width


Depth
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
27-1 / 2 (700)
24-3 / 4 (630)
35-1 / 8 (891)
30-7 / 8 (783)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 8.8 (0.250)
6

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 48
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (C)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX1262
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 424 / 371 / 318
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 3.80 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.28 : At shipment 0.40 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.52 0.55 0.49 0.54
Power input W 107 125 100 122
Power factor % 99 99 99 99
Max. starting amperes A 2 2 2 2
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
1
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 31 / 28 / 24 2
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 35 / 32 / 29
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter
Drain connection
Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
25 A, OD 1-1/4”
3
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
Color (Approximate value) – 4
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-7 / 32 (310) 14-3 / 32 (358)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 27-9 / 16 (700) 35-3 / 32 (891)
Depth in. (mm) 24-13 / 16 (630) 30-13 / 16 (783) 5
Net weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 8.8 (0.250)

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 49
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (D)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX1562
SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 15,000 17,000
Capacity
kW 4.5 5.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 424 / 371 / 318
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 6.34 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.28 : At shipment 0.44 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.52 0.55 0.49 0.54
Power input W 107 125 100 122
Power factor % 99 99 99 99
Max. starting amperes A 2 2 2 2
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
2 Refrigerant control
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A
Electronic expansion valve
33 / 30 / 26
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 37 / 34 / 31
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
3 ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-1 / 4 (310) 14-1 / 8 (358)

5 Unit dimensions Width


Depth
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
27-1 / 2 (700)
24-3 / 4 (630)
35-1 / 8 (891)
30-7 / 8 (783)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 55 (25)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 8.8 (0.250)
6

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 50
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (E)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX1862
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 671 / 565 / 459
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 6.34 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.32 : At shipment 0.48 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.90 0.96 0.89 0.95
Power input W 183 219 182 214
Power factor % 99 99 98 98
Max. starting amperes A 3 3 3 3
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
1
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 36 / 32 / 27 2
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 40 / 37 / 33
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter
Drain connection
Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
25 A, OD 1-1/4”
3
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
Color (Approximate value) – 4
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-7 / 32 (310) 14-3 / 32 (358)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 39-3 / 16 (1000) 46-7 / 16 (1191)
Depth in. (mm) 24-13 / 16 (630) 30-13 / 16 (783) 5
Net weight lbs. (kg) 71 (32)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 82 (37)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 11.8 (0.334)

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 51
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (F)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX2462
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 25,000 27,000
Capacity
kW 7.3 8.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 671 / 565 / 459
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 7.40 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.32 : At shipment 0.48 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.90 0.96 0.89 0.95
Power input W 183 219 182 214
Power factor % 98 99 98 98
Max. starting amperes A 3 3 3 3

1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
2 Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 36 / 32 / 27
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 40 / 37 / 33
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
3 ameter
Drain connection
Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
25 A, OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
4 Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-7 / 32 (310) 14-3 / 32 (358)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 39-3 / 16 (1000) 46-7 / 16 (1191)
5 Depth in. (mm) 24-13 / 16 (630) 30-13 / 16 (783)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 71 (32)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 82 (37)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 11.8 (0.334)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 52
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (G)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX3662
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 36,000 39,000
Capacity
kW 10.6 11.4
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 1,060 / 919 / 742
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 8.88 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.32 : At shipment 0.49 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 1.15 1.25 1.10 1.18
Power input W 235 282 224 267
Power factor % 98 98 98 98
Max. starting amperes A 4 4 4 4
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
1
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 38 / 33 / 31 2
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 42 / 38 / 33
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter
Drain connection
Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
25 A, OD 1-1/4”
3
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
Color (Approximate value) – 4
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-7 / 32 (310) 14-3 / 32 (358)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 58-9 / 32 (1480) 65-25 / 32 (1671)
Depth in. (mm) 24-13 / 16 (630) 30-13 / 16 (783) 5
Net weight lbs. (kg) 104 (47)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 115 (52)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 16.5 (0.468)

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 53
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (H)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX4862
SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 47,800 54,600
Capacity
kW 14.0 16.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 1,166 / 1,060 / 883
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 14.0 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.31 : At shipment 0.45 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 1.25 1.34 1.13 1.20
Power input W 254 301 230 271
Power factor % 98 98 98 99
Max. starting amperes A 4 4 4 4
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
2 Refrigerant control
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A
Electronic expansion valve
40 / 37 / 33
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 44 / 40 / 35
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
3 ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-1 / 4 (310) 14-1 / 8 (358)

5 Unit dimensions Width


Depth
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
58-3 / 8 (1480)
24-3 / 4 (630)
65-3 / 4 (1671)
30-7 / 8 (783)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 104 (47)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 115 (52)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 16.5 (0.468)
6

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 54
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications ( I )
MODEL No. Indoor Unit UHX5462
SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 54,600 61,400
Capacity
kW 16.0 18.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 1,166 / 1,060 / 883
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 14.0 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.31 : At shipment 0.45 : Using the booster cable
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 1.25 1.34 1.13 1.20
Power input W 254 301 230 271
Power factor % 98 98 98 99
Max. starting amperes A 4 4 4 4
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A
Electronic expansion valve
40 / 37 / 33
2
Using the booster cable (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 44 / 40 / 35
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88) 3
Drain connection 25 A, OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Booster cable 4
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 12-1 / 4 (310) 14-1 / 8 (358)
Unit dimensions Width
Depth
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
58-3 / 8 (1480)
24-3 / 4 (630)
65-3 / 4 (1671)
30-7 / 8 (783)
5
Net weight lbs. (kg) 104 (47)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 115 (52)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 16.5 (0.468)
6

Rated conditions 8
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 55
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (J)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UMHX0762
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 7,500 8,500
Capacity
kW 2.2 2.5
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 283 / 247 / 212
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 0.6 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.04 : At shipment 0.12 : Using short circuit connection
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.22 0.21 0.23 0.22
Power input W 30 32 30 32
Power factor % 65 65 62 62
1 Max. starting amperes A – – – –
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
2 Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 28 / 27 / 25
3 Using short circuit connection (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 30 / 29 / 27
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
4 Drain connection OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Short Circuit Connection

5 Color (Approximate value) –


DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 7-7 / 8 (200) 8-21 / 32 (220)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 29-17 / 32 (750) 40-35 / 64 (1030)
6 Depth in. (mm) 25-13 / 64 (640) 29-21 / 64 (745)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 42 (19)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 5.97 (0.169)

7 DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 56
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (K)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UMHX0962
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 9,600 11,000
Capacity
kW 2.8 3.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 300 / 265 / 230
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 1.5 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.06 : At shipment 0.12 : Using short circuit connection
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.26 0.25 0.28 0.28
Power input W 35 37 37 40
Power factor % 65 65 63 63
Max. starting amperes A – – – – 1
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control 2
Air filter Washable
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 30 / 29 / 27
Using short circuit connection (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 32 / 31 / 29 3
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4” 4
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Short Circuit Connection
Color (Approximate value) – 5
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 7-7 / 8 (200) 8-21 / 32 (220)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 29-17 / 32 (750) 40-35 / 64 (1030)
Depth in. (mm) 25-13 / 64 (640) 29-21 / 64 (745) 6
Net weight lbs. (kg) 42 (19)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 5.97 (0.169)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 7

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 57
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (L)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UMHX1262
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 318 / 283 / 247
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.5 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.06 : At shipment 0.16 : Using short circuit connection
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.28 0.26 0.30 0.37
Power input W 37 39 39 40
Power factor % 64 64 63 47
1 Max. starting amperes A – – – –
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
2 Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 32 / 30 / 28
3 Using short circuit connection (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 34 / 32 / 30
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
4 Drain connection OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Short Circuit Connection

5 Color (Approximate value) –


DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 7-7 / 8 (200) 8-21 / 32 (220)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 29-17 / 32 (750) 40-35 / 64 (1030)
6 Depth in. (mm) 25-13 / 64 (640) 29-21 / 64 (745)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 42 (19)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 5.97 (0.169)

7 DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 58
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (M)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UMHX1562
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 15,000 17,000
Capacity
kW 4.5 5.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 371 / 336 / 283
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 3.6 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.06 : At shipment 0.16 : Using short circuit connection
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.34 0.33 0.36 0.35
Power input W 44 46 47 49
Power factor % 62 61 63 61
Max. starting amperes A – – – – 1
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control 2
Air filter Washable
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 34 / 32 / 30
Using short circuit connection (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 36 / 34 / 32 3
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4” 4
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Short Circuit Connection
Color (Approximate value) – 5
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 7-7 / 8 (200) 8-21 / 32 (220)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 29-17 / 32 (750) 40-35 / 64 (1030)
Depth in. (mm) 25-13 / 64 (640) 29-21 / 64 (745) 6
Net weight lbs. (kg) 42 (19)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 5.97 (0.169)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. 7

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 59
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (N)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit UMHX1862
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 442 / 406 / 353
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.8 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.06 : At shipment 0.16 : Using short circuit connection
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.47 0.43 0.51 0.47
Power input W 59 61 63 64
Power factor % 61 62 59 59
1 Max. starting amperes A – – – –
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
2 Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 35 / 33 / 31
3 Using short circuit connection (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 37 / 35 / 32
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
4 Drain connection OD 1-1/4”
Drain pump Max. head 1.6 ft. above drain connection
Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories – / Short Circuit Connection
5 Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 7-7 / 8 (200) 8-21 / 32 (220)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 29-17 / 32 (750) 40-35 / 64 (1030)
6 Depth in. (mm) 25-13 / 64 (640) 29-21 / 64 (745)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 42 (19)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 5.97 (0.169)

7 DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 60
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

4-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. UHX0762
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (1 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W SFG4X-51E6P...50W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 834
BRN – WHT : 86.0 ORG – YEL : 15.9
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 13.4 YEL – BLK : 30.1
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 23.4 BLK – PNK : 27.5
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.5 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 181 ± 27 (83 ± 15)
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U031E
1
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger 2
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1 / 16 (1.5)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.2 (0.111)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B 3
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 61
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

4-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (B)
MODEL No. UHX0962
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter) in. (mm) Centrifugal (1 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W SFG4X-51E6P...50W
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 834
BRN – WHT : 86.0 ORG – YEL : 15.9
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 13.4 YEL – BLK : 30.1
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 23.4 BLK – PNK : 27.5
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.5 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 181 ± 27 (83 ± 15)
1 Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
2 Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1 / 16 (1.5)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.2 (0.111)
3 Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 62
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (C)


MODEL No. UHX1262
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (1 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W SFG4X-51D6P...70W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 834
BRN – WHT : 86.0 ORG – YEL : 15.9
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 13.4 YEL – BLK : 30.1
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 23.4 BLK – PNK : 27.5
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 3.5 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 181 ± 27 (83 ± 15)
Electronic expansion valve 1
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
2
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1 / 16 (1.5)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.2 (0.111)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B 3
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 63
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (D)


MODEL No. UHX1562
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter) in. (mm) Centrifugal (1 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W SFG4X-51D6P...70W
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 834
BRN – WHT : 86.0 ORG – YEL : 15.9
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 13.4 YEL – BLK : 30.1
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 23.4 BLK – PNK : 27.5
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 3.5 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 181 ± 27 (83 ± 15)
1 Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
2 Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1 / 16 (1.5)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.2 (0.111)
3 Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 64
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (E)


MODEL No. UHX1862
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFC4X-71C6P...100W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,191
BRN – WHT : 86.0 ORG – YEL : 15.9
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 13.4 YEL – BLK : 30.1
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 23.4 BLK – PNK : 27.5
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 4.5 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 181 ± 27 (83 ± 15)
Electronic expansion valve 1
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
2
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1 / 16 (1.5)
Face area ft2 (m2) 2.0 (0.186)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B 3
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 65
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (F)


MODEL No. UHX2462
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFC4X-71C6P...100W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,063
BRN – WHT : 74.72 ORG – YEL : 9.588
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 19.14 YEL – BLK : 10.52
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 10.52 BLK – PNK : 21.72
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 4.5 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 248 ± 9 (120 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 168 ± 27 (76 ± 15)
1 Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
2 Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1 / 16 (1.5)
Face area ft2 (m2) 2.0 (0.186)
3 Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 66
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (G)


MODEL No. UHX3662
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (3 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4X-141E6P...140W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,207
BRN – WHT : 39.94 ORG – YEL : 8.857
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 6.911 YEL – BLK : 8.857
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 11.44 BLK – PNK : 14.29
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 5.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 168 ± 27 (76 ± 15)
Electronic expansion valve 1
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-30D33
Heat exchanger
2
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...5 / 64 (2.0)
Face area ft2 (m2) 3.3 (0.307)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B 3
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 67
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (H)


MODEL No. UHX4862
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (3 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4X-141E6P...140W
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,207
BRN – WHT : 39.94 ORG – YEL : 8.857
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 6.911 YEL – BLK : 8.857
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 11.44 BLK – PNK : 14.29
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 7.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 168 ± 27 (76 ± 15)
1 Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-30D33
2 Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...5 / 64 (2.0)
Face area ft2 (m2) 3.3 (0.307)
3 Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 68
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit ( I )
MODEL No. UHX5462
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (3 ... ø7-1/2 (ø190))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4X-141E6P...140W
Source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,207
BRN – WHT : 39.94 ORG – YEL : 8.857
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 6.911 YEL – BLK : 8.857
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 11.44 BLK – PNK : 14.29
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 7.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 168 ± 27 (76 ± 15)
Electronic expansion valve 1
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-30D33
Heat exchanger
2
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...5 / 64 (2.0)
Face area ft2 (m2) 3.3 (0.307)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B 3
Rated V, Hz, W AC230V, 60Hz, 10.8W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 69
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (J)


MODEL No. UMHX0762
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1 ø / 60Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2...ø5-45/64 (ø145))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63G280HB...50 W
Power source 280 / 340 VDC / 3 phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P... 834

Coil resistance
 –
(Ambient temperature 20°C)

Run capacitor VAC, μF –


Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U032E
1 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
2 Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1/16 (1.4)
2 2
Face area ft (m ) 1.2 (0.111)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
3 Rated V, Hz, W AC 230 V, 60 Hz, 10.8 W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 70
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (K)


MODEL No. UMHX0962
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1 ø / 60Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2...ø5-45/64 (ø145))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63G280HB...50 W
Power source 280 / 340 VDC / 3 phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P... 834

Coil resistance
 –
(Ambient temperature 20°C)

Run capacitor VAC, μF –


Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U032E

Coil resistance (at 20°C) 


ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46 1
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube 2
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1/16 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.2 (0.111)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
Rated V, Hz, W AC 230 V, 60 Hz, 10.8 W 3
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 71
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (L)


MODEL No. UMHX1262
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1 ø / 60Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2...ø5-45/64 (ø145))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63G280HB...50 W
Power source 280 / 340 VDC / 3 phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P... 834

Coil resistance
 –
(Ambient temperature 20°C)

Run capacitor VAC, μF –


Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U032E
1 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
2 Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1/16 (1.4)
2 2
Face area ft (m ) 1.2 (0.111)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
3 Rated V, Hz, W AC 230 V, 60 Hz, 10.8 W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 72
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (M)


MODEL No. UMHX1562
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1 ø / 60Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2...ø5-45/64 (ø145))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63G280HB...50 W
Power source 280 / 340 VDC / 3 phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P... 1,191

Coil resistance
 –
(Ambient temperature 20°C)

Run capacitor VAC, μF –


Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U032E

Coil resistance (at 20°C) 


ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46 1
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube 2
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1/16 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.2 (0.111)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
Rated V, Hz, W AC 230 V, 60 Hz, 10.8 W 3
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 73
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (N)


MODEL No. UMHX1862
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1 ø / 60Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2...ø5-45/64 (ø145))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63G280HB...50 W
Power source 280 / 340 VDC / 3 phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P... 1,191

Coil resistance
 –
(Ambient temperature 20°C)

Run capacitor VAC, μF –


Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U032E
1 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
2 Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...1/16 (1.4)
2 2
Face area ft (m ) 1.2 (0.111)
Drain pump ZPLD-12230ST-XH-B
3 Rated V, Hz, W AC 230 V, 60 Hz, 10.8 W
Total head & capacity ft. (mm), gal/
1.6 (500), 0.11 (400)
(above drain connection) min (cc/min)

4 - 74
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

4-3. Dimensional Data

Indoor unit : UHX0762/0962/1262/1562

10

6-57/64
17-31/64

1-3/8
1

5-1/8
12-13/64

11-7/32
8-17/64

2-3/4
1

6-19/64 1
25/64 1-3/16 2-3/4
1 24-51/64 3-11/32

1
(17-23/32 × 17-23/32)
Inspection access

(Field supply)

4-17/32

2
12-ø1/8"

10-15/64 15/16 12
2-61/64
(Hole)

11

2-9/16
(5-29/32)
1-37/64

(Air outlet
duct flange)
1-7/32
3/4

30-45/64 (Suspension bolt pitch)

10-5/16
26-1/16 (Air outlet duct flange)

3
7-7/8
7-7/8 P × 3 = 23-5/8

27-9/16

11-27/64

4
1-7/32

22-53/64 1
(Suspension bolt pitch) 5
Refrigerant liquid line ø1/4" (ø6.35)
Refrigerant gas line ø1/2" (ø12.7)
3-35/64

Upper drain port (O.D. 1-17/64")


7-9/32 Bottom drain port (O.D. 1-1/32")
Suspension lug
Power supply outlet (ø7/8")
6
Fresh air intake port (ø5-29/32")
Flange for the flexible air outlet duct (ø7-7/8")
9 Tube cover
10 Electrical component box
11
12
Flange for the air intake duct
Inter-unit control wiring 7

4 - 75
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit: UHX1862/2462

10

6-57/64
7-31/64

1-3/8
1

5-1/8

11-7/32
12-13/64

8-17/64

2-3/4
1
6-19/64 1
25/64 1-3/16 2-3/4
1 24-51/64 3-11/32

(7-23/32 × 7-23/32)
Inspection access

(Field supply)

1
4-17/32
16-ø1/8"

10-15/64 15/16 12

2-61/64
(Hole)

11

2-9/16
(5-29/32)
(Air outlet 1-37/64
duct flange)
1-1/32
3/4

2
10-45/64
7-3/32

42-33/64 (Suspension bolt pitch)


37-7/8 (Air outlet duct flange)

3
11-27/64
39-3/8
35-7/16

4
11-27/64

5
1-7/32

22-53/64 1
(Suspension bolt pitch)

Refrigerant liquid line ø3/8" (18 : ø1/4"(ø6.35))


(24 : ø3/8"(ø9.52))
6 (Use the tube connector)
3-35/64

7-9/32 Refrigerant gas line ø5/8" (18 : ø1/2"(ø12.7))


(24 : ø5/8"(ø15.88))
Upper drain port (O.D. 1-17/64")
Bottom drain port (O.D. 1-1/32")
Suspension lug
7 Power supply outlet (ø7/8")
Fresh air intake port (ø5-29/32")
Flange for the flexible air outlet duct (ø7-7/8")
9 Tube cover
10 Electrical component box
11 Flange for the air intake duct

8 12
(Field supply)
Inter-unit control wiring

4 - 76
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit: UHX3662/4862/5462

10

6-57/64
7-31/64

1-3/8
1

5-1/8

11-7/32
2-13/64

8-17/64

2-3/4
1
6-19/64 1
25/64 1-3/16 2-3/4
1 24-51/64 3-11/32

(17-23/32 × 17-23/32)
Inspection access

(Field supply)
1
4-17/32
10-15/64 15/16 12
18-ø1/8

2-61/64
(Hole)

11

2-9/16
1-37/64
(5-29/32)
(Air outlet
duct flange)
1-7/32
3/4

2
12-13/16
9-1/16
6 × 230mm P (9-1/16" P) = 1380mm (54-21/64")

3
61-27/64 (Suspension bolt pitch)
56-49/64 (Air outlet duct flange)

13-3/16
58-17/64

4
13-3/16
13-3/16

5
1-7/32

22-53/64
(Suspension bolt pitch)
1 6
Refrigerant liquid line ø3/8" (ø9.52)
Refrigerant gas line ø5/8" (ø15.88)
Upper drain port (O.D. 1-17/64")
Bottom drain port (O.D. 1-1/32")
3-35/64

7-9/32 Suspension lug


Power supply outlet (ø7/8") 7
Fresh air intake port (ø5-29/32")
Flange for the flexible air outlet duct (ø7-7/8")
9 Tube cover
10 Electrical component box
Flange for the air intake duct
11
(Option or field supply) 8
12 Inter-unit control wiring

4 - 77
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 Refrigerant tubing joint (narrow tudbe)
2 Refrigerant tubing joint (wide tudbe)
3 Upper and bottom drain port (O.D 1-1/32")
4 Suspension lug
5 Power supply outlet (ø7/8")
6 Frange for air inlet duct
6 7 Pl cover
8 Electrical component box
9 Filter
10 Inter-unit control wiring (ø7/8")

5-45/64
1-9/64
27-1/4 3-51/64

2-19/32 2-ø1/8 (Hole)


25-13/64(6-19/64x4) 1-7/64
Indoor unit : UMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862

1-1/32
5-ø1/8 (Hole) 1-3/16 3-5/16

1-1/16
25/64
1-3/16

3-3/16
7
9-3/8

4 - 78
4 1
Water inlet
3-5/32 5-5/8

Inspection access
1-19/64
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types)

25-13/64
(17-23/32" 17-23/32")
1-47/64

(Field supply) 6-1/32 3

7-41/64
8
5-29/32

1-1/2 22-13/64 (Suspension bolt pitch)


29-17/32 1-29/64 7-7/8
32-7/16 (Suspension bolt pitch) 5-29/32
10-ø1/8 (Hole)
35/64

35/64 35/64
10

4-61/64
4-23/32 1-37/64

26-49/64 9 5-13/64 8-21/32 8-21/32 5-13/64


19/32

29/32 6-7/64 55/64

29/32 27-23/32 29/32


* Frame Filter Uninstalled

Unit: in.
Unit Specifications
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Flange for Air Intake Duct (Field supply)


For Concealed Duct Type
Thickness more than T3/64"

11-27/64

45/64
7-15/16

1-7/32 3

4
10-15/64 (OD)
12-1/64

5
25/64

8-17/64 1
1

6
Unit: in
A B C D (in. (mm)) E (in. (mm)) F G

7, 9, 12, 15 Type 27-31/64 26-1/16 12-ø1/8


3 x 7-7/8"P (200mmP) 1 x 13-25/64"P (340mmP)
8-ø15/64 6-11/16
7
= 23-5/8" (600mm) = 13-25/64" (340mm)
5 x 7-3/32"P (180mmP) 9-41/64 (245) + 9-27/32 (250) +
18, 24 Type 39-19/64 37-7/8 16-ø1/8 12-ø15/64 4-23/32
= 35-7/16" (900mm) 9-41/64 (245) = 29-9/64" (740mm)
9-41/64 (245) + 9-41/64 (245) +
36, 48, 54 Type 58-3/16 56-49/64 18-ø1/8
6 x 9-1/16"P (230mmP)
= 54-21/64" (1380mm)
9-29/64 (240) + 9-41/64 (245) + 16-ø15/64 4-23/33 8
9-41/64 (245) = 48-1/32" (1220mm)

4 - 79
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

4-4. Noise Criterion Curves

MODEL : UHX0762 MODEL : UHX1562


UHX0962
UHX1262
SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 29 dB (A), NC 20 / LOW 22 dB(A), NC13 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 30 dB(A), NC 23 / LOW 25 dB(A), NC17
CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft. CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft.
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz

60 60

50 NC-50 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

Sound Pressure Level (dB)


40
(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)
40 NC-40 NC-40

30 30 NC-30
1 NC-30

20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20 20 APPROXIMATE NC-20
THRESHOLD OF THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
2 Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)

3 MODEL : UHX1862
UHX2462

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 34 dB(A), NC 22 / LOW 27 dB(A), NC18

4 CONDITION
SOURCE
: Under the unit 4.9 ft.
: 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz

60

5 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

40
(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

NC-40

6 30 NC-30

20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS

7
NOISE
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)

4 - 80
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

MODEL : UHX3662 MODEL : UHX4862

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 38 dB(A), NC 30 / LOW 31 dB(A), NC 21 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 40 dB(A), NC 33 / LOW 33 dB(A), NC 25
CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft. CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft.
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz

60 60

50 NC-50 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

Sound Pressure Level (dB)


40 40
(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)
NC-40 NC-40

30 NC-30 30 NC-30

20 APPROXIMATE NC-20 20 APPROXIMATE NC-20


THRESHOLD OF THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR HEARING FOR

1
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)

2
MODEL : UHX5462

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 40 dB(A), NC 33 / LOW 33 dB(A), NC 25


CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft.
3
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz

60
4
50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

40
(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

NC-40
5
30 NC-30

20 APPROXIMATE NC-20
THRESHOLD OF

10
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE 6
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)

REMARKS: 1. Value obtained in the actual place where the unit is installed may be slightly higher than the values
shown in this graph because of the conditions of operation, the structure of the building, the back- 7
ground noise and other factors.
2. The test results were obtained from an anechoic room.

NOTE
To evaluate the noise level, the maximum value of the measured sound pressure level is used. Read the value at 8
each frequency level (on horizontal axis, center of the sound pressure band) from 63 Hz to 8000 Hz, and select the
corresponding maximum value indicated on the vertical axis.

4 - 81
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

Both 50Hz and 60Hz


Strong
MODEL : UMHX0762 MODEL : UMHX0962 Weak
SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 28 dB(A) SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 30 dB(A)
WEAK 25 dB(A) WEAK 27 dB(A)
CONDITION : 4.9 ft. directly below unit CONDITION : 4.9 ft. directly below unit
60 60
Sound pressure level (dB)

Sound pressure level (dB)


50 50
NC-50 NC-50
(0dB = 0.0002μbar)

(0dB = 0.0002μbar)
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
Approximate NC-30 NC-30
minimum
20 audible limit for
continuous noise 20 Approximate
NC-20 minimum NC-20
audible limit for
10 10 continuous noise
Overall 63
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Overall 63 125 250
500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
MODEL : UMHX1262 MODEL : UMHX1562
SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 32 dB(A) SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 34 dB(A)
WEAK 28 dB(A) WEAK 30 dB(A)
CONDITION : 4.9 ft. directly below unit CONDITION : 4.9 ft. directly below unit
1 60 60
Sound pressure level (dB)

50 Sound pressure level (dB) 50


NC-50 NC-50
(0dB = 0.0002μbar)

(0dB = 0.0002μbar)
40 40
2 NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
Approximate
20 minimum 20 Approximate
audible limit for minimum
NC-20 NC-20
3 10
continuous noise

Overall 63
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
10
audible limit for
continuous noise
Overall63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
MODEL : UMHX1862
SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 35 dB(A)
WEAK 31 dB(A)
4 CONDITION : 4.9 ft. directly below unit
60
Sound pressure level (dB)

50
NC-50
(0dB = 0.0002μbar)

5 40
NC-40

30
NC-30

20 Approximate
6 minimum
audible limit for
continuous noise
NC-20

10
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Auxiliary Duct Auxiliary Duct
of 6.6 ft. length of 3.3 ft. length
REMARKS: 1. Value obtained in the actual place where the unit is
installed may be slightly higher than the values shown
7 in this graph because of the conditions of operation,
the structure of the building, the backgroundnoise and
Air discharge Unit Air intake
4.9 ft.

other factors. (Concealed-Duct Type)


2. The test results were obtained from an anechoic room.
3. The layout of the testing condition is shown at right.
4.9 ft. directly below unit
8 NOTE
To evaluate the noise level, the maximum value of the measured sound pressure level is used. Read the value at
each frequency level (on horizontal axis, center of the sound pressure band) from 63 Hz to 8000 Hz, and select the
corresponding maximum value indicated on the vertical axis.
4 - 82
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

4-5. Increasing the Fan Speed


Power supply outlet
If external static pressure is too great (due to long extension of ducts,
for example), the air flow volume may drop too low at each air outlet. Inter-unit control wiring
This problem may be solved by increasing the fan speed using the
following procedure:
(1) Remove 4 screws on the electrical component box and
remove the cover plate.
(2) Disconnect the fan motor sockets in the box.
(3) Take out the booster cable (sockets at both ends)
clamped in the box.
(4) Securely connect the booster cable sockets between
the disconnected fan motor sockets in step 2 as shown
in Fig. 4-2.
(5) Place the cable neatly in the box and reinstall the cover
plate.
Fig. 4-1
How to read the diagram Indoor Fan Performance
The vertical axis is the external static UHX0762 UHX1562 UHX1862
pressure (in. WG) while the horizontal UHX0962
UHX1262
UHX2462 1
axis represents the air flow (CFM). 0.60 0.590 0.60 0.590 0.60 0.590
(in. WG)

(in. WG)

(in. WG)
The characteristic curves for “HT,” “H,” “M ”

(in. Aq)

(in. Aq)
(in. Aq)

line
and “L ” fan speed control are shown.

Limit
e
External Static Pressure

External Static Pressure


External Static Pressure

The nameplate values are shown based


it lin
e

2
it lin

0.40 0.394 0.40 0.394 0.40 0.394


Lim
on the “H ” air flow. For the 24 type, the air
Lim

e
it lin
flow is 635 CFM, while the external static HT
ne

ine

Lim
it li

it l
pressure is 0.20 in. WG at “H ” position.
Lim

Lim

HT
If external static pressure is too great 0.20 0.197 0.20 0.197 0.20
H 0.197
0.193 HT
(due to long extension of ducts, for example), 0.173

the air flow volume may drop too low at M


H
M
H 0.154
0.098
M 0.146
0.095
3
L L L
each air outlet. This problem may be solved
0 0 0 0 0 0
by increasing the fan speed as explained 177 247 300 353
371
353
494 565
706
318 353 428 530
above. Air Flow (CFM) Air Flow (CFM) Air Flow Volume (CFM)

Fan
Booster cable
UHX3662 UHX4862 UHX5462
4
motor
e

line
e

it lin
it lin

0.60 0.590 0.60 0.590 0.60 0.590


it
Lim

Lim
Lim
(in. WG)

(in. WG)

(in. WG)
(in. Aq)

(in. Aq)

(in. Aq)
Fan motor socket
External Static Pressure

External Static Pressure


External Static Pressure

(At shipment)
5
ne

ne
ne

it li

it li

Electrical HT
it li

0.40 0.394 0.40 0.394 0.40 0.394


Lim

Lim

component HT HT
Lim

box

H 0.260 H H
0.213 0.221 0.221
0.20 0.20 0.197 0.20 0.197
Booster cable M
0.197
M
0.150
M
0.150 6
L L L

0 0 0 0 0 0
(Connected booster cable) 742 918 883 1059 883 1059
706 1059 706 1413 706 1413

Fig. 4-2
Air Flow Volume (CFM) Air Flow Volume (CFM) Air Flow Volume (CFM)
7
NOTE
HT : Using the booster cable
H : At shipment 8

4 - 83
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
4. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) Unit Specifications

For Short Circuit Connection


The standard (before shipment) external static pressure is shown in the table below.
When using with a higher static pressure, it is necessary to change to the high static pressure mode.
External static pressure White Yellow Red

Type 7 9 12 15 18
Standard (in. WG) 0.04 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06
High static pressure (in. WG) 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.16 0.16 TP6 TP3 TP1

When using with high static pressure mode, set the indoor unit control
board as shown at right.
Follow the below procedure while the unit is turned off.
(1) Open the cover of the electrical box and confirm that it is the indoor
unit control board.

TP6
TP3

TP1
(2) Connect the short circuit connector to the short circuit pin TP3 (2P:
Yellow) of the indoor unit control board.
In case of wired remote control setting, do not use the short circuit connector. Indoor control board
For Wired Remote Control 2
Press and hold the , and buttons simultaneously for
4 seconds or longer.
“ ,” unit No. “ ” (or “ ” in the case of group control),
item code “ ,” and settings data “ ” are displayed blinking
1 on the remote controller LCD display.
At this time, the indoor unit fan (or all indoor unit fans in the 6
case of group control) begins operating.
Press the temperature setting / 3
buttons to select the item code “ ”.
2 Press the timer time / buttons to select the desired
1 5 1 4
setting data.
* For item codes and setting data, refer to the right table. Item
code No. Description
Press the button. 0000 Standard (setting at shipment)
(The display stops blinking and remains lit,
3 and setting is completed.) External static pressure's
0003 High static-pressure

Press the button to return to normal upper limit in high static


pressure mode
remote controller display.
Standard external Rated external static
External Static Pressure (in. WG)
External Static Pressure (in. WG)

UMHX0762 0.197 UMHX0962 0.197 static pressure's HH pressure in high static

4
(in. Aq)

(in. Aq)

upper limit H pressure mode


0.16 0.16 Lower static pressure
External Static Pressure
(in. WG)

L in high static pressure


HH HH
0.12 0.12 mode
H L H
HH
L 0.08 H
0.08

5 0.04 L H
0.04
L
H
L
Rated external static
pressure at shipment
HH
0 HH 0
0 0 Lower limit airflow Upper limit airflow
177 353 177 353
Airflow (CFM)
Airflow (CFM) Airflow (CFM)
UMHX1862
6 UMHX1262
0.24
UMHX1562
0.24
HH
External Static Pressure (in. WG)

External Static Pressure (in. WG)


External Static Pressure (in. WG)

0.20 0.197 0.20 0.197 0.20 0.197


HH H
(in. Aq)

(in. Aq)

(in. Aq)

HH
0.16 0.16 0.16
H H
7 0.12 L 0.12
L
0.12
L

0.08 0.08 0.08 HH


HT HH H
H HH H L
0.04 0.04 0.04
8 L L

0 0 0 0 0 0
177 353 177 353 353 530
Airflow (CFM) Airflow (CFM) Airflow (CFM)

4 - 84
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type) Unit Specifications

5-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (A)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit DHX3652
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 36,000 39,000
Capacity
kW 10.6 11.4
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 1,060 / 990 / 880
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 9.30 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.70
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 2.84 2.89 2.74 2.80
Power input W 548 620 528 602
Power factor % 93 93 93 93
Max. starting amperes A 4 4 4 4
FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
1
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 45 / 44 / 42 2
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection
Remote controller
25 A, Male screw
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
3
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 16-1 / 2 (420) 20-1 / 4 (513) 4
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 41-7 / 8 (1065) 45-1 / 4 (1148)
Depth in. (mm) 24-3 / 8 (620) 28-1 / 8 (713)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 110 (50)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 141 (64) 5
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 14.8(0.420)

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 85
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (B)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit DHX4852
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 47,800 54,600
Capacity
kW 14.0 16.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 1,270 / 1,230 / 1,160
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 13.95 –
External static pressure (High) in. WG 0.67
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 3.24 3.19 3.17 3.42
Power input W 644 695 627 756
Power factor % 96 95 95 96
Max. starting amperes A 4 4 4 4

1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Field supply
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
2 Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 47 / 46 / 44
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
3 Drain connection
Remote controller
25 A, Male screw
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-BH80AAB.WL)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
4 Height in. (mm) 17-3 / 4 (450) 20-1 / 4 (513)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 41-7 / 8 (1065) 45-1 / 4 (1148)
Depth in. (mm) 24-3 / 8 (620) 28-1 / 8 (713)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 119 (54)
5 Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 152 (69)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 14.8(0.420)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 86
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type) Unit Specifications

5-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. DHX3652
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (1 ... ø7-31/64 (ø220))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFC4X-201B6P...200W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,134
WHT – BRN : 13.75 WHT – VLT : 4.469
Coil resistance
 VLT – ORG : 1.200 ORG – YEL : 2.206
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
YEL – BLK : 10.33 BLK – PNK : 12.90
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 7.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 181 ± 27 (83 ± 15)
Electronic expansion valve 1
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body
Heat exchanger
UKV-30D33
2
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 4...5 / 64 (2.0)
Face area ft2 (m2) 3.02 (0.281)
3

4 - 87
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (B)


MODEL No. DHX4852
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (1 ... ø7-31/64 (ø220))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFC4Q-401A6P...400W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,077
WHT – BRN : 11.05 WHT – VLT : 1.796
Coil resistance
 VLT – ORG : 1.002 ORG – YEL : 4.574
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
YEL – PNK : 7.699
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 7.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F (°C) 181 ± 27 (83 ± 15)
1 Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-30D33
2 Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 4...5 / 64 (2.0)
Face area ft2 (m2) 3.02 (0.281)
3

4 - 88
1

8
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
Unit Specifications

37
31-7/32
7 X 3-15/16=27-9/16
22 - ø 1/8 2-5/32 25/32
(Hole for full
circumference) 1-37/64 3-35/64
2-23/64
1-57/64
5-1/8
(Suspension bolt pitch)
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type)

11-27/64

Length
Type A B C
Electrical component box
36 16-17/32 15-35/64 2-43/64
48 17-23/32 16-47/64 3-55/64
3-5/32 4- 20 hole for
1-13/16 suspension bolt
4 X 3-15/16

4 - 89
=15-3/4 Refrigerant liquid line ( 3/8 or 1/4)
16 - 1/8
(Hole for full 19-11/16 Refrigerant gas line ( 3/4 or 5/8)
circumference) Power supply outlet
19/32 38-37/64 (Suspension bolt pitch) 19/32 Drain connection (25A, O.D. 1-1/4")
Duct connection for suction
24-13/32 Duct connection for discharge
19-11/16 2-3/4 39-49/64
Inter-unit control wiring

3-15/16
3-15/16
1-3/8 37 1-3/8

1-31/32

3-55/64
25/64 25/64
2-5/32

2-5/32

1-11/32
1

11-13/16
12-13/64
Indoor unit : 36, 48 Type

B
A
5-3. Dimensional Data

2-5/32
3-15/16

3-15/16
Drain pan
Unit: in.
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type) Unit Specifications

5-4. Noise Criterion Curves

MODEL : DHX3652 MODEL : DHX4852


SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 45 dB(A), NC 39 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 47 dB(A), NC 42
CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, Single-phase, 60 Hz

90 90

80 80

70 NC-70 70 NC-70

60 NC-60 60 NC-60

Sound Pressure Level (dB)


50 NC-50 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

1
(0 dB = 0.0002 μbar)
40 NC-40 40 NC-40
(0 dB = 0.0002 μbar)

NC-30
30 30
NC-30

2 20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
NC-20
CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)

3
REMARKS: 1. Value obtained in the actual place where the unit is installed may be slightly higher than the values shown
in this graph because of the conditions of operation, the structure of the building, the background noise
and other factors.
4 2. The test results were obtained from an anechoic room.

NOTE
To evaluate the noise level, the maximum value of the measured sound pressure level is used. Read the value at each fre-
quency level (on horizontal axis, center of the sound pressure band) from 63 Hz to 8000 Hz, and select the corresponding
5 maximum value indicated on the vertical axis.

4 - 90
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
5. Concealed Duct High-Static Pressure Type (D Type) Unit Specifications

5-5. Indoor Fan Performance

How to Read the Diagram


The vertical axis is the External Static Pressure (in.WG) while the horizontal axis represents the
Air Flow (CFM). The characteristic curve for the “H,” “Med, ” and “Lo ” fan speed control.
The nameplate values are shown based on the “H ” air flow. Therefore in the case of 36 Type, the
flow is 1059 CFM , while the External Static Pressure is 0.72 in.WG at “H ” position.
If the external static pressure is too great (due to long extension of duct, for example), the air flow
volume may drop too low at each air outlet.

(in.WG)
36Type (in.WG) 48Type
1.00 1.00

e
lin
it
m
Li
ine
it l

0.80 0.80
Lim

External Static Pressure


1
External Static Pressure

H
M

M
L
0.60 0.60
L

0.40 0.40
2
H,M
0.20 M 0.20
e
it lin
e it lin
Lim Lim

0 0 3
883 1059 1236 1059 1236 1412
Air Flow (CFM) Air Flow (CFM)

NOTE H : At shipment

4 - 91
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

6-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (A)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit THX1252
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 420 / 350 / 320
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.96 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.14 0.17 0.14 0.15
Power input W 15 16 15 16
Power factor % 52 41 52 46
Max. starting amperes A 4 4 4 4
FEATURES

1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 35 / 32 / 30
2 Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1 / 32”

3 Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-TRP80AAB.WL)
Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.0 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 8-9 / 32 (210) 11-1 / 32 (280)
4 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 35-13 / 16 (910) 38-25 / 32 (958)
Depth in. (mm) 26-25 / 32 (680) 30-23 / 32 (780)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
5 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 7.6 (0.215)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 92
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (B)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit THX1852
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 450 / 390 / 320
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.23 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.15 0.14 0.15 0.17
Power input W 16 16 16 18
Power factor % 51 50 51 46
Max. starting amperes A 2 2 2 2
FEATURES
Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
1
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 36 / 33 / 30
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type 2
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1 / 32”
Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-TRP80AAB.WL)
Optional / –
3
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.0 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 8-9 / 32 (210) 11-1 / 32 (280)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 35-13 / 16 (910) 38-25 / 32 (958) 4
Depth in. (mm) 26-25 / 32 (680) 30-23 / 32 (780)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 7.6 (0.215) 5

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 93
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (C)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit THX2452
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 25,000 27,000
Capacity
kW 7.3 8.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 650 / 530 / 495
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 6.34 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.34 0.31 0.34 0.36
Power input W 38 37 40 40
Power factor % 54 52 57 48
Max. starting amperes A 2 2 2 2
FEATURES

1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access, long life (2,500hr)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 38 / 36 / 33
2 Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection OD 1-1 / 32”

3 Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-TRP80AAB.WL)
Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y9.0 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 8-9 / 32 (210) 11-1 / 32 (280)
4 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 46-15 / 32 (1180) 49-13 / 32 (1255)
Depth in. (mm) 26-25 / 32 (680) 30-23 / 32 (780)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 55 (25)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
5 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 9.7 (0.274)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 94
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

6-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. THX1252
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2 ... ø5-1/2 (ø140))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63C280HB...60W
Power source 340 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...920
RED – WHT : 53.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 53.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 53.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
1
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube 2
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...7/128 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.66 (0.154)

4 - 95
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (B)


MODEL No. THX1852
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (2 ... ø5-1/2 (ø140))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63C280HB...60W
Power source 340 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...960
RED – WHT : 53.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 53.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 53.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

Electronic expansion valve


1 Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
2 Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...7/128 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.66 (0.154)

4 - 96
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (C)


MODEL No. THX2452
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UMHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Centrifugal (3 ... ø5-1/2 (ø140))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W DK8-63D280HB...60W
Power source 340 VDC
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 8P...980
RED – WHT : 53.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – BLU : 53.0
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
BLU – RED : 53.0
Run capacitor VAC, μF –
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 285 +4
–5 (141 +2
–3 )

Electronic expansion valve


Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
1
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube 2
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 3...7/128 (1.4)
Face area ft2 (m2) 2.39 (0.222)

4 - 97
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

6-3. Dimensional Data

B C
Length
Type A B C

6-11/16
Air intake
12, 18 33-21/32 35-53/64 8-17/64

(Suspension bolt pitch)

26-49/64
12-19/32
24 44-19/64 46-29/64 8-17-64
Ceiling side

1-5/64 A 1-5/64 Air


Unit: in.
(Suspension bolt pitch)

1 Left side
Rear (figure shows view from front) 2-21/64
2-61/64
3-61/64
3-13/16
Right side 8-1/2

2-3/64
1-1/4

(Liquid tubing
9/64 Gas tubing)

4-9/64
Liquid

6-47/64
6-47/64

2-23/64
1-1/4

tubing

Gas tubing
2
1-17/32

1-17/32
9-7/8 3-5/16 5-3/4 6-11/32

9-7/8
Left drain position Right drain position
Closed with rubber stopper at time of shipment.
3 Unit: in.

4 - 98
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

6-4. Noise Criterion Curves 60Hz


Strong
Weak
MODEL : THX1252 MODEL : THX1852
SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 35 dB(A) SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 36 dB(A)
HIGH 32 dB(A) HIGH 33 dB(A)
LOW 30 dB(A) LOW 30 dB(A)
CONDITION : 3.3 ft from front of outlet at height of 4.9 ft CONDITION : 3.3 ft from front of outlet at height of 4.9 ft
60 60
Sound pressure level (dB)

Sound pressure level (dB)


50 NC-50 50 NC-50
(0dB = 0.0002 μbar)

(0dB = 0.0002 μbar)


40 NC-40 40 NC-40

30 NC-30 30 NC-30
Approximate Approximate
20 minimum audible NC-20 20 minimum audible NC-20
limit for limit for
continuous noise continuous noise
10 10
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
1
MODEL : THX2452
SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 38 dB(A)
HIGH
LOW
36 dB(A)
33 dB(A)
2
CONDITION : 3.3 ft from front of outlet at height of 4.9 ft

60

3
Sound pressure level (dB)

50 NC-50
(0dB = 0.0002 μbar)

40 NC-40

30
Approximate
NC-30
4
20 minimum audible NC-20
limit for
continuous noise
10
Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) 5

4 - 99
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

6-5. Air Flow Distance / Temperature Chart


THX1252/1852
Heating : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.54 ) (Room temperature approx.68 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)
0
4.9 ft/s
3.3 3.3 ft/s
1.6 ft/s

6.6 0.98 ft/s

9.8

13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Heating : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.54 ) (Room temperature approx.68 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

1 0 91 F
86 F
3.3
80 F
75 F
6.6
2 9.8

13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
3 Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Cooling : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx. -7 ) (Room temperature approx.80 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

0
4 3.3
4.9 ft/s

6.6 3.3 ft/s


1.6 ft/s

5 9.8 0.98 ft/s

13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
6 Cooling : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx. -7 ) (Room temperature approx.80 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

0
68 F
7 3.3
71 F
75 F
6.6
78 F

9.8
8
13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
4 - 100
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
6. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) Unit Specifications

THX2452
Heating : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.54 ) (Room temperature approx.68 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)
0
4.9 ft/s
3.3 3.3 ft/s
1.6 ft/s
6.6 0.98 ft/s

9.8

13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Heating : Distribution of temperature
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx.54 ) (Room temperature approx.68 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

0 91 F
86 F
1
3.3
80 F
75 F
6.6

9.8
2
13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
3
Cooling : Distribution of wind velocity
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx. -7 ) (Room temperature approx.80 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

3.3 4
4.9 ft/s
6.6 3.3 ft/s
1.6 ft/s
9.8 0.98 ft/s
5
13.1
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Cooling : Distribution of temperature 6
(Strong wind : Discharge angle approx. -7 ) (Room temperature approx.80 F)
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

68 F
3.3
71 F 7
75 F
6.6
78 F

9.8

13.1
8
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
4 - 101
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

7-1. Specifications

Unit specifications (A)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit KHX0752
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 7,500 8,500
Capacity
kW 2.2 2.5
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 350 / 280 / 210
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 3.38 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.25 0.26 0.25 0.26
Power input W 50 56 50 56
Power factor % 96 94 96 94
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
1 Controls Microprocessor
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve

2 Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo)


Refrigerant tubing connections
dB-A 36 / 32 / 28
Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection 13 A, OD 45 / 64”
3 Remote controller Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH1AAB)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 3.0Y 8.6 / 0.8, RAL 9002-GL (resemblant color)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions

4 Unit dimensions
Height
Width
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
11-7 / 32 (285)
39-3 / 16 (995)
13-21 / 32 (347)
41-15 / 16 (1065)
Depth in. (mm) 8 (203) 10-1 / 4 (260)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 31 (14)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 35 (16)
5 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 3.4 (0.096)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 102
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (B)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit KHX0952
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 9,600 11,000
Capacity
kW 2.8 3.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 350 / 280 / 210
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 3.38 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.20 0.21 0.20 0.21
Power input W 50 56 50 56
Power factor % 96 94 96 94
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
1
Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 36 / 32 / 28
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type 2
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection 13 A, OD 45 / 64”
Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH1AAB)
Optional / –
3
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 3.0Y 8.6 / 0.8, RAL 9002-GL (resemblant color)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 11-7 / 32 (285) 13-21 / 32 (347)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 39-3 / 16 (995) 41-15 / 16 (1065) 4
Depth in. (mm) 8 (203) 10-1 / 4 (260)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 31 (14)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 35 (16)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 3.4 (0.096) 5

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 103
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (C)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit KHX1252
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 350 / 280 / 210
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 3.38 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.20 0.21 0.20 0.21
Power input W 50 56 50 56
Power factor % 96 94 96 94
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES

1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 36 / 32 / 28
2 Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection 13 A, OD 45 / 64”

3 Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH1AAB)
Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 3.0Y 8.6 / 0.8, RAL 9002-GL (resemblant color)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 11-7 / 32 (285) 13-21 / 32 (347)
4 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 39-3 / 16 (995) 41-15 / 16 (1065)
Depth in. (mm) 8 (203) 10-1 / 4 (260)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 31 (14)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 35 (16)
5 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 3.4 (0.096)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 104
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (D)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit KHX1862
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 18,000 20,000
Capacity
kW 5.3 5.9
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 565 / 495 / 353
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.02 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.30 0.32 0.30 0.32
Power input W 61 72 61 72
Power factor % 99 99 99 99
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
1
Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 42 / 38 / 35
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type 2
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection 13A, OD 45/64"
Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH1AAB)
Optional / –
3
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 3.0Y 8.6 / 0.8, RAL 9002-GL (resemblant color)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 13 (330) 15-11 / 32 (390)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 44-7 / 8 (1140) 47-27 / 32 (1215) 4
Depth in. (mm) 8-31 /32 (228) 11-17/ 32 (293)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 4.9 (0.139) 5

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 105
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (E)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit KHX1962
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 565 / 495 / 353
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 4.3 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.30 0.32 0.30 0.32
Power input W 61 72 61 72
Power factor % 99 99 98 98
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES

1 Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve ( * )
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 42 / 38 / 35
2 Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 1/4 (6.35)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1/2 (12.7)
Drain connection 13A, OD 45/64"

3 Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH1AAB)
Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 3.0Y 8.6 / 0.8, RAL 9002-GL (resemblant color)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 13 (330) 15-11 / 32 (390)
4 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 44-7 / 8 (1140) 47-27 / 32 (1215)
Depth in. (mm) 8-31 / 32 (228) 11-17 / 32 (293)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
5 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 4.9 (0.139)
( * ) External EEV (ATK-SVRK56BA)

8 Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 106
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (F)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit KHX2452
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 25,000 27,000
Capacity
kW 7.3 8.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 565 / 495 / 350
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 7.19 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.37 0.39 0.38 0.32
Power input W 72 83 72 83
Power factor % 94 93 91 93
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES
Controls
Fan speeds
Microprocessor
3 and Automatic control
1
Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 42 / 38 / 35
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type 2
Refrigerant tube di- Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
ameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection 13 A, OD 45 / 64”
Remote controller
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories
Optional (RCS-TM80BG, RCS-SH1AAB)
Optional / –
3
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 3.0Y 8.6 / 0.8, RAL 9002-GL (resemblant color)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 13 (330) 15-11 / 32 (390)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 44-7 / 8 (1140) 47-27 / 32 (1215) 4
Depth in. (mm) 8-31 / 32 (228) 11-17 / 32 (293)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 53 (24)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 4.9 (0.139) 5

Rated conditions
Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB ; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
8
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70°F DB ; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 107
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

7-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. KHX0752
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-KR74GXH56A (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Cross-flow (1 ... ø3-15/32 (ø88) / 29-9/64 (740))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W UF4Q-31G6P-C...30W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,164
WHT – BRN : 482.5 WHT – VLT : 77.04
Coil resistance
 VLT – ORG : 61.70 ORG – YEL : 38.62
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
YEL – PNK : 210.1
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 14 (130 ± 8)
Operating temperature
1 Electronic expansion valve
Close °F (°C) 174 ± 27 (79 ± 15)

Coil UKV-U023E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
2 Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...7 / 128 (1.3)
3 Face area 2
ft (m ) 2
2.06 (0.191)

4 - 108
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (B)


MODEL No. KHX0952
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-KR74GXH56A (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Cross-flow (1 ... ø3-15/32 (ø88) / 29-9/64 (740))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W UF4Q-31G6P...30W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,164
WHT – BRN : 482.5 WHT – VLT : 77.04
Coil resistance
 VLT – ORG : 61.70 ORG – YEL : 38.62
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
YEL – PNK : 210.1
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 14 (130 ± 8)
Operating temperature

Electronic expansion valve


Close °F (°C) 174 ± 27 (79 ± 15)
1
Coil UKV-U023E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
2
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...7 / 128 (1.3)
Face area 2
ft (m ) 2
2.06 (0.191)
3

4 - 109
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (C)


MODEL No. KHX1252
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-KR74GXH56A (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Cross-flow (1 ... ø3-15/32 (ø88) / 29-9/64 (740))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W UF4Q-31G6P...30W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,164
WHT – BRN : 482.5 WHT – VLT : 77.04
Coil resistance
 VLT – ORG : 61.70 ORG – YEL : 38.62
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
YEL – PNK : 210.1
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.0 μF
Safety device fuse
Open °F (°C) 266 ± 14 (130 ± 8)
Operating temperature
1 Electronic expansion valve
Close °F (°C) 174 ± 27 (79 ± 15)

Coil UKV-U023E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
2 Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...7 / 128 (1.3)
3 Face area 2
ft (m ) 2
2.06 (0.191)

4 - 110
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (D)


MODEL No. KHX1862
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CB-KR254GXH56A (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Cross-flow (1 ... ø3-15/16 (ø100) / 33-25/64 (848))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT4Q-31A6P-C...30W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P...1,147
WHT – BRN : 260.7 WHT – VLT : 42.62
Coil resistance
 VLT – ORG : 30.36 ORG – YEL : 23.76
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
YEL – PNK : 115.9
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.8 μF
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 266 ± 14 (130 ± 8)
(17AM033E5-4)
Electronic expansion valve
Close °F (°C) 174 ± 27 (79 ± 15)
1
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
2
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1/16 (1.4)
Face area 2
ft (m ) 2
3.54 (0.329)
3

4 - 111
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (E)


MODEL No. KHX1962
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CB-KR254GXH56A (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Cross-flow (1 ... ø3-15/16 (ø100) / 33-25/64 (848))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT4Q-31A6P-C...30W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P...1,147
WHT – BRN : 260.7 ORG – YEL : 23.76
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 42.62 YEL – PNK : 115.9
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 30.36
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.8 μF
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 266 ± 14 (130 ± 8)
(17AM033E5-4)
1 Close °F (°C)
Eternal Electronic expansion valve (Optional)
174 ± 27 (79 ± 15)
ATK-SVRK56BA
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
2 Valve body UKV-30D40
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1/16 (1.4)
3 Face area 2
ft (m ) 2
3.81 (0.354)

4 - 112
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (F)


MODEL No. KHX2452
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-KR254GXH56A (Microprocessor)
Fan...(Number diameter / length in. (mm)) Cross-flow (1 ... ø3-15/16 (ø100) / 33-25/64 (848))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT4Q-31A6P-C...30W
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,147
WHT – BRN : 260.7 ORG – YEL : 23.76
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 42.62 YEL – PNK : 115.9
(Ambient temperature 68°F)
VLT – ORG : 30.36
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.8 μF
Safety device fuse
Operating temperature Open °F (°C) 266 ± 14 (130 ± 8)
(17AM033E5-4)
Electronic expansion valve
Close °F (°C) 174 ± 27 (79 ± 15)
1
Coil UKV-U031E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 68°F) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
2
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in. (mm) 2...1/16 (1.4)
Face area 2
ft (m ) 2
3.54 (0.329)
3

4 - 113
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

7-3. Dimensional Data

7, 9, 12 type

39-11/64

11-7/32

3-5
/32
Gas tube ø1/2” (ø12.7) (length: Approx. 15-6/8”) Drain and wiring port ø3/8” (ø9.52)

Liquid tube ø1/4” (ø6.35) (length: Approx. 18-1/2”) Drain hose VP13 (length: Approx. 17-23/32”)

1 unit : in.

3 18, 19, 24 type

44-7/8

4
12-63/64

5
3-5
32/

Drain hose VP13 (length: Approx. 17-23/32”) Drain and wiring port ø3/8” (ø9.52)
6 Gas tube ø5/8” (ø15.88) (length: Approx. 19-11/16”) Liquid tube ø3/8” (ø9.52) (length: Approx. 22-7/16”)

unit : in.

4 - 114
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

7-4. Noise Criterion Curves

60Hz
Strong
Weak

MODEL : KHX0752, KHX0952, KHX1252 MODEL : KHX1862, KHX1962, KHX2452

SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 36 dB(A) SOUND LEVEL : STRONG 42 dB(A)


HIGH 32 dB(A) HIGH 38 dB(A)
LOW 28 dB(A) LOW 35 dB(A)

CONDITION : 3.3 ft in front at height of 3.3 ft CONDITION : 3.3 ft in front at height of 3.3 ft

60 60

Sound pressure level (dB)


Sound pressure level (dB)

50 NC-50 50 NC-50

(0dB = 0.0002 μbar)


(0dB = 0.0002 μbar)

40 NC-40 40 NC-40

30 NC-30 30 NC-30

Approximate
20 minimum audible NC-20
Approximate
20 minimum audible NC-20
1
limit for limit for
continuous noise continuous noise
10 10
Overall63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Overall 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
2

4 - 115
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

7-5. Air Flow Distance / Temperature Chart


KHX0752/0952/1252

Air Flow Cooling Temperature Cooling

(Strong / Outlet Angle=30 ) (Strong / Outlet Angle=30 )


9.8 9.8
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)


4.9 ft/s
3.9 ft/s 78 F
0.98 ft/s 71 F
6.6 6.6
68 F 75 F

3.3 2.0 ft/s


3.3
0.98 ft/s 2.9 ft/s

2.0 ft/s 78 F
0 0
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.) Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Air Flow Heating Temperature Heating
(Strong / Outlet Angle=60 ) (Strong / Outlet Angle=60 )
9.8 9.8
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)


4.9 ft/s 91 F
1 3.9 ft/s
2.9 ft/s
86 F
6.6 6.6
80 F 75 F

3.3 0.98 ft/s 3.3


2 0.98 ft/s
2.0 ft/s

0 0
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.) Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)

3 KHX1862/1962/2452

Air Flow Cooling Temperature Cooling

(Strong / Outlet Angle=30 ) (Strong / Outlet Angle=30 )


9.8 9.8
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

4.9 ft/s 68 F
71 F

4 6.6
0.98 ft/s
2.0 ft/s 6.6
75 F
78 F

3.3 0.98 ft/s 2.9 ft/s 3.3


2.0 ft/s

5 0
2.9 ft/s 3.9 ft/s
0
78 F

0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
Horizontal air flow distance (ft.) Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)
Air Flow Heating Temperature Heating
6 9.8
(Strong / Outlet Angle=60 )
9.8
(Strong / Outlet Angle=60 )
Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

Vertical air flow distance (ft.)

4.9 ft/s 91 F
3.9 ft/s 86 F 75 F
2.9 ft/s 80 F
6.6 6.6

7 3.3
0.98 ft/s
3.3
2.0 ft/s
0.98 ft/s
0 0
0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4
8 Horizontal air flow distance (ft.) Horizontal air flow distance (ft.)

4 - 116
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

7-6. External Electronic Expansion Valve Kit (Optional : ATK-SVRK56BA)

Precautions in this manual are given in the form of "Warnings" or "Cautions." Both types of precautions contain
important information related to your safety, the safety of users, and the correct operation, installation,
or maintenance of the air conditioning system. Be sure to carefully observe all relevant precautions.
This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe practice which can result in severe personal injury
WARNING
or death.

CAUTION This symbol refers to a hazard or unsafe practice which can result in personal injury or prod-
uct or property damage.

• This external electronic expansion valve is compatible with the refrigerants listed below.
R410A, R407C, R22

1. Checking Parts
Please check these parts below that came in the box.
Description Shape Q'ty Description Shape Q'ty
Clamp Large: 2
1
3 (Large: 13-25/32",
External electronic
Small: 7-7/8") Small: 4
1 expansion valve 1
(Extension cord 26.2 ft.) 4 Installation manual 1
2
White
2 Flare insulator 2 5 Insulating tape (heat resisting) 2

2. Positioning for Installation 3


• The valve should be connected to the liquid tube. Determine the position for installation referring to the diagram of
outer dimensions. (Fig. 4-1) Refrigerant-flow noise may occur from the external electronic expansion valve.
As a guide, the distance from the indoor unit should be a minimum of 16.4 feet, but less than 26.2 feet. (Install
away from locations where strictly quiet operation is required.) 4
If this distance is unavailable, install inside the ceiling or in another location where noise insulation is possible.
This is a functional component, and therefore may require inspection and replacement. Consider this when
deciding the installation location. (For example, place near an inspection port, or provide one.)
• This valve is for indoor use. Do not install the valve outdoors. 5
Diagram of outer dimensions
(2-3/4)

Indoor
side
Outdoor
side
6
Connecting portion B Connecting portion B
Extension cord (26.2 ft.)

7
(8-5/64)

Type 56 160
A 12-51/64 14-11/64
(10-53/64)
A
B o 1/4 o 3/8 Unit: in.
8
Fig. 4-1

4 - 117
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

3. Cutting and Flaring of Liquid Tube


After determining the position for installation, cut the liquid tube and flare the connecting portion.
(Pay attention to the notes below when flaring the tubes.)

NOTE
• After cutting the tube, deburr and finish the end face smoothly and correctly.
• Do not damage tubes while flaring.
• Take care not to allow dirt and deburred chips into the tube.
• Use the flare nut which came with External Electronic Expansion Valve Kit.
• The flaring dimensions for R410A are different from the conventional dimensions for R407C and R22. For R410A,
the specially created flaring tool is recommended. However a conventional tool can be used by adjusting the
amount of copper tube projection as shown in the table below.

B
Unit : in.
Rigid (clutch type)
R410A R407C, R22
If special R410A If conventional If conventional
tool is used tool is used tool is used
1 B = 0 - 1/64 3/64 - 1/16 0 - 1/64 Copper tube projection for flaring: B (in.)
Fig. 4-2

4. Connection of External Electronic Expansion Valve with Tubing


In connection with tubing, take care to fit the external electronic expansion valve in the right direction.
2 Be sure to install with the mark on the label pointing upwards. Also when connecting the flare, use the arrow
marks on the label to check the directions of the indoor unit side and outdoor unit side.
(The wiring outlet side faces the indoor unit.) (Refer to Fig. 4-3.)

3 e
ee
xc es
t re
d Do
n
10 ot e
de xce Attached label on the unit
no eg gre ed
es
Do 10 d EXTERNAL ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE KIT

4 SOURCE
DC 12V
d
ee
SERIAL NO.
Do
exc es n
t e 10 ot e
no egr de xce
gre ed
INDOOR OUTDOOR
Do 10 d es SIDE UP SIDE
5
MUST BE INSTALLED AS ARROWS.
85421360XXXXXX

6 Fig. 4-3

• Tightening flare nuts

7 CAUTION

Be sure to use 2 spanners together when removing or tightening Tubing size Tightening torque
the flare nuts. After connection with the tubing, tighten the flare 120 - 160 lbs inch
8 nuts by the correct torque. Failure to tighten the nuts correctly 1/4" (Ø6.35)
(140 - 180 kgf cm)
can cause loosening and damage on the flared portion, resulting 300 - 360 lbs inch
3/8" (Ø9.52)
in accidents by oxygen deficiency due to refrigerant leaks. (340 - 420 kgf cm)

4 - 118
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

5. Flare Insulation of Tubing


After completing a leakage test, apply heat insulation. (Fig. 4-4)
* Use the flare insulator provided with the product.

Indoor side Outdoor side

Insulating tape Insulating tape


Flare insulator Flare insulator

Clamps (small) Clamps (small)

Be careful not to allow a gap to


occur between the thermal
insulation of the tubing and the
thermal insulation of the main unit.

Fig. 4-4
1
6. Securing the External Electronic Expansion Valve After Connection with Tubing
After connection with tubing, secure the external electronic expansion valve using the supplied clamps (large) to
hold it against the gas tube. (Fig. 4-5)
2
Clamp (large)

Gas tube 3
Clamp (large)
Liquid tube

5
* Be careful not to tighten the clamps with excessive force in order to avoid deforming the tubing or other parts.
Fig. 4-5
6

4 - 119
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
7. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) Unit Specifications

7. Wiring Procedure

Be sure to turn the power off at the mains before removing or connecting connec-
WARNING
tors to avoid electric shock hazard.

Connection of External Electronic Expansion Valve with Extension Cord


(1) Turn the power off.
(2) Turn the power on.
(3) Wait 1 minute after the power is on and then turn the power off again at the mains.
* The electronic expansion valve becomes full-open in the 1 minute.
Do not give instructions for operation through the remote control during this time.
(4) Open the electrical component box. From the control PCB, disconnect the connector to the indoor unit internal
electronic expansion valve.
(5) Connect the external electronic expansion valve connector to the indoor unit control PCB (PMV). (Fig. 4-6)
After completing the wiring process, close the cover of the electrical component box.
(6) Turn on the main breaker. This procedure is now completed.

1
Indoor unit
PCB

Connect to PMV
3
Fig. 4-6

4 The model KHX1962 is only applied for the following procedure.


(1) Turn the power off.
(2) Open the electrical component box.
(3) Connect the external electronic expansion valve connector to the indoor unit control PCB (PMV). (Fig. 4-7)
5 After completing the wiring process, close the cover of the electrical component box.
(4) Turn on the main breaker. This procedure is now completed.

6 Indoor unit Connect to relay connector (white 6P)

PCB

Fig. 4-7
8

4 - 120
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

8-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (A)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit FHX0762
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 7,500 8,500
Capacity
kW 2.2 2.5
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 247 / 212 / 177
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.7 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.22 0.24 0.22 0.23
Power input W 45 54 43 50
Power factor % 97 96 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access 2
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 33 / 30 / 28
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35) 3
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / – 4
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.3 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-7 / 32 (615) 27-5 / 16 (694)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 41-15 / 16 (1065) 45-9 / 16 (1157) 5
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 16 (230) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 64 (29)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 68 (31)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 2.70 (0.251) 6
DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 121
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (B)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FHX0962
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 9,600 11,000
Capacity
kW 2.8 3.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 247 / 212 / 177
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.7 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.22 0.24 0.22 0.23
Power input W 45 54 43 50
Power factor % 97 96 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
2 Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 33 / 30 / 28
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
3 Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.3 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-7 / 32 (615) 27-5 / 16 (694)
5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 41-15 / 16 (1065) 45-9 / 16 (1157)
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 16 (230) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 64 (29)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 68 (31)
6 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 2.70 (0.251)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 122
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (C)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FHX1262
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 318 / 247 / 212
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 3.6 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.42 0.44 0.40 0.42
Power input W 86 101 83 96
Power factor % 99 99 99 99
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access 2
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 39 / 35 / 29
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube
diameter
Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35) 3
Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / – 4
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.3 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-7 / 32 (615) 27-5 / 16 (694)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 41-15 / 16 (1065) 45-9 / 16 (1157) 5
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 16 (230) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 64 (29)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 68 (31)
Shipping volume 3
ft (m ) 3
2.70 (0.251) 6
DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 123
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (D)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FHX1562
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 15,000 17,000
Capacity
kW 4.5 5.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 424 / 318 / 283
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 5.3 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.58 0.60 0.53 0.55
Power input W 116 134 106 122
Power factor % 96 97 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
2 Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 38 / 35 / 31
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
3 Refrigerant tube
diameter
Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)

4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –


Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.3 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-7 / 32 (615) 27-5 / 16 (694)

5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 54-11 / 32 (1380) 57-15 / 16 (1472)


Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 16 (230) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 86 (39)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 90 (41)

6 Shipping volume 3
ft (m ) 3
3.43 (0.319)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 124
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (E)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FHX1862
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 530 / 459 / 389
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 5.3 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 230
Running amperes A 0.58 0.60 0.53 0.55
Power input W 116 134 106 122
Power factor % 96 97 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access 2
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 39 / 36 / 31
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35) 3
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / – 4
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.3 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-7 / 32 (615) 27-5 / 16 (694)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 54-11 / 32 (1380) 57-15 / 16 (1472) 5
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 16 (230) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 86 (39)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 90 (41)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 3.43 (0.319) 6
DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 125
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (F)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FHX2462
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 24,000 27,000
Capacity
kW 7.1 8.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 601 / 495 / 424
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 7.4 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.61 0.63 0.56 0.58
Power input W 119 138 109 125
Power factor % 94 95 93 93
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
2 Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 41 / 38 / 35
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
3 Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) Munsell 10Y 9.3 / 0.4, RAL 9010-GL
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-7 / 32 (615) 27-5 / 16 (694)
5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 54-11 / 32 (1380) 57-15 / 16 (1472)
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 16 (230) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 86 (39)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 90 (41)
6 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 3.43 (0.319)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 126
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

8-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. FHX0762
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (1...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT6Q-11A6P...10W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 6P... 831
BRN – WHT : 370.2 ORG – YEL : 168.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 105.4 YEL – PNK : 92.16
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 67.05
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.0 μF 1
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46 2
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in (mm) 3...5/64 (2.0) 3
Face area ft2 (m2) 1.10 (0.102)

4 - 127
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (B)


MODEL No. FHX0962
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (1...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT6Q-11A6P...10 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 6P... 831
BRN – WHT : 370.2 ORG – YEL : 168.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 105.4 YEL – PNK : 92.16
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 67.05
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
1 Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.0 μF
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
2 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
3 Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0)
Face area ft (m ) 1.10 (0.102)

4 - 128
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (C)


MODEL No. FHX1262
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (1...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT4Q-21B6P...20 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,102
BRN – WHT : 217.7 ORG – YEL : 37.88
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 37.33 YEL – PNK : 21.82
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 22.48
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.5 μF 1
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46 2
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0) 3
Face area ft (m ) 1.10 (0.102)

4 - 129
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (D)


MODEL No. FHX1562
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (2...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4Q-61C6P...20 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,066
BRN – WHT : 67.62 ORG – YEL : 17.36
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 18.47 YEL – PNK : 5.18
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 10.10
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
1 Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.0 μF
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
2 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
3 Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0)
Face area ft (m ) 1.8 (0.167)

4 - 130
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (E)


MODEL No. FHX1862
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (2...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4Q-61C6P...30 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,066
BRN – WHT : 67.62 ORG – YEL : 17.36
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 18.47 YEL – PNK : 5.18
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 10.10
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.0 μF 1
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46 2
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0) 3
Face area ft (m ) 1.8 (0.167)

4 - 131
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (F)


MODEL No. FHX2462
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (2...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4Q-61C6P...60 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,066
BRN – WHT : 67.62 ORG – YEL : 17.36
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 18.47 YEL – PNK : 5.18
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 10.10
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
1 Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 3.0 μF
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
2 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
3 Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0)
Face area ft (m ) 1.8 (0.167)

4 - 132
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

8-3. Dimensional Data

Indoor unit: FHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462

Length Liquid Gas


A B C
Type tube tube

7, 9, 12 41-59/64 26-3/16 24-7/8


Ø1/4 Ø1/2
15, 18
54-21/64 38-37/64 37-9/32
24 Ø3/8 Ø5/8

6-11/32 1-1/32

19/32
2-1/4
unit: in

6-31/32
1

9-5/32
3-15/16
C Side panel
B
A Refrigerant tubing space for
2
downward tubing
9-17/64

2-61/64
2-23/32
Air outlet
3

8-5/16
4
24-7/32
(59/64)
1-3/8

5
19/32

63/64

2-1/8 2-1/8
8-5/32
Air inlet Rear-tube outlet
Inter-unit control wiring 8-17/64

4-ø15/32" hole (For fastening the indoor unit to the 6


floor by screws.)
Air filter
Refrigerant connection outlet (liquid tube)
Refrigerant connection outlet (gas tube)
Level adjusting bolt 7
Drain outlet
Power supply outlet (ø7/8)
Refrigerant tubing outlet (downward, rear)
Location for mounting the remote controller
8

4 - 133
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

8-4. Noise Criterion Curves

MODEL : FHX0762/0962 MODEL : FHX1262


SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 33 dB(A), NC 27 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 39 dB(A), NC 33
LOW 28 dB(A), NC 23 LOW 29 dB(A), NC 23
CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft., HEIGHT 3.3 ft. CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft., HEIGHT 3.3 ft.
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 ø , 60 Hz SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 ø , 60 Hz

60 60

50 NC-50 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

Sound Pressure Level (dB)


40 NC-40 40 NC-40
(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)

(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)
30 NC-30 30 NC-30
1
20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20 20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20
THRESHOLD OF THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

2 Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
HIGH HIGH
LOW LOW

3
MODEL : FHX1562/1862 MODEL : FHX2462
SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 39 dB(A), NC 34 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 41 dB(A), NC 37
LOW 31 dB(A), NC 26 LOW 35 dB(A), NC 30
4 CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft., HEIGHT 3.3 ft. CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft., HEIGHT 3.3 ft.
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 ø , 60 Hz SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 ø , 60 Hz

5 60 60

50 NC-50 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

Sound Pressure Level (dB)

40 NC-40 40 NC-40
6
(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)

(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)

30 NC-30 30 NC-30

20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20 20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20
THRESHOLD OF THRESHOLD OF

7 10
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE
10
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
HIGH HIGH
LOW LOW
8

4 - 134
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
8. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) Unit Specifications

8-5. Air Flow Distance Chart

FHX0762/0962 FHX1262
AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING
0.0 16.4 0.0 16.4
COOLING COOLING
HEATING
VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)


HEATING
AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)


3.3 13.1 3.3 13.1

HEIGHT(ft.)

HEIGHT(ft.)
6.6 9.8 6.6 9.8
COOLING COOLING
9.8 6.6 9.8 6.6

13.1 3.3 13.1 3.3

16.4 0 16.4 0
0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7
FLOOR FLOOR
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)

FHX1562/1862 FHX2462 2
AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING
0 19.7 0 19.7
COOLING COOLING
HEATING HEATING
3.3 16.4 3.3 16.4
VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)


AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)

6.6 13.1 6.6 13.1


3
HEIGHT(ft.)

HEIGHT(ft.)
9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8
COOLING COOLING
13.1 6.6 13.1 6.6
4
16.4 3.3 16.4 3.3

19.7 0 19.7 0
0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8 0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)
FLOOR
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)
FLOOR 5

Air conditioner fan speed : Hi


Room air temp. : 80qF DB in Cooling mode
68qF DB in Heatin g mode
6

4 - 135
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

9-1. Specifications
Unit specifications (A)
MODEL No. Indoor Unit FMHX0762
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 7,500 8,500
Capacity
kW 2.2 2.5
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 247 / 212 / 177
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.7 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.23
Power input W 43 49 43 50
Power factor % 96 96 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
2 Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 33 / 30 / 28
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
3 Refrigerant tube
diameter
Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-1 / 4 (616) 26-23 / 32 (679)
5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 35-19 / 32 (904) 38-7 / 16 (976)
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 32 (229) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)

6 Shipping volume 3
ft (m ) 3
7.3 (0.207)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 136
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (B)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FMHX0962
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 9,600 11,000
Capacity
kW 2.8 3.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 247 / 212 / 177
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 2.7 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.23
Power input W 43 49 43 50
Power factor % 96 96 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access 2
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 33 / 30 / 28
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35) 3
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / – 4
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-1 / 4 (616) 26-23 / 32 (679)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 35-19 / 32 (904) 38-7 / 16 (976) 5
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 32 (229) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 7.3 (0.207) 6
DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 137
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (C)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FMHX1262
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 12,000 14,000
Capacity
kW 3.6 4.2
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 318 / 247 / 212
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 3.6 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.40 0.43 0.40 0.42
Power input W 82 97 83 96
Power factor % 99 99 99 99
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
2 Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 39 / 35 / 29
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
3 Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-1 / 4 (616) 26-23 / 32 (679)
5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 35-19 / 32 (904) 38-7 / 16 (976)
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 32 (229) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 46 (21)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 51 (23)
6 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 7.3 (0.207)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 138
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (D)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FMHX1562
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 15,000 17,000
Capacity
kW 4.5 5.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 424 / 318 / 283
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 5.3 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55
Power input W 105 122 106 122
Power factor % 96 96 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access 2
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 38 / 35 / 31
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35) 3
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / – 4
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-1 / 4 (616) 26-23 / 32 (679)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 48 (1219) 50-13 / 16 (1291) 5
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 32 (229) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 68 (31)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 9.6 (0.273) 6
DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 139
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (E)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FMHX1862
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 19,000 21,000
Capacity
kW 5.6 6.3
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 530 / 459 / 389
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 5.3 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55
Power input W 105 122 106 122
Power factor % 96 96 96 96
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
1 FEATURES
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
2 Air filter Washable, easy access
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 39 / 36 / 31
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
3 Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 1 / 4 (6.35)
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 1 / 2 (12.7)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
4 Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / –
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-1 / 4 (616) 26-23 / 32 (679)
5 Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 48 (1219) 50-13 / 16 (1291)
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 32 (229) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 68 (31)
6 Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 9.6 (0.273)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

8 Rated conditions
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 140
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Unit specifications (F)


MODEL No. Indoor Unit FMHX2462
POWER SOURCE 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating
BTU / h 24,000 27,000
Capacity
kW 7.1 8.0
Air circulation (Hi / Me / Lo) CFM 601 / 495 / 424
Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 7.4 –
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Voltage rating V 208 230 208 230
Available voltage range V 187 - 253 187 - 253
Running amperes A 0.56 0.60 0.56 0.58
Power input W 110 129 109 125
Power factor % 94 94 93 94
Max. starting amperes A 1 1 1 1
FEATURES 1
Controls Microprocessor
Timer ON / OFF Timer (Max. 72 hr)
Fan speeds 3 and Automatic control
Air filter Washable, easy access 2
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Operation sound (Hi / Me / Lo) dB-A 41 / 38 / 35
Refrigerant tubing connections Flare type
Refrigerant tube Liquid tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (9.52) 3
diameter Gas tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)
Drain connection OD 1-1/4"
Remote controller Optional (Wired / Wireless)
Refrigerant tubing kit / Accessories Optional / – 4
Color (Approximate value) –
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Unit dimensions Package dimensions
Height in. (mm) 24-1 / 4 (616) 26-23 / 32 (679)
Unit dimensions Width in. (mm) 48 (1219) 50-13 / 16 (1291) 5
Depth in. (mm) 9-1 / 32 (229) 12-9 / 32 (312)
Net weight lbs. (kg) 62 (28)
Shipping weight lbs. (kg) 68 (31)
Shipping volume ft3 (m3) 9.6 (0.273) 6
DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Rated conditions 8
Cooling: Indoor air temperature 80°F DB / 67°F WB; Outdoor air temperature 95°F DB
Heating: Indoor air temperature 70°F DB; Outdoor air temperature 47°F DB / 43°F WB

4 - 141
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

9-2. Major Component Specifications


Indoor unit (A)
MODEL No. FMHX0762
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (1...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT6Q-11A6P...10 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 6P... 831
BRN – WHT : 370.2 ORG – YEL : 168.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 105.4 YEL – PNK : 92.16
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 67.05
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
1 Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.0 μF
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
2 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
3 Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0)
Face area ft (m ) 1.10 (0.102)

4 - 142
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (B)


MODEL No. FMHX0962
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (1...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT6Q-11A6P...10 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 6P... 831
BRN – WHT : 370.2 ORG – YEL : 168.0
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 105.4 YEL – PNK : 92.16
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 67.05
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 1.0 μF 1
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46 2
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0) 3
Face area ft (m ) 1.10 (0.102)

4 - 143
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (C)


MODEL No. FMHX1262
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (1...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFT4Q-21B6P...20 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,102
BRN – WHT : 217.7 ORG – YEL : 37.88
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 37.33 YEL – PNK : 21.82
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 22.48
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
1 Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.5 μF
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
2 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-18D31
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
3 Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0)
Face area ft (m ) 1.10 (0.102)

4 - 144
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (D)


MODEL No. FMHX1562
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (2...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4Q-61C6P...20 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,066
BRN – WHT : 67.62 ORG – YEL : 17.36
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 18.47 YEL – PNK : 5.18
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 10.10
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.0 μF 1
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46 2
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0) 3
Face area ft (m ) 1.8 (0.167)

4 - 145
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (E)


MODEL No. FMHX1862
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (2...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4Q-61C6P...30 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,066
BRN – WHT : 67.62 ORG – YEL : 17.36
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 18.47 YEL – PNK : 5.18
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 10.10
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
1 Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 2.0 μF
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
2 Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
3 Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0)
Face area ft (m ) 1.8 (0.167)

4 - 146
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

Indoor unit (F)


MODEL No. FMHX2462
Power source 208 - 230 V / 1ø / 60 Hz
Controller P.C.B. Ass'y CR-UHX0762 (Microprocessor)
Fan (Number...diameter) in (mm) Centrifugal (2...ø6-1/32 (ø153))
Fan motor
Model...Nominal output W KFG4Q-61C6P...60 W
Power source 208 - 230 V / single-phase / 60 Hz
No. of pole...r.p.m. (230V, High) rpm 4P... 1,066
BRN – WHT : 67.62 ORG – YEL : 17.36
Coil resistance
 WHT – VLT : 18.47 YEL – PNK : 5.18
(Ambient temperature 20°C)
VLT – ORG : 10.10
Safety device
Open °F(°C) 266 ± 9 (130 ± 5)
Operating temperature
Close °F(°C) 181 ± 9 (115 ± 5)
Run capacitor VAC, μF 440 VAC, 3.0 μF 1
Electronic expansion valve
Coil UKV-U030E
ORG – GRY : 46 YEL – GRY : 46
Coil resistance (at 20°C) 
RED – GRY : 46 BLK – GRY : 46 2
Valve body UKV-25D32
Heat exchanger
Coil Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube
Rows...fin pitch in (mm)
2 2
3...5/64 (2.0) 3
Face area ft (m ) 1.8 (0.167)

4 - 147
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

9-3. Dimensional Data

Indoor unit: FMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462

Unit : in.
Length Liquid Gas
A B C D E F
Type tube tube
7, 9, 12 35-19/32 27-1/4 26-29/64 26-3/16 19-11/16 3-25/64
Ø1/4 Ø1/2
15, 18
47-63/64 39-41/64 39-29/64 38-37/64 35-7/16 2-1/64
24 Ø3/8 Ø5/8

2-13/64
3-15/16
1 D 9-1/64
4-59/64
6-7/64
A
2-19/32
6-17/32 B 1-26/32

2 F
C (Internal dimension)
E (Hole Pitch : 3-15/16) F
Air outlet

21-7/32
3

15-53/64
10-15/64
14-3/4

24-1/4

4 5-25/32
5-45/64

8-5/64
(15/16)

Power supply outlet 1-3/16 1-3/16


Air inlet
5 Inter-unit control wiring
Unit: in.

1 4-ø15/32" hole (For fastening the indoor unit to the


floor by screws.)

6 2
3
Air filter
Refrigerant connection outlet (liquid tube)
4 Refrigerant connection outlet (gas tube)
5 Level adjusting bolt
6 Drain outlet
7 Flange for the air-outlet duct
7
NOTE

Make an opening in the housing of the unit so that maintenance service can be peformed on the electric component box,
air filter, refrigerant tubing connection, and drain pipe.
8

4 - 148
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

9-4. Noise Criterion Curves

MODEL : FMHX0762
0962 MODEL : FMHX1262
SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 33 dB(A), NC 27 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 39 dB(A), NC 33
LOW 28 dB(A), NC 23 LOW 29 dB(A), NC 23
CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft, HEIGHT 3.3 ft CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft, HEIGHT 3.3 ft
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1ø, 60 Hz SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1ø, 60 Hz

60 60

50 NC-50 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

Sound Pressure Level (dB)


40 NC-40 40 NC-40
(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)

(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)
30 NC-30 30 NC-30
1
20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20 20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20
THRESHOLD OF THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) 2
HIGH HIGH
LOW LOW

MODEL : FMHX1562 3
1862 MODEL : FMHX2462

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 39 dB(A), NC 34 SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 41 dB(A), NC 37


LOW 31 dB(A), NC 26 LOW 35 dB(A), NC 30
CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft, HEIGHT 3.3 ft CONDITION : In front of the unit 3.3 ft, HEIGHT 3.3 ft 4
SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1ø, 60 Hz SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1ø, 60 Hz

60 60
5
50 NC-50 50 NC-50
Sound Pressure Level (dB)

Sound Pressure Level (dB)

40 NC-40 40 NC-40
6
(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)

(0 dB = 0.0002 Pbar)

30 NC-30 30 NC-30

20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20 20 APPROXIMATE
NC-20
THRESHOLD OF THRESHOLD OF

7
HEARING FOR HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz) Frequency at center of sound pressure band (Hz)
HIGH HIGH
LOW LOW
8

4 - 149
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

9-5. Air Flow Distance Chart

FMHX0762/0962 FMHX1262
AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING
0.0 16.4 0.0 16.4
COOLING COOLING

HEATING HEATING
AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)


VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft)


3.3 13.1 3.3 13.1

HEIGHT(ft)

HEIGHT(ft)
6.6 9.8 6.6 9.8
COOLING COOLING
9.8 6.6 9.8 6.6

13.1 3.3 13.1 3.3

16.4 0 16.4 0
0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7
FLOOR FLOOR
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft)

2 FMHX1562/1862 FMHX2462
AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING AIR OUTLET HEATING CEILING
0 19.7 0 19.7
COOLING COOLING
HEATING 16.4 HEATING 16.4
3.3 3.3
AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)

3
AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft/s)
VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft)

6.6 13.1 6.6 13.1


HEIGHT(ft)

HEIGHT(ft)
9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8
COOLING COOLING
4 13.1 6.6 13.1 6.6

16.4 3.3 16.4 3.3

19.7 0 19.7 0

5 0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft)
FLOOR
0.0 3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 23.0 26.2 29.5 32.8
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft)
FLOOR

Air conditioner fan speed : Hi


6 Room air temp. : 80°F DB in Cooling mode
68°F DB in Heatin g mode

4 - 150
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
9. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) Unit Specifications

9-6. Indoor Fan Performance


How to Read the Diagram
The vertical axis is the EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. WG) while the horizontal axis represents the AIR
FLOW (CFM). The characteristic curve for the “H”, “Med”, and “Lo” fan speed control.
The name plate values are shown based on the “H” air flow. Therefore in the case of the 24 type the flow is 600
CFM, while the EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE is 0.059 in WG at “H” position. If the external static pressure is too
great (due to long extension of duct, for example), the air flow volume may drop too low at each air outlet.

FMHX0762/0962 FMHX1262

(in. WG)

(in. WG)
0.118 0.118

External Static Pressure (in. Aq)


External Static Pressure (in. Aq)

0.08 0.08
0.079 0.079 ine
it l
ne

Lim
1
i
it l

H
H
Lim

0.039 0.04 0.039 0.04


M

M
L

L
0
0
177 353 177 353 2
Air Flow (CFM) Air Flow (CFM)

3
FMHX1562/1862 FMHX2462
(in. WG)

(in. WG)
0.118 0.118 4
External Static Pressure (in. Aq)

External Static Pressure (in. Aq)

0.079 0.08 0.079 0.08


e e
t lin it lin
L imi H Lim H
M
0.04 M 0.04
5
0.039 0.039
L L

0 0
353 530 530 706 6
Air Flow (CFM) Air Flow (CFM)

4 - 151
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. Intaking Fresh Air of Semi-Concealed Type and Concealed-Duct Type Unit Specifications

䢇 Precautions Regarding External Air Intake


(1) Ventilation Load
Ensure that the design of the air-conditioner takes air-conditioning loads into consideration when external air
intake is involved.
(2) Restrictions on External Air Intake
Ensure that the design conforms to the restrictions on air intake volume stipulated in accordance with the model
of the indoor unit and the intake method. Consideration must also be taken to mixed air content listed in (3)
below without fail.
* If the air intake volume does not satisfy the required ventilation volume, air must be fed into the room
separately with the use of a total heat exchanger or a fresh air processing air-conditioner, etc.
(3) Mixed Air
The amount of external air intake must be set within the scope of the unit’s usage conditions when external air and
internal air is mixed together. This is especially important in the following cases, in which it is necessary to either
feed external air into the room after it has been processed or reduce the amount of external air that is fed in.
A When the external dew-point temperature is greater than the dry-bulb temperature of the air sucked into the
unit.
Ensure that processing is performed so that the external dew-point temperature is lower than the temperature
1 of the air sucked into the unit to prevent the risk of condensation building up.
B In the case of low external temperatures.
There are cases in which the temperature of mixed air is lower than the operating range of the unit if
excessive amounts of external air intake are used when the external temperature is low. This problem is to
2 be solved by either feeding external air into the room after it has been processed or reducing the amount of
external air that is fed in.
C When used in combination with humidifiers
External air must always be processed when the external air temperature reaches freezing point to prevent
3 the risk of the humidifier freezing.

(4) Arranging Ducts and Filters in the Field


External air intake ducting must be arranged in the field. External Flexible Cylindrical Duct
air filters must also be installed without fail in order to prevent the
4 intake of dust and grit. 0.12
o3-15/16"

(5) Thermal Insulation for Ducts 0.08


Ensure that all external air intake ducting is heat-insulated
without fail. Failure to observe this may result in the build-up of 0.04
Pressure Loss (in. WG)/Meter

5 condensation. 0.02
(6) External Air Intake Coupling 0.01
Ensure that the design for external air intake is coupled with the
fan blower operations of the indoor unit. There are cases in which 0.008
6 the dust that accumulates in the filter is blown into the room if the
0.004
external air is fed from the filter. There are also cases in which the 0.003
noise of external air being fed into the room can be heard from 0.002 o4-59/64"
the indoor unit if external air is forcibly fed when the booster fan 0.001

7 or other components on the indoor unit are not operating.


(7) Booster Fan Selection 0.0008
Select the booster fan in accordance with the resistance of
0.0004
the external air intake duct (diagram on the pressure loss 17.7 29.4 58.9 117.7 176.6 294.3
235.4
characteristics of the air flow volume for flexible cylindrical ducts)
8 and the resistance prevalent inside the unit (volume of external
Airflow (CFM)
Air Flow Volume for Flexible Cylindrical
air fed and the resistance within the unit). Duct-Pressure Loss
(8) Attaching the External Air Intake Flange
4 - 152
W-2WAY ECO-i SYSTEM
10. Intaking Fresh Air of Semi-Concealed Type and Concealed-Duct Type Unit Specifications

X, XM Types
When an External Air Intake Flange (ø3-15/16") is in Use
External Air Intake Volume and Resistance and With the External Air Intake Flange Attached
Operation Noise Characteristics within the Unit
0.40 X Type XM Type
Resistance within the Unit (in. WG)

0.32

Noise with only External


0.24

Air Intake dB(A)


0.16
50
0.08 40 Duct (ø3-15/16") for Connecting
30 the External Air Intake Flange
0 20 Operation Noise
0 2.9 5.9 8.8 10.6 11.8 (External Air Intake Only)

External Air Intake Volume (CFM)

Calculate the operation noise when external air is being fed by combining the noise when only
external air is being fed as shown in the graph for operation noise characteristics and the operation
1
noise of the unit as stipulated in the catalogue.
The operation noise conforms to JIS standards and constitute measurements taken in an anechoic
chamber 4.9 ft. (1.5m) directly beneath the indoor unit. Under normal circumstances, the values shown here
are greater owing to the effects of surrounding noise and reverberation when the unit is actually installed. 2
X, XM Types
The amount of external air that is possible to feed when it is fed directly into the unit (ø3-15/16")
For use with mini cassettes
Type 7 9 12 15 18 External Air Intake Volume and 3
Resistance within the Unit
Resistance within the Unit (in. WG)

Permissible Air Intake


Volume (CFM) 7.7 7.7 7.7 8.8 8.8
Resistance within the Unit OFF

NOTE
0.20
0.16
4
The operation noise for models that use small units is lower, 0.12
so use values that are within the range shown in the above table.
0.08
Using values that exceed these will result in noise when only
external air is fed being louder than the noise emitted from the unit. 0.04
0
5
UM Type 0 35.3 70.6 106.0
The amount of external air that is possible to feed when Permissible Air Intake Volume (CFM)
connected to round ducts (ø3-15/16).

Type 7 9 12 15 18 With the External Air Intake Flange


Attached
6
Permissible Air Intake
56.5 60.0 63.6 74.2 88.3 Duct (ø3-15/16") for Connecting
Volume (CFM) the External Air Intake Flange

NOTE 7
Using values that exceed those shown in the above table will
result in noise when only external air is fed being louder than
the noise emitted from the indoor unit, so only use values that
are within the range of the above values. 8

4 - 153
– MEMO –

4 - 154
Test Run
Contents

5. TEST RUN
1. Preparing for Test Run .......................................................................................................5-2
2. Test Run Procedure ............................................................................................................5-3
3. Main Outdoor Unit PCB Setting.........................................................................................5-4
4. Auto Address Setting .........................................................................................................5-6
5. Remote Controller Test Run Settings .............................................................................5-12
6. Caution for Pump Down ...................................................................................................5-13
7. Meaning of Alarm Messages ...........................................................................................5-14

5-1
Test Run
1. Preparing for Test Run

1. Preparing for Test Run

z Before attempting to start the air conditioner, check the fol-


lowing.
(1) All loose matter is removed from the cabinet especially
ON
steel filings, bits of wire, and clips.
(2) The control wiring is correctly connected and all electrical (Power must be turned ON
connections are tight. at least 5 hours before
(3) The protective spacers for the compressor used for trans- attempting test run)
portation have been removed. If not, remove them now.
(4) The transportation pads for the indoor fan have been
removed. If not, remove them now.
Power mains switch
(5) The power has been connected to the unit for at least 5
hours before starting the compressor. The bottom of the Fig. 5-1
compressor should be warm to the touch and the crank-
case heater around the feet of the compressor should be
hot to the touch.
(Fig. 5-1)
(6) Both the gas and liquid tube service valves are open. If
not, open them now. (Fig. 5-2)
1 (7) Request that the customer be present for the trial run.
Explain the contents of the instruction manual, then have
the customer actually operate the system.
(8) Be sure to give the instruction manual and warranty cer-
tificate to the customer.
2 (9) When replacing the control PCB, be sure to make all the
same settings on the new PCB as were in use before
replacement.
The existing EEP ROM is not changed, and is connected Balance tube Gas tube
to the new control PCB.
3 Liquid tube

Fig. 5-2

5-2
Test Run
2. Test Run Procedure

2. Test Run Procedure

Recheck the items to check before the test run. Items to Check Before the Test Run
1. Turn the remote power switch on at least 5 hours before
the test, in order to energize the crankcase heater.
Have the outdoor sub NO
2. After performing the leak inspection, applying vacuum,
units been connected? and performing refrigerant charge for the tubing which
<Outdoor unit control PCB> is connected on-site, fully open the outdoor unit service
YES
Unit No. setting *1 valve. However if only one outdoor unit is installed, a
switch(S007) Set the unit address.
balance tube is not used. Therefore, leave the valve fully
*1 The unit with the unit No. set
closed.
to 1 is the main unit. All other
<Outdoor unit control PCB> units are sub units. 3. When replacing the control PCB, be sure that the settings
Unit No. setting Set the No. of outdoor units on the new PCB match those on the old PCB.
switch(S006) 4. Use caution when making the settings. If there are dupli-
<Outdoor unit control PCB> cated system addresses, or if the settings for the Nos. of
Unit No. setting Set the No. of indoor units. the indoor units are not consistent, an alarm will occur
switch and the system will not start.
(S004 and S005)
Are the inter-unit 5. These settings are not made on the indoor unit PCB.
(Check the link NO CASE 1
control wires connected to more
wiring.)
than 1 refrigerant system?
Note: It is not necessary to remove
<Outdoor unit control PCB>
YES the socket that is used to short-
Unit No. setting
switch
(S002 and S003)
Set the system address.
circuit the terminal plugs from
the outdoor sub unit PCBs. 1
When multiple outdoor main units exist, disconnect the terminals extended
Refer to Fig. 5-4 from the shorted plugs (CN003) at all outdoor main unit PCBs except for 1.
Alternatively, move the sockets to the OPEN side.

Is it possible to turn ON the power only for the 1 YES CASE 2


2
refrigerant system where the test run will be performed?
NO Turn ON the indoor and outdoor unit power
Make necessary
for that refrigerant system only.
corrections.
Will automatic address setting
NO be performed in Heating mode?
Turn OFF the
Short-circuit the automatic address pin
(CN100) on the outdoor main unit PCB for 1
3
CASE 3B YES CASE 3A indoor and second or longer, then release it.
Is it OK to start the Is it OK to start outdoor unit power.
compressors? the compressors?
Check the alarm LED 1 and 2 blink alternately
(about 2 or 3 minutes).
Turn ON the indoor and
outdoor unit power.
Turn ON the indoor and
outdoor unit power.
Make
contents.
4
*2 *2
necessary NO Are LEDs 1 and 2 on the
Short-circuit the mode change Short-circuit the
corrections outdoor unit PCB OFF?
pin (CN101) on the outdoor automatic address pin Refer to "Table of
main unit PCB. At the same (CN100) on the Self-Diagnostic Functions
time, short-circuit the automatic outdoor main unit Turn OFF the YES
address pin (CN100) for 1 PCB for 1 second or
second or longer, then release it. longer, then release it.
indoor and
outdoor unit
and Description of Alarm Displays."
5
*3 *3
Start indoor and outdoor Start indoor and outdoor Check the alarm
unit cooling operation. unit heating operation.LED contents.
LED 1 and 2 blink alternately. 1 and 2 blink alternately.
*2 A minimum of 5 hours must have passed
after the power was turned ON to the
outdoor unit.
6
Are LEDs 1 and 2 on the NO
outdoor unit PCB OFF? *3 All indoor units operate in all refrigerant
systems where the power is ON.
YES

Check that test run preparation is OK.


(Do not allow the short-circuited pins to remain short-circuited.) 7
Set the wired remote controller for test run.
Check and make corrections according to
NO "Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions."
Does system operate?

YES Refer to the remote controller test-run settings. 8


Return remote control to normal mode
End test run. Fig. 5-3

5-3
Test Run
3. Main Outdoor Unit PCB Setting

3. Main Outdoor Unit PCB Setting

CN003
5
CN101
CN100

S007 S006 S005 S004 S003 S002


8 Fig. 5-4

5-4
Test Run
3. Main Outdoor Unit PCB Setting

z Examples of the No. of indoor units settings (S005, S004)


Indoor unit setting (S005) Indoor unit setting (S004)
No. of indoor units (3P DIP switch, blue) (Rotary switch, red)
10 20 30
ON ON 1
1 unit (factory setting) All OFF Set to 1
1 2 3 OFF
ON ON 1
11 units 1 ON Set to 1
1 2 3 OFF
ON ON 1
21 units 2 ON Set to 1
1 2 3 OFF
ON ON 1
31 units 3 ON Set to 1
1 2 3 OFF
ON ON
0
40 units 1 & 3 ON Set to 0
1 2 3 OFF

z Examples of refrigerant circuit (R.C.) address settings (required when link wiring is used) (S003, S002)
System address (S003) System address (S002)
System address No. (2P DIP switch, blue) (Rotary switch, black)
10 20
ON ON 1
System 1 (factory setting) Both OFF
1 2
ON
OFF
ON
Set to 1
1
1
System 11 1 ON Set to 1
1 2 OFF
ON ON 1
System 21 2 ON Set to 1
1 2 OFF

System 30 1 & 2 ON
ON

1 2
ON

OFF
0
Set to 0 2
z Examples of the No. of outdoor units settings (S006)
Outdoor unit setting (S006)
No. of outdoor units (3P DIP switch, blue)
ON ON
3
1 unit (factory setting) 1 ON
1 2 3 OFF
ON ON
2 units 2 ON
1 2 3 OFF

3 units 1 & 2 ON
ON

1 2 3
ON

OFF
4
z Address setting of main outdoor unit (S007)
Address setting of outdoor unit (S007)
Unit No. setting (3P DIP switch, blue) 5
ON ON
Unit No. 1 (main unit)
1 2 3 OFF

z Address setting of sub outdoor unit 6


Unit No. setting Address setting of outdoor unit (S007)
(3P DIP switch, blue)
ON ON
Unit No. 2 (sub unit) 2 ON
1 2 3 OFF

Unit No. 3 (sub unit) 1 & 2 ON


ON

1 2 3
ON

OFF
7
ON ON

Unit No. 4 (sub unit) 2 ON


1 2 3 OFF

The sub unit control PCB contains the same switches as the main unit control PCB for No. of indoor units, No. of outdoor units,
and system address. However it is not necessary to set these switches. 8

5-5
Test Run
4. Auto Address Setting

4. Auto Address Setting


Basic wiring diagram: Example (1)
• If link wiring is not used (The inter-unit control wires are not connected to multiple refrigerant systems.)
Indoor unit addresses can be set without operating the compressors.
No. 1 (main outdoor unit)
settings No. of indoor units
(10 units setting)
System address (S004)
(system 1 setting) 0
(S002) (S003)
1 ON ON
(S005)
ON ON No. 2 (sub unit) No. 3 (sub unit)
1 2 OFF

1 2 3 OFF
No. of Unit (S007) Unit (S007)
(S006)
outdoor ON ON Unit number (S007) ON
number ON ON number ON ON
ON
units (3 units setting setting setting
1 2 3 OFF 1 2 3 OFF
setting) 1 2 3 OFF (Unit No. 1) 1 2 3 OFF (Unit No. 2) (Unit No. 3)

Leave the socket that


is used to short-circuit
Unit the terminal plug. Unit Unit
Outdoor Unit No. 1 (CN003) No. 2 No. 3
(Main) Inter-outdoor unit (Sub) Inter-outdoor unit (Sub)
control wiring control wiring

Inter-unit control wiring


1
Indoor Unit 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-10
Remote controller
Remote controller communication wiring Fig. 5-5
2 Case 1
(1) Automatic Address Setting from the Outdoor Unit
1. To set the number of outdoor units, on the outdoor main unit control PCB set the No. of outdoor units DIP switch (S006) to
ON ON ON
(3 units), and set the unit No. DIP switch (S007) to (unit No. 1 - main outdoor unit).
3 1 2 3 OFF 1 2 3

ON
2. On the No. 2 (sub) unit control PCB, set the unit No. switch (S007) to (unit No. 2).
1 2 3

ON

4 On the No. 3 (sub) unit control PCB, set the unit No. switch (S007) to
1 2 3
(unit No. 3).

3. On the outdoor main unit control PCB, check that the system address rotary switch (S002) is set to “1” and that the DIP
ON ON
switch (S003) is set to “0.” (These are the settings at the time of factory shipment.)
5 4.
1 2 OFF

To set the number of indoor units that are connected to the outdoor unit to 10 on the outdoor main unit control PCB, set the
ON ON

No. of indoor units DIP switch (S005) to “1.” and set the rotary switch (S004) to “0.”
1 2 3 OFF

6 5.
6.
Turn ON the power to the indoor and outdoor units.
On the outdoor main unit control PCB, short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release it.

(Communication for automatic address setting begins.)


* To cancel, again short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release it.
7 The LED that indicates that automatic address setting is in progress turns OFF and the process is stopped.
Be sure to perform automatic address setting again.
(Automatic address setting is completed when LEDs 1 and 2 on the outdoor main unit control PCB turn OFF.)

7. Operation from the remote controllers is now possible.


8 * To perform automatic address setting from the remote controller, perform steps 1 to 5, then use the remote controller and
complete automatic address setting.
Refer to “Automatic Address Setting from the Remote Controller.”

5-6
Test Run
4. Auto Address Setting

Basic wiring diagram: Example (2)


• If link wiring is used * When multiple outdoor main units exist, remove the socket that is
used to short-circuit the terminal plug (CN003) from all outdoor
No. 1 (main outdoor unit) settings
main unit PCBs except for one unit.
System address No. of indoor units Alternatively, move the sockets to the “OPEN” side.
(system 1 setting) (13 units setting)
(S002) (S003) (S004)

1 ON ON
1 2
OFF (S005)
ON ON
No. 2 (sub unit) No. 3 (sub unit)
1 2 3 OFF
No. of (S006) Unit (S007) Unit Unit
outdoor units ON ON number ON (S007) (S007)
ON
(3 units
ON
number ON ON number ON
setting setting
setting) 1 2 3 setting
OFF (unit No. 1) 1 2 3 OFF (unit No. 3) 1 2 3 OFF
(unit No. 2) 1 2 3 OFF

Unit Leave the socket that Unit Unit


Outdoor unit is used to short-circuit
system 1 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
(Main) the terminal plug. (Sub) Inter-outdoor unit (Sub)
(CN003) control wiring

Inter-unit control wiring Inter-outdoor unit control wiring

1
Indoor unit 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-13
Remote controller
Remote communication wiring
controller

No. 2 No. 1 (main unit) settings


2
Refrigerant System address No. of indoor units
circuit (system 2 setting) (9 units setting)
(S002) (S003) (S004)

ON ON 9
2

1 2
OFF (S005)
ON ON
3
No. 2 (sub unit) settings
1 2 3 OFF
No. of (S006) Unit Unit (S007)
ON number
(S007)
ON number ON ON
outdoor ON ON
units (2 units setting setting
setting) 1 2 3 OFF (unit No. 1) 1 2 3 OFF (unit No. 2) 1 2 3 OFF
4
Unit Move the socket to Unit
Outdoor unit No. 1 No. 2
system 2 the “OPEN” side
(Main) (Sub)
(CN003).

Inter-unit control wiring Inter-outdoor unit control wiring


5
Indoor unit 2-1 2-2 2-9
To other system
link wiring
Remote
controller
Remote controller
communication wiring
6
Make settings as appropriate for the cases listed below.
(Refer to the instructions on the following pages.)
· Indoor and outdoor unit power can be turned ON for each system separately. Case 2 7
· Indoor and outdoor unit power cannot be turned ON for each system separately.
Automatic address setting in Heating mode Case 3A
Automatic address setting in Cooling mode Case 3B

Fig. 5-6 8

5-7
Test Run
4. Auto Address Setting

Case 2 Automatic Address Setting (no compressor operation)

Indoor and outdoor unit power can be turned ON for each system separately.
Indoor unit addresses can be set without operating the compressors.

Automatic Address Setting from Outdoor Unit


ON
1. On the No. 1 (main) unit control PCB, set the unit No. switch (S007) to (unit No. 1).
1 2 3
ON
On the No. 2 (sub) unit control PCB, set the unit No. switch (S007) to (unit No. 2).
1 2 3
ON
On the No. 3 (sub) unit control PCB, set the unit No. switch (S007) to (unit No. 3).
1 2 3

2. To set the number of outdoor units on the outdoor main unit control PCB, set the No. of outdoor units DIP switch (S006) to
ON ON
(3 units).
1 2 3 OFF

1 3. On the outdoor main unit control PCB, check that the system address rotary switch (S002) is set to “1” and that the DIP
ON ON
switch (S003) is set to “0” . (These are the settings at the time of factory shipment.)
1 2 OFF

2
4. To set the number of indoor units that are connected to the outdoor unit to 13 on the outdoor main unit control PCB, set the
ON ON

No. of indoor units DIP switch (S005) to “1” , and set the rotary switch (S004) to “3.”
1 2 3 OFF

3
5. Turn on power to all indoor and outdoor units in the system.

6. Short-circuit the automatic address pin at the outdoor main unit (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release it.

4 (Communication for automatic address setting begins.)


* To cancel, again short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release it.
The LED that indicates automatic address setting is in progress turns OFF and the process is stopped.
Be sure to perform automatic address setting again.
5 (Automatic address setting is completed when LEDs 1 and 2 on the outdoor main unit control PCB turn OFF.)

7. Next turn the power ON only for the indoor and outdoor units of the next (different) system. Repeat steps 1 - 5 in the same
way to complete automatic address settings for all systems.

6
8. Operation from the remote controllers is now possible.
* To perform automatic address setting from the remote controller, perform steps 1 - 5, then use the remote controller and
complete automatic address setting.

7 Refer to “Automatic Address Setting from Remote Controller.”

5-8
Test Run
4. Auto Address Setting

Case 3A Automatic Address Setting in Heating Mode

z Indoor and outdoor unit power cannot be turned ON for each system separately.
In the following, automatic setting of indoor unit addresses is not possible if the compressors are not operating.
Therefore perform this process only after completing all refrigerant tubing work.

Automatic Address Setting from Outdoor Unit


1. Perform steps 1 - 4 in the same way as for Case 2 .
5. Turn the indoor and outdoor unit power ON at all systems.

6. To perform automatic address setting in Heating mode , on the outdoor main unit control PCB in the refrigerant system
where you wish to set the addresses, short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release
it. (Be sure to perform this process for one system at a time. Automatic address settings cannot be performed for more than
one system at the same time.)

(Communication for automatic address setting begins, the compressors turn ON, and automatic address setting in
Heating mode begins.)
(All indoor units operate.)
* To cancel, again short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release it. The
1
LED that indicates automatic address setting is in progress turns OFF and the process is stopped. Be sure to
perform automatic address setting again.
(Automatic address setting is completed when the compressors stop and LEDs 1 and 2 on the main unit control PCB turn
OFF.)
2
7. At the outdoor main unit in the next (different) system, short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or
longer, then release it.

(Repeat the same steps to complete automatic address setting for all units.) 3
8. Operation from the remote controllers is now possible.
* To perform automatic address setting from the remote controller, perform steps 1 - 5, then use the remote controller and
complete automatic address setting.
4
z Refer to “Automatic Address Setting from Remote Controller.”

5-9
Test Run
4. Auto Address Setting

Case 3B Automatic Address Setting in Cooling Mode


Indoor and outdoor unit power cannot be turned ON for each system separately.
In the following, automatic setting of indoor unit addresses is not possible if the compressors are not operating.
Therefore perform this process only after completing all refrigerant tubing work.
Automatic address setting can be performed during Cooling operation.

Automatic Address Setting from Outdoor Unit

1. Perform steps 1 – 4 in the same way as for Case 2 .


5. Turn the indoor and outdoor unit power ON at all systems.

6. To perform automatic address setting in Cooling mode , on the outdoor main unit control PCB in the refrigerant system
where you wish to set the addresses, short-circuit the mode change 2P pin (CN101). At the same time, short-circuit the
automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release it. (Be sure to perform this process for one system at
a time. Automatic address settings cannot be performed for more than one system at the same time.)

(Communication for automatic address setting begins, the compressors turn ON, and automatic address setting in
Cooling mode begins.)
1 (All indoor units operate.)

* To cancel, again short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer, then release it.
The LED that indicates automatic address setting is in progress turns OFF and the process is stopped.
Be sure to perform automatic address setting again.
2 (Automatic address setting is completed when the compressors stop and LEDs 1 and 2 on the outdoor main unit control
PCB turn OFF.)

7. At the outdoor main unit in the next (different) system, short-circuit the automatic address pin (CN100) for 1 second or longer,
then release it.
3
(Repeat the same steps to complete automatic address setting for all units.)

8. Operation from the remote controllers is now possible.


4 * Automatic address setting in Cooling mode cannot be done from the remote controller.

Automatic Address Setting* from the Remote Controller


Selecting each refrigerant system individually for automatic address setting
5 ---Automatic address setting for each system: Item code “A1”
1. Press the remote controller timer time button and button at the same time.
(Press and hold for 4 seconds or longer.)
2. Next, press either the temperature setting or button.
6 (Check that the item code is “A1.”)
3. Use either the or button to set the system No. to perform automatic
address setting.

4. Then press the button.


7 (Automatic address setting for one refrigerant system begins.)
(When automatic address setting for one system is completed, the system returns to
normal stopped status.) <Approximately 4 – 5 minutes is required.>
(During automatic address setting, “ ” is displayed on the remote controller.
8 This message disappears when automatic address setting is completed.)

5. Repeat the same steps to perform automatic address setting for each successive system.

5 - 10
Test Run
4. Auto Address Setting

Display during automatic address setting

z On outdoor main unit PCB


LED 2 1
* Do not short-circuit the automatic address setting pin (CN100) again while automatic address setting is in
progress. Doing so will cancel the setting operation and will cause LEDs 1 and 2 to turn OFF.
Blink alternately

* When automatic address setting has been successfully completed, both LEDs 1 and 2 turn OFF.
* LED 1 is D72. LED 2 is D75.
* If automatic address setting is not completed successfully, refer to the table below and correct the problem. Then perform
automatic address setting again.

z Display of LEDs 1 and 2 on the outdoor unit control PCB


( : ON : Blinking :OFF)
LED1 LED2 Display meaning
After the power is turned ON (and automatic address setting is not in progress), no communication with the indoor
units in that system is possible.
After the power is turned ON (and automatic address setting is not in progress), 1 or more indoor units are
1
confirmed in that system; however, the number of indoor units does not match the number that was set.

Automatic address setting is in progress.


Alternating
Automatic address setting completed. 2
At time of automatic address setting, the number of indoor units did not match the number that was set.
Simultaneous “ ”(when indoor units are operating) indication appears on the display.

Refer to “Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions and Description of Alarm Displays.”


Alternating
Note: “ ” indicates that the solenoid is fused or that there is a CT detection current failure (current is detected when the com-
3
pressor is OFF).

z Remote controller display


is blinking
4

5 - 11
4. Auto Address Setting Test Run
5. Remote Controller Test Run Settings

Request concerning recording the indoor/outdoor unit combination Nos.


After automatic address setting has been completed, be sure to record them for future reference.
List the outdoor main unit system address and the addresses of the indoor units in that system in an easily visible location
(next to the nameplate), using a permanent marking pen or similar means that cannot be abraded easily.
Example: (Outdoor) 1 – (Indoor) 1-1, 1-2, 1-3… (Outdoor) 2 – (Indoor) 2-1, 2-2, 2-3…
These numbers are necessary for later maintenance. Please be sure to indicate them.

Checking the indoor unit addresses


Use the remote controller to check the indoor unit address.
<If 1 indoor unit is connected to 1 remote controller>
1. Press and hold the button and button for 4 seconds or longer (simple settings mode).
2. The address is displayed for the indoor unit that is connected to the remote controller.
(Only the address of the indoor unit that is connected to the remote controller can be checked.)
3. Press the button again to return to normal remote controller mode.

<If multiple indoor units are connected to 1 remote controller (group control)>
1. Press and hold the button and button for 4 seconds or longer (simple settings mode).

1 2. “ALL” is displayed on the remote controller.


3. Next, press the button.
4. The address is displayed for 1 of the indoor units which is connected to the remote controller. Check that the fan of that
indoor unit starts and that air is discharged.

2 5. Press the button again and check the address of each indoor unit in sequence.
6. Press the button again to return to normal remote controller mode.

4
Number changes to indicate Number changes to indicate
which indoor unit is currently selected. which indoor unit is currently selected.
Indoor unit address Indoor unit address

5 5. Remote Controller Test Run Settings


1. Press the remote controller button for 4 seconds or longer. Then press the button.
“TEST” appears on the LCD display while the test run is in progress.
The temperature cannot be adjusted when in Test Run mode.
6 (This mode places a heavy load on the machines. Therefore use it only when performing the test run.)

2. The test run can be performed using the HEAT, COOL, or FAN operation modes.
Note: The outdoor units will not operate for approximately 3 minutes after the power is turned ON and after operation is
stopped.
7 3. If correct operation is not possible, a code is displayed on the remote controller LCD display.
(Refer to “Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions” and correct the problem.)

4. After the test run is completed, press the button again. Check that “TEST” disappears from the LCD display.
(To prevent continuous test runs, this remote controller includes a timer function that cancels the test run after 60 minutes.)
8 * If the test run is performed using the wired remote controller, operation is possible even if the cassette-type ceiling panel has
not been installed. (“P09” display does not occur.)

5 - 12
Test Run
6. Caution for Pump Down

6. Caution for Pump Down


Pump down means refrigerant gas in the system is returned to the outdoor unit. Pump down is used when the unit is to be
moved, or before servicing the refrigerant circuit. (Refer to the Service Manual.)

This outdoor unit cannot collect more


than the rated refrigerant amount as
CAUTION shown by the nameplate on the back.
If the amount of refrigerant is more
than that recommended, do not
conduct pump down. In this case use
another refrigerant collecting system.

5 - 13
Test Run
7. Meaning of Alarm Messages

7. Meaning of Alarm Messages


Table of Self-Diagnostics Functions and Description of Alarm Displays
Alarm messages are indicated by the blinking of LED 1 and 2 (D72, D75) on the outdoor unit PCB. They are also displayed on
the wired remote controller.
Viewing the LED 1 and 2 (D72 and D75) alarm displays
LED 1 LED 2 Alarm contents
Alarm display
Alternating LED 1 blinks M times, then LED 2 blinks N times. The cycle then repeats.
M = 2: P alarm 3: H alarm 4: E alarm 5: F alarm 6: L alarm
N = Alarm No.
Example: LED 1 blinks 2 times, then LED 2 blinks 17 times. The cycle then repeats.
Alarm is "P17."
( : Blinking) Connect the outdoor maintenance remote controller to the RC socket on the outdoor main unit control PCB
(3P, blue), and check the Alarm Messages on the remote controller display.
Alarm
Possible cause of malfunction message
Serial Remote controller is detecting Error in receiving serial communication signal.
communication error signal from indoor unit. (Signal from main indoor unit in case of group control) <E01>
errors Ex: Auto address is not completed.
Mis-setting
Error in transmitting serial communication signal. <E02>
1 Indoor unit is detecting error signal from remote controller (and system controller). <<E03>>
Indoor unit is detecting error Error in receiving serial communication signal.
signal from main outdoor unit. When turning on the power supply, the number of connected E04
indoor units does not correspond to the number set. (Except R.C.
address is “0.”)
2 Outdoor unit is detecting error
signal from indoor unit
Error of the main outdoor unit in receiving serial communication
signal from the indoor unit.
<E06>

Improper setting of indoor unit or Indoor unit address setting is duplicated. E08
remote controller.
Remote controller address connector (RCU. ADR) is duplicated.
<<E09>>
(Duplication of main remote controller)
3 During auto address setting,
number of connected units does
Starting auto address setting is prohibited.
This alarm message shows that the auto address connector CN100 E12
not correspond to number set. is shorted while other RC line is executing auto address operation.
Error in auto address setting. (Number of connected indoor units
E15
is less than the number set.)
When turning on the power Error in auto address setting. (Number of connected indoor units
4 supply, number of connected
units does not correspond to
is more than the number set.)
No indoor unit is connected during auto address setting.
E16

E20
number set.
Main outdoor unit is detecting error signal from sub outdoor unit. E24
(Except R.C. address is “0.”)
Error of outdoor unit address setting. E25
The number of connected main and sub outdoor units do not
E26
5 correspond to the number set at main outdoor unit PCB.
Error of sub outdoor unit in receiving serial communication signal
E29
from main outdoor unit.
Indoor unit communication error Error of main indoor unit in receiving serial communication signal
E18
of group control wiring. from sub indoor units.
Improper setting. This alarm message shows when an indoor unit for multiple-use
L02
6 is not connected to the outdoor unit.
Duplication of main indoor unit address setting in group control. <L03>
Duplication of outdoor R.C. address setting. L04
There are 2 or more indoor unit Priority set remote controller L05
controllers that have operation
mode priority in refrigerant circuit. Non-priority set remote controller L06
7 Group control wiring is connected to individual control indoor unit. L07
Indoor unit address is not set. L08
Capacity code of indoor unit is not set. <<L09>>

Capacity code of outdoor unit is not set. L10

8 Mis-matched connection of outdoor units that have different kinds


of refrigerant.
L17

4-way valve operation failure L18


Continued
5 - 14
Test Run
7. Meaning of Alarm Messages

Alarm
Possible cause of malfunction message
Activation of Protective device in indoor unit Thermal protector in indoor unit fan motor is activated. <<P01>>
protective is activated. Improper wiring connections of ceiling panel. <<P09>>
device
Float switch is activated. <<P10>>
Operation of protective function of fan inverter. P12
O2 sensor (detects low oxygen level) activated P14
Protective device in outdoor unit Incorrect discharge temperature. (Comp. No. 1) P03
is activated. High pressure switch or over load relay is activated. P04
Power supply voltage is unusual. (The voltage is less than 160 V
between L1 and L2 phase.)
Negative (defective) phase. P05
Compressor running failure resulting from missing phase in the
P16
compressor wiring, etc. (Start failure not caused by IPM or no gas.)
Incorrect discharge temperature. (Comp. No. 2) P17
Outdoor unit fan motor is unusual. P22
Overcurrent at time of compressor runs more than 80Hz (DCCT
secondary current or ACCT primary current is detected at a time P26
other than when IPM has tripped.)
IPM trip (IPM current or temperature) H31
Inverter for compressor is unusual. (DC compressor does not
operate.)
P29 1
Thermistor Indoor thermistor is either open Indoor coil temp. sensor (E1) <<F01>>
fault or damaged. Indoor coil temp. sensor (E2) <<F02>>
Indoor coil temp. sensor (E3) <<F03>>
Indoor suction air (room) temp. sensor (TA)
Indoor discharge air temp. sensor (BL)
<<F10>>
<<F11>>
2
Outdoor thermistor is either Comp. No. 1 discharge gas temp. sensor (DISCH1) F04
open or damaged. Comp. No. 2 discharge gas temp. sensor (DISCH2) F05
Outdoor No. 1 coil gas temp. sensor (EXG1) F06
Outdoor No. 1 coil liquid temp. sensor (EXL1)
Outdoor air temp. sensor (AIR TEMP)
F07
F08
3
Compressor intake port temperature sensor (SCT) F12
High pressure sensor. F16
Low-pressure sensor failure F17
Outdoor No. 2 coil gas temp. sensor (EXG2)
Outdoor No. 2 coil liquid temp. sensor (EXL2)
F23
F24
4
EEP ROM on indoor unit PCB failure F29
Protective Protective device for compressor EEP ROM on the main or sub outdoor unit PCB has failed. F31
device for No. 1 is activated. Current is not detected when comp. No. 1 is ON. H03
compressor is
activated
Protective device for compressor
No. 2 is activated.
Overload current is detected.
Lock current is detected.
H11
H12
5
Current is not detected when comp. No. 2 is ON. H13
Discharge gas temperature of comp. No. 2 is not detected. H15
Low pressure switch is activated. H06
Oil sensor fault.
(Disconnection, etc.)
Comp. No. 1 oil sensor
Comp. No. 2 oil sensor
H08
H27
6
Continued

5 - 15
Test Run
7. Meaning of Alarm Messages

Alarm messages displayed on system controller

Serial Error in transmitting serial Indoor or main outdoor unit is not operating correctly.
communication communication signal Mis-wiring of control wiring between indoor unit, main outdoor unit C05
errors and system controller.
Mis-setting Error in receiving serial Indoor or main outdoor unit is not operating correctly.
communication signal Mis-wiring of control wiring between indoor unit, main outdoor unit
C06
and system controller.
CN1 is not connected properly.
Activation of Protective device of sub indoor When using wireless remote controller or system controller, in
protective unit in group control is activated. order to check the alarm message in detail, connect wired P30
device remote controller to indoor unit temporarily.

NOTE
1. Alarm messages in << >> do not affect other indoor unit operations.
2. Alarm messages in < > sometimes affect other indoor unit operations depending on the fault.

5 - 16
Electrical Data
Contents

6. ELECTRICAL DATA
1. Outdoor Unit .......................................................................................................................6-2
(1) Electric Wiring Diagram CHDX07263, CHDXR07263 ................................................6-2
(2) Electric Wiring Diagram CHDX09663, CHDXR09663 ................................................6-4
2. Indoor Unit ..........................................................................................................................6-6
(1)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram XHX1252/1852/2452/3652 ...................................................6-6
(1)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram XMHX1252/1852 ..................................................................6-8
(2) Electric Wiring Diagram AHX0752/0952/1252 ............................................................6-9
(3)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram UHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462/3662/4862/5462 ....6-11
(3)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram UMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862 .....................................6-13
(4)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram DHX3652 ............................................................................6-15
(4)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram DHX4852 ............................................................................6-17
(5) Electric Wiring Diagram THX1252/1852/2452 ..........................................................6-19
(6)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX0752/0952/1252 ..........................................................6-21
(6)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX1862 ............................................................................6-23
(6)-3 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX1962 ............................................................................6-25
(6)-4 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX2452 ............................................................................6-27
1
(7) Electric Wiring Diagram FHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462 ...............................6-29
(8) Electric Wiring Diagram FMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462 ............................6-31
2

6-1
Electrical Data
1. Outdoor Unit

(1) Electric Wiring Diagram CHDX07263, CHDXR07263

6-2
1. Outdoor Unit

Schematic Diagram CHDX07263, CHDXR07263

6-3
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEATING & COOLING

TURN OFF THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY SWITCH WHEN CHANGING P.C.B.. CONFIRM ALL THE L.E.D.S ON
WARNING THE P.C.B. ARE OFF AND START TO REWORK. OTHERWISE YOU MAY BE KILLED BY AN ELECTRIC SHOCK.
Electrical Data

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Electrical Data
1. Outdoor Unit

(2) Electric Wiring Diagram CHDX09663, CHDXR09663

6-4
1. Outdoor Unit

Schematic Diagram CHDX09663, CHDXR09663

6-5
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEATING & COOLING

TURN OFF THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY SWITCH WHEN CHANGING P.C.B.. CONFIRM ALL THE L.E.D.S ON
WARNING THE P.C.B. ARE OFF AND START TO REWORK. OTHERWISE YOU MAY BE KILLED BY AN ELECTRIC SHOCK.
Electrical Data

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(1)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram XHX1252/1852/2452/3652

6-6
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram XHX1252/1852/2452/3652

6-7
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(1)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram XMHX1252/1852

6-8
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(2) Electric Wiring Diagram AHX0752/0952/1252

6-9
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram AHX0752/0952/1252

6 - 10
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(3)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram UHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462/3662/4862/5462

6 - 11
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram UHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462/3662/4862/5462

6 - 12
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(3)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram UMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862

6 - 13
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram UMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862

6 - 14
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(4)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram DHX3652

6 - 15
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram DHX3652

6 - 16
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(4)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram DHX4852

6 - 17
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram DHX4852

6 - 18
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(5) Electric Wiring Diagram THX1252/1852/2452

6 - 19
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram THX1252/1852/2452

6 - 20
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(6)-1 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX0752/0952/1252

6 - 21
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram KHX0752/0952/1252

6 - 22
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(6)-2 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX1862

6 - 23
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram KHX1862

6 - 24
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(6)-3 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX1962

6 - 25
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram KHX1962

6 - 26
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(6)-4 Electric Wiring Diagram KHX2452

6 - 27
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram KHX2452

6 - 28
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(7) Electric Wiring Diagram FHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462

6 - 29
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram FHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462

6 - 30
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

(8) Electric Wiring Diagram FMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462

6 - 31
Electrical Data
2. Indoor Unit

Schematic Diagram FMHX0762/0962/1262/1562/1862/2462

6 - 32
PCB and Functions
Contents

7. PCB AND FUNCTIONS


1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB ................................................................................................7-2
1-1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB CR-CHDX09663 ................................................................7-2
1-2. Outdoor Unit Filter PCB FIL-CHDX14053 ....................................................................7-3
1-3. Outdoor Unit HIC Board HIC-CHDX14053 ...................................................................7-3
1-4. Functions (for CR-CHDX14053) ...................................................................................7-4
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions ..........................................................7-7
2-1. AC Fan Motor (for CR-UHX0762) ................................................................................7-8
2-2. DC Fan Motor (for CR-UMHX0762) ............................................................................. 7-8
2-3. XM Type (for CR-XMHX1252, POW-XM075XH) ......................................................... 7-9
2-4. CR1 (for CR-KR74GXH56A/KHX0752~KHX1252) (Wall-Mounted) ........................... 7-10
2-5. CR1 (for CR-KR254GXH56A/KHX1862~KHX2452) (Wall-Mounted) ......................... 7-11
2-6. CR2 (for POW-KH2672R/KHX0752~KHX2452) (Wall-Mounted) ............................... 7-12
2-7. Explanation of Functions
(CR-KR74GXH56A, CR-KR254GXH56A, POW-KH2672R) ...................................... 7-13
2-8. Instructions for Connecting External Heater to ECO-i Indoor Units ............................ 7-15 1

7-1
PCB and Functions
1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB

1-1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB CR-CHDX09663

Power LED (D53)

(F01)

HIC3

HIC1

HIC2

Oil detection sensor


1 Suction temp.

CTL1, CTL2

CT2, CT3
2 Liquid temp. sensor
at heat exchanger 1, 2
Comp. discharge 1 temp.
Gas temp. sensor
at heat exchanger 1, 2
Comp. discharge 2 temp.
3 Outdoor air temp.
Comp. discharge 3 temp.
High-pressure sensor
Low-pressure sensor
RC1 (CN106) plug

4 RC (CN006) plug

OC (CN001) plug
Control circuit fuse (F003)

5 EMG (CN002) plug


TEST (CN022) pin
Terminal plug

RUN (CN103) pin

6 CHK (CN023) pin


STOP (CN104) pin
AP (CN102) pin
MODE (CN101) pin

OAC (CN105) pin


7 A. ADD (CN100) pin

8 EEPROM
S010
S007
S006
Alarm LED (LED1, 2)
S004
S005
S002
S003
memory IC (IC018)

7-2
PCB and Functions
1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB

1-2. Outdoor Unit Filter PCB FIL-CHDX14053

2
1-3. Outdoor Unit HIC Board HIC-CHDX14053

7-3
PCB and Functions
1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB

1-4. Functions (for CR-CHDX14053)

Automatic address setting 2P plug (white): Automatic address setting pin


(CN100) • Short-circuit this pin for 1 second or longer to automatically set the addresses at the indoor
units that are connected to that outdoor unit and are within the same system.
• The system address is "1" at the time of shipment. Automatic address setting is necessary
even for communications lines in a single system where the inter-unit control wiring does
not cross to any other systems.
• While automatic address setting is in progress, the 2 LEDs (LED1, 2: red) on the outdoor
unit control PCB blink alternately. (Short-circuiting this pin while automatic address setting is
in progress will stop the automatic address setting operation.)

S002 Rotary switch (10 positions, black): Outdoor system address setting switch
• The setting is "1" at the time of shipment. It is not necessary to change the setting if wiring
is connected only to an outdoor unit and indoor units in a single system and the inter-unit
control wiring does not cross multiple systems.
• If wiring links the inter-unit control wiring for multiple systems to the same communications
lines, then a different address must be set for each refrigerant tubing system.
• If wiring links multiple systems, a maximum of 30 systems (up to 64 indoor units) can be
connected. This setting can be set up to "39," however control will be for 30 systems even
1 if the setting is set to higher than 30. An alarm will be displayed if system addresses are
duplicated. (For details, refer to Table 7-1.)

S003 DIP switch (2P, blue): Switches for setting system address 10s digit and 20s digit
• If 10 systems or more are set, the setting is made by a combination of this DIP switch and
2 S002.
• If 10 - 19 systems are set, set switch 1 (10s digit) to ON.
• If 20 - 29 systems are set, set switch 2 (20s digit) to ON, and set switch 1 (10s digit) to OFF.
• If 30 systems are set, set both switch 1 (10s digit) and switch 2 (20s digit) to ON. (For
details concerning S002 and S003, refer to Table 7-1.)
3 S004 Rotary switch (10 positions, red): Switch for setting the number of connected indoor units. In
order to allow the outdoor unit to manage indoor units in the same refrigerant system, set the
number of connected indoor units. (For details, refer to Table 7-2.)

4 S005 DIP switch (3P, blue): Switches for setting the 10s, 20s, and 30s digit for the number of
connected indoor units
• If 10 systems or more are set, the setting is made by a combination of this DIP switch and
S004.
• If 10 - 19 systems are set, set only switch 1 (10s digit) to ON.
5 • If 20 - 29 systems are set, set switch 2 (20s digit) to ON, and set switch 1 (10s digit) to OFF.
• If 30 - 39 systems are set, set only switch 3 (30s digit) to ON. (For details concerning S004
and S005, refer to Table 7-2.)

S006 DIP switch (3P, blue): Switch for setting the number of outdoor units
6 • Turn the switches ON according to the number of outdoor units (1 - 4). (For details, refer to
Table 7-3.)

S007 DIP switch (3P, blue): Unit No. setting switch


• The setting is "1" at the time of shipment. (For details, refer to Table 7-4.)
7
S010 DIP switch (3P, blue): Backup operation switch
If an INV compressor has malfunctioned, turn CT1 ON and Back Up SW ON to operate the
outdoor unit using only the constant-speed compressor.
If a constant-speed compressor has malfunctioned, turn CT2 ON and Back Up SW ON to
8 operate the outdoor unit using only the INV compressor. (Disconnect the wiring from the
constant-speed compressor.)

7-4
PCB and Functions
1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB

Terminal plug 3P plug (black): For communications circuit impedance matching


• A connecting socket (3P, black) is attached to the terminal plug at the time of shipment from
the factory.
• In the case of link wiring which combines the inter-unit control wiring for multiple systems
into a single communications circuit, leave the connecting socket in place at only one of the
outdoor units, and move the socket from the "SHORT" side to the "OPEN" side at all other
outdoor units. If multiple connecting sockets are left in place, communications trouble will
occur.

LED1, 2 LED (red × 2)


D72, D75 • LED 1 and 2 blink alternately while automatic address setting is in progress.
• Display the alarm contents for alarms which were detected by the outdoor unit.

Power LED LED (red): Power indicator


D53 Indicates the DC 5V power on the outdoor unit control PCB.

Run 2P plug (white): Start pin


(CN103) Short-circuit this pin and apply a pulse signal to start all indoor units in that refrigerant system.

Stop 2P plug (white): Stopt pin


1
(CN104) Short-circuit this pin and apply a pulse signal to stop all indoor units in that refrigerant system.

AP 2P plug (white): Vacuuming pin


(CN102) • To perform vacuuming of the outdoor unit, short-circuit this pin and then turn the power ON. 2
All solenoid valves turn ON and vacuuming begins smoothly. (Do not perform automatic
address setting at this time.)
• Release the short-circuit to return the unit to normal status.

Mode 2P plug (white): Indoor unit Heating/Cooling mode change pin 3


(CN101) • When operating the compressors to perform automatic address setting, operation in Heating
mode can be normally used. However, short-circuiting this pin performs operation in Cooling
mode. (Static signal)
• Short-circuiting this pin during ordinary operation changes the mode from Cooling to
Heating (if the current mode is Cooling) or from Heating to Cooling (if the current mode is
Heating).
4
Test 2P plug (white)
(CN022) • This pin is used to test the PCB at the factory.
• When the power is turned ON after this pin has been short-circuited, all output signals will
be output in sequence. (Sequential output does not occur if this pin is short-circuited when
5
the power is already ON.) Releasing this pin returns the unit to normal control.

7-5
PCB and Functions
1. Outdoor Unit Control PCB

Table 7-1. Setting the System Address [S002: Rotary switch (black), S003: 2P DIP (blue)]
S003 setting
Outdoor system address S002 setting
1P (10s digit) 2P (20s digit)
1 refrigerant
1 0 OFF OFF
system only
1 1 OFF OFF
2 2 OFF OFF
3 3 OFF OFF
4 4 OFF OFF
5 5 OFF OFF
6 6 OFF OFF
7 7 OFF OFF
8 8 OFF OFF
9 9 OFF OFF
10 0 ON OFF
11 1 ON OFF
12 2 ON OFF
13 3 ON OFF
14 4 ON OFF
15 5 ON OFF
1 Link wiring 16 6 ON OFF
17 7 ON OFF
18 8 ON OFF
19 9 ON OFF
20 0 OFF ON
2 21
22
1
2
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
23 3 OFF ON
24 4 OFF ON
25 5 OFF ON

3 26
27
6
7
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
28 8 OFF ON
29 9 OFF ON
30 0 ON ON

4 Table 7-2. Setting the Number of Indoor Units Table 7-3. Setting the Number of Outdoor Units
[S004: Rotary switch (red), S005: 2P DIP (blue)] [S006: DIP switch (blue)]
Number of S005 Setting Number of S006 Setting
S004 Setting
Indoor Units 1 2 3 Indoor Units 1 2 3
5 1
2
1
2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
1
2
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
3 3 OFF OFF OFF 3 ON ON OFF
4 OFF OFF ON
9 9 OFF OFF OFF
6 10
11
0
1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Table 7-4. Setting the Outdoor Unit address
Outdoor Unit S007 Setting
19 9 ON OFF OFF Address 1 2 3
20 0 OFF ON OFF 1 ON OFF OFF

7 21 1 OFF ON OFF 2
3
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
29 9 OFF ON OFF 4 OFF OFF ON
30 0 OFF OFF ON
31 1 OFF OFF ON
8 39 9 OFF OFF ON
40 0 ON ON ON

7-6
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions


Indoor unit control PCB
T10: 6P plug (yellow): Used for remote control. (Refer to the remote control section.)
(CN61) Control items: (1) Start/stop input (2) Remote controller prohibit input
(3) Start signal output (4) Alarm signal output
EXCT: 2P plug (red): Can be used for demand control. When input is present, forces the unit to operate with the thermostat
(CN73) OFF.
DISP: 2P plug (white): Short-circuiting this plug allows the unit to be operated by the remote controller, even if it is not
(CN72) connected to an outdoor unit.
(In this case, alarm "E04," which indicates trouble in the serial communication between the indoor and outdoor unit,
does not occur.)
CHK: 2P plug (white): Test pin. Short-circuiting this pin allows the indoor FM (H fan speed), drain pump, flap motor (F1
position), and electronic expansion valve full-open position to be checked.
However this function turns OFF if the indoor unit protection mechanism is activated. The unit can be operated even
if the remote controller and outdoor unit are not connected. However if the remote controller is not connected,
it cannot be used to operate the unit. This function can be used for short-term tests.
JP1: Jumper wire: Allows selection of the T10 terminal start/stop signal. (Refer to the remote control section.) Status at
(J01) shipment: Pulse signal
Jumper wire cut: Static signal (continuous signal)
FAN DRIVE 2P plug (white): This terminal sends a signal to the ventilation fan when the FAN button on the wired remote con-
troller is used to operate a commercially-available ventilation fan. (Refer to the remote control section.)
Use a ventilation fan which can accept no-voltage A contact as the external input signal. 1
FILTER: 2P (white): This terminal is used to connect contact input from the differential pressure switch which detects filter
(CN70) clogging. When the contacts turn ON, "FILTER" is displayed on the wired remote controller.
Power LED: LED (red): Illuminates when power is supplied. Blinks when there is a failure in the EEPROM (IC10: nonvolatile
memory).
EEPROM: Nonvolatile memory: Memory which stores the unit type data and other information. When the PCB is replaced, 2
(IC10) remove the EEPROM from the old PCB and install it onto the new PCB If an. IC failure occurs, replace with a new IC
which was provided with the service PCB, and set the necessary information from the wired remote controller. (For
the procedure, refer to the servicing technical materials.)
GRL: For AC fan motor (CR-UHX0762: 3P (yellow))
(CN20) For DC fan motor (CR-UMHX0762: 5P (blue))
The indoor unit power terminal plate may be 7P, 6P types or may be a 5P type. (Refer to the figure at below.) The basic wiring
3
diagram shows the 7P-type terminal plate. Therefore the terminal plate may differ from the illustrations.

4
7P terminal board 5P terminal board
K Type
X, U, D Types Model : KHX0752
(Except 6 series) KHX0952
KHX1252 5
1(L1) 2(L2) U1 U2
1(L1) 2(L2) U1 U2 R1 R2
Power Unit
Power Inter-unit Remote supply control
supply control controller Line
wiring
6
6P terminal board 5P terminal board

X, XM, A, U, UM, K Type


T, F, FM Types Model : KHX1862

L N U1 U2 R1 R2
KHX1962
KHX2452
7
1(L1) 2(L2) U1 U2
POWER UNIT REMOTE
SUPPLY CONTROL CONTROL Power Unit
LINE LINE supply control
Line
8

7-7
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

2-1. AC Fan Motor (for CR-UHX0762)


OC (CN040)
EEPROM (IC010) EMG (CN044) VARISTOR (VA100)

1
EXCT (CN073) JP001 OPTION (CN060)
GRL (CN020) DISP (CN072)
HEATER (CN304) * POWER LED (D002)
FAN DRIVE (CN032) CHK (CN071)
2 FILTER (CN070)
T10 (CN061)

* Some models do not correspond to target products depending on the year of production.

2-2. DC Fan Motor (for CR-UMHX0762)


3 POWER LED (D002) EEPROM (IC010)

7 GRL
OPTION
FILTER DISP JP001
VARISTOR OC
(CN060) (VA100) (CN040)
(CN020) (CN070) (CN063)
HEATER * T10 CHK EXCT
EMG
(CN304) (CN044)
(CN061) (CN062) (CN073)
FAN DRIVE
8 (CN032)

* Some models do not correspond to target products depending on the year of production.

7-8
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

2-3. XM Type (for CR-XMHX1252, POW-XM075XH)

EXCT
(CN073)
POWER LED FILTER
(D002) (CN070)

CHK
(CN062)

DISP
HEATER *
(CN340)
(CN063)
T10
(CN061)

TEST OPTION
(CN064) (CN060)
1
JP001

EEPROM 2
memory IC

FAN DRIVE
JP003
(CN032)
5
EMG
OC
(CN044)
(CN040)

6
CR-XMHX1252 POW-XM075XH

* Some models do not correspond to target products depending on the year of production. 7

7-9
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

Explanation of Functions
Indoor Unit Control PCB
2-4. CR1 (for CR-KR74GXH56A/KHX0752~KHX1252) (Wall-Mounted)
DISP pin CHK (test) pin If the fuse (F002) has
blown, determine the
cause and correct it.
Then change the socket
TRANS-S plug from the OC plug to the
EMG plug.

EMG plug

OC plug

Control circuit fuse


(F002)

4 Power LED
(LD002)

Microcomputer
5
FAN DRIVE plug

6 Nonvolatile memory IC

Indoor heat exchanger


(E2) sensor
7
Indoor heat exchanger
T10 plug (E1) sensor

8
Room temperature
OPTION plug EXCT plug JP001
(TA) sensor

7 - 10
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

2-5. CR1 (for CR-KR254GXH56A/KHX1862 ~ KHX2452) (Wall-Mounted)


If the fuse (F002) has
blown, determine the
cause and correct it. CHK (test) pin
Then change the socket DISP pin
from the OC plug to the
EMG plug.

TRANS-S plug

Control circuit fuse


(F002)

EMG plug

OC plug

RC plug

2
FAN DRIVE plug

OPTION plug
4

Microcomputer
T10 plug
5
JP001

6
Nonvolatile memory IC

Indoor heat exchanger


7
(E2) sensor
Power LED
(LD002)
EXCT plug
Indoor heat exchanger
(E1) sensor
Room temperature
(TA) sensor
8

7 - 11
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

2-6. CR2 (for POW-KH2672R/KHX0752~KHX2452) (Wall-Mounted)

Control circuit fuse Control circuit fuse


(F202) (F201)

TRANS-S plug
(CN202) T20 plug

5
* Some models do not correspond to target products depending on the year of production.

7 - 12
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

2-7. Explanation of Functions (CR-KR74GXH56A, CR-KR254GXH56A, POW-KH2672R)

T10 6P flag (yellow): Used for remote control.


(CN105) Control items: Start/stop input Remote controller prohibit input
(for remote control) Start signal output Alarm signal output

EXCT 2P plug (red): Can be used for demand control. When input is present, forces the unit to
(CN009) oparate with the thermostat OFF.

z Examples of wiring
* Lead wire with 2P plug (special-order part: WIRE K/623 174 4263)
Relay (field supply)

EXCT Relay coil signal


(2P plug (red))

Indoor unit control PCB

Note: The length of the wiring from the indoor unit control PCB to the relay must be 6.6ft or 1
less.

DISP 2P plug (white): Short-circuiting this plug allows the unit to be operated by the remote
(CN010) controller, even if it is not connected to an outdoor unit. (In this case, alarm "E04," which
indicates trouble in the serial communication between the indoor and outdoor unit, does not
occur.)
2
CHK 2P plug (white): Test pin. Short circuiting this plug allows the operation of the indoor fan
(CN011) motor (high) and flap motor (F1 position) to be checked.However this test operation stops
if the indoor unit protection mechanism is activated. The unit can be operated even if the
remote controller and outdoor unit are not connected. However if the remote controller is not 3
connected, it cannot be used to operate the unit. This function can be used for short-term
tests.

JP001 Jumper wire: Allows selection of the T10 terminal start/stop signal. Status at shipment: Pulse
signal Jumper wire cut: Static signal (continuous signal)
4
FAN DRIVE 2P plug (white): This terminal sends a signal to the ventilation fan when the FAN button on
(CN017) the wired remote controller is used to operate a commercially-available ventilation fan.Use a
ventilation fan that can accept no-voltage A contact as the external input signal.

z Examples of wiring 5
* Lead wire with 2P plug (special-order part: WIRE K/623 162 4435)
Relay (field supply)
DC 12V
FAN DRIVE
To external-control input
(2P plug
(white))
terminal on ventilation fan 6
Indoor unit control PCB

Note: The length of the wiring from the indoor unit control PCB to the relay must be 6.6ft or
less. 7

7 - 13
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

OPTION 6P (white): Outputs external signals as shown in the figure below.


(CN014)
Relay (DC 12V, field supply) (Note)

Fan signal

OPTION
(white)

Heat start signal

DC 12V

Cool start signal

Indoor unit control PCB (CR1)


Thermostat signal

1
Defrost signal

2
Note: The relay must be installed at a distance of 6.6ft or less from the PCB.

7 - 14
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

2-8. Instructions for Connecting External Heater to ECO-i Indoor Units


By using the heater-driving signal of the indoor unit Control PCB, the external heater can be controlled as a united heating system
with the indoor unit. Also, by changing the EEPROM setting of the indoor unit, the external heater can be operated, even when
there is an alarm occurred on the system.

(1) Make sure to install protective devices like thermal fuse, thermal switch or current fuse with the heater.
CAUTION
The PCB of the indoor unit just output operation signal, and does not recognize, whether there is danger
or not on the heater side.
We can not take responsibility on the damage occurred on the heater side.

(2) Be sure to follow the Electrical Wiring Instruction as shown below and the Local Code.
A heater can potentially cause serious damage or fire. Please be careful to wire it with a best manner.
(3) Be sure to provide an independent power supply for the external heater, which is separate from the power
supply for the indoor unit.
(4) If there is a failure of the indoor unit Control PCB or indoor unit fan motor, the indoor unit stops outputting
heater signal.
(5) When Wring
ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. ONLY A QUALIFIED,
EXPERIENCED ELECTRICIAN SHOULD ATTEMPT TO WIRE THIS SYSTEM. 1
Do not supply power to the unit until all wiring and tubing are completed or reconnected and checked.

How to connect external heater

Model : UHX, DHX, FHX, FMHX


Electrical component box
for indoor unit
2
(1) The output signal is 230V AC.
(2) When installing the heater, be sure to turn OFF
CN304(WHT) the power to the indoor unit.
1 2 (3) If it is wired to the connectors other than the

RED WHT
heater output terminal, by mistake, the heater
signal can not be output correctly.
3
*1
Heater drive (4) The connector for this output is separately sold
signal wiring A Wiring *
connection by the following part code: 623 312 1390
AC230V 500mA
* Make connection inside the electrical component
1 2 RY
box. 4
*1 Wiring inside the electrical component box of the
indoor unit should be carried out referring to the
wiring diagram of each model.
Heater output terminal Since it is necessary to wire to the high-voltage
(CN304 WHT)
External heater electrode, separate from the low-voltage.
5
Electrical component box
Model : XHX, XMHX, AHX, THX, UMHX for indoor unit
Only for XMHX
CN340(BLK)
2 1 6
GND +DC12V
WHT RED
*2
Heater drive
signal wiring B Wiring *
2 1 DC12V 50mA
connection
7
2 1 Heater output terminal
RY
(CN340 BLK)
Heater output terminal
(CN340 BLK)

External heater
8
Continued
7 - 15
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

(1) The output signal is 12V DC. ("1" is "+" and "2" is "-".)
(2) A mistake in polarity while connecting might cause damage to both heater side and the PCB of the indoor unit.
(3) When installing the heater, be sure to turn OFF the power to the indoor unit.
(4) If it is wired to the HU connector, adjacent to the heater output terminal, by mistake, the heater signal can not be output correctly.
(5) The connector for this output is separately sold by the following part code: 623 312 1390
* Make connection inside the electrical component box.
*2 Wiring inside the electrical component box of the indoor unit should be carried out referring to the wiring diagram of each model.
Since it is necessary to wire to the low-voltage electrode, separate from the high-voltage.

Functions & Settings of External Heater Signal Output


Setting at factory shipment:
The external heater functions as a supplementary heater in the heating mode. The heater stops at the occurrence of alarm in the
system.

When the indoor EEPROM setting is set as emergency heater:


The external heater functions as a supplementary heater in the heating mode, and it can continue working, even when there is an
1 alarm in the system, except the type of the alarm is the following.
P01 or P12 (Failure in the indoor unit fan)
F10 (Failure of return air sensor)

In the case of EEPROM setting to the code 02 from the code 38, take caution as the indoor fan drives
2 CAUTION
during the alarm mode (regardless of the driving mode excepting P01, P12).

EEPROM setting for work as emergency heater:


If the item code "38" of the indoor EEPROM is changed from "0000" to "0002", the heater functions as emergency heater,
3 and keep on working, even when the system is in alarm. See the below how to select and change item code 38,
using remote controller, RCS-TM80BG.

<Procedure of Indoor EEPROM Setting Changes>

4 Press and hold the , and buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or longer.

, unit No. (or in the case of group control), item code , and 2
settings data are displayed blinking on the remote controller LCD display.
At this time, the indoor unit fan (or all indoor unit fans in the case of group control)
5 begins operating.

If group control is in effect, press the button and select the address
(unit No.) of the indoor unit to set. At this time, the fan at the indoor unit begins
operating.
6 Press the temperature setting / buttons to select the item code
to change.

Press the timer time / buttons to select the desired setting data.
* For item codes and setting data, refer to the following page.
7 Press the button.
1 7 6 1 5 3 4
(The display stops blinking and remains lit, and the setting is completed.)

Press the button to return to normal remote controller display.


8

7 - 16
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

The following charts show the drawings of the wiring layout of the heater output signal.
Install the connector for the output (part code: 623 312 1390) to the location marked with CN304 or CN340.
Install the wiring connection into the electrical component box.
Also, be sure to insulate the connection terminal.
Concerning the model of UHX, FHX, FMHX, DHX, assort with the side of the high voltage wire.
Concerning the model of XHX, XMHX, AHX, THX, UMHX, assort with the side of the low voltage wire.

Model : UHX Model : FHX, FMHX

1
CN304

Part code :
623 312 1390
2

3
Field supply
Part code : 623 312 1390

Field supply
CN304 4
Connecting part in the local fields
For safety, keep one position away from another.
Be sure to insulate without fail.
Applicable to all models 5
Model : DHX CN304

Part code : 623 312 1390 Field supply


8

7 - 17
PCB and Functions
2. Indoor Unit Control PCB Switches and Functions

Model : XHX

Field supply

Part code :
623 312 1390
CN340

Model : XMHX

Part code : 623 312 1390


CN340

1
Field supply

Model : AHX, THX


3
Field supply

4 CN340

Part code :
623 312 1390
5
Model : UMHX

Part code : 623 312 1390


6 CN340

7
Field supply

7 - 18
Capacity Table
Contents

8. CAPACITY TABLE
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................8-2
1-1. CHDX(R)07263 (Cooling) .............................................................................................8-2
1-2. CHDX(R)07263 (Heating) ............................................................................................8-4
1-3. CHDX(R)09663 (Cooling) .............................................................................................8-6
1-4. CHDX(R)09663 (Heating) ............................................................................................8-8
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit ......................................................................................8-10
2-1. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types) ..............................8-10
2-2. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type) .................................................8-16
2-3. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type) .......................................................................................8-19
2-4. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type) ...................................................................................8-25
2-5. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types) ...............................................................8-28
2-6. Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type (D Type) .................................................8-42
2-7. Floor-Standing Type (F Type) .....................................................................................8-44
2-8. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type) ................................................................8-50
1

8-1
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
1-1. CHDX(R)07263 (Cooling) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)
Indoor air temp. : WB
Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 18.2 1.89 19.7 2.23 21.2 2.50 22.7 2.84 24.2 3.06 25.8 3.28 27.3 3.53
0.0 18.2 1.95 19.7 2.28 21.2 2.56 22.7 2.87 24.2 3.12 25.8 3.39 27.3 3.67
5.0 18.2 2.00 19.7 2.34 21.2 2.62 22.7 2.92 24.2 3.23 25.8 3.51 27.3 3.78
10.0 18.2 2.14 19.7 2.39 21.2 2.67 22.7 2.95 24.2 3.34 25.8 3.67 27.3 4.06
15.0 18.2 2.31 19.7 2.56 21.2 2.84 22.7 3.06 24.2 3.51 25.8 4.01 27.3 4.45
130% 20.0 18.2 2.50 19.7 2.78 21.2 3.01 22.7 3.28 24.2 3.84 25.8 4.45 27.3 5.01
25.0 18.2 2.89 19.7 3.17 21.2 3.45 22.7 3.73 24.2 4.34 25.8 5.18 26.8 5.33
30.0 18.2 3.34 19.7 3.67 21.2 4.06 22.7 4.40 24.2 5.34 25.0 5.45 25.9 5.66
35.0 18.2 3.95 19.7 4.51 21.2 5.01 22.7 5.57 23.2 5.73 23.9 5.84 24.9 5.99
40.0 18.2 4.90 19.7 5.45 21.2 5.73 21.6 5.84 22.1 6.01 22.6 6.18 23.7 6.32
43.0 18.2 5.68 19.7 5.79 20.0 5.90 20.5 6.01 21.2 6.18 21.8 6.34 22.7 6.51

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 17.7 1.87 19.2 2.20 20.7 2.47 22.2 2.80 23.6 3.02 25.1 3.24 26.6 3.49
0.0 17.7 1.92 19.2 2.25 20.7 2.53 22.2 2.83 23.6 3.08 25.1 3.35 26.6 3.62
5.0 17.7 1.98 19.2 2.31 20.7 2.58 22.2 2.88 23.6 3.18 25.1 3.46 26.6 3.73
10.0 17.7 2.11 19.2 2.36 20.7 2.64 22.2 2.91 23.6 3.29 25.1 3.62 26.6 4.01
15.0 17.7 2.28 19.2 2.53 20.7 2.80 22.2 3.02 23.6 3.46 25.1 3.95 26.6 4.39
120% 20.0 17.7 2.47 19.2 2.75 20.7 2.97 22.2 3.24 23.6 3.79 25.1 4.39 26.6 4.94
1 25.0
30.0
17.7
17.7
2.86
3.29
19.2
19.2
3.13
3.62
20.7
20.7
3.40
4.01
22.2
22.2
3.68
4.34
23.6
23.6
4.28
5.27
25.1
24.4
5.11
5.38
26.1
25.3
5.26
5.58
35.0 17.7 3.90 19.2 4.45 20.7 4.94 22.2 5.49 22.6 5.66 23.3 5.77 24.3 5.91
40.0 17.7 4.83 19.2 5.38 20.7 5.66 21.0 5.77 21.5 5.93 22.0 6.10 23.0 6.23
43.0 17.7 5.60 19.2 5.71 19.5 5.82 19.9 5.93 20.6 6.10 21.3 6.26 22.2 6.42

Indoor air temp. : WB


2 Combination(%) Outdoor
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC
16.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
18.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
22.0
PI
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 17.4 1.83 18.8 2.15 20.2 2.42 21.7 2.74 23.1 2.96 24.6 3.17 26.0 3.41
0.0 17.4 1.88 18.8 2.20 20.2 2.47 21.7 2.77 23.1 3.01 24.6 3.28 26.0 3.55
5.0 17.4 1.94 18.8 2.26 20.2 2.53 21.7 2.82 23.1 3.12 24.6 3.39 26.0 3.66
10.0 17.4 2.07 18.8 2.31 20.2 2.58 21.7 2.85 23.1 3.23 24.6 3.55 26.0 3.92
3 110%
15.0
20.0
17.4
17.4
2.23
2.42
18.8
18.8
2.47
2.69
20.2
20.2
2.74
2.90
21.7
21.7
2.96
3.17
23.1
23.1
3.39
3.71
24.6
24.6
3.87
4.30
26.0
26.0
4.30
4.84
25.0 17.4 2.80 18.8 3.06 20.2 3.33 21.7 3.60 23.1 4.19 24.6 5.00 25.6 5.15
30.0 17.4 3.23 18.8 3.55 20.2 3.92 21.7 4.25 23.1 5.16 23.9 5.27 24.7 5.47
35.0 17.4 3.82 18.8 4.35 20.2 4.84 21.7 5.38 22.1 5.54 22.8 5.64 23.8 5.78
40.0 17.4 4.73 18.8 5.27 20.2 5.54 20.6 5.64 21.0 5.81 21.6 5.97 22.6 6.10

4 43.0 17.4 5.48 18.8 5.59 19.1 5.70 19.5 5.81

Indoor air temp. : WB


20.2 5.97 20.8 6.13 21.7 6.29

Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 16.9 1.80 18.3 2.11 19.7 2.38 21.1 2.69 22.5 2.90 23.9 3.12 25.3 3.35

5 0.0
5.0
10.0
16.9
16.9
16.9
1.85
1.90
2.03
18.3
18.3
18.3
2.16
2.22
2.27
19.7
19.7
19.7
2.43
2.48
2.53
21.1
21.1
21.1
2.72
2.77
2.80
22.5
22.5
22.5
2.96
3.06
3.17
23.9
23.9
23.9
3.22
3.33
3.48
25.3
25.3
25.3
3.48
3.59
3.85
15.0 16.9 2.19 18.3 2.43 19.7 2.69 21.1 2.90 22.5 3.33 23.9 3.80 25.3 4.22
100% 20.0 16.9 2.38 18.3 2.64 19.7 2.85 21.1 3.12 22.5 3.64 23.9 4.22 25.3 4.75
25.0 16.9 2.75 18.3 3.01 19.7 3.27 21.1 3.54 22.5 4.12 23.9 4.91 24.9 5.06
30.0 16.9 3.17 18.3 3.48 19.7 3.85 21.1 4.17 22.5 5.07 23.2 5.17 24.1 5.37

6 35.0
40.0
16.9
16.9
3.75
4.65
18.3
18.3
4.28
5.17
19.7
19.7
4.75
5.44
21.1
20.0
5.28
5.54
21.5
20.5
5.44
5.70
22.2
21.0
5.54
5.86
23.1
21.9
5.68
5.99
43.0 16.9 5.39 18.3 5.49 18.6 5.60 19.0 5.70 19.6 5.86 20.3 6.02 21.1 6.18

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI

7 capacity ratio DB
-5.0
kW
15.2
kW
1.58
kW
16.4
kW
1.86
kW
17.7
kW
2.09
kW
19.0
kW
2.37
kW
20.2
kW
2.56
kW
21.5
kW
2.74
kW
22.8
kW
2.95
0.0 15.2 1.63 16.4 1.91 17.7 2.14 19.0 2.39 20.2 2.60 21.5 2.83 22.8 3.07
5.0 15.2 1.67 16.4 1.95 17.7 2.18 19.0 2.44 20.2 2.69 21.5 2.93 22.8 3.16
10.0 15.2 1.79 16.4 2.00 17.7 2.23 19.0 2.46 20.2 2.79 21.5 3.07 22.8 3.39
15.0 15.2 1.93 16.4 2.14 17.7 2.37 19.0 2.56 20.2 2.93 21.5 3.35 22.8 3.72
90% 20.0 15.2 2.09 16.4 2.32 17.7 2.51 19.0 2.74 20.2 3.21 21.5 3.72 22.8 4.18
8 25.0
30.0
15.2
15.2
2.42
2.79
16.4
16.4
2.65
3.07
17.7
17.7
2.88
3.39
19.0
19.0
3.11
3.67
20.2
20.2
3.62
4.46
21.5
20.9
4.32
4.55
22.4
21.6
4.45
4.73
35.0 15.2 3.30 16.4 3.76 17.7 4.18 19.0 4.65 19.4 4.79 19.9 4.88 20.8 5.00
40.0 15.2 4.09 16.4 4.55 17.7 4.79 18.0 4.88 18.4 5.02 18.9 5.16 19.7 5.27
43.0 15.2 4.74 16.4 4.83 16.7 4.93 17.1 5.02 17.7 5.16 18.2 5.30 19.0 5.44

8-2
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
CHDX(R)07263 (Cooling) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)
Indoor air temp. : WB
Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 13.5 1.35 14.6 1.58 15.7 1.78 16.9 2.02 18.0 2.18 19.1 2.34 20.3 2.51
0.0 13.5 1.39 14.6 1.62 15.7 1.82 16.9 2.04 18.0 2.22 19.1 2.42 20.3 2.61
5.0 13.5 1.43 14.6 1.66 15.7 1.86 16.9 2.08 18.0 2.30 19.1 2.49 20.3 2.69
10.0 13.5 1.52 14.6 1.70 15.7 1.90 16.9 2.10 18.0 2.38 19.1 2.61 20.3 2.89
15.0 13.5 1.64 14.6 1.82 15.7 2.02 16.9 2.18 18.0 2.49 19.1 2.85 20.3 3.17
80% 20.0 13.5 1.78 14.6 1.98 15.7 2.14 16.9 2.34 18.0 2.73 19.1 3.17 20.3 3.56
25.0 13.5 2.06 14.6 2.26 15.7 2.46 16.9 2.65 18.0 3.09 19.1 3.68 19.9 3.79
30.0 13.5 2.38 14.6 2.61 15.7 2.89 16.9 3.13 18.0 3.80 18.6 3.88 19.2 4.03
35.0 13.5 2.81 14.6 3.21 15.7 3.56 16.9 3.96 17.2 4.08 17.7 4.16 18.5 4.26
40.0 13.5 3.48 14.6 3.88 15.7 4.08 16.0 4.16 16.4 4.28 16.8 4.40 17.6 4.49
43.0 13.5 4.04 14.6 4.12 14.9 4.20 15.2 4.28 15.7 4.40 16.2 4.51 16.9 4.63

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 11.8 1.13 12.8 1.33 13.8 1.50 14.8 1.70 15.7 1.83 16.7 1.96 17.7 2.11
0.0 11.8 1.16 12.8 1.36 13.8 1.53 14.8 1.71 15.7 1.86 16.7 2.03 17.7 2.20
5.0 11.8 1.20 12.8 1.40 13.8 1.56 14.8 1.75 15.7 1.93 16.7 2.10 17.7 2.26
10.0 11.8 1.28 12.8 1.43 13.8 1.60 14.8 1.76 15.7 2.00 16.7 2.20 17.7 2.43
15.0 11.8 1.38 12.8 1.53 13.8 1.70 14.8 1.83 15.7 2.10 16.7 2.40 17.7 2.66
70% 20.0 11.8 1.50 12.8 1.66 13.8 1.80 14.8 1.96 15.7 2.30 16.7 2.66 17.7 2.99
25.0
30.0
11.8
11.8
1.73
2.00
12.8
12.8
1.90
2.20
13.8
13.8
2.06
2.43
14.8
14.8
2.23
2.63
15.7
15.7
2.59
3.19
16.7
16.2
3.09
3.26
17.4
16.8
3.19
3.38
1
35.0 11.8 2.36 12.8 2.69 13.8 2.99 14.8 3.33 15.1 3.43 15.5 3.49 16.2 3.58
40.0 11.8 2.93 12.8 3.26 13.8 3.43 14.0 3.49 14.3 3.59 14.7 3.69 15.4 3.78
43.0 11.8 3.39 12.8 3.46 13.0 3.53 13.3 3.59 13.7 3.69 14.2 3.79 14.8 3.89

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC
16.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
18.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
22.0
PI
2
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 10.1 0.92 11.0 1.08 11.8 1.21 12.7 1.37 13.5 1.48 14.3 1.59 15.2 1.71
0.0 10.1 0.94 11.0 1.10 11.8 1.24 12.7 1.39 13.5 1.51 14.3 1.64 15.2 1.78
5.0 10.1 0.97 11.0 1.13 11.8 1.27 12.7 1.41 13.5 1.56 14.3 1.70 15.2 1.83
10.0 10.1 1.04 11.0 1.16 11.8 1.29 12.7 1.43 13.5 1.62 14.3 1.78 15.2 1.97

60%
15.0
20.0
10.1
10.1
1.12
1.21
11.0
11.0
1.24
1.35
11.8
11.8
1.37
1.45
12.7
12.7
1.48
1.59
13.5
13.5
1.70
1.86
14.3
14.3
1.94
2.15
15.2
15.2
2.15
2.42
3
25.0 10.1 1.40 11.0 1.53 11.8 1.67 12.7 1.80 13.5 2.10 14.3 2.50 14.9 2.58
30.0 10.1 1.62 11.0 1.78 11.8 1.97 12.7 2.13 13.5 2.59 13.9 2.64 14.4 2.74
35.0 10.1 1.91 11.0 2.18 11.8 2.42 12.7 2.69 12.9 2.77 13.3 2.83 13.9 2.90
40.0 10.1 2.37 11.0 2.64 11.8 2.77 12.0 2.83 12.3 2.91 12.6 2.99 13.2 3.06
43.0 10.1 2.75 11.0 2.80 11.1 2.85 11.4

Indoor air temp. : WB


2.91 11.8 2.99 12.2 3.07 12.7 3.15
4
Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 8.4 0.70 9.1 0.82 9.8 0.93 10.6 1.05 11.2 1.13 12.0 1.21 12.7 1.31
0.0
5.0
10.0
8.4
8.4
8.4
0.72
0.74
0.79
9.1
9.1
9.1
0.84
0.86
0.89
9.8
9.8
9.8
0.95
0.97
0.99
10.6
10.6
10.6
1.06
1.08
1.09
11.2
11.2
11.2
1.15
1.19
1.24
12.0
12.0
12.0
1.26
1.30
1.36
12.7
12.7
12.7
1.36
1.40
1.50
5
15.0 8.4 0.85 9.1 0.95 9.8 1.05 10.6 1.13 11.2 1.30 12.0 1.48 12.7 1.65
50% 20.0 8.4 0.93 9.1 1.03 9.8 1.11 10.6 1.21 11.2 1.42 12.0 1.65 12.7 1.85
25.0 8.4 1.07 9.1 1.17 9.8 1.28 10.6 1.38 11.2 1.61 12.0 1.92 12.4 1.97
30.0 8.4 1.24 9.1 1.36 9.8 1.50 10.6 1.63 11.2 1.98 11.6 2.02 12.0 2.09
35.0
40.0
8.4
8.4
1.46
1.81
9.1
9.1
1.67
2.02
9.8
9.8
1.85
2.12
10.6
10.0
2.06
2.16
10.8
10.2
2.12
2.22
11.1
10.5
2.16
2.29
11.6
11.0
2.22
2.34 6
43.0 8.4 2.10 9.1 2.14 9.3 2.18 9.5 2.22 9.8 2.29 10.1 2.35 10.6 2.41

8-3
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
1-2. CHDX(R)07263 (Heating) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)

Combination(%) Indoor air temp. : WB


Outdoor
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 15.8 4.65 15.2 4.55 14.5 4.46 14.1 4.41 13.8 4.36 13.1 4.27 12.4 4.17
-14.7 -15.0 18.1 4.93 17.4 4.83 16.7 4.74 16.4 4.69 16.1 4.64 15.4 4.55 14.7 4.45
-9.6 -10.0 20.4 5.21 19.7 5.11 19.0 5.02 18.7 4.97 18.3 4.92 17.7 4.83 17.0 4.73
-4.4 -5.0 22.6 5.49 22.0 5.39 21.3 5.30 20.9 5.25 20.6 5.20 19.9 5.11 19.2 5.01
-1.8 -2.5 23.8 5.63 23.1 5.53 22.4 5.44 22.1 5.39 21.7 5.34 21.1 5.25 20.4 5.15
130% 0.8 0.0 24.9 5.77 24.3 5.67 23.6 5.58 23.2 5.53 22.9 5.48 22.2 5.39 21.2 5.29
2.8 2.0 25.8 5.88 25.2 5.78 24.5 5.69 24.1 5.64 23.8 5.59 22.9 5.50 21.2 5.06
6.0 5.0 27.2 6.05 26.5 5.95 25.9 5.86 25.5 5.81 24.7 5.74 22.9 5.22 21.2 4.71
7.0 6.0 27.7 6.10 27.0 6.01 26.3 5.91 25.5 5.88 24.7 5.62 22.9 5.11 21.2 4.59
8.6 7.5 28.4 6.19 27.7 6.09 26.4 5.96 25.5 5.71 24.7 5.45 22.9 4.93 21.2 4.41
11.2 10.0 29.5 6.33 28.2 6.19 26.4 5.67 25.5 5.41 24.7 5.15 22.9 4.64 21.2 4.12
16.4 15.0 29.9 6.12 28.2 5.60 26.4 5.08 25.5 4.82 24.7 4.56 22.9 4.05 21.2 3.53

Combination(%) Indoor air temp. : WB


Outdoor
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio
DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 15.4 4.63 14.8 4.53 14.1 4.44 13.8 4.39 13.5 4.34 12.8 4.25 12.1 4.15
-14.7 -15.0 17.6 4.91 17.0 4.81 16.3 4.72 16.0 4.67 15.6 4.62 15.0 4.53 14.3 4.43
-9.6 -10.0 19.8 5.18 19.2 5.09 18.5 4.99 18.2 4.95 17.9 4.90 17.2 4.80 16.5 4.71
-4.4 -5.0 22.1 5.46 21.4 5.37 20.7 5.27 20.4 5.22 20.1 5.18 19.4 5.08 18.7 4.99
-1.8 -2.5 23.2 5.60 22.5 5.51 21.8 5.41 21.5 5.36 21.2 5.32 20.5 5.22 19.9 5.13
120% 0.8 0.0 24.3 5.74 23.6 5.64 23.0 5.55 22.6 5.50 22.3 5.46 21.6 5.36 20.7 5.27
2.8 2.0 25.2 5.85 24.5 5.76 23.9 5.66 23.5 5.61 23.2 5.57 22.3 5.47 20.7 5.03
1 6.0
7.0
5.0
6.0
26.5
27.0
6.02
6.07
25.9
26.3
5.92
5.98
25.2
25.6
5.83
5.88
24.9
24.9
5.78
5.85
24.0
24.0
5.71
5.60
22.3
22.3
5.20
5.08
20.7
20.7
4.68
4.57
8.6 7.5 27.6 6.16 27.0 6.06 25.7 5.94 24.9 5.68 24.0 5.42 22.3 4.91 20.7 4.39
11.2 10.0 28.8 6.30 27.4 6.16 25.7 5.64 24.9 5.39 24.0 5.13 22.3 4.61 20.7 4.10
16.4 15.0 29.1 6.09 27.4 5.57 25.7 5.06 24.9 4.80 24.0 4.54 22.3 4.03 20.7 3.51

Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%)
2 :Indoor/outdoor
capacity ratio
air temp.
TC
15.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
23.0
PI TC
25.0
PI
DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 15.1 4.60 14.5 4.51 13.8 4.42 13.5 4.37 13.2 4.32 12.5 4.23 11.9 4.13
-14.7 -15.0 17.3 4.88 16.6 4.79 16.0 4.69 15.6 4.65 15.3 4.60 14.7 4.50 14.0 4.41
-9.6 -10.0 19.4 5.16 18.8 5.06 18.1 4.97 17.8 4.92 17.5 4.87 16.8 4.78 16.2 4.69
-4.4 -5.0 21.6 5.43 20.9 5.34 20.3 5.25 20.0 5.20 19.7 5.15 19.0 5.06 18.4 4.96

3 110%
-1.8
0.8
-2.5
0.0
22.7
23.8
5.57
5.71
22.0
23.1
5.48
5.62
21.4
22.5
5.38
5.52
21.1
22.2
5.34
5.48
20.7
21.8
5.29
5.43
20.1
21.2
5.20
5.33
19.4
20.2
5.10
5.24
2.8 2.0 24.6 5.82 24.0 5.73 23.4 5.63 23.0 5.59 22.7 5.54 21.9 5.44 20.2 5.01
6.0 5.0 26.0 5.99 25.3 5.89 24.7 5.80 24.3 5.75 23.5 5.68 21.9 5.17 20.2 4.66
7.0 6.0 26.4 6.04 25.8 5.95 25.1 5.85 24.4 5.82 23.5 5.57 21.9 5.06 20.2 4.54
8.6 7.5 27.1 6.13 26.4 6.03 25.2 5.91 24.4 5.65 23.5 5.39 21.9 4.88 20.2 4.37
11.2 10.0 28.2 6.26 26.8 6.13 25.2 5.62 24.4 5.36 23.5 5.10 21.9 4.59 20.2 4.08

4 16.4 15.0 28.5 6.06 26.8 5.55 25.2 5.03 24.4 4.78

Indoor air temp. :


23.5

WB
4.52 21.9 4.01 20.2 3.49

Combination(%) Outdoor
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 14.7 4.58 14.1 4.48 13.4 4.39 13.1 4.34 12.8 4.30 12.2 4.20 11.5 4.11
-14.7 -15.0 16.8 4.85 16.2 4.76 15.5 4.66 15.2 4.62 14.9 4.57 14.3 4.48 13.6 4.38
5 -9.6
-4.4
-10.0
-5.0
18.9
21.0
5.13
5.40
18.3
20.4
5.03
5.31
17.6
19.7
4.94
5.21
17.3
19.4
4.89
5.17
17.0
19.1
4.85
5.12
16.4
18.5
4.75
5.03
15.7
17.9
4.66
4.93
-1.8 -2.5 22.1 5.54 21.4 5.45 20.8 5.35 20.5 5.31 20.2 5.26 19.5 5.16 18.9 5.07
0.8 0.0 23.1 5.68 22.5 5.58 21.9 5.49 21.6 5.44 21.2 5.40 20.6 5.30 19.7 5.21
100%
2.8 2.0 24.0 5.79 23.3 5.69 22.7 5.60 22.4 5.55 22.1 5.51 21.3 5.41 19.7 4.98
6.0 5.0 25.3 5.95 24.6 5.86 24.0 5.76 23.7 5.72 22.9 5.65 21.3 5.14 19.7 4.63
7.0 6.0 25.7 6.01 25.1 5.91 24.4 5.82 23.7 5.79 22.9 5.54 21.3 5.03 19.7 4.52
6 8.6
11.2
7.5
10.0
26.3
27.4
6.09
6.23
25.7
26.1
6.00
6.09
24.5
24.5
5.87
5.58
23.7
23.7
5.62
5.33
22.9
22.9
5.36
5.07
21.3
21.3
4.85
4.56
19.7
19.7
4.34
4.05
16.4 15.0 27.7 6.02 26.1 5.51 24.5 5.00 23.7 4.75 22.9 4.49 21.3 3.98 19.7 3.47

Combination(%) Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


air temp. 15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio
7 DB
-19.8
-14.7
WB
-20.0
-15.0
kW
13.2
15.1
kW
4.12
4.37
kW
12.7
14.5
kW
4.03
4.28
kW
12.1
14.0
kW
3.95
4.20
kW
11.8
13.7
kW
3.91
4.16
kW
11.5
13.4
kW
3.87
4.11
kW
11.0
12.8
kW
3.78
4.03
kW
10.4
12.3
kW
3.70
3.94
-9.6 -10.0 17.0 4.61 16.4 4.53 15.9 4.45 15.6 4.40 15.3 4.36 14.7 4.28 14.2 4.19
-4.4 -5.0 18.9 4.86 18.3 4.78 17.8 4.69 17.5 4.65 17.2 4.61 16.6 4.52 16.1 4.44
-1.8 -2.5 19.9 4.99 19.3 4.90 18.7 4.82 18.4 4.77 18.2 4.73 17.6 4.65 17.0 4.56
90% 0.8 0.0 20.8 5.11 20.2 5.02 19.7 4.94 19.4 4.90 19.1 4.86 18.5 4.77 17.7 4.69

8 2.8
6.0
7.0
2.0
5.0
6.0
21.6
22.7
23.1
5.21
5.36
5.41
21.0
22.2
22.5
5.12
5.27
5.32
20.4
21.6
22.0
5.04
5.19
5.24
20.2
21.3
21.3
5.00
5.15
5.21
19.9
20.6
20.6
4.96
5.09
4.98
19.2
19.2
19.2
4.87
4.63
4.52
17.7
17.7
17.7
4.48
4.17
4.06
8.6 7.5 23.7 5.48 23.1 5.40 22.1 5.28 21.3 5.05 20.6 4.83 19.2 4.37 17.7 3.91
11.2 10.0 24.6 5.60 23.5 5.48 22.1 5.02 21.3 4.79 20.6 4.56 19.2 4.11 17.7 3.65
16.4 15.0 25.0 5.42 23.5 4.96 22.1 4.50 21.3 4.27 20.6 4.04 19.2 3.59 17.7 3.13

8-4
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
CHDX(R)07263 (Heating) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)

Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%)
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 11.8 3.62 11.3 3.54 10.8 3.47 10.5 3.43 10.2 3.39 9.7 3.32 9.2 3.25
-14.7 -15.0 13.4 3.83 12.9 3.76 12.4 3.68 12.2 3.65 11.9 3.61 11.4 3.54 10.9 3.46
-9.6 -10.0 15.1 4.05 14.6 3.98 14.1 3.90 13.9 3.87 13.6 3.83 13.1 3.75 12.6 3.68
-4.4 -5.0 16.8 4.27 16.3 4.19 15.8 4.12 15.5 4.08 15.3 4.05 14.8 3.97 14.3 3.90
-1.8 -2.5 17.7 4.38 17.1 4.30 16.6 4.23 16.4 4.19 16.1 4.15 15.6 4.08 15.1 4.01
80% 0.8 0.0 18.5 4.48 18.0 4.41 17.5 4.34 17.2 4.30 17.0 4.26 16.5 4.19 15.7 4.11
2.8 2.0 19.2 4.57 18.7 4.50 18.2 4.42 17.9 4.39 17.7 4.35 17.0 4.28 15.7 3.93
6.0 5.0 20.2 4.70 19.7 4.63 19.2 4.55 18.9 4.52 18.3 4.46 17.0 4.06 15.7 3.66
7.0 6.0 20.5 4.75 20.0 4.67 19.5 4.60 19.0 4.57 18.3 4.37 17.0 3.97 15.7 3.57
8.6 7.5 21.1 4.81 20.6 4.74 19.6 4.64 19.0 4.44 18.3 4.24 17.0 3.83 15.7 3.43
11.2 10.0 21.9 4.92 20.9 4.81 19.6 4.41 19.0 4.21 18.3 4.01 17.0 3.60 15.7 3.20
16.4 15.0 22.2 4.76 20.9 4.35 19.6 3.95 19.0 3.75 18.3 3.55 17.0 3.15 15.7 2.74

Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%)
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 10.3 3.11 9.8 3.05 9.4 2.98 9.2 2.95 9.0 2.92 8.5 2.86 8.1 2.79
-14.7 -15.0 11.8 3.30 11.3 3.24 10.9 3.17 10.7 3.14 10.4 3.11 10.0 3.04 9.5 2.98
-9.6 -10.0 13.2 3.49 12.8 3.42 12.3 3.36 12.1 3.33 11.9 3.30 11.5 3.23 11.0 3.17
-4.4 -5.0 14.7 3.67 14.3 3.61 13.8 3.55 13.6 3.51 13.4 3.48 12.9 3.42 12.5 3.35
-1.8 -2.5 15.4 3.77 15.0 3.70 14.6 3.64 14.3 3.61 14.1 3.58 13.7 3.51 13.2 3.45
70% 0.8 0.0 16.2 3.86 15.7 3.80 15.3 3.73 15.1 3.70 14.9 3.67 14.4 3.61 13.8 3.54
2.8 2.0 16.8 3.94 16.3 3.87 15.9 3.81 15.7 3.78 15.5 3.74 14.9 3.68 13.8 3.39
6.0
7.0
5.0
6.0
17.7
18.0
4.05
4.08
17.2
17.5
3.98
4.02
16.8
17.1
3.92
3.96
16.6
16.6
3.89
3.94
16.0
16.0
3.84
3.76
14.9
14.9
3.50
3.42
13.8
13.8
3.15
3.07
1
8.6 7.5 18.4 4.14 18.0 4.08 17.2 3.99 16.6 3.82 16.0 3.65 14.9 3.30 13.8 2.95
11.2 10.0 19.2 4.23 18.3 4.14 17.2 3.80 16.6 3.62 16.0 3.45 14.9 3.10 13.8 2.76
16.4 15.0 19.4 4.09 18.3 3.75 17.2 3.40 16.6 3.23 16.0 3.06 14.9 2.71 13.8 2.36

Indoor air temp. : WB


Outdoor
Combination(%)
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC
15.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
23.0
PI TC
25.0
PI
2
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 8.8 2.65 8.4 2.60 8.1 2.55 7.9 2.52 7.7 2.49 7.3 2.44 6.9 2.38
-14.7 -15.0 10.1 2.81 9.7 2.76 9.3 2.71 9.1 2.68 8.9 2.65 8.6 2.60 8.2 2.54
-9.6 -10.0 11.3 2.97 11.0 2.92 10.6 2.86 10.4 2.84 10.2 2.81 9.8 2.76 9.4 2.70
-4.4 -5.0 12.6 3.13 12.2 3.08 11.8 3.02 11.7 3.00 11.5 2.97 11.1 2.92 10.7 2.86

60%
-1.8
0.8
-2.5
0.0
13.2
13.9
3.21
3.29
12.9
13.5
3.16
3.24
12.5
13.1
3.10
3.18
12.3
12.9
3.08
3.16
12.1
12.7
3.05
3.13
11.7
12.4
3.00
3.08
11.3
11.8
2.94
3.02 3
2.8 2.0 14.4 3.36 14.0 3.30 13.6 3.25 13.4 3.22 13.3 3.19 12.8 3.14 11.8 2.89
6.0 5.0 15.2 3.45 14.8 3.40 14.4 3.34 14.2 3.32 13.7 3.28 12.8 2.98 11.8 2.69
7.0 6.0 15.4 3.48 15.0 3.43 14.7 3.38 14.2 3.36 13.7 3.21 12.8 2.91 11.8 2.62
8.6 7.5 15.8 3.53 15.4 3.48 14.7 3.41 14.2 3.26 13.7 3.11 12.8 2.81 11.8 2.52
11.2 10.0 16.4 3.61 15.7 3.53 14.7 3.24 14.2 3.09 13.7 2.94 12.8 2.65 11.8 2.35
16.4

Outdoor
15.0 16.6 3.49 15.7 3.20 14.7 2.90 14.2 2.75

Indoor air temp. : WB


13.7 2.61 12.8 2.31 11.8 2.01
4
Combination(%)
air temp. 15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 7.4 2.15 7.0 2.11 6.7 2.06 6.6 2.04 6.4 2.02 6.1 1.97 5.8 1.93
-14.7 -15.0 8.4 2.28 8.1 2.24 7.8 2.19 7.6 2.17 7.5 2.15 7.1 2.10 6.8 2.06
-9.6
-4.4
-10.0
-5.0
9.4
10.5
2.41
2.54
9.1
10.2
2.37
2.49
8.8
9.9
2.32
2.45
8.7
9.7
2.30
2.43
8.5
9.6
2.28
2.41
8.2
9.2
2.23
2.36
7.9
8.9
2.19
2.32
5
-1.8 -2.5 11.0 2.60 10.7 2.56 10.4 2.52 10.2 2.49 10.1 2.47 9.8 2.43 9.5 2.38
50% 0.8 0.0 11.6 2.67 11.2 2.62 10.9 2.58 10.8 2.56 10.6 2.54 10.3 2.49 9.8 2.45
2.8 2.0 12.0 2.72 11.7 2.68 11.4 2.63 11.2 2.61 11.0 2.59 10.6 2.54 9.8 2.34
6.0 5.0 12.6 2.80 12.3 2.75 12.0 2.71 11.8 2.69 11.4 2.66 10.6 2.42 9.8 2.18
7.0 6.0 12.8 2.82 12.5 2.78 12.2 2.74 11.9 2.72 11.4 2.60 10.6 2.36 9.8 2.12
8.6
11.2
7.5
10.0
13.2
13.7
2.86
2.93
12.8
13.1
2.82
2.86
12.3
12.3
2.76
2.62
11.9
11.9
2.64
2.50
11.4
11.4
2.52
2.38
10.6
10.6
2.28
2.14
9.8
9.8
2.04
1.90
6
16.4 15.0 13.9 2.83 13.1 2.59 12.3 2.35 11.9 2.23 11.4 2.11 10.6 1.87 9.8 1.63

8-5
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
1-3. CHDX(R)09663 (Cooling) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)
Indoor air temp. : WB
Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 24.2 2.76 26.2 3.24 28.3 3.65 30.3 4.13 32.3 4.46 34.3 4.78 36.4 5.15
0.0 24.2 2.84 26.2 3.32 28.3 3.73 30.3 4.17 32.3 4.54 34.3 4.94 36.4 5.35
5.0 24.2 2.92 26.2 3.40 28.3 3.81 30.3 4.26 32.3 4.70 34.3 5.11 36.4 5.51
10.0 24.2 3.12 26.2 3.49 28.3 3.89 30.3 4.30 32.3 4.86 34.3 5.35 36.4 5.92
15.0 24.2 3.36 26.2 3.73 28.3 4.13 30.3 4.46 32.3 5.11 34.3 5.84 36.4 6.48
130% 20.0 24.2 3.65 26.2 4.05 28.3 4.38 30.3 4.78 32.3 5.59 34.3 6.48 36.4 7.29
25.0 24.2 4.21 26.2 4.62 28.3 5.03 30.3 5.43 32.3 6.32 34.3 7.54 35.7 7.76
30.0 24.2 4.86 26.2 5.35 28.3 5.92 30.3 6.40 32.3 7.78 33.3 7.94 34.5 8.24
35.0 24.2 5.75 26.2 6.57 28.3 7.29 30.3 8.11 30.9 8.35 31.8 8.51 33.2 8.72
40.0 24.2 7.13 26.2 7.94 28.3 8.35 28.8 8.51 29.4 8.75 30.1 9.00 31.5 9.20
43.0 24.2 8.27 26.2 8.43 26.7 8.59 27.3 8.75 28.2 9.00 29.1 9.24 30.3 9.48

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 23.6 2.72 25.6 3.20 27.5 3.60 29.5 4.08 31.5 4.40 33.4 4.72 35.4 5.08
0.0 23.6 2.80 25.6 3.28 27.5 3.68 29.5 4.12 31.5 4.48 33.4 4.88 35.4 5.28
5.0 23.6 2.88 25.6 3.36 27.5 3.76 29.5 4.20 31.5 4.64 33.4 5.04 35.4 5.44
10.0 23.6 3.08 25.6 3.44 27.5 3.84 29.5 4.24 31.5 4.80 33.4 5.28 35.4 5.84
15.0 23.6 3.32 25.6 3.68 27.5 4.08 29.5 4.40 31.5 5.04 33.4 5.76 35.4 6.40
120% 20.0 23.6 3.60 25.6 4.00 27.5 4.32 29.5 4.72 31.5 5.52 33.4 6.40 35.4 7.20
1 25.0
30.0
23.6
23.6
4.16
4.80
25.6
25.6
4.56
5.28
27.5
27.5
4.96
5.84
29.5
29.5
5.36
6.32
31.5
31.5
6.24
7.68
33.4
32.5
7.44
7.84
34.8
33.6
7.66
8.13
35.0 23.6 5.68 25.6 6.48 27.5 7.20 29.5 8.00 30.1 8.24 31.0 8.40 32.3 8.61
40.0 23.6 7.04 25.6 7.84 27.5 8.24 28.0 8.40 28.6 8.64 29.4 8.88 30.7 9.08
43.0 23.6 8.16 25.6 8.32 26.0 8.48 26.6 8.64 27.4 8.88 28.3 9.12 29.5 9.36

Indoor air temp. : WB


2 Combination(%) Outdoor
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC
16.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
18.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
22.0
PI
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 23.1 2.66 25.0 3.13 27.0 3.52 28.9 3.99 30.8 4.31 32.7 4.62 34.7 4.97
0.0 23.1 2.74 25.0 3.21 27.0 3.60 28.9 4.03 30.8 4.38 32.7 4.78 34.7 5.17
5.0 23.1 2.82 25.0 3.29 27.0 3.68 28.9 4.11 30.8 4.54 32.7 4.93 34.7 5.32
10.0 23.1 3.01 25.0 3.37 27.0 3.76 28.9 4.15 30.8 4.70 32.7 5.17 34.7 5.71
3 110%
15.0
20.0
23.1
23.1
3.25
3.52
25.0
25.0
3.60
3.91
27.0
27.0
3.99
4.23
28.9
28.9
4.31
4.62
30.8
30.8
4.93
5.40
32.7
32.7
5.64
6.26
34.7
34.7
6.26
7.05
25.0 23.1 4.07 25.0 4.46 27.0 4.85 28.9 5.25 30.8 6.11 32.7 7.28 34.1 7.50
30.0 23.1 4.70 25.0 5.17 27.0 5.71 28.9 6.18 30.8 7.52 31.8 7.67 32.9 7.96
35.0 23.1 5.56 25.0 6.34 27.0 7.05 28.9 7.83 29.5 8.06 30.3 8.22 31.6 8.42
40.0 23.1 6.89 25.0 7.67 27.0 8.06 27.4 8.22 28.0 8.45 28.7 8.69 30.0 8.89

4 43.0 23.1 7.98 25.0 8.14 25.4 8.30 26.0 8.45

Indoor air temp. : WB


26.9 8.69 27.7 8.92 28.9 9.16

Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 22.5 2.61 24.3 3.08 26.2 3.46 28.1 3.92 30.0 4.23 31.8 4.54 33.7 4.88

5 0.0
5.0
10.0
22.5
22.5
2.69
2.77
24.3
24.3
3.15
3.23
26.2
26.2
3.54
3.61
28.1
28.1
3.96
4.04
30.0
30.0
4.31
4.46
31.8
31.8
4.69
4.84
33.7
33.7
5.08
5.23
22.5 2.96 24.3 3.31 26.2 3.69 28.1 4.08 30.0 4.61 31.8 5.08 33.7 5.61
15.0 22.5 3.19 24.3 3.54 26.2 3.92 28.1 4.23 30.0 4.84 31.8 5.54 33.7 6.15
100% 20.0 22.5 3.46 24.3 3.85 26.2 4.15 28.1 4.54 30.0 5.31 31.8 6.15 33.7 6.92
25.0 22.5 4.00 24.3 4.38 26.2 4.77 28.1 5.15 30.0 6.00 31.8 7.15 33.2 7.37
30.0 22.5 4.61 24.3 5.08 26.2 5.61 28.1 6.08 30.0 7.38 30.9 7.54 32.0 7.82

6 35.0
40.0
22.5
22.5
5.46
6.77
24.3
24.3
6.23
7.54
26.2
26.2
6.92
7.92
28.1
26.7
7.69
8.07
28.7
27.3
7.92
8.31
29.5
28.0
8.07
8.54
30.8
29.2
8.27
8.73
43.0 22.5 7.84 24.3 8.00 24.7 8.15 25.3 8.31 26.1 8.54 27.0 8.77 28.1 9.00

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI

7 capacity ratio DB
-5.0
kW
20.2
kW
2.30
kW
21.9
kW
2.71
kW
23.6
kW
3.05
kW
25.3
kW
3.45
kW
27.0
kW
3.72
kW
28.7
kW
3.99
kW
30.3
kW
4.30
0.0 20.2 2.37 21.9 2.77 23.6 3.11 25.3 3.49 27.0 3.79 28.7 4.13 30.3 4.47
5.0 20.2 2.44 21.9 2.84 23.6 3.18 25.3 3.55 27.0 3.92 28.7 4.26 30.3 4.60
10.0 20.2 2.61 21.9 2.91 23.6 3.25 25.3 3.59 27.0 4.06 28.7 4.47 30.3 4.94
15.0 20.2 2.81 21.9 3.11 23.6 3.45 25.3 3.72 27.0 4.26 28.7 4.87 30.3 5.41
90% 20.0 20.2 3.05 21.9 3.38 23.6 3.65 25.3 3.99 27.0 4.67 28.7 5.41 30.3 6.09
8 25.0
30.0
20.2
20.2
3.52
4.06
21.9
21.9
3.86
4.47
23.6
23.6
4.20
4.94
25.3
25.3
4.53
5.35
27.0
27.0
5.28
6.50
28.7
27.8
6.29
6.63
29.8
28.8
6.48
6.88
35.0 20.2 4.80 21.9 5.48 23.6 6.09 25.3 6.77 25.8 6.97 26.6 7.11 27.7 7.28
40.0 20.2 5.96 21.9 6.63 23.6 6.97 24.0 7.11 24.5 7.31 25.2 7.51 26.3 7.68
43.0 20.2 6.90 21.9 7.04 22.3 7.17 22.8 7.31 23.5 7.51 24.3 7.71 25.3 7.92

8-6
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
CHDX(R)09663 (Cooling) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)
Indoor air temp. : WB
Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 18.0 1.96 19.5 2.31 21.0 2.60 22.5 2.94 24.0 3.17 25.5 3.40 27.0 3.66
0.0 18.0 2.02 19.5 2.36 21.0 2.65 22.5 2.97 24.0 3.23 25.5 3.52 27.0 3.81
5.0 18.0 2.08 19.5 2.42 21.0 2.71 22.5 3.03 24.0 3.35 25.5 3.63 27.0 3.92
10.0 18.0 2.22 19.5 2.48 21.0 2.77 22.5 3.06 24.0 3.46 25.5 3.81 27.0 4.21
15.0 18.0 2.39 19.5 2.65 21.0 2.94 22.5 3.17 24.0 3.63 25.5 4.15 27.0 4.61
80% 20.0 18.0 2.60 19.5 2.88 21.0 3.11 22.5 3.40 24.0 3.98 25.5 4.61 27.0 5.19
25.0 18.0 3.00 19.5 3.29 21.0 3.58 22.5 3.86 24.0 4.50 25.5 5.36 26.5 5.53
30.0 18.0 3.46 19.5 3.81 21.0 4.21 22.5 4.56 24.0 5.54 24.7 5.65 25.6 5.87
35.0 18.0 4.09 19.5 4.67 21.0 5.19 22.5 5.77 22.9 5.94 23.6 6.06 24.6 6.21
40.0 18.0 5.08 19.5 5.65 21.0 5.94 21.4 6.06 21.8 6.23 22.4 6.40 23.4 6.55
43.0 18.0 5.88 19.5 6.00 19.8 6.11 20.2 6.23 20.9 6.40 21.6 6.57 22.5 6.75

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 15.7 1.65 17.0 1.94 18.4 2.18 19.7 2.47 21.0 2.66 22.3 2.86 23.6 3.08
0.0 15.7 1.70 17.0 1.99 18.4 2.23 19.7 2.50 21.0 2.71 22.3 2.96 23.6 3.20
5.0 15.7 1.74 17.0 2.03 18.4 2.28 19.7 2.54 21.0 2.81 22.3 3.05 23.6 3.29
10.0 15.7 1.87 17.0 2.08 18.4 2.33 19.7 2.57 21.0 2.91 22.3 3.20 23.6 3.54
15.0 15.7 2.01 17.0 2.23 18.4 2.47 19.7 2.66 21.0 3.05 22.3 3.49 23.6 3.88
70% 20.0 15.7 2.18 17.0 2.42 18.4 2.62 19.7 2.86 21.0 3.34 22.3 3.88 23.6 4.36
25.0
30.0
15.7
15.7
2.52
2.91
17.0
17.0
2.76
3.20
18.4
18.4
3.00
3.54
19.7
19.7
3.25
3.83
21.0
21.0
3.78
4.65
22.3
21.6
4.51
4.75
23.2
22.4
4.64
4.93
1
35.0 15.7 3.44 17.0 3.92 18.4 4.36 19.7 4.84 20.1 4.99 20.7 5.09 21.5 5.21
40.0 15.7 4.26 17.0 4.75 18.4 4.99 18.7 5.09 19.1 5.23 19.6 5.38 20.5 5.50
43.0 15.7 4.94 17.0 5.04 17.3 5.14 17.7 5.23 18.3 5.38 18.9 5.52 19.7 5.67

Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%) Outdoor
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC
16.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
18.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
22.0
PI
2
capacity ratio DB
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 13.5 1.33 14.6 1.57 15.7 1.76 16.9 2.00 18.0 2.16 19.1 2.31 20.2 2.49
0.0 13.5 1.37 14.6 1.61 15.7 1.80 16.9 2.02 18.0 2.20 19.1 2.39 20.2 2.59
5.0 13.5 1.41 14.6 1.65 15.7 1.84 16.9 2.06 18.0 2.27 19.1 2.47 20.2 2.67
10.0 13.5 1.51 14.6 1.69 15.7 1.88 16.9 2.08 18.0 2.35 19.1 2.59 20.2 2.86

60%
15.0
20.0
13.5
13.5
1.63
1.76
14.6
14.6
1.80
1.96
15.7
15.7
2.00
2.12
16.9
16.9
2.16
2.31
18.0
18.0
2.47
2.71
19.1
19.1
2.82
3.14
20.2
20.2
3.14
3.53
3
25.0 13.5 2.04 14.6 2.24 15.7 2.43 16.9 2.63 18.0 3.06 19.1 3.65 19.9 3.76
30.0 13.5 2.35 14.6 2.59 15.7 2.86 16.9 3.10 18.0 3.77 18.5 3.84 19.2 3.99
35.0 13.5 2.78 14.6 3.18 15.7 3.53 16.9 3.92 17.2 4.04 17.7 4.12 18.5 4.22
40.0 13.5 3.45 14.6 3.84 15.7 4.04 16.0 4.12 16.4 4.24 16.8 4.35 17.5 4.45
43.0 13.5 4.00 14.6 4.08 14.8 4.16 15.2

Indoor air temp. : WB


4.24 15.7 4.35 16.2 4.47 16.9 4.59
4
Combination(%) Outdoor
16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp. TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-5.0 11.2 1.02 12.2 1.20 13.1 1.35 14.1 1.53 15.0 1.65 15.9 1.77 16.9 1.90
0.0
5.0
10.0
11.2
11.2
1.05
1.08
12.2
12.2
1.23
1.26
13.1
13.1
1.38
1.41
14.1
14.1
1.54
1.57
15.0
15.0
1.68
1.74
15.9
15.9
1.83
1.89
16.9
16.9
1.98
2.04 5
11.2 1.15 12.2 1.29 13.1 1.44 14.1 1.59 15.0 1.80 15.9 1.98 16.9 2.19
15.0 11.2 1.24 12.2 1.38 13.1 1.53 14.1 1.65 15.0 1.89 15.9 2.16 16.9 2.40
50% 20.0 11.2 1.35 12.2 1.50 13.1 1.62 14.1 1.77 15.0 2.07 15.9 2.40 16.9 2.70
25.0 11.2 1.56 12.2 1.71 13.1 1.86 14.1 2.01 15.0 2.34 15.9 2.79 16.6 2.87
30.0 11.2 1.80 12.2 1.98 13.1 2.19 14.1 2.37 15.0 2.88 15.5 2.94 16.0 3.05
35.0
40.0
11.2
11.2
2.13
2.64
12.2
12.2
2.43
2.94
13.1
13.1
2.70
3.09
14.1
13.3
3.00
3.15
14.3
13.6
3.09
3.24
14.8
14.0
3.15
3.33
15.4
14.6
3.23
3.40
6
43.0 11.2 3.06 12.2 3.12 12.4 3.18 12.6 3.24 13.1 3.33 13.5 3.42 14.1 3.51

8-7
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
1-4. CHDX(R)09663 (Heating) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)

Combination(%) Indoor air temp. : WB


Outdoor
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 23.8 9.01 23.2 8.92 22.5 8.84 22.1 8.79 21.8 8.75 21.1 8.66 20.4 8.58
-14.7 -15.0 27.3 9.58 26.6 9.49 25.9 9.41 25.5 9.36 25.2 9.32 24.5 9.23 23.8 9.14
-9.6 -10.0 30.7 10.15 30.0 10.06 29.3 9.97 29.0 9.93 28.6 9.89 27.9 9.80 27.3 9.71
-4.4 -5.0 34.1 10.72 33.4 10.63 32.7 10.54 32.4 10.50 32.0 10.45 30.5 9.67 28.1 8.84
-1.8 -2.5 35.8 11.00 35.1 10.91 34.4 10.83 34.1 10.42 32.9 10.01 30.5 9.18 28.1 8.35
130% 0.8 0.0 37.5 11.28 36.8 11.17 35.3 10.34 34.1 9.93 32.9 9.51 30.5 8.68 28.1 7.85
2.8 2.0 38.5 11.36 37.6 10.78 35.3 9.95 34.1 9.53 32.9 9.12 30.5 8.29 28.1 7.46
6.0 5.0 40.0 11.01 37.6 10.18 35.3 9.35 34.1 8.94 32.9 8.52 30.5 7.69 28.1 6.86
7.0 6.0 40.0 10.81 37.6 9.98 35.3 9.15 34.1 8.74 32.9 8.32 30.5 7.49 28.1 6.66
8.6 7.5 40.0 10.52 37.6 9.69 35.3 8.86 34.1 8.44 32.9 8.03 30.5 7.19 28.1 6.36
11.2 10.0 40.0 10.02 37.6 9.19 35.3 8.36 34.1 7.94 32.9 7.53 30.5 6.70 28.1 5.87
16.4 15.0 40.0 9.03 37.6 8.20 35.3 7.37 34.1 6.95 32.9 6.54 30.5 5.71 28.1 4.88

Combination(%) Indoor air temp. : WB


Outdoor
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio
DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 23.2 8.97 22.6 8.88 21.9 8.79 21.6 8.75 21.2 8.71 20.6 8.62 19.9 8.53
-14.7 -15.0 26.5 9.53 25.9 9.45 25.2 9.36 24.9 9.32 24.6 9.27 23.9 9.18 23.2 9.10
-9.6 -10.0 29.9 10.10 29.2 10.01 28.5 9.92 28.2 9.88 27.9 9.84 27.2 9.75 26.5 9.66
-4.4 -5.0 33.2 10.66 32.5 10.58 31.9 10.49 31.5 10.45 31.2 10.40 29.7 9.63 27.4 8.80
-1.8 -2.5 34.8 10.95 34.2 10.86 33.5 10.77 33.2 10.37 32.0 9.96 29.7 9.13 27.4 8.31
120% 0.8 0.0 36.5 11.23 35.8 11.12 34.3 10.29 33.2 9.88 32.0 9.47 29.7 8.64 27.4 7.81
2.8 2.0 37.5 11.30 36.7 10.72 34.3 9.90 33.2 9.48 32.0 9.07 29.7 8.25 27.4 7.42
1 6.0
7.0
5.0
6.0
39.0
39.0
10.96
10.76
36.7
36.7
10.13
9.93
34.3
34.3
9.30
9.11
33.2
33.2
8.89
8.69
32.0
32.0
8.48
8.28
29.7
29.7
7.65
7.46
27.4
27.4
6.83
6.63
8.6 7.5 39.0 10.46 36.7 9.64 34.3 8.81 33.2 8.40 32.0 7.99 29.7 7.16 27.4 6.33
11.2 10.0 39.0 9.97 36.7 9.14 34.3 8.32 33.2 7.91 32.0 7.49 29.7 6.67 27.4 5.84
16.4 15.0 39.0 8.98 36.7 8.16 34.3 7.33 33.2 6.92 32.0 6.51 29.7 5.68 27.4 4.85

Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%)
2 :Indoor/outdoor
capacity ratio
air temp.
TC
15.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
23.0
PI TC
25.0
PI
DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 22.7 8.92 22.1 8.84 21.4 8.75 21.1 8.71 20.8 8.66 20.1 8.58 19.5 8.49
-14.7 -15.0 26.0 9.49 25.3 9.40 24.7 9.31 24.4 9.27 24.0 9.23 23.4 9.14 22.7 9.05
-9.6 -10.0 29.2 10.05 28.6 9.96 27.9 9.87 27.6 9.83 27.3 9.79 26.6 9.70 26.0 9.62
-4.4 -5.0 32.5 10.61 31.8 10.52 31.2 10.44 30.9 10.39 30.5 10.35 29.1 9.58 26.8 8.76

3 110%
-1.8
0.8
-2.5
0.0
34.1
35.7
10.89
11.17
33.5
35.1
10.80
11.06
32.8
33.6
10.72
10.24
32.5
32.5
10.32
9.83
31.3
31.3
9.91
9.42
29.1
29.1
9.09
8.60
26.8
26.8
8.27
7.78
2.8 2.0 36.7 11.25 35.9 10.67 33.6 9.85 32.5 9.44 31.3 9.03 29.1 8.20 26.8 7.38
6.0 5.0 38.2 10.90 35.9 10.08 33.6 9.26 32.5 8.85 31.3 8.44 29.1 7.62 26.8 6.79
7.0 6.0 38.2 10.71 35.9 9.88 33.6 9.06 32.5 8.65 31.3 8.24 29.1 7.42 26.8 6.60
8.6 7.5 38.2 10.41 35.9 9.59 33.6 8.77 32.5 8.36 31.3 7.95 29.1 7.12 26.8 6.30
11.2 10.0 38.2 9.92 35.9 9.10 33.6 8.28 32.5 7.87 31.3 7.46 29.1 6.63 26.8 5.81

4 16.4 15.0 38.2 8.94 35.9 8.12 33.6 7.30 32.5 6.88 31.3

Indoor air temp. : WB


6.47 29.1 5.65 26.8 4.83

Combination(%) Outdoor
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 22.1 8.87 21.5 8.78 20.9 8.70 20.5 8.66 20.2 8.61 19.6 8.53 19.0 8.44
-14.7 -15.0 25.3 9.43 24.6 9.34 24.0 9.26 23.7 9.21 23.4 9.17 22.8 9.09 22.1 9.00
5 -9.6
-4.4
-10.0
-5.0
28.4
31.6
9.99
10.55
27.8
31.0
9.90
10.46
27.2
30.3
9.82
10.38
26.9
30.0
9.77
10.33
26.5
29.7
9.73
10.29
25.9
28.3
9.64
9.52
25.3
26.1
9.56
8.70
-1.8 -2.5 33.2 10.83 32.5 10.74 31.9 10.65 31.6 10.26 30.5 9.85 28.3 9.03 26.1 8.22
0.8 0.0 34.8 11.11 34.1 11.00 32.7 10.18 31.6 9.77 30.5 9.36 28.3 8.55 26.1 7.73
100%
2.8 2.0 35.7 11.18 34.9 10.61 32.7 9.79 31.6 9.38 30.5 8.97 28.3 8.16 26.1 7.34
6.0 5.0 37.1 10.84 34.9 10.02 32.7 9.20 31.6 8.80 30.5 8.39 28.3 7.57 26.1 6.75
7.0 6.0 37.1 10.64 34.9 9.83 32.7 9.01 31.6 8.60 30.5 8.19 28.3 7.37 26.1 6.56
6 8.6
11.2
7.5
10.0
37.1
37.1
10.35
9.86
34.9
34.9
9.53
9.04
32.7
32.7
8.72
8.23
31.6
31.6
8.31
7.82
30.5
30.5
7.90
7.41
28.3
28.3
7.08
6.59
26.1
26.1
6.26
5.78
16.4 15.0 37.1 8.89 34.9 8.07 32.7 7.25 31.6 6.84 30.5 6.43 28.3 5.62 26.1 4.80

Combination(%) Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


air temp. 15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio
7 DB
-19.8
-14.7
WB
-20.0
-15.0
kW
19.9
22.8
kW
7.89
8.39
kW
19.3
22.2
kW
7.82
8.32
kW
18.8
21.6
kW
7.74
8.24
kW
18.5
21.3
kW
7.70
8.20
kW
18.2
21.0
kW
7.66
8.16
kW
17.6
20.5
kW
7.59
8.09
kW
17.1
19.9
kW
7.51
8.01
-9.6 -10.0 25.6 8.89 25.0 8.81 24.5 8.74 24.2 8.70 23.9 8.66 23.3 8.58 22.8 8.51
-4.4 -5.0 28.4 9.39 27.9 9.31 27.3 9.23 27.0 9.20 26.7 9.16 25.5 8.47 23.5 7.75
-1.8 -2.5 29.9 9.64 29.3 9.56 28.7 9.48 28.4 9.13 27.4 8.77 25.5 8.04 23.5 7.31
90% 0.8 0.0 31.3 9.88 30.7 9.79 29.4 9.06 28.4 8.70 27.4 8.33 25.5 7.61 23.5 6.88

8 2.8
6.0
7.0
2.0
5.0
6.0
32.1
33.4
33.4
9.95
9.65
9.47
31.4
31.4
31.4
9.44
8.92
8.74
29.4
29.4
29.4
8.71
8.19
8.02
28.4
28.4
28.4
8.35
7.83
7.65
27.4
27.4
27.4
7.99
7.46
7.29
25.5
25.5
25.5
7.26
6.74
6.56
23.5
23.5
23.5
6.53
6.01
5.84
8.6 7.5 33.4 9.21 31.4 8.48 29.4 7.76 28.4 7.39 27.4 7.03 25.5 6.30 23.5 5.58
11.2 10.0 33.4 8.78 31.4 8.05 29.4 7.32 28.4 6.96 27.4 6.60 25.5 5.87 23.5 5.14
16.4 15.0 33.4 7.91 31.4 7.18 29.4 6.45 28.4 6.09 27.4 5.73 25.5 5.00 23.5 4.27

8-8
Capacity Table
1. Capacity Ratio of Outdoor Unit
CHDX(R)09663 (Heating) Capacity Ratio 50-130%
TC: Total capacity (kW), PI: Power input (kW)

Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%)
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 17.7 7.01 17.2 6.94 16.7 6.87 16.4 6.84 16.2 6.80 15.7 6.74 15.2 6.67
-14.7 -15.0 20.2 7.45 19.7 7.38 19.2 7.31 19.0 7.28 18.7 7.25 18.2 7.18 17.7 7.11
-9.6 -10.0 22.8 7.89 22.2 7.82 21.7 7.75 21.5 7.72 21.2 7.69 20.7 7.62 20.2 7.55
-4.4 -5.0 25.3 8.33 24.8 8.26 24.3 8.20 24.0 8.16 23.8 8.13 22.6 7.52 20.9 6.88
-1.8 -2.5 26.5 8.55 26.0 8.49 25.5 8.42 25.3 8.10 24.4 7.78 22.6 7.14 20.9 6.49
80% 0.8 0.0 27.8 8.77 27.3 8.69 26.2 8.04 25.3 7.72 24.4 7.40 22.6 6.75 20.9 6.11
2.8 2.0 28.5 8.83 27.9 8.38 26.2 7.73 25.3 7.41 24.4 7.09 22.6 6.44 20.9 5.80
6.0 5.0 29.7 8.56 27.9 7.92 26.2 7.27 25.3 6.95 24.4 6.63 22.6 5.98 20.9 5.33
7.0 6.0 29.7 8.41 27.9 7.76 26.2 7.12 25.3 6.79 24.4 6.47 22.6 5.83 20.9 5.18
8.6 7.5 29.7 8.18 27.9 7.53 26.2 6.89 25.3 6.56 24.4 6.24 22.6 5.59 20.9 4.95
11.2 10.0 29.7 7.79 27.9 7.15 26.2 6.50 25.3 6.18 24.4 5.85 22.6 5.21 20.9 4.56
16.4 15.0 29.7 7.02 27.9 6.37 26.2 5.73 25.3 5.41 24.4 5.08 22.6 4.44 20.9 3.79

Outdoor Indoor air temp. : WB


Combination(%)
15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 15.5 6.03 15.0 5.97 14.6 5.91 14.4 5.89 14.2 5.86 13.7 5.80 13.3 5.74
-14.7 -15.0 17.7 6.41 17.3 6.35 16.8 6.29 16.6 6.27 16.4 6.24 15.9 6.18 15.5 6.12
-9.6 -10.0 19.9 6.79 19.5 6.73 19.0 6.67 18.8 6.65 18.6 6.62 18.1 6.56 17.7 6.50
-4.4 -5.0 22.1 7.17 21.7 7.11 21.2 7.06 21.0 7.03 20.8 7.00 19.8 6.47 18.2 5.92
-1.8 -2.5 23.2 7.36 22.8 7.30 22.3 7.25 22.1 6.98 21.3 6.70 19.8 6.14 18.2 5.59
70% 0.8 0.0 24.3 7.55 23.9 7.48 22.9 6.92 22.1 6.64 21.3 6.37 19.8 5.81 18.2 5.26
2.8 2.0 25.0 7.60 24.4 7.21 22.9 6.66 22.1 6.38 21.3 6.10 19.8 5.55 18.2 4.99
6.0
7.0
5.0
6.0
26.0
26.0
7.37
7.24
24.4
24.4
6.81
6.68
22.9
22.9
6.26
6.13
22.1
22.1
5.98
5.85
21.3
21.3
5.70
5.57
19.8
19.8
5.15
5.01
18.2
18.2
4.59
4.46
1
8.6 7.5 26.0 7.04 24.4 6.48 22.9 5.93 22.1 5.65 21.3 5.37 19.8 4.82 18.2 4.26
11.2 10.0 26.0 6.71 24.4 6.15 22.9 5.59 22.1 5.32 21.3 5.04 19.8 4.48 18.2 3.93
16.4 15.0 26.0 6.04 24.4 5.49 22.9 4.93 22.1 4.65 21.3 4.38 19.8 3.82 18.2 3.26

Indoor air temp. : WB


Outdoor
Combination(%)
:Indoor/outdoor air temp.
TC
15.0
PI TC
17.0
PI TC
19.0
PI TC
20.0
PI TC
21.0
PI TC
23.0
PI TC
25.0
PI
2
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 13.3 5.06 12.9 5.01 12.5 4.96 12.3 4.93 12.1 4.91 11.8 4.86 11.4 4.81
-14.7 -15.0 15.2 5.37 14.8 5.33 14.4 5.28 14.2 5.25 14.0 5.23 13.7 5.18 13.3 5.13
-9.6 -10.0 17.1 5.69 16.7 5.64 16.3 5.60 16.1 5.57 15.9 5.55 15.5 5.50 15.2 5.45
-4.4 -5.0 19.0 6.01 18.6 5.96 18.2 5.91 18.0 5.89 17.8 5.86 17.0 5.43 15.6 4.96

60%
-1.8
0.8
-2.5
0.0
19.9
20.9
6.17
6.33
19.5
20.5
6.12
6.27
19.1
19.6
6.07
5.80
19.0
19.0
5.85
5.57
18.3
18.3
5.61
5.34
17.0
17.0
5.15
4.87
15.6
15.6
4.68
4.41 3
2.8 2.0 21.4 6.37 21.0 6.05 19.6 5.58 19.0 5.35 18.3 5.11 17.0 4.65 15.6 4.18
6.0 5.0 22.3 6.18 21.0 5.71 19.6 5.25 19.0 5.01 18.3 4.78 17.0 4.31 15.6 3.85
7.0 6.0 22.3 6.07 21.0 5.60 19.6 5.13 19.0 4.90 18.3 4.67 17.0 4.20 15.6 3.74
8.6 7.5 22.3 5.90 21.0 5.43 19.6 4.97 19.0 4.74 18.3 4.50 17.0 4.04 15.6 3.57
11.2 10.0 22.3 5.62 21.0 5.16 19.6 4.69 19.0 4.46 18.3 4.22 17.0 3.76 15.6 3.29
16.4

Outdoor
15.0 22.3 5.06 21.0 4.60 19.6 4.13 19.0 3.90

Indoor air temp. : WB


18.3 3.67 17.0 3.20 15.6 2.74
4
Combination(%)
air temp. 15.0 17.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 25.0
:Indoor/outdoor
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
capacity ratio DB WB kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
-19.8 -20.0 11.1 4.17 10.7 4.13 10.4 4.09 10.3 4.07 10.1 4.05 9.8 4.01 9.5 3.97
-14.7 -15.0 12.6 4.43 12.3 4.39 12.0 4.35 11.9 4.33 11.7 4.31 11.4 4.27 11.1 4.23
-9.6
-4.4
-10.0
-5.0
14.2
15.8
4.69
4.96
13.9
15.5
4.65
4.92
13.6
15.2
4.61
4.88
13.4
15.0
4.59
4.86
13.3
14.9
4.57
4.84
13.0
14.1
4.53
4.48
12.6
13.0
4.49
4.09
5
-1.8 -2.5 16.6 5.09 16.3 5.05 16.0 5.01 15.8 4.82 15.2 4.63 14.1 4.25 13.0 3.86
50% 0.8 0.0 17.4 5.22 17.1 5.17 16.4 4.78 15.8 4.59 15.2 4.40 14.1 4.02 13.0 3.63
2.8 2.0 17.9 5.25 17.5 4.98 16.4 4.60 15.8 4.41 15.2 4.22 14.1 3.83 13.0 3.45
6.0 5.0 18.6 5.09 17.5 4.71 16.4 4.33 15.8 4.13 15.2 3.94 14.1 3.56 13.0 3.17
7.0 6.0 18.6 5.00 17.5 4.62 16.4 4.23 15.8 4.04 15.2 3.85 14.1 3.47 13.0 3.08
8.6
11.2
7.5
10.0
18.6
18.6
4.86
4.63
17.5
17.5
4.48
4.25
16.4
16.4
4.10
3.87
15.8
15.8
3.90
3.67
15.2
15.2
3.71
3.48
14.1
14.1
3.33
3.10
13.0
13.0
2.94
2.72
6
16.4 15.0 18.6 4.18 17.5 3.79 16.4 3.41 15.8 3.22 15.2 3.02 14.1 2.64 13.0 2.26

8-9
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-1. 4-Way Air Discharge (Mini) Semi-concealed Type (X, XM Types)
XHX1252
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 15.5 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
15 23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
16 23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
17 23 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
1 25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
27 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.8
2.3
1.8
2.2
18 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
29 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

3 TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3

21 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6
23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
19 25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4
27 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.4
3.5
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.3
3.3
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7
20 25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.1
2.7
3.1
2.6
3.1
31 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.1
2.6
2.1
2.6
2.1
2.6
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.0
2.5
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8
31 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

7 25 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7
22 27 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
31 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

8 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5
23 27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0
29 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4
31 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

8 - 10
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

XHX1852
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 16.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
15 23 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
16 23 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
25 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
29 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
17 23 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
25 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 1
27 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.2
2.6
3.2 2
18 25 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7
27 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0
TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1
3
21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
19 25 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4
27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0
29
31
SHC
SHC
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.6
5.1
4.6
5.1
4.5
5.0
4
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
20 25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
27
29
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.2
3.6
4.2
5
31 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.7
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.1
3.7
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.0
3.6
3.0
3.5
2.9
3.5
2.9
3.4
2.8
3.3
6
29 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9
31 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

25 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 7
22 27 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
29 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6
31 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 8
23 27 SHC 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8
29 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4
31 SHC 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9

8 - 11
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

XHX2452
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 7.3 kW AIR FLOW 20.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

21 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
15 23 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
25 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4
27 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4
TC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8

21 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
16 23 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
25 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
27 SHC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8
29 SHC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8
TC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

21 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
17 23 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
1 25 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
27 SHC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
29 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3
TC 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.5

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.4
4.0
18 25 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7
27 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3
29 SHC 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.0 5.9
31 SHC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.5

3 TC 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.6

21 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
23 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6
19 25 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.3
27 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
5.8
6.5
5.8
6.4
5.7
6.3
5.6
6.3
5.5
6.2
TC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8

23 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.3
20 25 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
5.0
5.6
5.0
5.6
5.0
5.6
5.0
5.6
5.0
5.6
5.0
5.6
5.0
5.6
5.0
5.6
4.9
5.6
4.9
5.5
4.8
5.5
4.8
5.4
4.7
5.3
4.6
5.3
4.5
5.2
31 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8
TC 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0

23 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
4.1
4.7
4.1
4.7
4.1
4.7
4.1
4.7
4.1
4.7
4.1
4.7
4.0
4.7
4.0
4.6
3.9
4.6
3.9
4.5
3.8
4.5
3.8
4.4
3.7
4.3
3.7
4.3
3.6
4.2
29 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.9
31 SHC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.5
TC 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.3

7 25 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.3
22 27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9
29 SHC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.5
31 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2
TC 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.3 8.2 8.0 7.8 7.6

8 25 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9
23 27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6
29 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2
31 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.9

8 - 12
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

XHX3652
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 10.6 kW AIR FLOW 28.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8

21 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
15 23 SHC 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
25 SHC 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4
27 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
TC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

21 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
16 23 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3
25 SHC 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1
27 SHC 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
29 SHC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
TC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2

21 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3
17 23 SHC 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1
25 SHC 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 1
27 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
29 SHC 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6
TC 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.9
5.0
5.8
4.8
5.7 2
18 25 SHC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.5
27 SHC 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.3
29 SHC 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2
31 SHC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0
TC 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.9 9.6
3
21 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.4 4.3
23 SHC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2 5.1
19 25 SHC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0
27 SHC 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.8
29
31
SHC
SHC
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.0
8.8
7.9
8.7
7.8
8.6
7.7
8.4
4
TC 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.2 11.0 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.8

23 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7
20 25 SHC 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.9
7.8
6.8
7.7
6.8
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.5
7.4
6.4
7.3
6.3
7.1
5
31 SHC 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0
TC 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.7 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.7 10.4 10.1

23 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.7
6.6
5.7
6.5
5.6
6.4
5.5
6.4
5.5
6.2
5.3
6.2
5.2
6.1
5.2
6.0
5.1
5.9
6
29 SHC 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.7
31 SHC 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.5
TC 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.6 12.4 12.3 12.1 12.0 11.8 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.8 10.6

25 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.8 4.7 4.6 7
22 27 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.5
29 SHC 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3
31 SHC 8.0 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.1
TC 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.2 13.1 13.0 12.8 12.6 12.5 12.3 12.1 11.8 11.6 11.3 11.1

25 SHC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.2 8
23 27 SHC 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.5 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1
29 SHC 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9
31 SHC 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.8

8 - 13
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

XMHX1252
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 9.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
15 23 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
16 23 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
25 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
17 23 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
1 25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.7
2.1
18 25 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8
29 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

3 TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9
19 25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2
27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.3
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7
20 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.8
31 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.2
1.8
2.2
29 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6
31 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

7 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
22 27 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
29 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4
31 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

8 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
23 27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2
31 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6

8 - 14
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

XMHX1852
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 12.5 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
15 23 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
16 23 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
29 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
17 23 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
25 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 1
27 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.6
3.1 2
18 25 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6
27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1
29 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0
TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1
3
21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8
19 25 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3
27 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8
29
31
SHC
SHC
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.0
4.4
5.0
4.4
4.9
4.3
4.8
4
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5
20 25 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
27
29
SHC
SHC
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.3
3.7
4.2
3.6
4.2
3.6
4.1
3.5
4.0
5
31 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.5
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
2.9
3.4
2.9
3.4
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
6
29 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8
31 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 7
22 27 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5
31 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 8
23 27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8
29 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3
31 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8

8 - 15
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-2. 1-Way Air Discharge Semi-concealed Type (A Type)
AHX0752
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.2 kW AIR FLOW 8.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
15 23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

21 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
16 23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

21 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.0
1.3
18 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

3 TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

21 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9
23 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
19 25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
TC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

23 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0
20 25 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.6
31 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
TC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1

23 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
29 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
31 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2

7 25 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0
22 27 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2
29 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4
31 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3

8 25 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
23 27 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1
29 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
31 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5
8 - 16
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

AHX0952
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.8 kW AIR FLOW 8.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
15 23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

21 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
16 23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

21 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0 1
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.3
1.6 2
18 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5
3
21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4
19 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
4
TC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6

23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
20 25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
5
31 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
TC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7

23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
6
29 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
31 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8

25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 7
22 27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
29 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8
31 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
TC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9

25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 8
23 27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
31 SHC 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
8 - 17
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

AHX1252
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 9.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
15 23 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
16 23 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
25 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
27 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
18 25 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
29 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
31 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2

3 TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
19 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.8
3.1
2.8
3.1
2.7
3.1
2.7
3.0
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
20 25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.2
2.5
31 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.8
2.2
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
29 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4
31 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

7 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
22 27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2
31 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

8 25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
23 27 SHC 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1
31 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4
8 - 18
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-3. Wall-Mounted Type (K Type)
KHX0752
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.2 kW AIR FLOW 10.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

21 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
15 23 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
16 23 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

21 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7 1
27 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.3 2
18 25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
29 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0
3
21 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9
23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
19 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
29
31
SHC
SHC
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.1
2.0
2.1
2.0
2.0
4
TC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

23 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
20 25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
27
29
SHC
SHC
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
5
31 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
TC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1

23 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.4
6
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2

25 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 7
22 27 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
29 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
31 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3

25 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 8
23 27 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
29 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
31 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
8 - 19
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

KHX0952
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.8 kW AIR FLOW 10.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

21 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
15 23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

21 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
16 23 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

21 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
27 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
18 25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
27 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
29 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

3 TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
23 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
19 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
27 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.7
2.5
2.7
2.5
2.6
2.5
2.5
TC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6

23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3
20 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
31 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6
TC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7

23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.6
2.0
1.6
2.0
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.5
1.9
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
29 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8

7 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
22 27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
31 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
TC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9

8 25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
23 27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
29 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
31 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
8 - 20
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

KHX1252
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 10.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
15 23 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
16 23 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
25 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7 1
27 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.7
2.1 2
18 25 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8
29 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2
TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3
3
21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9
19 25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2
27 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6
29
31
SHC
SHC
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.3
4
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7
20 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
27
29
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.8
5
31 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.8
2.2
6
29 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
31 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 7
22 27 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
29 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4
31 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 8
23 27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2
31 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
8 - 21
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

KHX1862
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.3 kW AIR FLOW 16.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9

21 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
15 23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
25 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
27 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
TC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2

21 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
16 23 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
25 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
29 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
TC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6

21 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
27 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
29 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
TC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.7

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1
2.5
3.0
18 25 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
29 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6
31 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.7

3 TC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1 4.9 4.8

21 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2
23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7
19 25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2
27 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.4
5.0
4.4
4.9
4.3
4.9
4.3
4.8
TC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.0 4.9

23 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4
20 25 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.3
3.7
4.2
3.7
4.2
3.6
4.1
3.6
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.0
31 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2 5.1

23 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
2.9
3.4
2.9
3.4
2.9
3.4
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
29 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7
31 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.5 5.4 5.3

7 25 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4
22 27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4
31 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0
TC 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.5

8 25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2
23 27 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
29 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2
31 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7
8 - 22
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

KHX1962
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 16.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
15 23 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
16 23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
29 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0
3.4
4.0 1
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.6
3.2 2
18 25 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7
27 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0
TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1
3
21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
19 25 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.6
5.1
4.6
5.1
4.5
5.0
4.4
5.0
4
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5
20 25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
27
29
SHC
SHC
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.2
3.7
4.2
3.6
4.1
5
31 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.7
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
2.9
3.4
2.9
3.4
2.8
3.3
6
29 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9
31 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

25 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 7
22 27 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1
29 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6
31 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 8
23 27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8
29 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3
31 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9
8 - 23
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

KHX2452
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 7.3 kW AIR FLOW 16.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

21 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
15 23 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
25 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
27 SHC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1
TC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8

21 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
16 23 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
25 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
27 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
29 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
TC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

21 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
27 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
29 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4
TC 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.5

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.8
3.3
3.8
18 25 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2
27 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.7
29 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2
31 SHC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.7

3 TC 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.6

21 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
23 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4
19 25 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9
27 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.2
5.7
5.1
5.6
5.0
5.5
5.0
5.4
4.9
5.3
TC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8

23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2
20 25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
4.6
5.0
4.6
5.0
4.6
5.0
4.6
5.0
4.6
5.0
4.6
5.0
4.6
5.0
4.6
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.4
4.9
4.3
4.8
4.3
4.8
4.2
4.7
4.1
4.6
31 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.0
TC 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0

23 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.4
4.0
4.4
4.0
4.4
4.0
4.4
4.0
4.4
4.0
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.2
3.7
4.1
3.6
4.1
3.5
4.0
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3
31 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8
TC 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.3

7 25 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1
22 27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6
29 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6
TC 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.3 8.2 8.0 7.8 7.6

8 25 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9
23 27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4
29 SHC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9
31 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3
8 - 24
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-4. Ceiling-Mounted Type (T Type)
THX1252
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 12.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
15 23 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
25 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
16 23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3 1
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.6
1.9 2
18 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
27 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4
29 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
31 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3
3
21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7
19 25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
27 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
29
31
SHC
SHC
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.7
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.8
4
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6
20 25 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
27
29
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
5
31 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.0
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
6
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2
31 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 7
22 27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1
31 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

25 SHC 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 8
23 27 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
29 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2
8 - 25
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

THX1852
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 13.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
15 23 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
25 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
27 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
16 23 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
27 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
29 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
27 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
29 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
2.9
2.5
2.8
18 25 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2
27 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6
29 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9
31 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2

3 TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1

21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6
19 25 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0
27 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.9
4.2
3.8
4.1
3.7
4.1
3.7
4.0
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4
20 25 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.8
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.7
3.3
3.7
3.3
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.5
3.1
3.4
31 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.3
3.0
3.3
2.9
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.7
3.1
2.7
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
2.9
29 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3
31 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

7 25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4
22 27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7
29 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
31 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

8 25 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2
23 27 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.6
29 SHC 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9
31 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3
8 - 26
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

THX2452
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 7.3 kW AIR FLOW 18.5 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

21 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
15 23 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
25 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
27 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4
TC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8

21 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
16 23 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
25 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8
27 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3
29 SHC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8
TC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

21 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.6 1
27 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
29 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
TC 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.3
3.8 2
18 25 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.3
27 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9
29 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4
31 SHC 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.0 5.9
TC 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.6
3
21 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0
23 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5
19 25 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0
27 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5
29
31
SHC
SHC
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.4
5.9
5.3
5.8
5.2
5.8
5.2
5.7
5.1
5.6
4
TC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8

23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2
20 25 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7
27
29
SHC
SHC
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.7
5.2
4.6
5.2
4.6
5.1
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.0
4.4
4.9
4.3
4.8
4.2
4.8
5
31 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.3
TC 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0

23 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.4
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.2
3.6
4.2
3.6
4.1
3.5
4.0
3.4
3.9
6
29 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5
31 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0
TC 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.3

25 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2 7
22 27 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7
29 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2
31 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8
TC 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.3 8.2 8.0 7.8 7.6

25 SHC 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 8
23 27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5
29 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0
31 SHC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5
8 - 27
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-5. (Slim) Concealed Duct Type (U, UM Types)
UHX0762
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.2 kW AIR FLOW 10.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
15 23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

21 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
16 23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

21 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.0
1.2
18 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

3 TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

21 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9
23 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
19 25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.7
1.9
TC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

23 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0
20 25 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
31 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
TC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1

23 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
29 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
31 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2

7 25 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
22 27 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
29 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4
31 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3

8 25 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
23 27 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1
29 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
31 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
8 - 28
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX0962
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.8 kW AIR FLOW 10.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
15 23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

21 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
16 23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
25 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

21 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9 1
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6 2
18 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5
3
21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1
23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4
19 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
27 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.4
4
TC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6

23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
20 25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.1
1.9
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
5
31 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
TC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7

23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.6
6
29 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9
31 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8

25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 7
22 27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
29 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
31 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
TC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9

25 SHC 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 8
23 27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9
8 - 29
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX1262
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 10.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
15 23 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
16 23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
29 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.6
1.9
18 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
27 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4
29 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
31 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

3 TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7
19 25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
27 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.8
2.5
2.8
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6
20 25 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
31 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.1
1.9
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
1.9
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2
31 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

7 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6
22 27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1
31 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

8 25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
23 27 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
29 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0
31 SHC 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2
8 - 30
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX1562
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 4.5 kW AIR FLOW 12.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3

21 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
15 23 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
25 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

21 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
16 23 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
25 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
27 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
29 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
TC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9

21 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9 1
27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
29 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
TC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.0
2.4 2
18 25 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7
27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
29 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
31 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.1
3
21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
23 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2
19 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5
27 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.7
3.4
3.7
3.3
3.6
3.3
3.6
4
TC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2

23 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
20 25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
27
29
SHC
SHC
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.1
2.7
3.1
2.7
3.0
5
31 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4
TC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3

23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.5
2.1
2.5
6
29 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8
31 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5

25 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 7
22 27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3
29 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
TC 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7

25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 8
23 27 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
31 SHC 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9
8 - 31
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX1862
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 12.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
15 23 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
25 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
16 23 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
25 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
27 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
29 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
27 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
29 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.5
2.9
18 25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3
27 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7
29 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1
31 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5

3 TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1

21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.3
23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
19 25 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0
27 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.1
4.5
4.0
4.4
4.0
4.3
3.9
4.3
3.8
4.2
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.4
20 25 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
3.9
3.5
3.9
3.4
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.3
3.7
3.3
3.7
3.2
3.6
31 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2
6 21 25 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6
27 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
29 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4
31 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

7 25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4
22 27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8
29 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2
31 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

8 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2
23 27 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6
29 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
31 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4
8 - 32
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX2462
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 7.3 kW AIR FLOW 19.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

21 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
15 23 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
25 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
27 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
TC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8

21 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
16 23 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
25 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
27 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
29 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4
TC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

21 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4 1
27 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8
29 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3
TC 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.8
3.3
3.7 2
18 25 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2
27 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6
29 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1
31 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.5
TC 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.6
3
21 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0
23 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4
19 25 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 3.9 3.9
27 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3
29
31
SHC
SHC
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.6
5.1
5.5
5.0
5.5
5.0
5.4
4.8
5.3
4.8
5.2
4
TC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8

23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1
20 25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6
27
29
SHC
SHC
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.8
4.3
4.7
4.2
4.7
4.1
4.6
4.1
4.5
5
31 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.0 5.0
TC 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0

23 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.4
3.9
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.2
3.7
4.2
3.7
4.1
3.6
4.1
3.5
3.9
3.4
3.9
3.4
3.8
6
29 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.3
31 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.7
TC 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.3

25 SHC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 7
22 27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6
29 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.1 4.0
31 SHC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5
TC 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.3 8.2 8.0 7.8 7.6

25 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 8
23 27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4
29 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8
31 SHC 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.3
8 - 33
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX3662
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 10.6 kW AIR FLOW 30.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8

21 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
15 23 SHC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
25 SHC 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
27 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
TC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

21 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4
16 23 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3
25 SHC 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1
27 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
29 SHC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
TC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2

21 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
6.0
6.8
27 SHC 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7
29 SHC 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4
TC 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.5

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
5.0
5.8
4.9
5.7
4.8
5.6
18 25 SHC 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4
27 SHC 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.2
29 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.0
31 SHC 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 8.9 8.8

3 TC 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.9 9.6

21 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3
23 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1
19 25 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.9
27 SHC 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 6.9 6.8 6.7
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
8.0
8.7
7.8
8.6
7.7
8.6
7.7
8.4
7.5
8.3
TC 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.2 11.0 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.8

23 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.6
20 25 SHC 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.0 6.0 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.5 5.4
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
6.9
7.7
6.9
7.7
6.9
7.7
6.9
7.7
6.9
7.7
6.9
7.7
6.9
7.7
6.9
7.7
6.8
7.7
6.8
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.4
6.4
7.2
6.3
7.2
6.2
7.1
31 SHC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.8
TC 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.7 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.7 10.4 10.1

23 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.8
6.6
5.7
6.5
5.7
6.4
5.6
6.4
5.5
6.3
5.4
6.2
5.3
6.1
5.2
6.0
5.1
5.9
5.0
5.8
29 SHC 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.7 6.6
31 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.5 7.4
TC 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.6 12.4 12.3 12.1 12.0 11.8 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.8 10.6

7 25 SHC 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6
22 27 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.4
29 SHC 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2
31 SHC 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.0
TC 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.2 13.1 13.0 12.8 12.6 12.5 12.3 12.1 11.8 11.6 11.3 11.1

8 25 SHC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.3 4.2
23 27 SHC 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.7 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1
29 SHC 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 6.0 5.8
31 SHC 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.6
8 - 34
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX4862
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 14.0 kW AIR FLOW 33.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3

21 SHC 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2
15 23 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2
25 SHC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2
27 SHC 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1
TC 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2

21 SHC 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
16 23 SHC 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
25 SHC 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
27 SHC 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9
29 SHC 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9
TC 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1

21 SHC 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8
7.8
8.8 1
27 SHC 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7
29 SHC 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
TC 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 12.9 12.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.6
7.5
6.5
7.4
6.3
7.3 2
18 25 SHC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.2
27 SHC 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.4 9.2
29 SHC 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.2
31 SHC 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.3 11.1
TC 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 13.7 13.4 13.1 12.7
3
21 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.8 5.6
23 SHC 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.6
19 25 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.6
27 SHC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.6
29
31
SHC
SHC
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.1
11.1
10.0
11.0
9.9
10.9
9.7
10.7
9.5
10.5
4
TC 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.8 14.6 14.3 14.0 13.7 13.3 13.0

23 SHC 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.2 6.0
20 25 SHC 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.2 7.0
27
29
SHC
SHC
8.9
9.9
8.9
9.9
8.9
9.9
8.9
9.9
8.9
9.9
8.9
9.9
8.9
9.9
8.9
9.9
8.8
9.8
8.7
9.7
8.6
9.5
8.4
9.4
8.3
9.3
8.2
9.2
8.0
9.0
5
31 SHC 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.7 10.7 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.1 9.9
TC 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.7 15.5 15.2 15.0 14.7 14.4 14.1 13.7 13.4

23 SHC 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.8 5.7 5.6
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.5
8.5
7.4
8.4
7.3
8.3
7.2
8.2
7.1
8.0
7.0
7.9
6.8
7.8
6.6
7.6
6.5
7.5
6
29 SHC 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.6 8.5
31 SHC 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.2 10.1 10.0 9.9 9.7 9.5 9.4
TC 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.7 16.6 16.4 16.2 16.0 15.8 15.5 15.3 15.0 14.6 14.3 13.9

25 SHC 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.0 7
22 27 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.6 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.0
29 SHC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0 9.0 8.8 8.8 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.1 8.0
31 SHC 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.7 9.6 9.5 9.3 9.2 9.1 9.0
TC 17.7 17.7 17.6 17.4 17.3 17.1 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.2 15.9 15.6 15.3 15.0 14.6

25 SHC 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.8 5.7 5.6 8
23 27 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.7 6.6
29 SHC 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.6 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.0 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.6
31 SHC 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.5 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.6 8.5
8 - 35
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UHX5462
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 16.0 kW AIR FLOW 33.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7

21 SHC 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
15 23 SHC 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
25 SHC 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
27 SHC 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
TC 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8

21 SHC 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9
16 23 SHC 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9
25 SHC 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8
27 SHC 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8
29 SHC 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8
TC 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9

21 SHC 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
8.7
9.7
27 SHC 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
29 SHC 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6
TC 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.7 14.3

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.5
8.4
7.4
8.4
7.2
8.2
18 25 SHC 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.3 9.2
27 SHC 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.1
29 SHC 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.3 11.1
31 SHC 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.3 12.1

3 TC 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.7 15.3 14.9 14.5

21 SHC 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.0 6.9 6.7 6.5
23 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.0 7.9 7.7 7.5
19 25 SHC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.5
27 SHC 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.1 10.0 9.8 9.7 9.5
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.1
12.1
11.0
12.0
10.8
11.8
10.6
11.6
10.5
11.4
TC 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 16.9 16.6 16.3 16.0 15.6 15.2 14.8

23 SHC 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.6 7.4 7.2 7.1 6.9
20 25 SHC 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 8.9 8.7 8.6 8.4 8.2 8.1 7.9
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
9.9
10.9
9.9
10.9
9.9
10.9
9.9
10.9
9.9
10.9
9.9
10.9
9.9
10.9
9.9
10.9
9.8
10.8
9.7
10.7
9.5
10.5
9.4
10.4
9.2
10.2
9.0
10.0
8.9
9.8
31 SHC 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.8 11.7 11.5 11.3 11.2 11.0 10.8
TC 18.1 18.1 18.1 18.1 18.1 18.1 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.1 16.8 16.5 16.1 15.7 15.3

23 SHC 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.7 6.5 6.4
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
8.6
9.6
8.6
9.6
8.6
9.6
8.6
9.6
8.6
9.6
8.6
9.6
8.6
9.5
8.4
9.4
8.3
9.3
8.2
9.2
8.0
9.0
7.8
8.8
7.7
8.7
7.5
8.5
7.4
8.3
29 SHC 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.1 10.0 9.8 9.7 9.5 9.3
31 SHC 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.5 11.4 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.5 10.3
TC 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.1 19.0 18.8 18.6 18.3 18.0 17.7 17.4 17.1 16.7 16.3 15.9

7 25 SHC 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.8
22 27 SHC 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.0 7.8
29 SHC 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.2 10.1 10.1 9.9 9.9 9.7 9.6 9.5 9.3 9.2 9.0 8.8
31 SHC 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.2 11.1 11.1 10.9 10.9 10.7 10.6 10.5 10.3 10.1 10.0 9.8
TC 20.3 20.2 20.1 19.9 19.7 19.5 19.3 19.1 18.8 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.5 17.1 16.7

8 25 SHC 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.6 6.4
23 27 SHC 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.6 7.4
29 SHC 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.2 9.0 8.9 8.7 8.6 8.4
31 SHC 10.9 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.7 10.6 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.1 10.0 9.9 9.7 9.5 9.3
8 - 36
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UMHX0762
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.2 kW AIR FLOW 8.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
15 23 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

21 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
16 23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9 1
27 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5 2
18 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
29 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0
3
21 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
19 25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
27 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
29
31
SHC
SHC
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.0
2.0
4
TC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1
20 25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.8
2.2
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.0
5
31 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0
TC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1

23 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.3
1.7
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6
6
29 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9
31 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2

25 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 7
22 27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
31 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3

25 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 8
23 27 SHC 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
8 - 37
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UMHX0962
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.8 kW AIR FLOW 8.5 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

21 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
15 23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

21 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
16 23 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
27 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
18 25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
27 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
29 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

3 TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
23 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5
19 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
27 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.8
2.6
2.7
2.6
2.7
2.5
2.6
2.5
2.5
TC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6

23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3
20 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.1
2.5
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.3
31 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6
TC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7

23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.6
2.0
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.6
1.9
1.5
1.9
1.5
1.8
29 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
31 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8

7 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3
22 27 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0
31 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
TC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9

8 25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
23 27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
29 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
31 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
8 - 38
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UMHX1262
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 9.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
15 23 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
16 23 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
25 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.6 1
27 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.7
2.1 2
18 25 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8
29 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2
TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3
3
21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9
19 25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2
27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
29
31
SHC
SHC
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.3
4
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7
20 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
27
29
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.8
5
31 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.2
1.8
2.2
6
29 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6
31 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 7
22 27 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0
29 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4
31 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 8
23 27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2
31 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6
8 - 39
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UMHX1562
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 4.5 kW AIR FLOW 10.5 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3

21 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
15 23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
25 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

21 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
16 23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
29 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
TC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9

21 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
27 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
29 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
TC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.0
2.3
18 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6
27 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
29 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3
31 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

3 TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.1

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
23 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1
19 25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.4
27 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.5
3.2
3.5
3.1
3.4
3.1
3.4
TC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2

23 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9
20 25 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.1
2.8
3.1
2.8
3.1
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
2.6
2.9
2.6
2.9
31 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2
TC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3

23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
6 21 25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5

7 25 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9
22 27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
31 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
TC 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7

8 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
23 27 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
29 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4
31 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7
8 - 40
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

UMHX1862
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 12.5 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
15 23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
16 23 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
25 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
27 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
29 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8
3.3
3.8 1
27 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
29 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.7
3.2
2.6
3.1
2.6
3.1 2
18 25 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0
29 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5
31 SHC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0
TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1
3
21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8
19 25 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3
27 SHC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7
29
31
SHC
SHC
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.4
4.9
4.3
4.8
4.3
4.8
4.2
4.7
4
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5
20 25 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
27
29
SHC
SHC
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.2
3.7
4.2
3.7
4.1
3.6
4.1
3.6
4.0
3.5
4.0
3.5
3.9
5
31 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.4
2.9
3.4
2.9
3.4
2.8
3.3
2.8
3.3
2.7
3.2
6
29 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7
31 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 7
22 27 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4
31 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 8
23 27 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7
29 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2
31 SHC 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7
8 - 41
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-6. Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type (D Type)
DHX3652
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 10.6 kW AIR FLOW 30.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8

21 SHC 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3
15 23 SHC 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4
25 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
27 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
TC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

21 SHC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
16 23 SHC 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
25 SHC 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1
27 SHC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
29 SHC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
TC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2

21 SHC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
6.6
7.7
27 SHC 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7
29 SHC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2
TC 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.5

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.2
6.3
5.1
6.2
5.1
6.1
18 25 SHC 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.2
27 SHC 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.2
29 SHC 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.4 9.3
31 SHC 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.5

3 TC 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.9 9.6

21 SHC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4
23 SHC 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.5 5.5
19 25 SHC 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.6 6.5
27 SHC 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.6
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.1
9.0
10.0
8.9
9.9
8.7
9.8
8.6
9.6
TC 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.2 11.0 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.8

23 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9
20 25 SHC 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.6
8.6
7.5
8.6
7.5
8.5
7.4
8.4
7.3
8.4
7.2
8.3
7.1
8.1
7.0
8.1
31 SHC 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.6 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.2 9.1
TC 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.7 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.7 10.4 10.1

23 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
6.1
7.1
6.1
7.1
6.1
7.1
6.1
7.1
6.1
7.1
6.1
7.1
6.0
7.1
6.0
7.0
5.9
6.9
5.8
6.9
5.7
6.8
5.7
6.7
5.5
6.6
5.5
6.5
5.4
6.4
29 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.0 8.0 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5
31 SHC 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.2 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.9 8.9 8.7 8.7 8.6
TC 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.6 12.4 12.3 12.1 12.0 11.8 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.8 10.6

7 25 SHC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8
22 27 SHC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9
29 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.0
31 SHC 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0
TC 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.2 13.1 13.0 12.8 12.6 12.5 12.3 12.1 11.8 11.6 11.3 11.1

8 25 SHC 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.3
23 27 SHC 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.4
29 SHC 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.6 6.6 6.4
31 SHC 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.0 8.0 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5
8 - 42
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

DHX4852
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 14.0 kW AIR FLOW 36.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3

21 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2
15 23 SHC 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
25 SHC 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3
27 SHC 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3
TC 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2

21 SHC 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
16 23 SHC 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2
25 SHC 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
27 SHC 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2
29 SHC 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2
TC 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1

21 SHC 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1
8.7
10.1 1
27 SHC 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4
29 SHC 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1
TC 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 12.9 12.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.9
8.2
6.8
8.2
6.7
8.0 2
18 25 SHC 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.5 9.4
27 SHC 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.9 10.7
29 SHC 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.3 12.1
31 SHC 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 12.9 12.5
TC 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 13.7 13.4 13.1 12.7
3
21 SHC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.8
23 SHC 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.2
19 25 SHC 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.0 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.5
27 SHC 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.2 10.1 9.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.8
13.2
11.7
13.1
11.6
12.9
11.4
12.8
11.3
12.7
4
TC 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.9 14.8 14.6 14.3 14.0 13.7 13.3 13.0

23 SHC 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.7 6.5 6.4
20 25 SHC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.0 7.9 7.8
27
29
SHC
SHC
9.9
11.3
9.9
11.3
9.9
11.3
9.9
11.3
9.9
11.3
9.9
11.3
9.9
11.3
9.9
11.3
9.8
11.2
9.8
11.1
9.7
11.1
9.5
10.9
9.4
10.8
9.3
10.6
9.1
10.5
5
31 SHC 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.6 12.5 12.4 12.3 12.2 12.0 11.9
TC 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.7 15.5 15.2 15.0 14.7 14.4 14.1 13.7 13.4

23 SHC 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.1 5.9 5.8 5.7
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
8.0
9.3
8.0
9.3
8.0
9.3
8.0
9.3
8.0
9.3
8.0
9.3
7.9
9.3
7.8
9.2
7.7
9.1
7.7
9.0
7.5
8.9
7.5
8.8
7.3
8.7
7.2
8.5
7.1
8.4
6
29 SHC 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.2 10.1 9.9 9.8
31 SHC 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.8 11.6 11.6 11.4 11.3 11.1
TC 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.7 16.6 16.4 16.2 16.0 15.8 15.5 15.3 15.0 14.6 14.3 13.9

25 SHC 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.9 6.9 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 7
22 27 SHC 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.7
29 SHC 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.0 9.9 9.8 9.8 9.7 9.6 9.5 9.3 9.3 9.1
31 SHC 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.4 11.4 11.3 11.2 11.1 11.1 10.9 10.9 10.7 10.6 10.5
TC 17.7 17.7 17.6 17.4 17.3 17.1 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.2 15.9 15.6 15.3 15.0 14.6

25 SHC 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.1 5.9 5.9 5.7 8
23 27 SHC 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.1 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.5 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.1
29 SHC 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.3 9.2 9.1 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5
31 SHC 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.4 10.3 10.2 10.1 10.0 9.8
8 - 43
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-7. Floor-Standing Type (F Type)
FHX0762
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.2 kW AIR FLOW 7.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
15 23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

21 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
16 23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

21 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.0
1.2
18 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

3 TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

21 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9
23 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
19 25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
TC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

23 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0
20 25 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
31 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1

23 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
6 21 25 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1
27 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
29 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
31 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2

7 25 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
22 27 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
29 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
31 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3

8 25 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
23 27 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1
29 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
31 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
8 - 44
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FHX0962
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.8 kW AIR FLOW 7.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
15 23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

21 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
16 23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
25 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

21 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0 1
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6 2
18 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5
3
21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4
19 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
27 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.4
4
TC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6

23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
20 25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.1
1.9
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.0
5
31 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
TC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7

23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.6
6
29 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
31 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8

25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 7
22 27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
29 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
31 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
TC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9

25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 8
23 27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
8 - 45
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FHX1262
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 9.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
15 23 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
16 23 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
27 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
18 25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

3 TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
19 25 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.1
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
20 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.6
31 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.4
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.8
2.2
1.8
2.2
1.8
2.1
29 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4
31 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

7 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
22 27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
31 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

8 25 SHC 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
23 27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
31 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
8 - 46
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FHX1562
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 4.5 kW AIR FLOW 12.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3

21 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
15 23 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
25 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
16 23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
27 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
29 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
TC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9

21 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2 1
27 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
TC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.1
2.6 2
18 25 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
27 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
31 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.1
3
21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
23 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
19 25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7
27 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2
29
31
SHC
SHC
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.7
4.2
3.7
4.1
3.6
4.1
3.6
4.1
4
TC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2

23 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0
20 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
2.9
3.4
5
31 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8
TC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3

23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.5
3.0
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.3
2.8
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
6
29 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
31 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5

25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 7
22 27 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5
29 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
31 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4
TC 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7

25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 8
23 27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
31 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
8 - 47
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FHX1862
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 15.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
15 23 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
16 23 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
25 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
29 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
27 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.2
18 25 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4
29 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

3 TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1

21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9
19 25 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5
27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.3
4.7
5.3
4.6
5.2
4.6
5.1
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
20 25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.3
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.7
3.1
3.7
3.1
3.6
3.0
3.6
3.0
3.6
3.0
3.5
2.9
3.5
2.8
3.4
29 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0
31 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

7 25 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
22 27 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
29 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7
31 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

8 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4
31 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0
8 - 48
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FHX2462
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 7.1 kW AIR FLOW 17.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2

21 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
15 23 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
25 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
27 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
TC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7

21 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
16 23 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
25 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
27 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
29 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
TC 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2

21 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0 1
27 SHC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
29 SHC 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2
TC 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4

21
23
SHC
SHC
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.0
3.3
4.0 2
18 25 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6
27 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3
29 SHC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9
31 SHC 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4
TC 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.6 6.4
3
21 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9
23 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6
19 25 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2
27 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.7
6.4
5.7
6.3
5.6
6.3
5.5
6.1
4
TC 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.8 6.6

23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2
20 25 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9
27
29
SHC
SHC
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.8
5.5
4.7
5.4
4.7
5.4
4.6
5.3
4.6
5.2
4.5
5.2
5
31 SHC 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.8
TC 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8

23 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.8
4.5
3.8
4.4
3.7
4.3
3.7
4.3
3.6
4.2
3.5
4.2
6
29 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8
31 SHC 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.5
TC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.1

25 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2 7
22 27 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.8
29 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.5
31 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1
TC 9.0 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.6 7.4

25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 8
23 27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5
29 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.2
31 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8
8 - 49
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit
2-8. Concealed Floor-Standing Type (FM Type)
FMHX0762
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.2 kW AIR FLOW 7.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
15 23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8

21 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
16 23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
25 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
27 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

21 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
17 23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
1 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.0
1.2
18 25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4
27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0

3 TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

21 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9
23 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
19 25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
TC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0

23 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0
20 25 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
31 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8
TC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1

23 SHC 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.3
29 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
31 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2

7 25 SHC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
22 27 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2
29 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
31 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3

8 25 SHC 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
23 27 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1
29 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
31 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5

8 - 50
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FMHX0962
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 2.8 kW AIR FLOW 7.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
15 23 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
25 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
TC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

21 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
16 23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
25 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

21 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0 1
27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

21
23
SHC
SHC
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.3
1.6
1.3
1.6 2
18 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8
27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3
31 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5
TC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.5
3
21 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
23 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4
19 25 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
27 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.4
4
TC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6

23 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3
20 25 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.1
1.9
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.1
1.8
2.0
5
31 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
TC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7

23 SHC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.4
1.6
6
29 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
31 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8

25 SHC 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 7
22 27 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
29 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
31 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0
TC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9

25 SHC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 8
23 27 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4
29 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
31 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
8 - 51
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FMHX1262
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 3.6 kW AIR FLOW 9.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

21 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
15 23 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
TC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
16 23 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
25 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
27 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
TC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

21 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
27 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
TC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.1
1.7
2.0
1.7
2.0
18 25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
27 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
31 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2

3 TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3

21 SHC 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
23 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8
19 25 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.3
2.9
3.2
2.9
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.1
TC 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3

23 SHC 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6
20 25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.5
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.6
31 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4

23 SHC 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.4
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.0
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.8
2.2
1.8
2.2
1.8
2.1
29 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4
31 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8
TC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6

7 25 SHC 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
22 27 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
29 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
31 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
TC 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8

8 25 SHC 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
23 27 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8
29 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1
31 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
8 - 52
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FMHX1562
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 4.5 kW AIR FLOW 12.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3

21 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
15 23 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
25 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
TC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
16 23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
27 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
29 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
TC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9

21 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2
2.8
3.2 1
27 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
TC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0

21
23
SHC
SHC
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.2
2.6
2.1
2.6 2
18 25 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0
27 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
31 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.0
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.1
3
21 SHC 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
23 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
19 25 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7
27 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2
29
31
SHC
SHC
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.8
4.2
3.7
4.2
3.7
4.1
3.6
4.1
3.6
4.1
4
TC 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2

23 SHC 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0
20 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5
27
29
SHC
SHC
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.2
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.5
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
2.9
3.4
5
31 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8
TC 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3

23 SHC 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.6
3.0
2.5
3.0
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.4
2.8
2.4
2.8
2.3
2.8
2.3
2.7
2.3
2.7
6
29 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
31 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6
TC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5

25 SHC 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 7
22 27 SHC 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5
29 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
31 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4
TC 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7

25 SHC 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 8
23 27 SHC 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
29 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
31 SHC 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
8 - 53
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FMHX1862
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 5.6 kW AIR FLOW 15.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1

21 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
15 23 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
25 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
TC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

21 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
16 23 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
25 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
29 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
TC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

21 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

1 17 23
25
SHC
SHC
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
3.5
4.1
27 SHC 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
29 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

2 21
23
SHC
SHC
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.3
2.7
3.2
18 25 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8
27 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4
29 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.0

3 TC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1

21 SHC 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 SHC 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9
19 25 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5
27 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0
4 29
31
SHC
SHC
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.4
4.8
5.3
4.7
5.3
4.6
5.2
4.6
5.1
TC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2

23 SHC 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
20 25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.1
5 27
29
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.4
3.8
4.4
3.8
4.3
3.7
4.3
31 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8
TC 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4

23 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3
6 21 25
27
SHC
SHC
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.8
3.2
3.7
3.1
3.7
3.1
3.6
3.0
3.6
3.0
3.6
3.0
3.5
2.9
3.5
2.8
3.4
29 SHC 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0
31 SHC 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6
TC 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.2 6.1 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6

7 25 SHC 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6
22 27 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
29 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7
31 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2
TC 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 6.9 6.8 6.8 6.7 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.3 6.1 6.0 5.8

8 25 SHC 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3
23 27 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
29 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4
31 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0
8 - 54
Capacity Table
2. Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit

FMHX2462
Power supply : 208 – 230V 1phase-60Hz TC : Total Cooling Capacity (kW) , SHC : Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)
RATING CAPACITY: 7.1 kW AIR FLOW 17.0 m3/min
EVAPORATOR CONDENSER
AIR INTAKE. TEMP AMBIENT TEMP. (oC)
W.B. D.B. 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
TC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2

21 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
15 23 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
25 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
27 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
TC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7

21 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
16 23 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
25 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
27 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
29 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
TC 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2

21 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
17 23
25
SHC
SHC
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0
4.3
5.0 1
27 SHC 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
29 SHC 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2
TC 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4

21
23
SHC
SHC
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.1
3.4
4.0
3.3
4.0 2
18 25 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6
27 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3
29 SHC 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9
31 SHC 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4
TC 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.8 6.6 6.4
3
21 SHC 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.9
23 SHC 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6
19 25 SHC 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2
27 SHC 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9
29
31
SHC
SHC
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.8
6.4
5.7
6.4
5.7
6.3
5.6
6.3
5.5
6.1
4
TC 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.5 7.4 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.8 6.6

23 SHC 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2
20 25 SHC 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9
27
29
SHC
SHC
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.9
5.5
4.8
5.5
4.7
5.4
4.7
5.4
4.6
5.3
4.6
5.2
4.5
5.2
5
31 SHC 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 5.8
TC 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8

23 SHC 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9
21 25
27
SHC
SHC
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.0
4.6
3.9
4.5
3.9
4.5
3.8
4.5
3.8
4.4
3.7
4.3
3.7
4.3
3.6
4.2
3.5
4.2
6
29 SHC 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8
31 SHC 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.5
TC 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.1

25 SHC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2 7
22 27 SHC 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.8
29 SHC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.5
31 SHC 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1
TC 9.0 9.0 8.9 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.5 8.4 8.2 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.6 7.4

25 SHC 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 8
23 27 SHC 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5
29 SHC 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.2
31 SHC 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.8
8 - 55
– MEMO –

8 - 56
For Parts or Service Assistance please contact your local Sanyo HVAC Contractor or Distributor
United States: SCS, HVAC Solutions Canada: Sanyo Canada Inc.
Web: www.SanyoHVAC.com Web: www.SanyoHVAC.com
Parts: [email protected] Parts/Service: [email protected]
Service: [email protected]
201002

You might also like